« September 2010 | Main | November 2010 »

October 31, 2010

East Asia is in reconstruction

http://www.chinapost.com.tw/commentary/the-china-post/special-to-the-china-post/2010/10/31/278037/East-Asia.htm
The China Post
[Accessed 10/31/10 9:29:11 AM] [*]
East Asia is in reconstruction
Sunday, October 31, 2010
By Yang Danzhi, China Daily/Asia News Network [China] [PRC] [China’s domestic governance] [China’s incredible economic power, growing rapidly] [slow democratization] [followup] [a piece from a China source that views the current hostility and diplomatic row between US-China and China-neighbors] [followup] [use psci 350] [Realpolik, more or less, which is common mode of analysis in Asia] [accordingly, China is in constant state of attempting to balance conflicting interests and America’s forward force projection in Asia] [it provides a common good (public good for all Asians?) for which it gets little credit] [*]
BEIJING -- The established equilibrium and political order in East Asia are undergoing delicate changes at a time when the world is sill struggling to recover from the effects of the global financial crisis and its ensuing repercussions.
Such changes stem from strategic adjustments in the East Asia policy of the United States. As the world's dominant power, the U.S. has long been the most important external factor affecting East Asia's political and economic landscape. [still is] [*]
Washington's attitude toward East Asian cooperation has always been consistent. It will

http://www.chinapost.com.tw/commentary/the-china-post/special-to-the-china-post/2010/10/31/278037/East-Asia.htm
The China Post
[Accessed 10/31/10 9:29:11 AM] [*]
East Asia is in reconstruction
Sunday, October 31, 2010
By Yang Danzhi, China Daily/Asia News Network [China] [PRC] [China’s domestic governance] [China’s incredible economic power, growing rapidly] [slow democratization] [followup] [a piece from a China source that views the current hostility and diplomatic row between US-China and China-neighbors] [followup] [use psci 350] [Realpolik, more or less, which is common mode of analysis in Asia] [accordingly, China is in constant state of attempting to balance conflicting interests and America’s forward force projection in Asia] [it provides a common good (public good for all Asians?) for which it gets little credit] [*]
BEIJING -- The established equilibrium and political order in East Asia are undergoing delicate changes at a time when the world is sill struggling to recover from the effects of the global financial crisis and its ensuing repercussions.
Such changes stem from strategic adjustments in the East Asia policy of the United States. As the world's dominant power, the U.S. has long been the most important external factor affecting East Asia's political and economic landscape. [still is] [*]
Washington's attitude toward East Asian cooperation has always been consistent. It will remain as an observer if the cooperation process does not pose a threat to what it views as its own vested interests in the region. However, once cooperative momentum is considered a challenge to its national interests, the U.S. will intervene and stop the process. This was clearly embodied in Washington's efforts to suffocate the East Asia Economic Sphere concept proposed by Malaysia and the East Asian Monetary Fund advocated by Japan in the 1990s. [hardly] [even if that were true once, they are implicitly making the case of no difference between Bush42, two Clinton terms, Bush43 (two terms) and now Obama] [on its face that seems to strain credulity?] [*]
East Asian cooperation has made substantial progress and entered a crucial stage since the Sept. 11 attacks in 2001 diverted the focus and resources of the U.S. to the war in Afghanistan and Iraq. What the U.S. currently cares about most in the region is getting a share of the dividend created by the accelerated integration in East Asia, and at the same time, guarding against a possible challenge by some emerging regional powers to U.S. dominance.
The strength of the U.S. has been weakened by the global financial crisis and it will gradually retreat from its over-stretched strategic deployment worldwide. But in East Asia, the U.S. has quietly but noticeably launched a new round of strategic offensives. [SecDef Gates several weeks ago now SecState Clinton making Asia rounds] [is this what’s cauing discomfort?] [probably at least partly] [*]
By signing the Treaty of Amity and Cooperation with Southeast Asian countries, the U.S. has actively involved itself in a series of forums spearheaded by the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and the Mekong River Commission conferences. Washington has also staged a string of bilateral and multilateral military exercises with some East Asian allies in a bid to strengthen already-established alliances. [*]Washington has also shown great enthusiasm toward participating in East Asian cooperation in a wider and deeper manner.
Russia, now on the way to rejuvenation, has once again shown great interest in participating in East Asian cooperation. Senior Russian officials have on different occasions claimed that Moscow's strategic interests in the Asia-Pacific region allow no disrespect and countries should not underestimate Russia's role and importance in resolving political, energy, environmental and other key issues in the Asia-Pacific region.
Due to disagreements among ASEAN members, Russia has previously been excluded from the East Asian cooperation process. [*]
At the ASEAN Foreign Ministers' Meeting in Hanoi, Vietnam, on July 20, the decision was made to expand the East Asia Summit to include the U.S. and Russia. The two countries are expected to become formal members next year. [*]Washington and Moscow's membership will be the second expansion of the East Asia Summit. The first membership extension welcomed Australia, New Zealand and India as members.
To include the U.S. and Russia into the ASEAN-centered multilateral mechanism, the 10-member bloc aims to realize its own strategic intentions in the region. For a long time, ASEAN has been the driver for closer East Asian cooperation. This is the outcome of mutual compromises and struggles among relevant parties. However, ASEAN's role has also been viewed with widespread suspicion from outside, due to its evasive attitude toward resolving some core problems. [it’s historically made sovereignty argument: ASEAN ought not to tell members how to handle internal matters] [over time this has created schisms with Western countries who tend to support universal norms at some level] [it’s relativism verus universalism in terms of normative rules in the system: IOs, int’l law, the like] [**]
ASEAN has achieved success in implementing its intentions, as indicated by the signing of the Treaty of Amity and Cooperation by Washington and Moscow and the comments by China and Japan that they support ASEAN continuing to play the leading role in East Asian cooperation.
However, the participation of the U.S. and Russia will certainly make things more complicated and possibly add some uncertainties to the otherwise well-advancing East Asian cooperation process. Within the foreseeable future, the East Asia Summit will be a beyond-geographic concept with as many as 18 members, including such big powers as the U.S., Russia, China, Japan and India. This will make the East Asia Summit a platform for games playing and power plays among the powers and between the powers and ASEAN itself. [actually, I suspect the author is correct] [*]
Yang Danzhi is a researcher with the Institute of Asia-Pacific Studies under the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences.
Copyright © 1999 – 2010 The China Post.

Elusive hearts and minds

http://news.dawn.com/wps/wcm/connect/dawn-content-library/dawn/the-newspaper/columnists/huma-yusuf-elusive-hearts-and-minds-100
Dawn
[The Paksitani paper published in English] [I check it couple times a month] [accessed 10/31/10 9:32:03 AM] [*]
Elusive hearts and minds
By Huma Yusuf
Sunday, 31 Oct, 2010 | 02:09 AM PST | [Pakistan] [US] [Pakistan-US relations] [hub of the al Qaeda and Taliban activity in AfPak] [and of al Qaeda globally] [use psci 355-455, 469] [transnationalism] [al Qaeda’s main headquarters still Pakistan?] [this oped piece on US-Pakistani relations, I thought was interesting] [sadly, it reflects the difficulty in the relationship] [Americans are always going to be perceived as arrogant, pushy, . . . the ugly American in Pakistan because it’s a country with incredible disparity between those who have and those who are literally starving and dying daily] [and in US, Americans are always going to be sort of resentful that they sacrifice so much to help Pakistan and yet Pakistan portrays the US negatively] [it’s East meets West and north meets south and much more] [but the US has a real national-security interest: ensuring Pakistan’s nukes are safe unless and until Pakistan rids itself of nukes!] [*]
It is a well-known fact that America’s relations with Pakistan are double-edged at every level. Washington tries to strengthen the strategic partnership through dialogue, then lets Nato forces in ‘hot pursuit’ of militants cross the Pakistani border; showers aid on the military, yet cuts funding

http://news.dawn.com/wps/wcm/connect/dawn-content-library/dawn/the-newspaper/columnists/huma-yusuf-elusive-hearts-and-minds-100
Dawn
[The Paksitani paper published in English] [I check it couple times a month] [accessed 10/31/10 9:32:03 AM] [*]
Elusive hearts and minds
By Huma Yusuf
Sunday, 31 Oct, 2010 | 02:09 AM PST | [Pakistan] [US] [Pakistan-US relations] [hub of the al Qaeda and Taliban activity in AfPak] [and of al Qaeda globally] [use psci 355-455, 469] [transnationalism] [al Qaeda’s main headquarters still Pakistan?] [this oped piece on US-Pakistani relations, I thought was interesting] [sadly, it reflects the difficulty in the relationship] [Americans are always going to be perceived as arrogant, pushy, . . . the ugly American in Pakistan because it’s a country with incredible disparity between those who have and those who are literally starving and dying daily] [and in US, Americans are always going to be sort of resentful that they sacrifice so much to help Pakistan and yet Pakistan portrays the US negatively] [it’s East meets West and north meets south and much more] [but the US has a real national-security interest: ensuring Pakistan’s nukes are safe unless and until Pakistan rids itself of nukes!] [*]
It is a well-known fact that America’s relations with Pakistan are double-edged at every level. Washington tries to strengthen the strategic partnership through dialogue, then lets Nato forces in ‘hot pursuit’ of militants cross the Pakistani border; showers aid on the military, yet cuts funding to units suspected of violating human rights; demands that the Pakistan Army target militants in North Waziristan, even while asking our politicians and generals to help negotiate with the Afghan Taliban.

It is not surprising, then, that the US remains double-minded about its policies on how best to engage with the Pakistani people. Although we have been led to believe that every American (at least those on Capitol Hill) is out to win our hearts and minds, there are many who increasingly question the US government’s obsession with making Pakistanis like their country. [he’s saying of two minds—conflicting views held at same time?] [*]

The need for such questioning is clear. Washington sees bilateral foreign assistance as a way to sway public opinion and foster stability by earning the trust of elusive hearts and minds. But while the US has given Pakistan over $18bn in military and civilian aid since 2001, only 17 per cent of Pakistanis view the US favourably, according to a Pew Research Centre survey from June. These contradictory statistics suggest that the harder the US tries to improve its image by doling out bucketfuls of aid, the more suspicious of its motives Pakistanis become. [to some extent I suspect that’s true] [*]

To their credit, some US policymakers are well aware of this conundrum, and are beginning to re-evaluate the logic of expecting aid to buy love (to be clear: US officials are not rethinking giving aid to Pakistan; rather, they are reconsidering their own expectations of what impact assistance will have on the Pakistani public). They argue that it would be more productive to stop worrying about incorrigible Pakistani hearts and minds, and instead focus on strengthening Pakistan’s economy and public institutions for the sake of long-term stability and progress. [*]

The jury is by no means out on this subject. During October’s strategic dialogue, US special envoy Richard Holbrooke spoke in support of major, visible aid projects such as bridges that could win back the appreciation of the Pakistani people. He argued that US developmental aid is more effective when it simultaneously seeks to alter public opinion because local support helps politicians implement projects more successfully.

A new study by the World Bank’s Jishnu Das and Pomona College’s Tahir Andrabi titled In Aid We Trust: Hearts and Minds and the Pakistan Earthquake of 2005 reiterates that humanitarian aid can win local favour. The study shows that those Pakistanis who interacted with aid workers after the 2005 earthquake retained positive impressions and high levels of trust in westerners four years after that calamity. In light of such findings, US government officials conclude that the failure lies in public diplomacy rather than aid policies. Holbrooke recently admitted that the US is not accustomed to dealing with Pakistan’s newly empowered public institutions and freewheeling media. He thinks his government needs to work harder to explain its developmental goals to the Pakistani people, and the hearts and minds will come a-running. This logic probably prompted the recent announcement of 125 US-funded journalism internships as well as dozens of public administration internships for members of Pakistan’s information ministry. [*]

But scepticism is rife. For example, the Centre for Global Development, a Washington-based think tank, responded to the Das-Andrabi study by highlighting the distinction between trust in individual westerners and trust in the US government and its policies — the former does not necessarily translate into the latter.

Andrew Wilder, a fellow at Tufts University’s Feinstein International Centre, also argues that aid can be counter-productive by generating grievances among receiving publics about delivery, distribution and implementation. He might just be on to something. [*]Despite Washington’s magnanimity, a Pew survey in July found that over 50 per cent of Pakistanis believe the US gives little or no assistance here. Clearly, there is a disconnect between big dollar figures in news headlines and individual Pakistanis’ experiences [and that frustrates Americans incredibly] [policymakers think it’s because the govt constantly accuses America of evil motives and occasionally evil deeds] [*] of not directly benefiting from aid packages. If Pakistanis come to think of the US as an entity that breaks promises, its approval ratings could sink even further.

As the debate rages about the ability of aid to win hearts and minds, the US should clarify why Pakistani public opinion matters. Is this just an egotistical concern, whereby the US cannot abide by the fact that there are some people who, despite receiving its billions, continue to hate its guts? Or is this a genuine security concern that plays directly into America’s stated goal for this region (to guarantee that Pakistan and Afghanistan are not used as launching pads for attacks against the US) and presumes that people are more likely to bomb those they hate? [*]

In the latter case, US policies face a difficult challenge. Developmental aid may just succeed in winning over average Pakistanis in coming years. But average souls pose fewer threats to US security. The danger is increasingly coming in the form of Faisal Shahzad and Farooque Ahmed, another Pakistani-born US citizen [*]who was arrested this week for plotting to bomb Metro stations in Washington DC.

These Pakistanis are acutely aware of Washington’s schizophrenic policies in Pakistan that couple developmental aid and drone attacks. They are not likely to be won over by a sack of rice or a maternity ward. They are more interested in seeing the US alter its foreign policy with regard to drone attacks, relations with India, the conflicts in Kashmir and Palestine, and more. If it is Pakistanis like these the US aims to entice, it should focus less on winning hearts and minds and more on changing its policies. [it’s progress: the author sees potential though he clearly thinks America is at fault for supporting Israel (too unflinchingly) and too soft on India over Kashmir and other matters] [*]
huma.yusuf@gmail.com
Copyright © 2010 - Dawn Media Group

Elitism: The Charge That Obama Can’t Shake

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/weekinreview/31baker.html
October 30, 2010
Elitism: The Charge That Obama Can’t Shake
By PETER BAKER [President Obama] [by all accounts he’s going to take a beat down at the polls on Tuesday] [this is typical: after election incumbent loses seats in the Congress] [but this year the Tea Party is the emotive force] [how will he come out of it for 2012?] [my guess: he’ll use it to recalibrate as Clinton did] [I remember the verb then was triangulate] [this is the strange elitism charge that follows Obama] [though Bubba (Clinton) had same privledged background he was able to connect with regular Americans] [Obama simply doesn’t have that bull sh** factor and many see him as elitist?] [it’s interesting: one-parent home, trapsed around the world with his mother; black father and white mother; but he did go to Occidental, Columbia, then Harvard] [he needs to learn a bit more empathy but I frankly think he cannot change who he is and he doesn’t like play acting, something Clinton excelled at doing] [use psci 355-455] [*]
WASHINGTON — In the Boston-area home of a wealthy hospital executive one Saturday evening this month, President Obama departed from his usual campaign stump speech and offered an explanation as to why Democrats were seemingly doing so poorly this election season. Voters, he said, just aren’t thinking straight.
“Part of the reason that our politics seems so tough right now, and facts and science and

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/weekinreview/31baker.html
October 30, 2010
Elitism: The Charge That Obama Can’t Shake
By PETER BAKER [President Obama] [by all accounts he’s going to take a beat down at the polls on Tuesday] [this is typical: after election incumbent loses seats in the Congress] [but this year the Tea Party is the emotive force] [how will he come out of it for 2012?] [my guess: he’ll use it to recalibrate as Clinton did] [I remember the verb then was triangulate] [this is the strange elitism charge that follows Obama] [though Bubba (Clinton) had same privledged background he was able to connect with regular Americans] [Obama simply doesn’t have that bull sh** factor and many see him as elitist?] [it’s interesting: one-parent home, trapsed around the world with his mother; black father and white mother; but he did go to Occidental, Columbia, then Harvard] [he needs to learn a bit more empathy but I frankly think he cannot change who he is and he doesn’t like play acting, something Clinton excelled at doing] [use psci 355-455] [*]
WASHINGTON — In the Boston-area home of a wealthy hospital executive one Saturday evening this month, President Obama departed from his usual campaign stump speech and offered an explanation as to why Democrats were seemingly doing so poorly this election season. Voters, he said, just aren’t thinking straight.
“Part of the reason that our politics seems so tough right now, and facts and science and argument does not seem to be winning the day all the time, is because we’re hard-wired not to always think clearly when we’re scared,” he told a roomful of doctors who chipped in at least $15,200 each to Democratic coffers. “And the country is scared, and they have good reason to be.”
The notion that voters would reject Democrats only because they don’t understand the facts prompted a round of recriminations — “Obama the snob,” read the headline on a Washington Post column by Michael Gerson, the former speechwriter for President George W. Bush — and fueled the underlying argument of the campaign that ends Tuesday. For all the discussion of health care and spending and jobs, at the core of the nation’s debate this fall has been the battle of elitism.
Mr. Obama’s remark that autumn evening played into a perception promoted by his critics that he is a Harvard-educated millionaire elitist who is sure that he knows best and thinks that those who disagree just aren’t in their right minds. Never mind that Mr. Obama was raised in less exalted circumstances by a single mother who he said once needed food stamps. Or that although he went to private school, he took years to pay off his college loans. Something about Mr. Obama’s cerebral confidence has made him into a symbol of something he never used to be.
As the elitism war has raged this fall, the president has fought back. His closing argument, too, centered on the theme. In the last weeks of the campaign, he hammered away at the gusher of secret money poured in by special interests to influence the outcome of the elections, arguing in effect that the elites of Wall Street and corporate America were trying to hoodwink everyday voters into casting ballots against their own interests to benefit the powerful. The other side’s central economic plan, he tells virtually every audience, is to extend tax cuts for the rich. [*]
“The elitism argument is kind of a false one because the president talks about people’s economic interests and middle-class families,” said Anita Dunn, a Democratic strategist who advises Mr. Obama. “And those who are supporting Republican candidates right now — because they think they’ll look out for their interests — are going to be very surprised when they find out what the corporate sponsorship of that party is buying.”
But Ron Bonjean, a Republican strategist, said Mr. Obama had not connected with popular discontent. “A lot of people have never been to Washington or New York, and they feel people there are so out of touch,” he said. “When you’re unemployed and you’re sitting in your living room and you hear the president say, ‘You don’t understand what the problems really are — you’re just scared,’ that makes people really, really angry.” [there’s a certain amount of that over which he simply had no control] [the economy tanked in 2008 and that’s what he inherited, no matter whose fault] [*]
None of this is new, of course. The parties have been jockeying to get on the right side of the elitism argument for generations. Think back to Richard Nixon’s affiliation with the “silent majority” or Al Gore’s charge for “the people, not the powerful.”
Mr. Bush regularly described himself to audiences as a C student (without mentioning that he attended Yale and Harvard). Just two years ago, Mr. Obama tried to explain away his comment about “bitter” working-class Americans who “cling to guns or religion,” while his Republican opponent, Senator John McCain, could not remember how many homes he owned.
But the debate has taken on particular resonance in a time of economic distress, underscoring the socioeconomic divide in America amid sky-high unemployment and deficit spending. Michelle Obama’s summer vacation at a five-star Spanish resort might not have generated quite the same heat in a different environment. And if Mr. Obama managed to deflect it in 2008, he seems to be having more trouble this time as the leader of the party in power.
“It didn’t hurt him much two years ago — or not as much as we wished it would have,” said Mark Salter, a longtime McCain adviser who worked on the campaign. But “he’d probably be wise to keep the sociology lectures to himself.”
“Not too many voters like to be told there’s something wrong with them,” Mr. Salter said.
The appeal to antielitism has played out throughout the country this fall. In Delaware, Christine O’Donnell, the Republican Senate candidate, started one television advertisement this way: “I didn’t go to Yale. I didn’t inherit millions like my opponent.”
The Democratic Senatorial Campaign Committee issued a sarcastic statement last week “extending congratulations” to “multimillionaire John Raese,” the Republican Senate candidate in West Virginia, after authorities granted permission to build a glass conservatory on his Palm Beach, Fla., property.
As Jacob Weisberg documented in Slate, “elitist” has become one of the favorite attack lines of the surging Republican campaign effort this year, from Kentucky, where the Senate candidate Rand Paul called Mr. Obama “a liberal elitist,” to California, where the Senate candidate Carly Fiorina warned that the American Dream is endangered by “elitists” in government. [it’s always been a dangerous game: playing to anger, fear, least common denomiator in the country, so forth] [historically, Dems have played it better] [the Tea Party has played it best for past couple years] [but as GOP will learn, it’s difficult to keep such a wing of your party under control] [*]
By elitist, politicians do not mean simply those with money, since Ms. Fiorina is a wealthy former corporate chief executive herself, but those who control the state and the culture, including news media outfits like The New York Times. (Katie Couric of CBS News, the bête noire of Sarah Palin supporters, probably did not help last week when she talked to the Daily Beast about visiting “the great unwashed middle of the country” in the Midwest; she later said she meant overlooked people who are politically in the middle.)
Elitist or not, the thesis of Mr. Obama’s remarks in Boston does reflect a certain frustration on the part of the president and his team that, in their view, the public might not be listening. Rather than entertaining the possibility that the program they have pursued is genuinely and even legitimately unpopular, the White House and its allies have concluded that their political troubles amount to mainly a message and image problem. [*]
Former President Bill Clinton has a riff in his standard speech as he campaigns for Democrats in which he mocks voters for knowing more about their local college football team statistics than they do about the issues that will determine the future of the country. “Don’t bother us with facts; we’ve got our minds made up,” he said in Michigan last week, mimicking such voters.
But if they understood the facts, he continued, they would naturally vote Democratic. “If it’s a choice and we’re thinking, he wins big and America wins big,” Mr. Clinton told a crowd in Battle Creek, pointing to Representative Mark Schauer, an endangered first-term Democrat.
Senator John Kerry of Massachusetts, who was lambasted in television ads as “another rich liberal elitist” during the 2004 presidential campaign, used similar language in his introduction of Mr. Obama at the Boston fund-raiser two weeks ago. “Facts, science, truth seem to be significantly absent from what we call our political dialogue,” he said.
Advisers like Ms. Dunn said that’s not elitism, but a reasonable reaction to what they call a Republican fear-based campaign. “The president I don’t think has an elitist bone in his body,” she said. “The fact that Republicans claim that we’re the party of elitism doesn’t mean that it’s true or that everyone believes it.”
In two more days, voters will finally register what they’re thinking. Clearly or not.

U.S. Sees Complexity of Bombs as Link to Al Qaeda

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/11/01/world/01terror.html
October 31, 2010
U.S. Sees Complexity of Bombs as Link to Al Qaeda
By MARK MAZZETTI and ROBERT F. WORTH [Obama white house] [residual issues from President Bush’s tenure] [111th congress, 2nd session] [GSAVE] [in particular: attacks launched or plotted against the US homeland (homeland security)] [w/ Obama the homeland security adviser (part of NSC since W. Bush) because counterterror adviser too] [seem to have been to the expense of the DNI?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [latest plot: originated out of Yemen] [the US has grappled with this potential since 2001—as good as the US has got, the bad guys only need to get lucky once (1% of the time); the US only needs to get unlucky once] [followup] [use psci 355-455, 469] [cross in external] [*]
WASHINGTON — John O. Brennan, the president’s assistant for homeland security, said Sunday that the powerful bombs concealed inside cargo packages and destined for the United States from Yemen were being flown to two addresses in Chicago that he said were “associated with synagogues” there. [*]
But it remained unclear whether those behind the devices had planned for the explosives to be detonated while in the air or after arriving in Chicago, he told an interviewer on CNN’s “State of the Union.” The packages did not appear to need someone to “physically detonate them,” he said, indicating that a remote or automatic detonation was possible. [?] [meaning

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/11/01/world/01terror.html
October 31, 2010
U.S. Sees Complexity of Bombs as Link to Al Qaeda
By MARK MAZZETTI and ROBERT F. WORTH [Obama white house] [residual issues from President Bush’s tenure] [111th congress, 2nd session] [GSAVE] [in particular: attacks launched or plotted against the US homeland (homeland security)] [w/ Obama the homeland security adviser (part of NSC since W. Bush) because counterterror adviser too] [seem to have been to the expense of the DNI?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [latest plot: originated out of Yemen] [the US has grappled with this potential since 2001—as good as the US has got, the bad guys only need to get lucky once (1% of the time); the US only needs to get unlucky once] [followup] [use psci 355-455, 469] [cross in external] [*]
WASHINGTON — John O. Brennan, the president’s assistant for homeland security, said Sunday that the powerful bombs concealed inside cargo packages and destined for the United States from Yemen were being flown to two addresses in Chicago that he said were “associated with synagogues” there. [*]
But it remained unclear whether those behind the devices had planned for the explosives to be detonated while in the air or after arriving in Chicago, he told an interviewer on CNN’s “State of the Union.” The packages did not appear to need someone to “physically detonate them,” he said, indicating that a remote or automatic detonation was possible. [?] [meaning what?] [either they had a timer or pressure switch, . . . or they didn’t?] [if they didn’t, they were warning or test or …?] [*]
Mr. Brennan said that authorities were confident they had intercepted all the packages involved in this attempted attack, which he described as “very sophisticated,” but that it would also be “very imprudent” to assume that this had ended the threat. [almost certainly] [*]
The bombs were expertly constructed, American officials said Saturday, further evidence that Al Qaeda’s affiliate in Yemen is steadily improving its abilities to strike on American soil.
As investigators on three continents conducted forensic analyses of two bombs shipped from Yemen and intercepted Friday in Britain and Dubai, American officials said evidence was mounting that the top leadership of Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula, including the radical American-born cleric Anwar al-Awlaki, was behind the attempted attacks. [he’s plenty active but when did he become a bomb expert?] [where is the expertise coming from?] [is it Saudis and other foreign fighters in Yemen] [and what about al Qaeda’s infrastructure move to Yemen in 2009???] [*]
Yemeni officials on Saturday announced the arrest of a young woman and her mother in connection with the plot, which also may have involved two language schools in Yemen. The two women were not identified, but a defense lawyer who has been in contact with the family, Abdul Rahman Barham, said the daughter was a 22-year-old engineering student at Sana University.
Yemen’s president, Ali Abdullah Saleh, said Saturday night during a news conference that Yemeni security forces had identified her based on a tip from American officials, but he did not indicate her suspected role. [*]
Investigators said that the bomb discovered at the Dubai airport in the United Arab Emirates was concealed in a Hewlett-Packard desktop printer, with high explosives packed into a printer cartridge to avoid detection by scanners.
“The wiring of the device indicates that this was done by professionals,” said one official involved in the investigation, who like several officials spoke on condition of anonymity because the inquiry was continuing. “It was set up so that if you scan it, all the printer components would look right.”
The bomb discovered in Britain was also hidden in a printer cartridge. [*]
The terror plot broke publicly in dramatic fashion on Friday morning, when the two packages containing explosives and addressed to synagogues or Jewish community centers in Chicago were found, setting off an international dragnet and fears about packages yet to be discovered. It also led to a tense scene in which American military jets escorted a plane to Kennedy International Airport amid concerns — which turned out to be unfounded — that there might be explosives on board.
On Saturday, in news conferences in London and Yemen, and from interviews with investigators here and abroad, the contours of the investigation began to emerge, along with new details of the frantic hours leading to the discovery of the packages.
American officials said their operating assumption was that the two bombs were the work of Ibrahim Hassan al-Asiri, Al Qaeda in Yemen’s top bomb-maker, whose previous devices have been more rudimentary, and also unsuccessful. [there we go] [must have had signature that made them thing Asiri] [*] Mr. Asiri is believed to have built both the bomb sewn into the underwear of the young Nigerian who tried to blow up a trans-Atlantic flight last Dec. 25, and the suicide bomb that nearly killed Saudi Arabia’s intelligence chief, Mohammed bin Nayef, months earlier. (In the second episode, American officials say, Mr. Asiri hid the explosives in a body cavity of his brother, the suicide bomber.) [see today’s piece in external on Saudi] [*]
Just as in the two previous attacks, the bomb discovered in Dubai contained the explosive PETN, [*]according to the Dubai police and Janet Napolitano, the secretary of homeland security. This new plot, Ms. Napolitano said, had the “hallmarks of Al Qaeda.”
The targets of the bombs remained in question.
Prime Minister David Cameron of Britain said on Saturday that the parcel bomb intercepted in England was designed to explode while the plane was flying. The country’s home secretary, Theresa May, said that British investigators had also concluded the device was “viable and could have exploded.”
“The target may have been an aircraft, and had it detonated, the aircraft could have been brought down,” she said.
But earlier in the day, Representative Michael McCaul of Texas, the ranking Republican on the House homeland security intelligence subcommittee, said that federal authorities indicated to him that the packages were probably intended to blow up the Jewish sites in Chicago rather than the cargo planes, since they do not carry passengers. [*]
Based on a conversation with Ms. Napolitano, he said that authorities were also leaving open the possibility that other packages with explosives had not yet been found. On Saturday, Deputy Commissioner Paul J. Browne, the New York Police Department’s chief spokesman, said that no specific threats had been made against synagogues or Jewish neighborhoods in the city, but that officers were watching them more closely as a precaution.
It was a call from Mr. bin Nayef, the Saudi intelligence chief, on Thursday evening to Mr. Brennan, the White House senior counterterrorism official and former C.I.A. station chief in Riyadh, the Saudi capital, that set off the search, according to American officials. [*]They said Mr. bin Nayef also notified C.I.A. officials in Riyadh.
Saudi Arabia has sometimes been a reluctant ally in America’s global campaign against radical militants. But it sees Yemen, its impoverished next door neighbor, as a different matter. The Saudis consider the Qaeda branch in Yemen its biggest security threat and Saudi intelligence has set up both a web of electronic surveillance and spies to penetrate the organization.
Reviewing the evidence, American intelligence officials say they believe that the plot may have been blessed by the highest levels of Al Qaeda’s affiliate in Yemen, including Mr. Awlaki. [but you can tell they’re just guessing] [it might have been and it might not have been] [why do that?] [*]
“We know that Awlaki has taken a very specific interest in plotting against the United States, and we’ve found that he’s usually behind any attempted attack on American targets,” said one official.
Still they cautioned that it was still early to draw any firm conclusions and they did not present proof of Mr. Awlaki’s involvement.
This year, the C.I.A. designated Mr. Awlaki — an American citizen — as a high priority for the agency’s campaign of targeted killing. [I suppose it gives the administration another reason to argue their assassination program is justified—and frankly, I think it is so long as it is narrowly construed] [*]
According to one official involved in the investigation, the package that was discovered in Dubai had a woman’s name and location in Sana on the return address. The package left Yemen on Thursday, the official said, where it was flown to Doha, Qatar, and on to Dubai.
Also on Saturday, the Department of Homeland Security dispatched a cable warning that the bombs may have been associated with two schools in Yemen — the Yemen American Institute for Languages-Computer Management and the American Center for Training and Development.
That connection would echo the attempted bombing last Dec. 25; the Nigerian who was implicated had studied at a different Sana language school before training with Al Qaeda. If language schools are again involved, it opens the possibility that a foreign student or students may have participated in the plot. [Awlaki was involved with that, we know pretty well] [*]
Security forces in Yemen were in a state of heightened alert on Saturday, as investigators questioned cargo employees and shut down the FedEx and U.P.S. offices in Sana, the Yemeni capital.
Obama administration officials said they were discussing a range of responses to the thwarted attack. The failed attack on Dec. 25 created an opportunity for the White House to press Yemen’s government to take more aggressive action against Qaeda operatives there, and some American officials believe the conditions are similar now.
A thinly veiled campaign of American missile strikes in Yemen this year has achieved mixed results. American officials said that several Qaeda operatives had been killed in the attacks, but there have also been major setbacks, including a strike in May that accidentally killed a deputy governor in a remote province of Yemen. That strike infuriated Yemen’s president, Mr. Saleh, and forced a months-long halt in the American military campaign.
In recent months, the Obama administration has been debating whether to escalate its secret offensive against the Qaeda affiliate in Yemen. The C.I.A. has a fraction of the staff in Yemen that it currently has in Pakistan, where the spy agency is running a covert war in the country’s tribal areas, but over the course of the year the C.I.A. has sent more case officers and analysts to Sana as part of a task force with the military’s Joint Special Operations Command.
American officials have been considering sending armed drone aircraft to Yemen to replicate the Pakistan campaign, but such a move would almost certainly require the approval of the mercurial Mr. Saleh.
Yemeni officials have declined to comment on details of the plot, saying only that they are investigating. But new checkpoints appeared in the capital on Saturday, with officers checking the identity cards of drivers and pedestrians.
Mark Mazzetti reported from Washington, and Robert F. Worth from Beirut, Lebanon. Reporting was contributed by John F. Burns from London; Eric Schmitt from Washington; and Liz Robbins, Al Baker and Angela Macropoulos from New York.

Obama Walks Fine Political Line on Terror Threat

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/us/politics/31prexy.html
October 30, 2010
Obama Walks Fine Political Line on Terror Threat
By HELENE COOPER and PETER BAKER [Obama white house] [residual issues from President Bush’s tenure] [111th congress, 2nd session] [GSAVE] [in particular: attacks launched or plotted against the US homeland (homeland security)] [w/ Obama the homeland security adviser (part of NSC since W. Bush) because counterterror adviser too] [seem to have been to the expense of the DNI?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [latest plot: originated out of Yemen] [the US has grappled with this potential since 2001—as good as the US has got, the bad guys only need to get lucky once (1% of the time); the US only needs to get unlucky once] [followup] [use psci 355-455, 469] [balance of civil liberties and security] [more info leaking daily] [*]
WASHINGTON — Trying to manage a terrorism threat in the middle of an election campaign, the Obama administration is walking a political and national security tightrope.
Remembering the debates over whether President George W. Bush sought to capitalize on the terrorism threat in the days before the 2006 election, White House officials do not want to look as if they are seizing on a potential catastrophe to win votes. But at the same time, they remember when President Obama was criticized when he said nothing publicly in the

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/us/politics/31prexy.html
October 30, 2010
Obama Walks Fine Political Line on Terror Threat
By HELENE COOPER and PETER BAKER [Obama white house] [residual issues from President Bush’s tenure] [111th congress, 2nd session] [GSAVE] [in particular: attacks launched or plotted against the US homeland (homeland security)] [balance: president needs to get info out but not create panic] [w/ Obama the homeland security adviser (part of NSC since W. Bush) because counterterror adviser too] [seem to have been to the expense of the DNI?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [latest plot: originated out of Yemen] [the US has grappled with this potential since 2001—as good as the US has got, the bad guys only need to get lucky once (1% of the time); the US only needs to get unlucky once] [followup] [use psci 355-455, 469] [balance of civil liberties and security] [more info leaking daily] [*]
WASHINGTON — Trying to manage a terrorism threat in the middle of an election campaign, the Obama administration is walking a political and national security tightrope.
Remembering the debates over whether President George W. Bush sought to capitalize on the terrorism threat in the days before the 2006 election, White House officials do not want to look as if they are seizing on a potential catastrophe to win votes. But at the same time, they remember when President Obama was criticized when he said nothing publicly in the three days after an attempt to blow up an airliner last Dec. 25.
“Every president has to be able to take off the partisan hat and assume the role of nonpartisan commander in chief when there is a security incident,” said C. Stewart Verdery Jr., a former assistant secretary of homeland security under Mr. Bush. “The president should be the public face of the response to send the right signals to Americans worried about our defenses, especially those partisans who might be inclined to find fault with anything the administration does.”
David Rothkopf, a national security expert who worked in the Clinton administration, said the president took the right action in making a swift public statement. “For Obama to wait longer, with real devices on their way to real places — he would have been open to criticism,” Mr. Rothkopf said. “I think the response was measured. It was not designed to produce panic. I also think, frankly, that the way it was done was quite tempered compared to past statements that we’ve seen during an election season.” [I agree] [Bush would have held news conferences with simultaneous dog-and-pony shows at Justice, Homeland security, so forth] [the RNC would have provided the commercial breaks] [*]
White House officials say politics has nothing to do with the quick response, and that the scene of fighter jets accompanying a passenger plane from Dubai as it landed in New York on Friday was the result of an “abundance of caution.”
“This has been handled just like any credible threat on any day,” Robert Gibbs, the White House press secretary, said Friday in an interview. Responding to a question from a reporter earlier in the day about whether the administration might be hyping the threat to sway the elections, Mr. Gibbs said that Mr. Obama’s top counterterrorism adviser, John O. Brennan, briefed the president initially on Thursday night “off of very credible terror information.”
He said that the discovery afterward of explosives on two cargo planes bound for the United States should “put to rest any speculation that may be out there.”
After getting slammed for what critics complained was a slow public response to the Dec. 25 plot, administration officials, four days before the midterm elections, appeared determined not to make that mistake this time. Mr. Brennan said that while there were “similarities” between the interception of the explosives on Friday and the attempted bombing on Dec. 25, the two episodes were also “very different because you’re dealing with two packages as opposed to an individual.”
The White House reaction contrasted with its response to the December scare, when a Nigerian aided by the Yemeni branch of Al Qaeda tried to blow up an airliner over Detroit. While Mr. Obama was briefed repeatedly during a vacation in Hawaii, he did not address the episode in public until three days later, drawing criticism for not seeming to take it seriously enough.
This time, not only did Mr. Obama make a public statement within hours of the news breaking, but his staff also made sure that influential Republicans, like Representative Peter T. King of New York, were kept informed. Mr. King, who was among the Republican lawmakers who expressed their dissatisfaction last year with the information they received about the December attempt, offered a more favorable initial reaction on Friday.
“So far, everything has worked the right way,” he said.
But some outside experts said it was risky for a president to come out as quickly as he did before all the facts were known. “You’re trying to look presidential and in command of all the facts and not look impotent,” said James Jay Carafano, a homeland security expert at the conservative Heritage Foundation. “But on the other hand, you don’t want to step in it and do something stupid. Quite honestly, I don’t know why they had a press conference.”
Moreover, Mr. Carafano said that Mr. Obama failed to use his remarks on Friday to justify the troop escalation in Afghanistan in an effort to keep the country from becoming a haven again for Al Qaeda. “The president missed the opportunity to say, ‘And this is why we’re in Afghanistan,’ ” Mr. Carafano said. [it’s easy to overwork such things] [the Bush people—probably Rove—had it down to science] [Obama probably underplaying it but that seems to be his style more than Bush?] [*]
But in many ways, it is Yemen, and not Afghanistan, that is increasingly being viewed as a bigger potential terrorist threat to the United States. One senior White House official noted Friday that the discovery of the explosives was the third terrorist attempt in less than two years that appeared to have a connection to Yemen.
American officials say that Anwar al-Awlaki, an American-born radical cleric now hiding in Yemen, played a direct role in the December airliner plot, and he has publicly called for more attacks on the United States. In addition, an Army psychiatrist charged with killing 13 people at Fort Hood, Tex., a year ago had exchanged e-mails with Mr. Awlaki beforehand.
Juan Zarate, who was Mr. Bush’s deputy national security adviser for counterterrorism, said the interception of the explosives was different than the December plot, which stemmed from an intelligence and security breakdown and which challenged the administration’s response. [*]
“The administration has clearly learned the lessons that it is essential that the president and his team demonstrate that they are taking seriously the threat and allowing the CT professionals to do their work,” said Mr. Zarate, using the initials for counterterrorism. “My only concern is that we not overreact publicly at the highest levels every time there is a terrorist incident.”
He added that the president should not feel compelled to jump every time Al Qaeda “says boo.”

It’s Morning in India

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/opinion/31friedman.html
October 30, 2010
It’s Morning in India
By THOMAS L. FRIEDMAN
New Delhi [oped] [columnist] [while France demonstrates over labor’s treatment, Asia is on the march] [Friedman banging his drum of flat world again] [but he’s quite right] [unless others pay attention to China and India and what they are doing economically, “others” will be left behind] [that’s the real “left-behind” series] [use globalization] [*]
This week’s award for not knowing what world you’re living in surely goes to the French high school and college students who blockaded their campuses, and snarled rail traffic, in a nationwide strike against the French government’s decision to raise its pension retirement age from 60 to 62. If those students understood the hypercompetitive and economically integrated world they were living in today, they would have taken to the streets to demand smaller classes, better teaching, more opportunities for entrepreneurship and more foreign private investment in France — so they could have the sorts of good private sector jobs that would enable them to finance retirement at age 62. France already discovered that a 35-hour workweek was impossible in a world where Indian engineers were trying to work a 35-hour day — and so, too, are pension levels not

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/opinion/31friedman.html
October 30, 2010
It’s Morning in India
By THOMAS L. FRIEDMAN
New Delhi [oped] [columnist] [while France demonstrates over labor’s treatment, Asia is on the march] [Friedman banging his drum of flat world again] [but he’s quite right] [unless others pay attention to China and India and what they are doing economically, “others” will be left behind] [that’s the real “left-behind” series] [use globalization] [*]
This week’s award for not knowing what world you’re living in surely goes to the French high school and college students who blockaded their campuses, and snarled rail traffic, in a nationwide strike against the French government’s decision to raise its pension retirement age from 60 to 62. If those students understood the hypercompetitive and economically integrated world they were living in today, they would have taken to the streets to demand smaller classes, better teaching, more opportunities for entrepreneurship and more foreign private investment in France — so they could have the sorts of good private sector jobs that would enable them to finance retirement at age 62. France already discovered that a 35-hour workweek was impossible in a world where Indian engineers were trying to work a 35-hour day — and so, too, are pension levels not sustained by a vibrant private sector.
What is most striking to me being in India this week, though, is how many Indians, young and old, expressed their concerns that America also seems at times to be running away from the world it invented and that India is adopting. [*]
With President Obama scheduled to come here next week, at a time when more than a few U.S. politicians are loudly denouncing immigration reforms, free trade expansion and outsourcing, more than a few Indian business leaders want to ask the president: “What’s up with that?” Didn’t America export to the world all the technologies and free market dogmas that created this increasingly flat, global economic playing field — and now you’re turning against them?
“It is the Silicon Valley revolution which enabled the massive rise in tradable services and the U.S.-built telecommunication networks that allowed creation of the virtual office,” Nayan Chanda, the editor of YaleGlobal Online, wrote in the Indian magazine Businessworld this week. “But the U.S. seems sadly unprepared to take advantage of the revolution it has spawned. The country’s worn-out infrastructure, failing education system and lack of political consensus have prevented it from riding a new wave to prosperity.” [*]Ouch.
Saurabh Srivastava, co-founder of the National Association of Software and Service Companies in India, explained that for the first 40 years of Indian independence, entrepreneurs here were looked down upon. India had lost confidence in its ability to compete, so it opted for protectionism. But when the ’90s rolled around, and India’s government was almost bankrupt, India’s technology industry was able to get the government to open up the economy, in part by citing the example of America and Silicon Valley. India has flourished ever since.
“America,” said Srivastava, “was the one who said to us: ‘You have to go for meritocracy. You don’t have to produce everything yourselves. Go for free trade and open markets.’ This has been the American national anthem, and we pushed our government to tune in to it. And just when they’re beginning to learn how to hum it, you’re changing the anthem. … Our industry was the one pushing our government to open our markets for American imports, 100 percent foreign ownership of companies and tough copyright laws when it wasn’t fashionable.” [that America needs to be lecured on this is stunning] [*]
If America turns away from these values, he added, the socialist/protectionists among India’s bureaucrats will use it to slow down any further opening of the Indian markets to U.S. exporters.
It looks, said Srivastava, as if “what is happening in America is a loss of self-confidence. We don’t want America to lose self-confidence. Who else is there to take over America’s moral leadership? American’s leadership was never because you had more arms. It was because of ideas, imagination, and meritocracy.” If America turns away from its core values, he added, “there is nobody else to take that leadership. Do we want China as the world’s moral leader? No. We desperately want America to succeed.”
This isn’t just so American values triumph. With a rising China on one side and a crumbling Pakistan on the other, India’s newfound friendship with America has taken on strategic importance. “It is very worrying to live in a world that no longer has the balance of power we’ve had for 60 years,” said Shekhar Gupta, editor of The Indian Express newspaper. “That is why everyone is concerned about America.” [*]
India and America are both democracies, a top Indian official explained to me, but emotionally they are now ships passing in the night. Because today the poorest Indian maid believes that if she can just save a few dollars to get her kid English lessons, that kid will have a better life than she does. So she is an optimist. “But the guy in Kansas,” he added, “who today is enjoying a better life than that maid, is worried that he can’t pass it on to his kids. So he’s a pessimist.”
Yes, when America lapses into a bad mood, everyone notices. After asking for an explanation of the Tea Party’s politics, Gupta remarked: “We have moved away from a politics of grievance to a politics of aspiration. Where is the American dream? Where is the optimism?” [*]

‘Rebalancing’ China

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/opinion/31sun2.html
October 30, 2010
‘Rebalancing’ China
[editorial] [the rise of China, again] [USFP and balancing China] [use psci 350, 355-455] [this is under general rubric of Han Chauvinism, not because China objectively demonstrates that undesirable trait but because many Asian peoples almost reflexively think that when they see China on the move] [**]
China’s artificially cheap exports are flooding foreign markets, undercutting industries, threatening the global recovery, and angering many. Beijing has resisted demands to allow its currency to rise against the dollar.
A new proposal could offer a way out. The Obama administration, which has been trying to rally pressure on Beijing, is calling on the world’s largest economies to agree to a target for the size of their trade imbalances.
At a meeting of finance ministers of the Group of 20 leading economies, the United States proposed that deficits or surpluses in a country’s current account — the trade balance and

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/opinion/31sun2.html
October 30, 2010
‘Rebalancing’ China
[editorial] [the rise of China, again] [USFP and balancing China] [use psci 350, 355-455] [this is under general rubric of Han Chauvinism, not because China objectively demonstrates that undesirable trait but because many Asian peoples almost reflexively think that when they see China on the move] [**]
China’s artificially cheap exports are flooding foreign markets, undercutting industries, threatening the global recovery, and angering many. Beijing has resisted demands to allow its currency to rise against the dollar.
A new proposal could offer a way out. The Obama administration, which has been trying to rally pressure on Beijing, is calling on the world’s largest economies to agree to a target for the size of their trade imbalances.
At a meeting of finance ministers of the Group of 20 leading economies, the United States proposed that deficits or surpluses in a country’s current account — the trade balance and some financial transactions — should be brought under 4 percent of G.D.P., by 2015.
This country’s current account deficit amounts to 3 percent of its G.D.P. Still, a 4 percent target could help reduce the world’s largest imbalances. China’s surplus is 5 percent of its G.D.P.; Germany’s surplus is 6 percent.
These huge surpluses mean exports from China and Germany are hogging demand in other countries. As consumer spending falters in deficit countries, including the United States, surplus countries must start buying more of their own, and others’, products. [with the currency so low, Chinese cannot afford their own products?] [they are only bargains relative to countries against which the Chinese currency is artificially low] [*]
Some countries balked at the number. The group agreed in principle, and China has signed on so far.
Focusing on its surplus wouldn’t mean that China’s currency manipulation was off the hook. To meet the target, it would have to let the renminbi rise to increase its imports and temper export growth.
But the new goal acknowledges that China also has other tools to increase spending at home, improve the lives of its people, and reduce external imbalances. It could raise wages and deploy some of its mountain of reserves to pay for long-neglected social spending on health care, education and pensions. [*]
A declining Chinese surplus will not close the American current account deficit. That mainly requires Americans to save more of their income. The change would increase China’s demand for imports from America and others. Countries that have cheapened their own currency to protect themselves from China could let their currencies rise and draw more American imports too. [*]
Putting targets on deficits and surpluses might put some nations in a straitjacket. And there is no enforcement mechanism. Still, reframing the problem this way might bring China around. It allows Beijing to claim it is not caving to Washington — and pitch policy changes as a much-needed effort to spend more money, where it belongs, at home.

China’s Fast Rise Leads Neighbors to Join Forces

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/world/asia/31china.html
October 30, 2010
China’s Fast Rise Leads Neighbors to Join Forces
By MARK LANDLER, JIM YARDLEY and MICHAEL WINES [Vietnam] [Hanoi] [SEAsia] [SecDef Clinton visit] [Vietnam and other SEA and EAsia peoples are openly agitated against what they see as the return of Han Chauvinism?] [China will likely want to recalibrate some of its actions?] [followup] [use psci 350, 358] [it’s one thing to use one’s power; it’s another to create unified backlash against China?] [*]
HANOI, Vietnam — China’s military expansion and assertive trade policies have set off jitters across Asia, prompting many of its neighbors to rekindle old alliances and cultivate new ones to better defend their interests against the rising superpower.
A whirl of deal-making and diplomacy, from Tokyo to New Delhi, is giving the United States an opportunity to reassert itself in a region where its eclipse by China has been viewed as inevitable. [*]
President Obama’s trip to the region this week, his most extensive as president, will take him to the area’s big democracies, India, Indonesia, South Korea and Japan, skirting authoritarian China. Those countries and other neighbors have taken steps, though with

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/world/asia/31china.html
October 30, 2010
China’s Fast Rise Leads Neighbors to Join Forces
By MARK LANDLER, JIM YARDLEY and MICHAEL WINES [Vietnam] [Hanoi] [SEAsia] [SecDef Clinton visit] [Vietnam and other SEA and EAsia peoples are openly agitated against what they see as the return of Han Chauvinism?] [China will likely want to recalibrate some of its actions?] [followup] [use psci 350, 358] [it’s one thing to use one’s power; it’s another to create unified backlash against China?] [*]
HANOI, Vietnam — China’s military expansion and assertive trade policies have set off jitters across Asia, prompting many of its neighbors to rekindle old alliances and cultivate new ones to better defend their interests against the rising superpower.
A whirl of deal-making and diplomacy, from Tokyo to New Delhi, is giving the United States an opportunity to reassert itself in a region where its eclipse by China has been viewed as inevitable. [*]
President Obama’s trip to the region this week, his most extensive as president, will take him to the area’s big democracies, India, Indonesia, South Korea and Japan, skirting authoritarian China. Those countries and other neighbors have taken steps, though with varying degrees of candor, to blunt China’s assertiveness in the region.
Mr. Obama and Prime Minister Manmohan Singh of India are expected to sign a landmark deal for American military transport aircraft and are discussing the possible sale of jet fighters, which would escalate the Pentagon’s defense partnership with India to new heights. Japan and India are courting Southeast Asian nations with trade agreements and talk of a “circle of democracy.” [*]Vietnam has a rapidly warming rapport with its old foe, the United States, in large part because its old friend, China, makes broad territorial claims in the South China Sea. [insofar as Vietnam can] [I mean it’s been “rapidly” warming since 1996, which strikes me as less than rapid?] [*]
The deals and alliances are not intended to contain China. But they suggest a palpable shift in the diplomatic landscape, on vivid display as leaders from 18 countries gathered this weekend under the wavelike roof of Hanoi’s futuristic convention center, not far from Ho Chi Minh’s mausoleum, for a meeting suffused by tensions between China and its neighbors.
China’s escalating feud with Japan over another set of islands, in the East China Sea, stole the meeting’s headlines on Saturday, and Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton proposed three-way negotiations to resolve the issue. [*]
Most Asian countries, even as they argue that China will inevitably replace the United States as the top regional power, have grown concerned at how quickly that shift is occurring, and what China the superpower may look like. [*]
China’s big trading partners are complaining more loudly that it intervenes too aggressively to keep its currency undervalued. Its recent restrictions on exports of crucial rare earths minerals, first to Japan and then to the United States and Europe, raised the prospect that it may use its dominant positions in some industries as a diplomatic and political weapon.
And its [China’s] [*] rapid naval expansion, combined with a more strident defense of its claims to disputed territories far off its shores, has persuaded Japan, South Korea, Vietnam and Singapore to reaffirm their enthusiasm for the American security umbrella.
“The most common thing that Asian leaders have said to me in my travels over this last 20 months is, ‘Thank you, we’re so glad that you’re playing an active role in Asia again,’ ” Mrs. Clinton said in Hawaii, opening a seven-country tour of Asia that included a last-minute stop in China. [*]
Few of China’s neighbors voice their concerns about the country publicly, but analysts and diplomats say they express wariness about the pace of China’s military expansion and the severity of its trade policies in private. [**]
“Most of these countries have come to us and said, ‘We’re really worried about China,’ ” said Kenneth G. Lieberthal, a China adviser to President Bill Clinton who is now at the Brookings Institution.
The Obama administration has been quick to capitalize on China’s missteps. Where officials used to speak of China as the Asian economic giant, they now speak of India and China as twin giants. And they make clear which one they believe has a closer affinity to the United States.
“India and the United States have never mattered more to each other,” Mrs. Clinton said. “As the world’s two largest democracies, we are united by common interests and common values.”
As Mr. Obama prepares to visit India in his first stop on his tour of Asian democracies, Mr. Singh, India’s prime minister, will have just returned from his own grand tour — with both of them somewhat conspicuously, if at least partly coincidentally, circling China.
None of this seems likely to lead to a cold war-style standoff. China is fully integrated into the global economy, and all of its neighbors are eager to deepen their ties with it. China has fought no wars since a border skirmish with Vietnam three decades ago, and it often emphasizes that it has no intention of projecting power through the use of force.
At the same time, fears that China has become more assertive as it has grown richer are having real consequences. [*]
India is promoting itself throughout the region as a counterweight to China; Japan is settling a dispute with the United States over a Marine air base; the Vietnamese are negotiating a deal to obtain civilian nuclear technology from the United States; and the Americans, who had largely ignored the rest of Asia as they waged wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, see an opportunity to come back in a big way.
In July, for example, Mrs. Clinton reassured Vietnam and the Philippines by announcing that the United States would be willing to help resolve disputes between China and its neighbors over a string of strategically important islands in the South China Sea.
China’s foreign minister, Yang Jiechi, reacted furiously, accusing the United States of plotting against it, according to people briefed on the meeting. Mr. Yang went on to note that China was a big country, staring pointedly at the foreign minister of tiny Singapore. Undaunted, Mrs. Clinton not only repeated the American pledge on the South China Sea in Hanoi on Saturday, but expanded it to include the dispute with Japan. [likely po’d China but good for Sec Clinton] [*]
China’s rise as an authoritarian power has also revived a sense that democracies should stick together. K. Subrahmanyam, an influential strategic analyst in India, noted that half the world’s people now live in democracies and that of the world’s six biggest powers, only China has not accepted democracy. [*]
“Today the problem is a rising China that is not democratic and is challenging for the No. 1 position in the world,” he said.
Indeed, how to deal with China seems to be an abiding preoccupation of Asia’s leaders. In Japan, Prime Minister Naoto Kan and Mr. Singh discussed China’s booming economy, military expansion and increased territorial assertiveness.
“Prime Minister Kan was keen to understand how India engages China,” India’s foreign secretary, Nirupama Rao, told reporters. “Our prime minister said it requires developing trust, close engagement and a lot of patience.”
South Korea was deeply frustrated earlier this year when China blocked an explicit international condemnation of North Korea for sinking a South Korean warship, the Cheonan. South Korea accused North Korea of the attack, but China, a historic ally of the North, was unwilling to hold it responsible. [*]
India has watched nervously as China has started building ports in Sri Lanka and Pakistan, extending rail lines toward the border of Nepal, and otherwise seeking to expand its footprint in South Asia. [no question, China is on the move] [*]
India’s Defense Ministry has sought military contacts with a host of Asian nations while steadily expanding contacts and weapons procurements from the United States. The United States, American officials said, has conducted more exercises in recent years with India than with any other nation.
Mr. Singh’s trip was part of his “Look East” policy, intended to broaden trade with the rest of Asia. He has said it was not related to any frictions with China, but China is concerned. On Thursday, People’s Daily, the Communist Party newspaper, ran an opinion article asking, “Does India’s ‘Look East’ Policy Mean ‘Look to Encircle China’?”
That wary view may well reflect China’s reaction to the whole panoply of developments among its neighbors.
“The Chinese perceived the Hanoi meeting as a gang attack on them,” said Charles Freeman, an expert on Chinese politics and economics at the Center for Strategic and International Studies. “There’s no question that they have miscalculated their own standing in the region.”
Mark Landler reported from Hanoi, Jim Yardley from New Delhi, and Michael Wines from Beijing.

Suicide Bomber Injures 32 in Istanbul

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/11/01/world/middleeast/01turkey.html
October 31, 2010
Suicide Bomber Injures 32 in Istanbul
By SEBNEM ARSU [Turkey] [former Asia Minor] [after 9/11 there were attacks in Turkey including a famous synagogue in 202-03?] [I can’t remember the last time indication of jihadis activity?] [followup] [Turkey’s increasingly complex role in world politics and Middle East] [use psci 350] [this could be many things but suicide bombers are tell tale sign of jihadi hydra?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [*]
ISTANBUL — A male suicide bomber injured at least 32 people in an attack aimed at a police unit in the busiest local and tourist district in Istanbul on Sunday morning, the city governor’s office said. [*]
The injured, including 17 civilians and 15 policemen, were taken to four nearby hospitals for treatment.
“We do not yet have information on the aim or nature of the attack,” Huseyin Avni Mutlu, the Istanbul governor, said in a live televised statement. “Nevertheless, this is an act of terror.”
Television networks reported that the police were investigating a second suspect.

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/11/01/world/middleeast/01turkey.html
October 31, 2010
Suicide Bomber Injures 32 in Istanbul
By SEBNEM ARSU [Turkey] [former Asia Minor] [after 9/11 there were attacks in Turkey including a famous synagogue in 202-03?] [I can’t remember the last time indication of jihadis activity?] [followup] [Turkey’s increasingly complex role in world politics and Middle East] [use psci 350] [this could be many things but suicide bombers are tell tale sign of jihadi hydra?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [*]
ISTANBUL — A male suicide bomber injured at least 32 people in an attack aimed at a police unit in the busiest local and tourist district in Istanbul on Sunday morning, the city governor’s office said. [*]
The injured, including 17 civilians and 15 policemen, were taken to four nearby hospitals for treatment.
“We do not yet have information on the aim or nature of the attack,” Huseyin Avni Mutlu, the Istanbul governor, said in a live televised statement. “Nevertheless, this is an act of terror.”
Television networks reported that the police were investigating a second suspect.
The bombing occurred in Taksim Square in the Beyoglu district, popular among tourists and locals.
Police cordoned off the site of the explosion and entirely blocked pedestrian and vehicle traffic around the neighborhood.
“I once more remind here that those who want to stir up Turkey, destroy the air of peace, stability and security will never be tolerated,” Recep Tayyip Erdogan, the prime minister, said in Mardin, a southeastern town in Turkey. “Such attacks will by no means obstruct Turkey from its unity, brotherhood and aims for progress.” [*]
In 2003, a local fundamentalist network loyal to Al Qaeda had killed more than 60 and injured hundreds in attacks targeting a synagogue and the British Consulate in Beyoglu district as well as the headquarters of the British HSBC Bank in Levent neighborhood. [*]
Television pictures showed the body of the suicide bomber lying close to the statue of Kemal Ataturk, the founder of modern Turkey, that marks the very center of the square in Beyoglu’s Taksim area. The bomb squads discovered a separate set of plastic explosives with a button detonator close to the body, security officials said.
Istanbul police units often keep a mobile station at the square with shuttle buses and special riot units to ensure security in a district popular among tourists.
The Kurdistan Workers’ Party, the P.K.K., has been engaged in an armed struggle against Turkish armed forces to claim autonomy in the predominantly Kurdish southeast since the early 1980s and have often staged attacks in busy urban areas, targeting civilians. [might have been but I doubt it?] [usually Kurds claim their attacks?] [*]
A one-sided ceasefire issued by the group to allow politicians to offer a permanent solution expired today, but officials refused to comment on the P.K.K.’s possible links with the attack in Taksim.
Turkey celebrated the founding of the republic on Friday in official ceremonies throughout the country, in the midst of continuing efforts to resolve the Kurdish armed conflict that has so far claimed more than 40,000 lives. [*]
The last suicide bomb attack near Taksim occurred in 2001, when explosives killed the assailant and two police officers in the Gumussuyu area, the semi-official Anatolian News Agency reported.

Karzai Protests Russian Agents in Drug Raid

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/world/asia/31afghan.html
October 30, 2010
Karzai Protests Russian Agents in Drug Raid
By ALISSA J. RUBIN [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [Russia] [former USSR] [oops, apparently Russian anti-narco authorities are not supposed to be in Afghanistan] [hopefully, Karzai will get the message that the US and others have gone about their business irrespective of Karzail it may force him—though doubtful—to catch a dose of reality rather late in the game?] [*]
KABUL, Afghanistan — A raid on drug laboratories in eastern Afghanistan came under fire from the nation’s president on Saturday because Russian counternarcotics agents had been involved, along with those from the United States and Afghanistan.
In a statement sent to the news media, President Hamid Karzai expressed dismay that the central Afghan government had not been told about the presence of at least two Russian agents on the raid. He called it “a blatant violation of Afghanistan’s sovereignty and of international laws,” and he warned that “any repetition of such acts will prompt necessary reaction by our country.” [given Russia’s history with Afghan, I suppose it’s understandable] [*]
The Afghan Ministry of Counternarcotics held a news conference on Saturday detailing the

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/world/asia/31afghan.html
October 30, 2010
Karzai Protests Russian Agents in Drug Raid
By ALISSA J. RUBIN [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [Russia] [former USSR] [oops, apparently Russian anti-narco authorities are not supposed to be in Afghanistan] [hopefully, Karzai will get the message that the US and others have gone about their business irrespective of Karzail it may force him—though doubtful—to catch a dose of reality rather late in the game?] [*]
KABUL, Afghanistan — A raid on drug laboratories in eastern Afghanistan came under fire from the nation’s president on Saturday because Russian counternarcotics agents had been involved, along with those from the United States and Afghanistan.
In a statement sent to the news media, President Hamid Karzai expressed dismay that the central Afghan government had not been told about the presence of at least two Russian agents on the raid. He called it “a blatant violation of Afghanistan’s sovereignty and of international laws,” and he warned that “any repetition of such acts will prompt necessary reaction by our country.” [given Russia’s history with Afghan, I suppose it’s understandable] [*]
The Afghan Ministry of Counternarcotics held a news conference on Saturday detailing the successes of the raid, in which four opium refining laboratories and more than a ton of heroin were destroyed.
Deputy Minister Baz Mohammed Ahmad said the raid had been led by an Afghan counternarcotics team. When he was asked directly whether Russian or other international agents had been involved, Mr. Ahmad replied, “We did not ask them where they were from, and they all look the same, and we were not informed that two Russian drug specialists had also participated in this operation.”
Mr. Karzai’s statement highlighted the delicacy of Russian participation in any armed activity here, even something as widely supported as drug interdiction.
The Soviet Union occupied Afghanistan for a decade starting in 1979, and many current Afghan leaders fought them, eventually forcing the Soviets to leave. Afghans widely viewed Russia and its people as enemies.
While there has been a diplomatic reconciliation in recent years, Russian intentions in Afghanistan are regarded with skepticism and are a delicate matter for Mr. Karzai. “While Afghanistan remains committed to its joint efforts with the international community against narcotics,” his statement said, “it also makes it clear that no organization or institution shall have the right to carry out such a military operation without prior authorization and consent of the government.” [understandable given 1980s] [*]
In its statement after the raid on Thursday, the United States Embassy in Kabul said that the operation had been conducted by the “Afghan Ministry of Interior Counternarcotics Police (CNP-A) Sensitive Investigative Unit and National Interdiction Unit” and that the United States Drug Enforcement Administration, NATO troops and Russian personnel had played a supporting role.
In other developments on Saturday, American and Afghan troops fought a major battle on the Pakistan border with insurgents who attacked a combat outpost in Paktika Province. At least 40 insurgents were killed, NATO said.
Sharifullah Sahak contributed reporting.

Saudi Help in Package Plot Is Part of Security Shift

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/world/middleeast/31saudi.html
October 30, 2010
Saudi Help in Package Plot Is Part of Security Shift
By ROBERT F. WORTH [Saudi] [Saudi-Yemen border] [middle east proper] [proximity to horn of Africa and numerous activities there] [jihadis and Islamists in Saudi peninsula] [reportedly since 2003 Saudis grew alarmed and began helping West in GSAVE] [use psci469b] [followup] [appears that they and others were integral in disrupting this latest bomb plot that broke couple days ago] [again, see today’s govt for more!] [*]
BEIRUT, Lebanon — As new facts emerge about the terrorist plot to send explosives from Yemen to the United States by courier, one remarkable strand has stood out: the plot would likely not have been discovered if not for a tip by Saudi intelligence officials. [*]
For many in the West, Saudi Arabia remains better known as a source of terrorism than as a partner in defeating it. It is the birthplace of Osama bin Laden and 15 of the 19 hijackers in the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001. [*]
Yet Western intelligence officials say the Saudis’ own experience with jihadists has helped

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/world/middleeast/31saudi.html
October 30, 2010
Saudi Help in Package Plot Is Part of Security Shift
By ROBERT F. WORTH [Saudi] [Saudi-Yemen border] [middle east proper] [proximity to horn of Africa and numerous activities there] [jihadis and Islamists in Saudi peninsula] [reportedly since 2003 Saudis grew alarmed and began helping West in GSAVE] [use psci469b] [followup] [appears that they and others were integral in disrupting this latest bomb plot that broke couple days ago] [again, see today’s govt for more!] [*]
BEIRUT, Lebanon — As new facts emerge about the terrorist plot to send explosives from Yemen to the United States by courier, one remarkable strand has stood out: the plot would likely not have been discovered if not for a tip by Saudi intelligence officials. [*]
For many in the West, Saudi Arabia remains better known as a source of terrorism than as a partner in defeating it. It is the birthplace of Osama bin Laden and 15 of the 19 hijackers in the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001. [*]
Yet Western intelligence officials say the Saudis’ own experience with jihadists has helped them develop powerful surveillance tools and a broad network of informers that has become increasingly important in the global battle against terrorism.
This month, Saudi intelligence warned of a possible terrorist attack in France by Al Qaeda’s branch in the Arabian Peninsula. The Saudis have brought similar intelligence reports about imminent threats to at least two other European countries in the past few years, and have played an important role in identifying terrorists in Pakistan, Iraq, Somalia and Kuwait, according to Saudi and Western intelligence officials.
“This latest role is one in a series of Saudi intelligence contributions,” said Thomas Hegghammer, a research fellow at the Norwegian Defense Research Establishment. “They can be helpful because so much is going on in their backyard, and because they have a limitless budget to develop their abilities.” [*]
The Saudis have stepped up their intelligence-gathering efforts in Yemen since last year, when Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula came close to assassinating Prince Muhammad bin Nayef, [*] who runs the Saudi counterterrorism program. A suicide bomber posing as a reformed jihadist detonated a bomb hidden inside his body, cutting himself to shreds but only lightly injuring the prince.
The Qaeda group’s main goal is to topple the Saudi monarchy, which they consider illegitimate and a slave to the West. [apostates who don’t even realize the depth of their perfidy, etc] [*]
Prince bin Nayef, whose tip to the United States led to the discovery of the two bombs on Thursday, is held in high esteem by Western intelligence agencies, and works closely with them. He appears to be building a network of informers across Yemen, and some terrorism analysts say they believe the tip may well have come from one of his spies, possibly even from inside Al Qaeda. [*]
“The Saudis have really stepped up their efforts in Yemen, and I’m under the impression that they’ve infiltrated Al Qaeda, so that they can warn the Americans, the French, the British and others about plots before they happen,” said Theodore Karasik, an analyst at the Institute for Near East and Gulf Military Analysis in Dubai.
Saudi officials do not comment on delicate intelligence matters. But the Saudi role in a shadowy intelligence war in Yemen’s hinterlands has emerged in accounts from observers in Yemen and from Al Qaeda itself, which has often publicized its struggles to outwit Prince bin Nayef’s informers. [*]
Last year, Al Qaeda’s regional branch killed a Yemeni security official named Bassam Sulayman Tarbush and issued a video of Mr. Tarbush describing the Saudi informer network in Marib Province, a haven for Qaeda members east of Sana, the Yemeni capital. More recently, Al Qaeda released a video detailing its success in misleading Saudi informers during the assassination attempt against Prince bin Nayef.
Saudi Arabia’s counterterrorism program differs from its Western counterparts in striking ways. It includes a familiar “hard” element of commando teams that kill terrorists, along with vastly expanded surveillance. The streets of major Saudi cities are continuously watched by cameras, and most Internet traffic goes through a central point that facilitates monitoring.
But the program also has a softer side aimed at re-educating jihadists and weaving them back into Saudi society. The government runs a rehabilitation program for terrorists, including art therapy and efforts to find jobs and wives for the former convicts. The program suffered an embarrassment last year when two of its graduates, who had also been in Guantánamo, fled the country and became leading figures in Al Qaeda’s Arabian branch. [*]
But Saudi officials defend their overall record, noting that the program now has 349 graduates, of whom fewer than 20 have returned to terrorism. [that sounds better than America’s recidivism rate with basic crime?] [it’s better than 94% non-recidivist rate] [329/349 * =] [*]
The Saudis’ growing expertise in counterterrorism has been the fruit of painful experience. Between 2003 and 2005, home-grown jihadists waged a brutal campaign of bombings in the kingdom, leaving scores of Saudis and foreigners dead and forcing the nation to wake up to a reality it had long refused to acknowledge. The puritanical strain of Islam fostered by the state, sometimes called Wahhabism, was breeding extremists who were willing to kill even Muslims for their cause.
Saudi officials acknowledge that they still have a long way to go; the powerful religious establishment remains deeply conservative, and public schools continue to teach xenophobic and anti-Semitic material. But public opinion, once relatively supportive of figures like Mr. bin Laden, has shifted decisively since Al Qaeda began killing Muslims on Saudi soil.[the al Saud family made a deal with Wahhabi clerics centuries ago: Sauds would handle the physical and the ulema the metaphysical] [*]
And when the Saudi Interior Ministry released its list of the top 85 wanted militants last year, all of them were said to be outside the kingdom, including some in Yemen. Saudi Arabia’s problem, in other words, has become the world’s problem.

October 30, 2010

An Unnecessary War

http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2010/10/29/an_unnecessary_war
Foreign Policy
[Accessed 10/30/10 9:43:08 AM] [*]
An Unnecessary War
Afghanistan used to be the central front in the war against terrorism. Now it's a distraction from it.
BY JAMES TRAUB | OCTOBER 29, 2010 [oped-like piece] [on AfPak and how it may actually hurt America’s present struggle with global jihadis?] [it’s a little long for oped but it’s interesting and raises important choices facing policymakers] [use psci 355-455] [the new conventional wisdom building: AfPak is a distraction and a sink hole for U.S. resources; it prevents the US from properly fighting the transnational-jihadis threat the US faces in 21st century!] [*]
First as candidate and later as president, Barack Obama famously described Afghanistan as "a war of necessity:" a war the United States could not afford to lose. Obama restated the case in the speech he gave last December announcing his decision to add 30,000 troops to the battle, asserting that Afghanistan and Pakistan constituted "the epicenter of the violent extremism practiced by al Qaeda," and adding that the threat would "only grow if the region slides backwards, and al Qaeda can operate with impunity." The only way to counteract this threat, Obama insisted, was to bolster American military capacity, and to adopt a counterinsurgency strategy to "increase the stability and capacity of our partners in the region." [more or less is what happened] [*]
Most of the debate around Obama's war plans has centered on that counterinsurgency strategy: Is

http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2010/10/29/an_unnecessary_war
Foreign Policy
[Accessed 10/30/10 9:43:08 AM] [*]
An Unnecessary War
Afghanistan used to be the central front in the war against terrorism. Now it's a distraction from it.
BY JAMES TRAUB | OCTOBER 29, 2010 [oped-like piece] [on AfPak and how it may actually hurt America’s present struggle with global jihadis?] [it’s a little long for oped but it’s interesting and raises important choices facing policymakers] [use psci 355-455] [the new conventional wisdom building: AfPak is a distraction and a sink hole for U.S. resources; it prevents the US from properly fighting the transnational-jihadis threat the US faces in 21st century!] [*]
First as candidate and later as president, Barack Obama famously described Afghanistan as "a war of necessity:" a war the United States could not afford to lose. Obama restated the case in the speech he gave last December announcing his decision to add 30,000 troops to the battle, asserting that Afghanistan and Pakistan constituted "the epicenter of the violent extremism practiced by al Qaeda," and adding that the threat would "only grow if the region slides backwards, and al Qaeda can operate with impunity." The only way to counteract this threat, Obama insisted, was to bolster American military capacity, and to adopt a counterinsurgency strategy to "increase the stability and capacity of our partners in the region." [more or less is what happened] [*]
Most of the debate around Obama's war plans has centered on that counterinsurgency strategy: Is President Hamid Karzai too corrupt and erratic, are the Afghan people too hostile to foreign forces, is institution-building too intrinsically difficult, and are Afghan security forces too inept to justify the massive and belated effort to build Afghan stability and capacity? But this is actually the secondary issue. The central question is: Is it necessary? Would withdrawal in fact gravely jeopardize American national security?
The recent tentative overtures which Gen. David Petraeus has made to Taliban leaders show that this is no idle question. Although the official American position is that the Taliban must accept the authority of the state, a far likelier outcome is that U.S. and Afghan forces would withdraw from areas which would then be effectively occupied by the Taliban. How bad would that be?
In their recent report, "A New Way Forward," the members of the Afghanistan Study Group, a panel convened by the New America Foundation, argue flatly that Obama was wrong in thinking that Al Qaeda would "operate with impunity" in the space vacated by NATO forces. [*]"Al Qaeda's presence in Afghanistan is very small," they write, and thus containable with classic counterterrorism measures. Moreover, the Taliban "would likely not invite Al Qaeda to re-establish a significant presence" in a re-Talibanized Afghanistan. In fact, the authors argue, "the current U.S. military effort is helping fuel the very insurgency we are attempting to defeat." University of Chicago scholar Robert Pape, a member of the panel, has concluded after a study of 2,200 suicide terrorism attacks that foreign military presence itself is the chief trigger of terrorist attacks. [*]
How plausible is all this? Let's take the claims one at a time. Administration officials have estimated that no more than 400 or so members of al Qaeda remain in Afghanistan and Pakistan. [*]Al Qaeda is arguably a spent force, depending increasingly on zealous but ineffective volunteers. Marc Sageman, a CIA veteran now with the Foreign Policy Research Institute, has asserted in congressional testimony that more than three-quarters of the terrorist plots against the West executed or foiled over the last five years have been carried out by "homegrown terrorists" with no organizational connection to al Qaeda -- a phenomenon he calls "leaderless jihad." [*]Focusing vast resources on any piece of geographical space is thus a strategic mistake.
On the other hand, the terrorism expert Peter Bergen argues that "the numbers are a red herring." Osama bin Laden only had 200 loyalists at the time of 9/11, after all, and still managed to do a great deal of damage. What's more, he adds, since al Qaeda "has infected other groups they're embedded with," including the Haqqani network and Lashkar-e-Taiba, the Pakistani body which carried out the 2008 attacks in Mumbai, [*]counting al Qaeda alone is misleading. And the lack of recent spectacular attacks hardly proves that al Qaeda central is history. Today's headlines that packages containing explosive devices were sent from Yemen to two synagogues in Chicago may indicate that al Qaeda is still capable of mounting terror operations overseas. Bruce Riedel, a Middle East expert who helped shape the Obama administration AfPak policy and now serves as a fellow at the Brookings Institution, has written that the failed plots of the "Christmas bomber" and of the Afghan-American Najibullah Zazi show that al Qaeda has in fact regrouped. [author neglects to tell readers but Riedel strongly influenced Obama’s decision to “surge” in AfPak] [I don’t think he’s excluding info for bad reasons but likely didn’t wish to spend time explaining???] [*] Had either succeeded, no one would be talking about the organization's decline.
Bergen also takes issue with the claim that the Taliban wouldn't be as foolish as to let al Qaeda tag along if and when they re-occupy much of southern and eastern Afghanistan. The Taliban are not "rational actors," he says. "Housing al Qaeda was not a rational act. And there's no reason to believe they would behave any differently from the way they did before." Nor, says Bergen, is it correct to say that the Taliban have no goals beyond overthrowing the governments of Pakistan and Afghanistan. Some sub-groups do; others don't.
How can one predict whether or not Taliban leaders will do what Westerners would deem the rational thing? Patrick Cronin, a national security specialist with the Center for a New American Security and a signatory of "A New Way Forward," is candid enough to say, "We don't know." [that’s for damn sure] [they risked their own extinction with 9/11 and it almost happened] [they are true believers—mostly] [*] The Taliban might well put out a welcome mat for al Qaeda-style groups. The Haqqanis, who have carried out many of the suicide attacks against NATO forces and have worked closely with al Qaeda, are "the nub of the problem," Cronin says, because a Haqqani presence in eastern Afghanistan would offer a new platform for international jihadists. But Cronin notes that Pakistani security forces, which have long sponsored the Haqqanis, do not want to see an al Qaeda connection and have been trying to "rein them in." The Haqqanis may have to be included in any final settlement -- Pakistan will insist on it -- but NATO forces will continue pounding the frontier areas.
But "can the effort succeed?" and "how bad would failure be?" are not quite the same question. [*] On the first, much evidence has piled up; and most, though not all, of it points to "No." Counterinsurgency strategy doesn't work with a corrupt and illegitimate government, and an insurgency that can take shelter beyond the Pakistani border. But experience to date tells us almost nothing about the second question. Paul Pillar, another veteran CIA officer and signatory of "A New Way Forward," argues that the Haqqani-al Qaeda link "is not immutable." That may be; but there's no more evidence on that subject than on the rationality, or irrationality, of the Taliban. The Council on Foreign Relations' Leslie Gelb has consistently argued that a troop reduction in Afghanistan, like the withdrawal from Vietnam, would provoke apocalyptic fears but prove to be an anti-climax. [*]I find that notion appealing, though not necessarily persuasive.
But all costs are relative. And against the uncertain benefits of maintaining a very large military presence in Afghanistan over the next three to four years are the very large costs of staying in such large numbers. The $100 billion a year or so in resources may be the least of it. Whether or not Pape is right that foreign military presence itself is the cause of terrorism, it is surely a provocation in the eyes of millions of Muslims, some tiny fraction of whom will be moved to attack the West. And whether or not Sageman is right that al Qaeda-centric terrorism has given way to leaderless jihad, the focus on Afghanistan absorbs assets needed for criminal justice and surveillance efforts in all the other places where terrorism now germinates. [it’s really about allocating limited resources!] [*] The war is a terrible drain on Washington's attention, and on U.S. soft power and prestige. "It's hard to be taken seriously in Asia when we are still bogged down in Afghanistan," as Cronin says.
There are very few true wars of necessity. The Civil War was one; World War II was another. When Mullah Omar refused to give up Osama bin Laden, a war in Afghanistan became necessary. But then the war changed character, and the nature of the adversary changed as well. A war against Islamic terrorism, in some form, remains necessary. But the war in Afghanistan does not.
Save big when you subscribe to FP.
MASSOUD HOSSAINI/AFP/Getty Images
James Traub is a contributing writer for the New York Times Magazine and author of, most recently, The Freedom Agenda. "Terms of Engagement," hiscolumn for ForeignPolicy.com, runs weekly.

Pax Americana is winding down

http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2010/oct/29/managing-decline/
Washington Times
[Accessed 10/30/10 9:38:53 AM] [*]
DE BORCHGRAVE: Managing decline
Pax Americana is winding down
By Arnaud de Borchgrave
6:15 p.m., Friday, October 29, 2010 [oped] [coumnist] [Mr. de Borchgrave is conservative pundit who is from the internationalist side of the conservative movement] [he’s been around a long time and I recall his association with the Reagna administration in the 1980s though I cannot quite remember how?] [nevertheless, an opinion piece on what I have called Pax Americana] [use psci 355-455] [**]
Is the world's balance of power shifting away from the West and moving over to India and China? That's what a number of geopolitical sages are discussing in think tanks from Moscow to Beijing to London to Washington. In a joint SOS piece in the November-December issue of Foreign Affairs, former Deputy Treasury Secretary Roger Altman and the president of the Council on Foreign Relations, Richard N. Haass, warn U.S. leaders to curb "the current debt addiction - or global capital markets will do it for them." An age of austerity and draconian belt-tightening - and sudden decline in U.S. power - is upon us. [I’ve seen this story before?] [the delinists in the 1980s] [recall Henry Nau’s book?] [*] Gridlocked Congress, fiscal train wreck,

http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2010/oct/29/managing-decline/
Washington Times
[Accessed 10/30/10 9:38:53 AM] [*]
DE BORCHGRAVE: Managing decline
Pax Americana is winding down
By Arnaud de Borchgrave
6:15 p.m., Friday, October 29, 2010 [oped] [coumnist] [Mr. de Borchgrave is conservative pundit who is from the internationalist side of the conservative movement] [he’s been around a long time and I recall his association with the Reagna administration in the 1980s though I cannot quite remember how?] [nevertheless, an opinion piece on what I have called Pax Americana] [use psci 355-455] [**]
Is the world's balance of power shifting away from the West and moving over to India and China? That's what a number of geopolitical sages are discussing in think tanks from Moscow to Beijing to London to Washington. In a joint SOS piece in the November-December issue of Foreign Affairs, former Deputy Treasury Secretary Roger Altman and the president of the Council on Foreign Relations, Richard N. Haass, warn U.S. leaders to curb "the current debt addiction - or global capital markets will do it for them." An age of austerity and draconian belt-tightening - and sudden decline in U.S. power - is upon us. [I’ve seen this story before?] [the delinists in the 1980s] [recall Henry Nau’s book?] [*] Gridlocked Congress, fiscal train wreck, climbing without a rope, all the stuff of headlines the world over.
The political move to center stage of satirical humorist Jon Stewart with his mass Rally to Restore Sanity is seen by the Globalist online as a throwback to the collapse of Germany's post-World War I Weimar Republic.
But where can the United States afford to disengage and leave heavy geopolitical lifting to regional powers? In some key areas, U.S. power remains indispensable for the indefinite future. The Persian Gulf and its huge oil resources are at the top of the list. [so long as Americans and policymakers continue to search for America’s appropriate role in the world, these choices seem permanent?] [*]
North Korea, faced with total economic collapse, is unpredictable and makes a U.S. Army division-plus an indispensable tripwire in South Korea. Everything else is marginal - and debatable.
America's global military footprint (outside of Iraq and Afghanistan) tops $250 billion a year. There are still 200 U.S. military facilities in Germany 65 years after World War II. U.S. military hospitals as an intermediary stage home for U.S. casualties in transit from Afghanistan and Iraq are important. All else is marginal. If U.S. Central Commandand Special Operations Command can be in Tampa, Fla., why not U.S. European Command in Norfolk, Va., where NATO's Atlantic command is based?
World War II hastened the end of the British Empire, but it took several decades to manage its decline. The partition of India and the creation of Pakistan in 1947 triggered a bloodbath that took 1 million lives.
There were several more last gasps of empire before a British government decided in October 2010 to live within its means, slashing defense to where it no longer could be used to defend the Falkland Islands against another Argentine invasion, as it did successfully in 1982.
In the mid-1950s, British-controlled Aden, Yemen, was the world's largest bunkering port, servicing traffic in and out of the Red Sea and Suez Canal. But in 1967, Britain took another drubbing as it exited Aden. Then, a year later, London, under Laborite Harold Wilson, gave up all of its commitments and obligations east of Suez, from the canal to the Persian Gulf to Singapore. It took another 10 years to turn over Hong Kong to its original owner.
From Oman, at the entrance to the Persian Gulf, all the way up to Kuwait, Britain kept the peace until 1972 with the British-officered Trucial Oman Scouts for a total annual outlay of $40 million. The Nixon Doctrine succeeded Pax Britannica in the Gulf, and the shah of Iran became America's proxy. [the chronology of Pax Britannia’s decline] [*]
The shah was overthrown in 1979, and a hostile, obscurantist religious dictatorship has kept the rest of the Gulf in psychological thrall ever since.
The French empire unraveled with 16 years of rear-guard fighting (1946-54 and 1954-62) - eight years in Indochina, followed by a six-month break before another eight years of warfare in Algeria. World War II hero Charles de Gaulle rode to the rescue and managed decline by putting France on the road to modernity - with nuclear weapons and a new high-tech vision of the future (which produced the Caravel and the supersonic Concorde). [French empire’s decline] [*]
Is the time at hand for a new leader to manage the decline of the modern American empire? Iraq clearly was an expensive geopolitical illusion, a weird concoction of motives inspired by neocons who thought they were making Israel more secure.
Precisely the opposite was achieved. Seven years and $1 trillion later, Iran has more influence in Iraq than the United States. Its agents are dropping off the occasional million-dollar bundle to keep Afghan President Hamid Karzai's chief of staff sweet and compliant.
Psychologically, Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki is more beholden to Tehran these days than to Washington. After the United States coughed up $1 trillion it didn't have to fight the Iraq war, Baghdad still has less electric power than it had under Saddam Hussein.
None of our modern knuckleheaded empire builders, who thought they perceived Israel's interests more clearly than the rest of the country, understood that Saddam, albeit a cruel dictator, was our best defense against Iranian expansionism. [Realpolitik] [de Borgrave obviously was not endeared to Vulcan-neconservative movement!] [*]
In 1980, Saddam had taken on the evil empire next door. But Iran's obscurantist zealots used teenagers with golden keys to paradise to walk across Iraqi minefields, and a million dead and eight years later, the two Gulf giants fought themselves to a Mexican standoff.
The decline of the American empire may be hastened by another war in the Gulf - this time triggered by Israeli and/or U.S. bombs on Iran's nuclear installations. Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad appears to be pushing his luck by moving Iran's frontiers to Israel's borders - with Hezbollah to the north in Lebanon, Syria to the east and Hamas in Gaza to the south.
Iran's medieval hawks have convinced themselves that an asymmetrical Gulf war would speed up the end of what they call "American imperial colonialism."[*]
The burdens of a global Pax Americana have shunted domestic priorities off center stage. Long postponed and now increasingly urgent infrastructure projects are pending.
Bridges, roads, railroads, airports (from runways to terminals to air-traffic control), schools and hospitals all have deteriorated to what author Arianna Huffington's new book describes in the title - "Third World America." One trillion dollars' worth of urgent infrastructure is in arrears.
The once-acclaimed Acela Express in the Eastern corridor is an embarrassing joke next to the high-speed trains of Europe, Japan and China. A bullet train that covers the equivalent mileage of Washington to New York in 90 minutes made its debut last week on China's rapid-rail network of 2,869 miles.
At the same time, the United States is awash with unemployed - pushing 18 million if one includes those who have given up looking and whose benefits have run out. Surely this points to a domestic Marshall Plan for a high-tech renaissance. But the current political rumblings - from the Tea Party to ultraliberal kibitzing - leave little hope for a quiescent phase of historical reawakening. [yikes] [when a conservative such as de Borchgrave pushes for infrastructure stimulus, the world is in flux] [*]
Meanwhile, China continues to spread its worldwide influence - without the military. Its new supercomputer just beat America's, with a speed of 1.4 quadrillion operations per second.
Arnaud de Borchgrave is editor-at-large of The Washington Times and of United Press International.
© Copyright 2010 The Washington Times, LLC. Click here for reprint permission.

'The Arabs (and Indians and Chinese) Are Coming!'

http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2010/10/29/the_arabs_and_indians_and_chinese_are_coming
Foreign Policy
[Accessed 10/30/10 9:34:02 AM] [*]
'The Arabs (and Indians and Chinese) Are Coming!'
With so many touching xenophobic and foreigner-baiting attack ads, it's hard to pick favorites. Here are five of the best as the midterm elections get ugly.
BY CAMERON ABADI, ANDREW SWIFT | OCTOBER 29, 2010 [societal] [demonstration of America’s election cycles and how they can affect foreign policy] [they tend to turn conversations and debates into course, thoughtless, troupe] [that doesn’t necessarily affect U.S. foreign policy but when “conventional wisdoms” get created in campaign cycles it can affect it] [this is for 2010 midterm cycle in particular where earlier in process the Park 51 mosque arose as election issue] [it was too overt and discussting so it went away but the imprint—in this case, the taint of outlandish suggestions that were associated with legitimate question about the mosque—lingered and have become part of the public mood, public opinion is potentially pernicious ways] [that certain people know how to harness such ugliness in ways that aren’t overt is clear] [use psci 355-455] [**]
It's late October election season: The trees are losing their leaves, parents are wrapping their kids in scarves for the chilly walk to school, and politicians are now openly accusing their opponents

http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2010/10/29/the_arabs_and_indians_and_chinese_are_coming
Foreign Policy
[Accessed 10/30/10 9:34:02 AM] [*]
'The Arabs (and Indians and Chinese) Are Coming!'
With so many touching xenophobic and foreigner-baiting attack ads, it's hard to pick favorites. Here are five of the best as the midterm elections get ugly.
BY CAMERON ABADI, ANDREW SWIFT | OCTOBER 29, 2010 [societal] [demonstration of America’s election cycles and how they can affect foreign policy] [they tend to turn conversations and debates into course, thoughtless, troupe] [that doesn’t necessarily affect U.S. foreign policy but when “conventional wisdoms” get created in campaign cycles it can affect it] [this is for 2010 midterm cycle in particular where earlier in process the Park 51 mosque arose as election issue] [it was too overt and discussting so it went away but the imprint—in this case, the taint of outlandish suggestions that were associated with legitimate question about the mosque—lingered and have become part of the public mood, public opinion is potentially pernicious ways] [that certain people know how to harness such ugliness in ways that aren’t overt is clear] [use psci 355-455] [**]
It's late October election season: The trees are losing their leaves, parents are wrapping their kids in scarves for the chilly walk to school, and politicians are now openly accusing their opponents of selling orphans' kidneys on the Chinese black market to fund al-Qaeda-planned gay wedding chapels at Ground Zero. With only a few days left before the United States' Nov. 2 election day, political ads -- on which nearly $4 billion, or just shy of the GDP of Zimbabwe, will have been spent by election day -- have predictably reached their debased, atavistic nadir.
This year, with the House of Representatives and possibly the Senate at stake, boundaries of decency have not only been crossed but trampled on and possibly waterboarded at an undisclosed location. Senators are buying Viagra for child molesters. Aqua Buddhas are threatening Christianity. And plenty of candidates and allied organizations are reaching for the old standby of political fearmongering: the foreigner.
Between the Chinese bankers taking over America, amorous Iranian dictators, and job-stealing Indians (who have apparently taken them from the job-stealing Mexicans), it's hard to see a single "Daisy" ad -- a defining television spot that can decisively swing a previously close race -- emerging in this year's crop. But who knows? The election isn't until Tuesday, and four days is an eternity in political mudslinging. Here's a sampling of the year's greatest, dirtiest hits.
Bill Pugliano/Getty Images
"They work for us."
January's Supreme Court verdict in Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission was a game changer for election advertisements: No longer would candidates be restricted in the amount of money they could raise from corporate donors. Outside groups, (including the parties' respective campaign committees) have responded by dumping an estimated $430 million into races this year.
Citizens Against Government Waste (CAGW), a "private, non-profit organization" whose mission is to "eliminate waste, mismanagement, and inefficiency in the federal government," has taken its message to the airwaves, loudly protesting what it considers to be excessive government spending and a bloated federal budget deficit. The group's ad is set in the year 2030 and shows a Chinese professor lecturing a group of students on the downfalls of great empires: "America tried to spend and tax itself out of a great recession. Enormous so-called 'stimulus' spending, massive changes to health care, government takeovers of private industries, and crushing debt," he tells the enraptured group of Chinese youths. "Of course," he continues, "we owned most of their debt, so now they work for us."
Yes, one of the students seems to have a pretty cool next-generation iPad (made in China, no doubt), but the Chinese Prof. Evil is muddying up his facts: Most economists agree that the deficit is a growing problem, though were it not for the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, the U.S. economy might otherwise have entirely collapsed, resulting in significantly more debt than the stimulus ever created. As for health care, the picture is mixed: The Congressional Budget Office has estimated that this year's reform bill willsignificantly reduce the deficit in coming years, but critics counter that it's just not true.
And just in case you were tempted to suppose that this future China in this ad is a liberal democratic one, there's no missing the enormous communist flag billowing behind the lecturing professor.
"Guys like this."
This year's race for Florida's eighth congressional district is one of the most hotly contested of the midterm election cycle -- but it would have been even more interesting if only Dan Fanelli had actually won the Republican primary.
In his GOP primary campaign against incumbent Democrat, Alan Grayson, Fanelli put out a series of some of the most outrageously unsubtle ads of the season called "Simple Facts." Each of the three ads focused on the threat of terrorism and the "need" for racial profiling. The first ad in the series begins with Fanelli standing in front of a small plane in an airplane hanger. He looks directly into the camera and says: "I'm Dan Fanelli. This is an airplane. And this," he says pausing to yank up an olive-skinned man with explosives prominently strapped to his chest -- "is a terrorist. Send me to Washington ... and I'll make sure guys like this get nowhere near things like this," he says, pointing to the airplane.
In Fanelli's next ad he's in the same airplane hanger, only this time he's standing between an elderly white businessman and the same olive-skinned man, though this time looking tough in a black muscle T-shirt. Here, at least, though heralding the logic of racial profiling, Fanelli manages some self-deprecating humor: "Let's face it. If a good-looking, ripped guy without much hair was flying airplanes into the Twin Towers, I'd have no problem being pulled out of line at the airport." Yes, he's a little thin on top. No comment on the good-looking, ripped part.
In the third and final ad we're back in the hanger again, but this time our olive-skinned friend appears co-conspirator who seems to be handy building bombs. Or putting a top on a thermos. The two men speak to each other in Arabic. One terrorist instructs the other how to take advantage of the supple U.S. court system after committing an attack: "After you spill the blood of the infidels, you will allow yourself to be captured. We will use the infidel's lawyers and Miranda rights to spread our message. Then you will go to God."
Speaking of which, thank god Fanelli lost in the primary to Dan Webster, who is currently leading Grayson in the polls.
"Dead Aim."
Lest one think only Republicans engage in tough-guy talk, Joe Manchin, the Democratic candidate for West Virginia's vacant Senate seat, has brought his gun along. Manchin locks and loads, takes aim, and then fires a perfectly placed shot through a piece of paper reading "Cap and Trade Bill." Take that climate change legislation! I'll take "dead aim" at the policy, he tells viewers, because it's "bad for West Virginia." (The state's economy relies heavily on its coal-mining industry.)
Manchin's ad got some free publicity during Jon Stewart's Oct. 27 interview with President Obama, with the Daily Show show host saying he had done a double take when he realized the ad was put out by a Democrat. But Manchin's campaign strategy seems to be working: Within the last two weeks, he has seen a dramatic surge in support, and now looks primed to defeat Republican John Raese.
"Young Mattie Fein."
You've got to applaud Republican Mattie Fein for trying, but her 90-second political parody of Mel Brooks's 1974 comedy classic Young Frankenstein is just bizarre. But hey, Fein hails from California, the land of B-movies and starving screenwriters.
Fein's unusual advertisement targets Democrat Jane Harman, cast here as the diabolical German-accented "Frau Harman." Fein catches her in the cellar of a Gothic castle plotting to release Frankenstein -- which, of course, symbolizes "dual-use" nuclear technology to Iran. Obviously.
The ad is intended to remind voters, and Gene Wilder fans, of allegations that Harman owned shares of a company that sells electronics equipment to Iran. For good measure, Fein throws in a grab-bag of other charges: from the prosaic (Frau Harman supported TARP), to the incendiary (Harman is a war-profiteer), to the all-out gonzo (Mahmoud Ahmadinejad is Harman's boyfriend?). Polls don't give Fein much of a chance, but she'll at least have gone down in style.
"Good for India and China."
"Pro-outsourcing" is always a reliably effective epithet to throw at a politician who supports free trade. But with the current economic climate in the United States, frustration over jobs losses can easily translate into anxiety over the rising geopolitical ambitions of those "exotic" and "menacing" countries of the East: India and China.
In this ad Bobby Schilling, the Republican challenger to incumbent Democratic Congressman Phil Hare in the 17th district of Illinois, is charged with creating jobs (hey, that doesn't sound so bad)...in India and China. Zing! Yes, Schilling is on the record supporting a pending free trade agreement with South Korea, but the ad also casts his stance against any and all income tax increases as a sop to companies that outsource jobs to Asia. Meager pickings, but reason enough, apparently, to declare Schilling bad for the good residents of Illinois. No word yet on Schilling's poll numbers in Shanghai.
[Perhaps we can all agree the system is broken?] [too much money] [the FEC doesn’t police outright lies from all sides] [if democracy requires the people to make informed decisions, democracy is failed here: given the state of affairs people cannot make informed decisions?] [*]Cameron Abadi is an associate editor and Andrew Swift is web producer at Foreign Policy.

'Netanyahu offers PA state within temporary borders'

http://www.jpost.com/Israel/Article.aspx?ID=193338&R=R1
Jerusalem Post
[Accessed 10/30/10 9:29:56 AM] [*]
'Netanyahu offers PA state within temporary borders'
By JPOST.COM STAFF
30/10/2010 [Israel] [Palestine] [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [the process restarted by Obama in early September is already in serious trouble] [I’m struggling these days to try to understand what motivates PM Netanyahu (Bibi)] [is he a cynical political creature or is a lot of that façade to protect something???] [in any case, here he makes a bid to the Palestinians?] [the process has nearly broken down—will this be something on which all sides can build or simple fodder?] [*]
'Al-Hayat': PM offered deal by which state would be formed within security fence for 10 year period with Israeli presence in 40% of W. Bank.
Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu is making efforts to convince the Obama administration to accept a plan by which a Palestinian state would be established within temporary borders for a period of ten years, leaving difficult issues such as refugees and Jerusalem to be decided in future negotiations, [*]London-based Arabic language daily Al-Hayat reported on

http://www.jpost.com/Israel/Article.aspx?ID=193338&R=R1
Jerusalem Post
[Accessed 10/30/10 9:29:56 AM] [*]
'Netanyahu offers PA state within temporary borders'
By JPOST.COM STAFF
30/10/2010 [Israel] [Palestine] [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [the process restarted by Obama in early September is already in serious trouble] [I’m struggling these days to try to understand what motivates PM Netanyahu (Bibi)] [is he a cynical political creature or is a lot of that façade to protect something???] [in any case, here he makes a bid to the Palestinians?] [the process has nearly broken down—will this be something on which all sides can build or simple fodder?] [*]
'Al-Hayat': PM offered deal by which state would be formed within security fence for 10 year period with Israeli presence in 40% of W. Bank.
Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu is making efforts to convince the Obama administration to accept a plan by which a Palestinian state would be established within temporary borders for a period of ten years, leaving difficult issues such as refugees and Jerusalem to be decided in future negotiations, [*]London-based Arabic language daily Al-Hayat reported on Saturday. [most of these proposals are designed to put off difficult decisions until the mood on either side improves] [the trouble is, the outcome of such a temporary solution is likely to increase frustration over time—all the problems over the ten-year period would get amplified] [perhaps they need to use the increasingly real desperation that exists to convince both sides a serious solution is imperative!?] [**]
According to Palestinian sources quoted by Al-Hayat, the temporary borders of the Palestinian State would coincide with the current security fence.
Under the proposed plan Israel would be allowed to maintain control over the Palestinian state's eastern border, on the western border with Israel, on Jerusalem and on water sources.
According to the Palestinian source "what Netanyahu proposed to us is a gradual solution which will continue for more than 10 years, that will leave Jerusalem and the big settlements under Israeli control, that will lease Israel the Jordan Valley for 40 years and will leave Israeli army bases at the entrances of Palestinian cities." [I’m pretty sure that’s how most Palestinians will see the offer] [the question is how the Obama people see it?] [if they think it’s genuine, they will try to work with it building something around it?] [*]
The plan would leave some 40% of the West Bank under Israeli control during the ten year interim period. [untenable?] [*]
According to the report Netanyahu offered the plan to Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas and was discussing the plan with the US.

Iran's supreme leader demands support of clerics

http://www.latimes.com/news/nationworld/world/la-fg-khamenei-qom-20101030,0,1991462.story
Los Angeles Times
latimes.com
[Accessed 10/30/10 9:46:25 AM] [*]
Iran's supreme leader demands support of clerics
Ayatollah Ali Khamenei warns the leaders of the Shiite Muslim clergy if they embrace Western ideals or oppose President Ahmadinejad's hard-line government, the Islamic Republic could collapse.
By Borzou Daragahi, Los Angeles Times
October 30, 2010
Reporting from Beirut [Iran] [confluence of Iran’s election shenanigans (summer 2009) and Iran’s apparent drive for nuke weapons] [apparently Iran has agreed to talk to the Europeans finally?] [I suspect the sanctions are biting but, alas, they are also hurting average Iranians as is almost always the case] [Khamenei increasingly desparate with “Western culture” and how it affects Iran] [but simply, it causes people to think for themselves and over time less need for clergy (in Islam, the Arabic ulema)] [so clergy creates alternative mythology to keep Iranians on hook] [*]
Iran's supreme leader wrapped up an unprecedented 10-day visit to the Iranian

http://www.latimes.com/news/nationworld/world/la-fg-khamenei-qom-20101030,0,1991462.story
Los Angeles Times
latimes.com
[Accessed 10/30/10 9:46:25 AM] [*]
Iran's supreme leader demands support of clerics
Ayatollah Ali Khamenei warns the leaders of the Shiite Muslim clergy if they embrace Western ideals or oppose President Ahmadinejad's hard-line government, the Islamic Republic could collapse.
By Borzou Daragahi, Los Angeles Times
October 30, 2010
Reporting from Beirut [Iran] [confluence of Iran’s election shenanigans (summer 2009) and Iran’s apparent drive for nuke weapons] [apparently Iran has agreed to talk to the Europeans finally?] [I suspect the sanctions are biting but, alas, they are also hurting average Iranians as is almost always the case] [Khamenei increasingly desparate with “Western culture” and how it affects Iran] [but simply, it causes people to think for themselves and over time less need for clergy (in Islam, the Arabic ulema)] [so clergy creates alternative mythology to keep Iranians on hook] [*]
Iran's supreme leader wrapped up an unprecedented 10-day visit to the Iranian seminary city of Qom on Friday that was widely seen as an attempt to bolster support among those in a clerical establishment either indifferent or hostile to his conservative agenda.

In a series of meetings, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei warned turbaned leaders of the Shiite Muslim clergy to avoid becoming excessively enamored of unorthodox, reformist and Western ideas and too unsupportive of the hard-line government of President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, who has long aroused suspicion among Iran's clerical old guard. [*]

"The enemy had decided to make the antithesis of the revolution here and to turn Qom into a base for counter-revolutionaries," Khamenei told supporters in the city Wednesday, amid saturation media coverage. "They tried to influence the thoughts and emotions of the people of Qom. They assumed they could quell the flame of people's emotions or damp their feelings." [right] [like the West gives a rat’s a** about Qom and the Iranian ulema?] [it cares about whackjobs with fairly “old fashion” religious beliefs controlling nukes!] [*]

Khamenei, Iran's highest spiritual and political authority and its commander in chief, has long had a frosty relationship with senior clergy in Qom, an important city whose educational establishment has conducted a decades-long flirtation with Western and liberal ideas.

A former president, Khamenei was elevated to his powerful post in 1989 despite lacking the theological qualifications or religious stature of his predecessor, Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, founder of the Islamic Republic. Now, in a complicated maneuver that resembles the high ecclesiastical and political intrigue of the medieval papacy, Khamenei is seeking to shore up his own standing by bending skeptical clergymen to submit to his will. [it’s all the same?] [whether it’s cute hats and shoes in Rome or Iranian regalia in Lebanon: faith is the premise of religions epistemology] [since the renaissance, faith has been an increasingly difficult sell] [**]

"He's in Qom to say if you want an Islamic Republic, you have to support me," said one analyst in Tehran, who like others interviewed, spoke on condition of anonymity because of the sensitivity of the topic.

Since Khamenei's ascent, an influential — but officially constrained — reform-minded clerical faction close to the teachings of the late Ayatollah Hossein-Ali Montazeri has emerged, espousing new ideas about Islam's relationship to democracy and human rights. [for West, it’s interesting to see challenges] [but there’s little reason to believe this alternative ayatollah would represent materially different relations with West or with Israel] [unless and until that changes, this open hostility will continue] [*]

Among the movement's political standard-bearers have been former Prime Minister Mir-Hossein Mousavi and former parliamentary Speaker Mehdi Karroubi, a mid-ranking cleric, who both lost to Ahmadinejad in last year's disputed presidential elections.

Hard-liners close to the Revolutionary Guard, who consolidated their grip on power in the violent crackdown after the election, have all but excised reformists from the circle of power. In one of his many speeches in Qom, Khamenei controversially referred to postelection protests as a "vaccination" that rid Iran of political and social "microbes," a characterization that many supporters of the opposition found insulting. [*]

Reformist ideas continue to persist in Qom, where dissidents such as Ayatollah Yousef Saanei — who had been an ally of Montazeri, who died 40 years ago — continue to be among the most respected clerics among students even as Ahmadinejad supporters regularly attack them.

In addition, a large group of "quietist" clerics, who generally deride involvement in nitty-gritty politics as being anti-Islam, have steadfastly refused to endorse Ahmadinejad or adopt Khamenei's rhetoric about the election protests. The supreme leader describes them as Western-backed "sedition" aimed at overthrowing the Islamic Republic, [*]established in 1979. [that’s the deal with faith-based initiatives] [nobody knows who god’s chosen vessel is with anything close to certainty] [*]

The nonpolitical clerics, along with a group of so-called traditional clerics that includes Ayatollah Ali Akbar Hashemi Rafsanjani, have given Ahmadinejad and his cohorts the cold shoulder in part because they object to a messianic, evangelical approach to Islam.[*]

In his appearances, Khamenei insisted that if the traditionalists and quietists don't support him, the whole system could collapse.

"Some may say that if theological schools did not become involved in political and challenging issues, then they would not have had so many enemies and would have been more respected than they are today," he told clerics last week. "That is a wrong argument. Never has any group, foundation or valued gathering achieved public respect by isolating itself, separating itself from others and adopting neutral positions."[*]

He added, "If any damage is inflicted on the Islamic system, the clergy … will lose more than anyone else."

So far Khamenei's efforts have not appeared to resonate, analysts say. Although tens of thousands of supporters embraced Khamenei as he arrived in Qom and the clergy received him warmly, there are no signs that the visit has led to a change in political positions. [he seems more popular in Lebanon—where Shi’a form a large constituency who have been treated rather badly by Sunni, Druze, and Christians in the past—and ofr that matter, by secular politicians in Lebanon] [*]

Moreover, the biggest battle in Qom isn't between reformist and conservative clergy, but within the conservative bloc itself, among opponents and supporters of Ahmadinejad. [**]

During his visit to Qom, Khamenei reminded the clergy of the increased government funding that has been lavished on Qom's seminaries and institutions. "Khamenei, through Ahmadinejad, has pumped them up with so much money they can't honestly claim to be independent," said one political scientist.

But with those funds, the once-sleepy town, home to an important Shiite shrine, has grown into a cosmopolitan city of over 1 million, and its growth has exposed it to outside ideas and influences. Clergy and students from seminaries in the Iraqi cities of Najaf and Karbala, which at times have been far more important, often marvel at the advanced philosophical and scientific discussions in Qom. [Iraq and its holy Shi’a shrines and sights (and sites) are always critical for Shi’a Iran, a non Arab country] [*]

But in keeping with Khamenei's push against liberal thinking, the Iranian government recently announced that the college-level teaching of 12 humanities subjects, including law and philosophy, would be reevaluated and perhaps scrapped.

"Liberalism was created in accordance with the ideology of humanism, democracy and other similar things," Khamenei told Qom students on Tuesday. "The goal of these ideas and ideologies and their promoters was to establish and create tranquility and welfare for human beings. However, in reality, the outcome of these ideas were in contrast with their initial goals .… The worst wars and killings took place and human beings behaved in the most horrible ways toward one another during this period." [it’s sort of interesting how similar this thinking is to a few conservative religious groups in America] [liberalism is horrible heresy; all that good stuff from science never happened] [it was better when we all believed in superstition?] [*]

Most likely the 71-year-old cleric is also seeking to enhance his stature and cement his legacy. His most ardent supporters have begun referring to him as "Imam Khamenei," conflating him with his predecessor, who is often described as "Imam Khomeini" and revered by supporters as a saintly or God-like figure. Supporters recently published Khamenei's family tree, showing his descent from the family of the prophet Muhammad.

"Until now he lived in Khomeini's shadow," said one Tehran analyst. "The leader … has now declared himself a saint."
bdaragahi@latimes.com
Copyright © 2010, Los Angeles Times

Explosives in Cargo Renew Debate on Screening

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/us/30cargo.html
October 29, 2010
Explosives in Cargo Renew Debate on Screening
By CHRISTINE HAUSER [Obama white house] [residual issues from President Bush’s tenure] [111th congress, 2nd session] [GSAVE] [in particular: attacks launched or plotted against the US homeland (homeland security)] [w/ Obama the homeland security adviser (part of NSC since W. Bush) because counterterror adviser too] [seem to have been to the expense of the DNI?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [latest plot: originated out of Yemen] [the US has grappled with this potential since 2001—as good as the US has got, the bad guys only need to get lucky once (1% of the time); the US only needs to get unlucky once] [followup] [use psci 355-455, 469] [balance of civil liberties and security] [*]
The discovery of two explosive devices shipped by cargo planes has reignited a long-running debate about how thoroughly cargo needs to be screened on its way into the United States.
Despite the increased scrutiny of people and luggage on passenger planes since 9/11, there

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/us/30cargo.html
October 29, 2010
Explosives in Cargo Renew Debate on Screening
By CHRISTINE HAUSER [Obama white house] [residual issues from President Bush’s tenure] [111th congress, 2nd session] [GSAVE] [in particular: attacks launched or plotted against the US homeland (homeland security)] [w/ Obama the homeland security adviser (part of NSC since W. Bush) because counterterror adviser too] [seem to have been to the expense of the DNI?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [latest plot: originated out of Yemen] [the US has grappled with this potential since 2001—as good as the US has got, the bad guys only need to get lucky once (1% of the time); the US only needs to get unlucky once] [followup] [use psci 355-455, 469] [balance of civil liberties and security] [*]
The discovery of two explosive devices shipped by cargo planes has reignited a long-running debate about how thoroughly cargo needs to be screened on its way into the United States.
Despite the increased scrutiny of people and luggage on passenger planes since 9/11, there are far fewer safeguards for packages and bundles, particularly when loaded on cargo-only planes. The issue has come up in Congress repeatedly and was the subject of a recent report by the research arm of Congress that warned new mandates were not being met.
Industry experts said the latest case suggested that terrorists may have singled out cargo aircraft precisely because they are not subject to the same scrutiny as passenger planes. [*]
Only a small percentage of all cargo from abroad is physically checked on freight planes bound for the United States. A law that took effect in August requiring full screening does not apply.
“The 100 percent screening requirements only pertains to passenger flights that carry air cargo,” said Steve Lord, a director of homeland security and justice issues at the Government Accountability Office.
The size of a package can determine whether it is physically checked. A legislative aide who has studied the issue said large packages were subject to a higher level of scrutiny, usually meaning they are opened, in an effort partly meant to detect stowaways. If a package makes an official suspicious, for instance if it is leaking or has protruding wires, it will be inspected, industry sources said. Sometimes, cargo on freight planes is tracked by only packing lists or manifests.
All cargo on passenger planes, on the other hand, which carry about 16 percent of all cargo that comes into, leaves and travels within the United States, are bound by the August law to have physical inspections using technology and other means. Those screening measures are conducted by private contractors, officials of a foreign government or by American customs officials in some countries.
In addition, planes carrying only freight that are scheduled to transfer to a passenger flight are subject to the full screening law. But as the G.A.O. noted in a June 2010 report, the federal government has yet to meet these requirements for inbound air cargo on passenger flights. [*]
“Even though it is subject to the law, it is not yet being screened 100 percent,” Mr. Lord said. “T.S.A. is still devising a system to screen this cargo. That is a potential vulnerability.”
In a statement, the transportation administration said that it screens 100 percent of all cargo on domestic flights as well as 100 percent of what it described as "high-risk" international inbound air cargo packages on passenger planes. However, a T.S.A. official declined to say what percentage of cargo on international cargo flights is screened.
Representative Edward Markey, a Massachusetts Democrat who was an author of the August law, said, “Given the terrorist threats that we face, the need for continued vigilance is clear when it comes to cargo on aircraft.”
Over all, 20 million pounds of cargo is transported on domestic and inbound passenger aircraft daily.
Officials of both FedEx and United Parcel Service declined to provide details about their screening practices but said their procedures exceeded federal regulations. Both carriers said that they rely on contract carriers in Yemen and do not fly their own planes there. On Friday, the companies said that they had embargoed shipments from Yemen or suspended service from that country.
The suspcious package intercepted in England was shipped through United Parcel Service. Karen Cole, a spokeswoman for the company, declined to say whether a company plane carried that package at any point in its route.
Maury S. Lane, a spokesman for FedEx, said the carrier learned that a suspect package might be at its Dubai facility when it was contacted by the F.B.I. and local authorities in Dubai. “We were contacted, and the package was intercepted shortly afterwards,” Mr. Lane said.
Michael D. Whatley, a partner at HBW Resources, which is a consulting firm for the Air Cargo Security Alliance, an organization that represents freight forwarders, said that there is no way to force American standards on other countries loading cargo bound for the United States.
“That is a huge hole,” said Mr. Whatley. “So we have to rely on international treaties and bilateral negotiations and all the different tools that we have as a country to get the other countries to do it on their territory.” [*]
Aviation officials have been under Congressional pressure for nearly a decade to ensure that air cargo loaded onto passenger planes is checked for possible explosives. Critics have argued it made no sense for the United States to have spent billions of dollars to examine all carry-on bags and checked baggage but allow cargo to be loaded onto passenger planes without scrutiny.
Congress, frustrated with the progress, mandated in 2007 that the Transportation Security Administration take steps to ensure that all air cargo on passenger planes be inspected — on domestic flights and international flights headed to the United States — by August 2010. [*] Homeland Security recently acknowledged it would not meet the deadline for international cargo. [then there was a global economic meltdown] [and that was sort of the end of that?] [*]
Earlier this year, Gale D. Rossides, then acting director of the Transportation Security Administration, , told a House committee that about 80 to 85 percent of international cargo headed for passenger planes would be inspected as of the August deadline, and cited the difficulty of getting certain international airports to comply.
“We’re visiting these countries,” Ms. Rossides told a House Homeland Security subcommittee in June. “We’re giving them our standards. We’re assisting them with teams of T.S.A. experts.”
The G.A.O. audit said that part of the problem is that the Transportation Security Administration as of earlier this year had not approved the use of devices to screen large pallets or containers of cargo. A significant amount of air cargo headed to the United States is also given an exemption from screening if it is in shrink-wrapped bundles, based on an assumption that the shipper knows the contents are secure, the audit said.
Perhaps more troubling, the audit found that the agency could not say for sure that air carriers are complying with the mandates to screen cargo even at airports where the system is supposedly in place. The inspections are done by private companies, not government security officers, and the federal government does not have a reliable way to monitor the process.
Barry Meier and Eric Lipton contributed reporting.
This article has been revised to reflect the following correction:
Correction: October 30, 2010
An earlier version of this article misidentified the clients represented by the Air Cargo Security Alliance. It represents small and mid-size freight forwarders, not cargo airlines.

Bomb Plot Is Said to Contain ‘Hallmarks of Al Qaeda’

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/world/31terror.html
October 30, 2010
Bomb Plot Is Said to Contain ‘Hallmarks of Al Qaeda’
By SCOTT SHANE [Obama white house] [residual issues from President Bush’s tenure] [111th congress, 2nd session] [GSAVE] [in particular: attacks launched or plotted against the US homeland (homeland security)] [w/ Obama the homeland security adviser (part of NSC since W. Bush) because counterterror adviser too] [seem to have been to the expense of the DNI?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [latest plot: originated out of Yemen] [the US has grappled with this potential since 2001—as good as the US has got, the bad guys only need to get lucky once (1% of the time); the US only needs to get unlucky once] [followup] [use psci 355-455, 469] [cross in externa] [*]
WASHINGTON — A day after two packages containing explosives, shipped from Yemen and addressed to synagogues in Chicago, were intercepted in Britain and Dubai, setting off a broad terrorism scare, Janet Napolitano, the secretary of Homeland Security, said that the plot “has the hallmarks of Al Qaeda.” [Yemen branch but it’s not entirely clear how much, if any, coordination between Yemen and AfPak?] [*]
On Friday, President Obama said that the explosives represented a “credible terrorist

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/31/world/31terror.html
October 30, 2010
Bomb Plot Is Said to Contain ‘Hallmarks of Al Qaeda’
By SCOTT SHANE [Obama white house] [residual issues from President Bush’s tenure] [111th congress, 2nd session] [GSAVE] [in particular: attacks launched or plotted against the US homeland (homeland security)] [w/ Obama the homeland security adviser (part of NSC since W. Bush) because counterterror adviser too] [seem to have been to the expense of the DNI?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [latest plot: originated out of Yemen] [the US has grappled with this potential since 2001—as good as the US has got, the bad guys only need to get lucky once (1% of the time); the US only needs to get unlucky once] [followup] [use psci 355-455, 469] [cross in externa] [*]
WASHINGTON — A day after two packages containing explosives, shipped from Yemen and addressed to synagogues in Chicago, were intercepted in Britain and Dubai, setting off a broad terrorism scare, Janet Napolitano, the secretary of Homeland Security, said that the plot “has the hallmarks of Al Qaeda.” [Yemen branch but it’s not entirely clear how much, if any, coordination between Yemen and AfPak?] [*]
On Friday, President Obama said that the explosives represented a “credible terrorist threat” to the United States. In television interviews on Saturday morning, Ms. Napolitano went a step further.
“I think we would agree with that, that it does contain all the hallmarks of Al Qaeda and in particular Al Qaeda A.P.,” she said, referring to Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula. [*]
Ms. Napolitano and the police in Dubai on Saturday confirmed that the bomb discovered in its country in cargo from Yemen bound for the United States contained the explosive PETN, the same chemical explosive in the bomb sewn into the underwear of the Nigerian man who tried to blow up an airliner over Detroit last Dec. 25. That plot, too, was hatched in Yemen, a country that is regarded as one of the most significant fronts in the battle with extremists.
The discovery on Friday of the explosives packed in toner cartridges for computer printers, based on a tip from Saudi intelligence officials, began an urgent hunt for other suspicious packages in the United States, Yemen and other countries. [*]
According to The Associated Press, the Dubai police said that tests showed the printer cartridge also contained lead azide, an explosive compound that can be used in bomb detonators. British forensic officials on Saturday were examining the device found in their country, Reuters reported. [**]
The Dubai police said that they were tipped off to the device by a call from abroad but did not name the country. The police said that the tip warned of the possibility of an explosive device hidden in postal packages onboard a FedEx flight originating from the Yemeni capital of Sanaa to Dubai, according to a statement released by the official state news agency WAM [*]and reported by The Associated Press.
“The plot style carries features similar to previous attacks carried out by terrorist organizations like Al Qaeda,” the Dubai police said in its statement.
The white powder explosives discovered in Dubai were in the printer’s ink cartridge and were rigged to an electric circuit. [*]
“The parcel was prepared in a professional way where a closed electrical circuit was connected to a mobile phone SIM card hidden inside the printer,” the Dubai police said, according to Reuters. [it will take many days to sort out the info] [expect misleading leaks in interim] [**]
The statements released by the Dubai police followed information given by American officials on Friday. Representative Jane Harman, a California Democrat on the House Homeland Security Committee, had said that the packages seized in Britain and Dubai contained PETN, also known as pentaerythritol, a highly explosive substance.
Ms. Harman, who was briefed by John S. Pistole, administrator of the Transportation Security Administration, also said that both packages contained computer printer cartridges filled with the explosive, with one using a cellphone as a detonator and the other a timer. [that doesn’t jibe with yesterday’s reports that it was inert?] [*]
On Saturday morning, the high-level COBRA committee that oversees Britain’s response to terrorist threats met for a second time in 24 hours at the Home Office in London, led by the home secretary, [who gives a shit what happened at 10 Downing?] [what happened here?] [*] Theresa May, and also involving Commander John Yates, who heads counter-terrorist operations at Scotland Yard.
In a videotaped statement released on Saturday, Ms. May spoke about the package found in Britain. “I can say at this stage that it did contain explosive material, but it is not yet clear whether it was a viable explosive device,” she said.
Ms. May added that the COBRA committee would be reviewing measures to tighten security at airline cargo centers across Britain.
British officials and security experts said they regarded the use of cargo planes to deliver explosives as a sinister, but predictable, new front in the war against terrorism. By using the freight aircraft as a new “delivery system,” they said, the militants appeared to have moved beyond reliance on suicide bombers boarding passenger planes, the method used in the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks and a succession of attempted attacks. [if all this pans out, it certainly suggests they still have fondness for airplanes] [*]
“This is a new dynamic,” said Sajjan M. Gohel, director for International Security for the London-based Asia-Pacific Foundation, an independent security and intelligence think tank. “Whenever security gaps are plugged, and the threat minimized, terrorist groups will find alternative means of striking their targets. If they can’t go for passenger aircraft, they go for cargo planes; and if they can’t go after cargo planes, they’ll go after another link in the chain.”
President Obama, in a brief national statement on Friday, praised the work of intelligence and counterterrorism officials in foiling the plot. [*]
“The events of the past 24 hours underscores the necessity of remaining vigilant against terrorism,” Mr. Obama said to reporters at the White House on Friday afternoon. He had been briefed on developments starting at 10:35 p.m. on Thursday.
“The American people should be confident that we will not waver in our resolve to defeat Al Qaeda and its affiliates and to root out violent extremism in all its forms,” the president said. [*]
News of the terrorist plot came as Mr. Obama was barreling into the last four days of campaigning before midterm elections on Tuesday, and White House officials appeared determined to project the appearance of a commander in chief who was on top of the developments.
Intelligence officials in Saudi Arabia tipped off the United States to the plot to ship explosives from Sana, the Yemeni capital, American officials said. Saudi Arabia, which borders Yemen, closely monitors militants there, who have plotted against the Saudi monarchy and sent a suicide bomber last year in an unsuccessful attempt to assassinate the Saudi counterterrorism chief. [*]
Representative Peter T. King, Republican of New York and the top Republican on the Homeland Security Committee, whose office was briefed on the episode, said the tip about the explosives was precise. “We knew what we were looking for, and we knew where to look,” he said. [I wish he and others would shut the f*** up] [every time something happens he cannot find a microphone quickly enough!] [*]
Mr. King, who has often been a critic of the administration and intelligence agencies that have at times missed warning signs of attacks, said, “So far everything has worked the right way.”
John O. Brennan, the president’s top counterterrorism adviser, said that the packages containing explosives, which he compared in size to a “breadbox,” were undergoing forensic analysis and that the inquiry was at an early stage. [*]He said investigators did not yet know how the explosives were intended to be activated. [I have attributed a lot of influence to him on this site since late 2009] [but he was not especially visible in the Woodward book, Obama’s Wars, though he was there on occasion] [*]
He said the search for additional explosives was continuing. “We don’t want to presume we know the bounds of this plot, so we are looking at all packages,” Mr. Brennan said.
The latest plot underscored once again the threat from Yemen and Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula, the branch of the terrorism network based there. Mr. Brennan called it “the most active operational franchise of Al Qaeda.” [*]
Indeed, Yemen, once little known to most Americans, has been the source of some of the most dramatic terrorism attempts of recent years. American intelligence officials have said that Anwar al-Awlaki, an American-born radical cleric now hiding in Yemen, played a direct role in the Christmas Day airliner plot, and he has publicly called for more attacks on the United States.
In addition, an Army psychiatrist charged with killing 13 people at Fort Hood, Texas, a year ago had exchanged e-mails with Mr. Awlaki beforehand. Mr. Awlaki’s lectures and sermons have been linked to more than a dozen terrorist investigations in the United States, Britain and Canada, and Faisal Shahzad, who tried to set off a car bomb in Times Square in May, cited Mr. Awlaki as an inspiration.
Yemeni raids and American missile strikes have repeatedly targeted Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula since December, and early this year Mr. Awlaki became the first American citizen to be placed on the Central Intelligence Agency’s list of suspected terrorists to be captured or killed. So far no evidence has been made public linking Mr. Awlaki to the latest plot.
A spokesman for the Yemeni Embassy in Washington, Mohammed Albasha, said Yemen’s government “launched a full-scale investigation” and was working closely with the United States and other countries to assess the episode.
Mr. Brennan, who spoke early Friday with the Yemeni president, Ali Abdullah Saleh, said Yemen’s cooperation in the fight against terrorism had steadily improved. “We’re working very closely with them, and we have found that they are courageous partners,” he said.
Mr. Brennan also praised the Saudis, saying, “Their quick action was responsible for preventing what might have been major terrorist attacks with significant loss of life.”
The plot unfolded in dramatic fashion on international television, with scenes of security teams surrounding cargo planes in several countries, military fighters accompanying a passenger plane into New York and a grim-faced president and his aides, many of whom had spent a sleepless night.
One of the packages was found aboard a U.P.S. cargo plane at East Midlands Airport near Nottingham, England, officials said. A second, similar package was removed from a FedEx flight in Dubai, they said.
Neither company has flights into or out of Yemen, but they offer shipping from Yemen and contract with other companies to move freight from there to hubs in Europe and elsewhere in the Middle East.
Cargo planes were moved to secure areas of airports in Philadelphia and Newark for searches, and a United Parcel Service truck in Brooklyn was stopped and inspected. No additional explosives had been discovered by late Friday.
The episode is likely to reignite a long-running debate over the screening of freight aboard cargo planes. Only a small percentage of such freight is currently screened, though in 2007 Congress directed the Transportation Security Administration to screen all cargo carried on passenger flights starting this year.
Administration officials said they had no reason to believe the Chicago addresses were connected to Mr. Obama’s plans to be in Chicago on Saturday night. They said the decision to have the president speak publicly about the plot was made partly because of confusing and contradictory reports on television on Friday.
After a suspicious package was reported to be aboard a flight from the United Arab Emirates to New York, Canadian and American fighters were scrambled to accompany it. The flight landed in New York City on Friday afternoon without incident, and no explosives were found.
David Packles, 23, a financial analyst from New York who was aboard the plane, Emirates Flight 201 from Dubai, said he did not spot any military aircraft or notice any unusual security precautions, except for a 20-minute delay before passengers were permitted to leave the plane.
“To think there were fighter jets escorting the plane really, really blows my mind right now,” he said.
Two U.P.S. cargo planes at the Philadelphia airport and another in Newark were moved to safe areas away from terminals and searched before being cleared. A U.P.S. truck in New York City was stopped and searched as well, and two items from Yemen were inspected, [*]the police said.
Counterterrorism officials declined to identify the synagogues to which the suspicious packages found in Dubai and Britain were addressed; they did say they did not include KAM Isaiah Israel, which is across the street from Mr. Obama’s Hyde Park home.
Synagogues in Chicago were scheduled to hold regular services on Saturday, said Rabbi Michael Balinsky, executive vice president of the Chicago Board of Rabbis. “It’s obviously disturbing,” he said of the news that Chicago might have been the focus of a plot, “but certainly the Jewish community will proceed as it proceeds. We’ll just exercise caution.” [*]
Reporting was contributed by John F. Burns from London; Helene Cooper, Eric Lipton, Charlie Savage, Eric Schmitt, Mark Mazzetti, Matthew L. Wald, Thom Shanker and Michael D. Shear from Washington; Liz Robbins, Al Baker and Mick Meenan from New York; and Emma Graves Fitzsimmons from Chicago.

Obama's task on Egyptian democracy

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/29/AR2010102906502.html
Obama's task on Egyptian democracy
Friday, October 29, 2010; 8:28 PM [editorial] [democratization in Egypt] [which is to say, lack thereof] [but ElBaradei has returned and there’s been some excitement over his potential influence?] [use psci 350, 355-455] [*]
WHEN HE met with Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak in September, President Obama brought up the need for "a vibrant civil society, open political competition, and credible and transparent elections in Egypt," according to a White House summary. It was a well-timed intervention: Egypt's parliamentary elections are scheduled for next month, and a broad pro-democracy movement is pressing for reforms, beginning with the regime's acceptance of domestic and international poll monitors. [*]
Since then Mr. Mubarak has done exactly the opposite of what the president asked. Not only has his government rejected monitoring of the elections, but it has launched a crackdown against opposition movements and the media. More than 260 activists of the Muslim Brotherhood, which won 20 percent of the seats in the last parliamentary election, have been arrested.[*] A leading

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/29/AR2010102906502.html
Obama's task on Egyptian democracy
Friday, October 29, 2010; 8:28 PM [editorial] [democratization in Egypt] [which is to say, lack thereof] [but ElBaradei has returned and there’s been some excitement over his potential influence?] [use psci 350, 355-455] [*]
WHEN HE met with Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak in September, President Obama brought up the need for "a vibrant civil society, open political competition, and credible and transparent elections in Egypt," according to a White House summary. It was a well-timed intervention: Egypt's parliamentary elections are scheduled for next month, and a broad pro-democracy movement is pressing for reforms, beginning with the regime's acceptance of domestic and international poll monitors. [*]
Since then Mr. Mubarak has done exactly the opposite of what the president asked. Not only has his government rejected monitoring of the elections, but it has launched a crackdown against opposition movements and the media. More than 260 activists of the Muslim Brotherhood, which won 20 percent of the seats in the last parliamentary election, have been arrested.[*] A leading opposition journalist, Ibrahim Eissa, was fired from the editorship of a newspaper, and a television show he hosted was canceled - moves he attributed to government pressure. Seventeen private television channels have been shut down, and the permits of companies that have enabled live broadcasts of street protests were revoked. The government also imposed new restrictions on text messaging, which has been used by opposition media and organizers.
Mr. Mubarak's tightening sharply contrasts with his behavior during Egypt's last major election season, in 2005. Then he loosened controls on the media, introduced a constitutional amendment allowing the first contested election for president, and released his principal secular challenger from jail. He did all this under heavy pressure from then-President George W. Bush, who had publicly called on Egypt to "lead the way" in Arab political reform. [come on?] [soon after that he began cracking down again, under Bush] [I too am for democratization but saying it was making progress under Bush is silly] [Mubarak is Mubarak and he is resitant to change and the Post knows better] [did Bush push it more overtly: yes] [but that led mostly to pretend measures that were then reversed as soon as spotlight off!] [*]
Egypt's backsliding is not Mr. Obama's fault. But Mr. Mubarak's actions reflect a common calculation across the Middle East: that this U.S. president, unlike his predecessor, is not particularly interested in democratic change. Mr. Obama has exhibited passion on the subject of Israel's West Bank settlements; he and his top aides have publicly pressured, and sometimes castigated, Israeli Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu. If the president is similarly troubled by Mr. Mubarak's defiance, he has yet to show it. [nor did Bush after 2005] [these guys keep making this argument and they have to know it’s disingenuous?] [the argument is explicit statements of support for democratization equal results] [the reality is US security and US values often are in conflict as here and as often happened during Cold War] [the US does the best it can with that: the Cold War consensus jibed much more with implicit support for democratization (Obama) that explicit (only George W. Bush and Carter)!] [use psci 355-455] [get NYTs editorial to compare] [*]
To be sure, lower-level administration officials have spoken up. "These issues of human rights and democracy are vitally important to us," Assistant Secretary of State Michael H. Posner said at a press conference earlier this month in Cairo, during which he discussed the media and election monitoring issues. But Egypt's rulers are used to brushing off State's admonitions. If Mr. Obama is serious about what he said to Mr. Mubarak - and he should be - he will have to give it the same priority and personal attention that he gives to Israel's transgressions. © 2010 The Washington Post Co

Enough Game-Playing

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/opinion/30sat1.html
October 29, 2010
Enough Game-Playing
[editorial] [Israeli-Palestinian talks] [it’s gone downhill and is nearly off the tracks (mixed metaphors but the case)] [*]
Israeli-Palestinian peace talks have been suspended for four weeks, about as long as they were on. The more protracted the impasse, the harder it will be for the parties to get back to the negotiating table. More delay only plays into the hands of extremists.
Both sides are at fault. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu of Israel has refused President Obama’s request to extend a moratorium on construction in the Jewish settlements for a modest 60 days. The Palestinian president, Mahmoud Abbas, has refused to negotiate until building in the settlements stops. [the Palestinians perhaps feel they finally have an advantage as world opinion has turned to their side more?] [but instead of overplaying their hand, they ought to get what they can get from Israel?] [*]
We think the burden is on Mr. Netanyahu to get things moving again. The settlements are illegal under international law, and resuming the moratorium, which expired on Sept. 26, will in no way harm Israel’s national interest. But Mr. Abbas also has to recognize that the issue has become a distraction from the main goal of a broader peace deal. The two leaders must not squander this chance.
Back at the table, their first order of business can be setting the borders of the new

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/opinion/30sat1.html
October 29, 2010
Enough Game-Playing
[editorial] [Israeli-Palestinian talks] [it’s gone downhill and is nearly off the tracks (mixed metaphors but the case)] [*]
Israeli-Palestinian peace talks have been suspended for four weeks, about as long as they were on. The more protracted the impasse, the harder it will be for the parties to get back to the negotiating table. More delay only plays into the hands of extremists.
Both sides are at fault. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu of Israel has refused President Obama’s request to extend a moratorium on construction in the Jewish settlements for a modest 60 days. The Palestinian president, Mahmoud Abbas, has refused to negotiate until building in the settlements stops. [the Palestinians perhaps feel they finally have an advantage as world opinion has turned to their side more?] [but instead of overplaying their hand, they ought to get what they can get from Israel?] [*]
We think the burden is on Mr. Netanyahu to get things moving again. The settlements are illegal under international law, and resuming the moratorium, which expired on Sept. 26, will in no way harm Israel’s national interest. But Mr. Abbas also has to recognize that the issue has become a distraction from the main goal of a broader peace deal. The two leaders must not squander this chance.
Back at the table, their first order of business can be setting the borders of the new Palestinian state. Land swaps were always going to be part of a peace deal, and there is little mystery about what the final map would look like. Once the borders are drawn, it will be clear which West Bank settlements would belong to Israel, and Israel can then resume building in those places.
President Obama made a very generous — too generous, we believe — offer to Israel, to get Mr. Netanyahu to extend the moratorium. It included additional security guarantees and more fighter planes, missile defense, satellites. Mr. Netanyahu still refused, insisting that the hard-line members of his coalition would never go along. He then added to the controversy by proposing that the Palestinians recognize Israel as a Jewish state. [Post has taken different view of same offer] [I suppose I’m somewhere in between] [though Bibi does appear willing to take the offer if beefed up a little; which raises interesting questions about his level of cynacism?] [*]
Many Israelis worry that he is putting too many obstacles in the way of a deal and raising unnecessary questions about Israel’s already accepted identity.
The Palestinians say his demand is intended to negate their insistence on a right of return for Palestinian refugees of the 1948 war — a core peace issue along with borders, security and Jerusalem — before any negotiation takes place. Like borders, there is a compromise to be had on the refugee issue, involving compensation and a limited number of Palestinian returnees. Prejudging it right now is too much.
Palestinians are grasping for another route. The current favorite: asking the United Nations to declare their independent state. That would dangerously fuel tensions. Israeli soldiers would still be in the West Bank and so would 120 Jewish settlements with 500,000 settlers. Palestinians would not have free access to Jerusalem. Seeking a United Nations declaration would alienate Washington and other diplomatic players.
We agree with Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton. She told the American Task Force on Palestine, an advocacy group that supports peace: “There is no substitute for face-to-face discussion and, ultimately, for an agreement that leads to a just and lasting peace.”
Enough game-playing. Mr. Netanyahu should accept Mr. Obama’s offer and be ready to form a new governing coalition if some current members bolt. Arab states need to do more to nudge Mr. Abbas back to the table and give him the political support he will need to stay there.
Israelis might dismiss the Palestinian threats to go to the United Nations as theatrics. Today they might be. But the Israelis cannot bet on the infinite patience of the Palestinian people — or the international community.

U.N. Sets Goals to Reduce the Extinction Rate

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/30biodiversity.html
October 29, 2010
U.N. Sets Goals to Reduce the Extinction Rate
By NEIL MacFARQUHAR [UN] [global commons] [species loss] [real problem in vertabrates, invertabrates, plants, so forth] [use psci 350] [global climate change] [followup, Oct 27] [*]
UNITED NATIONS — After years of wrangling, most United Nations member states agreed early on Saturday in Japan to set significant new goals to reverse the extinction of plant and animal species. As part of the accord, they also agreed that rich and poor nations would share profits from pharmaceutical or other products derived from genetic material.
The negotiations among mostly environment ministers from about 190 countries in Nagoya, Japan, ultimately produced an agreement that had seemed distant just hours before the meeting ended.
The agreement, known as the Nagoya Protocol, sets a goal of cutting the current extinction rate by half or more by 2020. The earth is losing species at 100 to 1,000 times the historical average

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/30biodiversity.html
October 29, 2010
U.N. Sets Goals to Reduce the Extinction Rate
By NEIL MacFARQUHAR [UN] [global commons] [species loss] [real problem in vertabrates, invertabrates, plants, so forth] [use psci 350] [global climate change] [followup, Oct 27] [*]
UNITED NATIONS — After years of wrangling, most United Nations member states agreed early on Saturday in Japan to set significant new goals to reverse the extinction of plant and animal species. As part of the accord, they also agreed that rich and poor nations would share profits from pharmaceutical or other products derived from genetic material.
The negotiations among mostly environment ministers from about 190 countries in Nagoya, Japan, ultimately produced an agreement that had seemed distant just hours before the meeting ended.
The agreement, known as the Nagoya Protocol, sets a goal of cutting the current extinction rate by half or more by 2020. The earth is losing species at 100 to 1,000 times the historical average, according to scientists who call the current period the worst since the dinosaurs were lost 65 million years ago.
The new targets include increasing the amount of protected land to 17 percent, from the current figure of about 12.5 percent, and protected oceans to 10 percent, from less than 1 percent. The protocol also includes commitments of financing, still somewhat murky, from richer countries to help poorer nations reach these goals.
“We would have liked to see more ambitious targets in protected area goals and the financing,” said Glenn Prickett, the chief external affairs officer for The Nature Conservancy. “But the fact that they were able to reach an agreement is a big deal.”
The goals, 20 in total, are specific enough to be able to gauge whether progress is being made, he said. A previous and vague agreement in 2002 to substantially reverse the loss of species by 2010 failed to achieve that target.
The most significant change was breaking a nearly 20-year impasse over the issue of sharing the benefits of medicines or other products developed from plants or animals. Developing nations have long complained of exploitation by richer nations, and have been imposing stringent export controls on such material.
The lack of an agreement on sharing the benefits had threatened to sink the entire preservation accord. It remained vague on details, but established the idea that any exploitation of genetic material — both future and past — must include royalties. The accord is potentially worth billions of dollars to countries rich in biological diversity.
“Before today you did not have an international set of ground rules on how to share the benefits of new pharmaceuticals, new crops, new products derived from the genetic treasure trove of the developing world,” said Nick Nuttall, the spokesman for the United Nations Environment Program.
Participants acknowledged the hurdles to getting the agreement translated into action — among other things, the United States has not ratified the United Nations Convention on Biodiversity, the underlying treaty. [what about IPCC and UNEP?] [*]
But the Nagoya talks focused on preserving biodiversity as being good for business and for the environment, particularly because many of the world’s poorest depend on it for survival, participants said.
Thomas E. Lovejoy, who represented the United Nations Foundation at the conference, said the agreement took “significant steps to heal the living planet.”

Lebanon: International Tribunal Says Hezbollah Tried to Obstruct Justice in Prime Minister’s Killing

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/middleeast/30briefs-LEBANON.html
October 29, 2010
Lebanon: International Tribunal Says Hezbollah Tried to Obstruct Justice in Prime Minister’s Killing
By ROBERT F. WORTH [UN] [Lebanon] [but this is microcosm for the Middle East more broadly] [domestic politics intersects foreign policy] [Iran and Shi’ism influence in mostly Sunni Arab lands] [the Hariri investigation still ongoing; investigators have now concluded that Lebanon is obsctructing!] [followup] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [Nasrallah recently told Shi’a and others controlled by Hezbollah (Iran proxy) not to cooperate with UN investigation] [followup] [*]
The international tribunal investigating the 2005 killing of the former Lebanese prime minister, Rafik Hariri, left, issued a statement on Friday saying that calls to boycott cooperation with the tribunal constituted “a deliberate attempt to obstruct justice.” The statement came a day after the leader of Hezbollah, Hassan Nasrallah, called on the Lebanese not to assist the tribunal, which he has labeled a political tool of Israel and the United States. Hezbollah is waging a public campaign against the investigation amid reports

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/middleeast/30briefs-LEBANON.html
October 29, 2010
Lebanon: International Tribunal Says Hezbollah Tried to Obstruct Justice in Prime Minister’s Killing
By ROBERT F. WORTH [UN] [Lebanon] [but this is microcosm for the Middle East more broadly] [domestic politics intersects foreign policy] [Iran and Shi’ism influence in mostly Sunni Arab lands] [the Hariri investigation still ongoing; investigators have now concluded that Lebanon is obsctructing!] [followup] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [Nasrallah recently told Shi’a and others controlled by Hezbollah (Iran proxy) not to cooperate with UN investigation] [followup] [*]
The international tribunal investigating the 2005 killing of the former Lebanese prime minister, Rafik Hariri, left, issued a statement on Friday saying that calls to boycott cooperation with the tribunal constituted “a deliberate attempt to obstruct justice.” The statement came a day after the leader of Hezbollah, Hassan Nasrallah, called on the Lebanese not to assist the tribunal, which he has labeled a political tool of Israel and the United States. Hezbollah is waging a public campaign against the investigation amid reports that the tribunal is set to issue indictments of Hezbollah members.
On Wednesday, a group of women attacked two tribunal investigators as they arrived at a gynecological clinic in the southern part of Beirut, a stronghold of Hezbollah. The tribunal, based in the Netherlands, also said in its statement that the two investigators who were attacked had not been seeking medical information, and that their visit had been approved by the Lebanese government, the doctors’ syndicate and the clinic itself. Mr. Nasrallah had accused the investigators of offending Lebanese pride and cultural sensitivities with their visit to the clinic. [*]

In historic turn, Vietnam casts China as opponent

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/29/AR2010102906554.html
In historic turn, Vietnam casts China as opponent
By John Pomfret
Washington Post Staff Writer
Saturday, October 30, 2010; A9 [Vietnam] [Hanoi] [SecDef Clinton visit] [Vietnam openly agitates against Han Chauvinism?] [US may want to tamp this down a little?] [followup] [use psci 350, 358] ] [*]
HANOI - Three weeks ago, an exhibition opened at the Vietnam Military History Museum. On one side of a long hall, the mementos of Vietnam's 25 years of war against the United States and France - letters of surrender, quotations from Ho Chi Minh, hand grenades and AK-47 rifles - lined the walls. Nothing new there.
But on the other side, the History Museum was actually making history. Along those walls hung daggers, paintings and quotations from Vietnam's struggle with another rival: imperial China. Battles dating from 1077, 1258 and the 14th and 18th centuries were featured in intricate detail. [nobody who has traveled in Vietnam is surprised] [it’s always just belew the surface] [Han Chauvinism] [*]
Putting China on a par with "Western aggressors" marks a psychological breakthrough for Vietnam's military and is troubling news for Beijing. For years, China has tried to forge a

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/29/AR2010102906554.html
In historic turn, Vietnam casts China as opponent
By John Pomfret
Washington Post Staff Writer
Saturday, October 30, 2010; A9 [Vietnam] [Hanoi] [SecDef Clinton visit] [Vietnam openly agitates against Han Chauvinism?] [US may want to tamp this down a little?] [followup] [use psci 350, 358] ] [*]
HANOI - Three weeks ago, an exhibition opened at the Vietnam Military History Museum. On one side of a long hall, the mementos of Vietnam's 25 years of war against the United States and France - letters of surrender, quotations from Ho Chi Minh, hand grenades and AK-47 rifles - lined the walls. Nothing new there.
But on the other side, the History Museum was actually making history. Along those walls hung daggers, paintings and quotations from Vietnam's struggle with another rival: imperial China. Battles dating from 1077, 1258 and the 14th and 18th centuries were featured in intricate detail. [nobody who has traveled in Vietnam is surprised] [it’s always just belew the surface] [Han Chauvinism] [*]
Putting China on a par with "Western aggressors" marks a psychological breakthrough for Vietnam's military and is troubling news for Beijing. For years, China has tried to forge a special relationship with Vietnam's Communist government. But China's rise - and its increasingly aggressive posture toward Vietnam - has alarmed the leadership [*]of this country of 90 million, prompting it to look differently at its neighbor. Beijing risks losing its status here as a fraternal Communist partner and instead being relegated to its longtime place as the empire on Vietnam's northern border that has shaped and bedeviled this country for centuries. [the leadership better move slowly] [the US is going to be around for some time but China will eventually dominate that region] [*]
That change of perception has led Vietnam to embark on an extraordinary undertaking to befriend the world as a hedge against China. And prominent among its new intimates is the United States, which is equally eager for partners to help it cope with Beijing. [the US will need to encourage but quietly and with suggestion that Vietnamese keep it similarly quiet!] [*]
"It is always good to have a new friend," mused Vice Minister of Defense Nguyen Chi Vinh in an interview. "It is even better when that friend used to be our foe."
The budding U.S.-Vietnamese friendship was on display Friday when Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton arrived here for her second visit in four months. Less than three weeks ago, Secretary of Defense Robert M. Gates was here. In August, the Defense Department held its first security dialogue with its counterpart in Hanoi. Three U.S. naval vessels have visited Vietnam in the past year. More than 30 Vietnamese officers are studying at U.S. military academies.
"The U.S. fought a war in Vietnam to check China's rise," said one former senior Vietnamese official who was not authorized by the government to speak to a reporter. "Now it's pursuing friendly relations with Vietnam . . . to check China's rise."
Vietnam and the United States are hammering out an agreement that would give Vietnam access to American nuclear energy technology. That, Vietnamese officials say, could help Hanoi end its dependence on China for electricity. Meanwhile, Vietnamese defense officials say they are eager to buy U.S. military technology, including sonar equipment to track Chinese submarines. Hanoi is also involved in talks to obtain spare parts for its arsenal of U.S.-made UH-1 Iroquois helicopters, an icon of the Vietnam War. And defying Chinese pressure, three American oil companies are carrying out offshore exploration in Vietnam's waters.
Common causes
Clinton's two-day visit marks the first time the United States will have participated in the East Asia Summit - an annual forum of the region's major countries. In fact, Vietnam ushered the United States into the group.
"The Vietnamese are very enthusiastic about deepening their partnership with us," Clinton said last week during a conversation with historian Michael Beschloss. "Here's a war where tens of thousands of American and Vietnamese were killed and maimed and injured and whose impact was felt so profoundly in our country and in Vietnam. And yet the Vietnamese and the Americans now are doing business together, are doing diplomacy together, are making common cause in some of the regional-global issues that we are both concerned with."
"We should leave the war to the writers," said Bao Ninh, the author of a haunting novel about the conflict titled "The Sorrow of War." Besides, added Ninh, who served as a private during the war, the United States is wildly popular here. "Even my generation likes the Americans more. If you polled the army, they'd still vote for the U.S."
One common cause the two countries have found is ensuring that China does not dominate the South China Sea. Beijing claims the whole 1 million-square-mile waterway including vast swaths of empty ocean 1,000 miles from China's southernmost tip, and has dispatched the world's largest maritime security vessel to the region to harass Vietnamese fishermen and oil exploration teams. In July, after consultation with Vietnam, Clinton broached the issue at a meeting of Southeast Asian nations in Hanoi, rejecting China's claims to the ownership of open ocean and calling for multilateral talks. Eleven other countries followed the United States' lead. China's foreign minister, Yang Jiechi, left the meeting in apparent shock, returning only to remind the other countries there that they are small and China is big.
Another common cause will be highlighted Saturday when Clinton leads a meeting of the U.S.-inspired Lower Mekong Initiative, which seeks, in part, to push Beijing to limit the number of dams it builds on the Mekong River as it flows south through China. Last week, the Mekong was at its lowest level in recorded history, and analysts in Vietnam blamed China's dams, irrigation and hydroelectric projects for the drop. [*]
Branching out
Vietnam’s charm offensive is not limited to the United States. Hanoi has strengthened its ties to its old patron, Moscow, and last year contracted to buy six Kilo-class submarines. Another Chinese rival, India, is in talks to help Vietnam upgrade its fleet of MiG-21 fighters. France, Vietnam’s former colonial master, is considering selling warships to Hanoi. Vietnam has also reached out to Asian powers, such as South Korea and Japan, dropping visa requirements for their citizens five years ago.
“The Vietnamese are trying to find a way of telling the Chinese, ‘We’ve got powerful friends,’ “ said Nayan Chanda, the author of “Brother Enemy,” the classic study of Vietnam’s relations with China. “But it’s a very delicate game.” [Chanda form FEER days] [old Asia hand with lots of Vietnam experience] [between Chanda and Carl Thayer, lots of excellent scholarship] [*]
Indeed, China's influence in Vietnam remains powerful. Vietnam's economic reforms - known as doi moi [*]- were inspired by China, and its security services have learned a lot from their Chinese counterparts about how to maintain one-party rule. As such, Hanoi is careful not to disturb Beijing, or not too much. At the Military Museum, for example, one war gets no treatment at all – the bloody border conflict Vietnam fought with China in 1979.
Vietnam’s censors also routinely ban anti-Chinese news reports. On Thursday, the Foreign Affairs Ministry ordered a leading online newspaper, Vietnamnet, to pull an article predicting that Southeast Asian nations would take a tough stance against China over maritime disputes and other issues. Other stories, however, do get through, such as reports this week of a petition campaign led by Nguyen Thi Binh, Vietnam’s former vice president and the Viet Cong’s representative at the Paris peace talks, against a massive Chinese-invested bauxite mine in Vietnam’s central highlands.
“We have been next to China for 4,000 years. We cannot just up and move,” said Pham Chi Lan, a senior economist involved in the petition, which has drawn 3,000 signatures. “In order to survive, however, we need friends.” [*]
Staff writer Glenn Kessler in Washington contributed to this report. © 2010 The Washington Post Co

Georgia: 20 Russian Spy Suspects Are Arrested

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/europe/30briefs-GEORGIA.html
October 29, 2010
Georgia: 20 Russian Spy Suspects Are Arrested
By REUTERS [Georgia] [former USSR] [Russia] [on Georgia-Russia War, 2008] [Russia] [former USSR] [Vlad and his proclivities represent a lot of Russians who don’t care for the way the world has changed since 1991] [additional internal, domestic political machinations?] [use psci350] [use ir text] [followup] [since shortly after the disastrous 2008 war, political people have been trying to curb Saakashvili’s powers, understandably] [this is precisely the sort of stupid move that could prompt another round and that US policymakers have feared—see yesterday] [follwoup] [*]
The Georgian police detained 20 people suspected of spying for Russia, Georgian security personnel said Friday. The Georgian Interior Ministry would not confirm or deny the report. “An official announcement will be made at a press conference on Nov. 5,” a ministry spokesman said. Two years ago Georgia lost a brief war with Russia, which began when, after months of baiting by Russia, Georgia’s American-trained military launched an assault on the rebel region of South Ossetia, provoking a crushing counterstrike from Russia. Two years earlier, Georgia had detained 4 Russian military officers and 12 other people on charges of spying.

[full piece may be found above the jump] [*]

Gaza: Palestinian Islamic Jihad Vows Resistance

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/middleeast/30briefs-GAZA.html
October 29, 2010
Gaza: Palestinian Islamic Jihad Vows Resistance
By FARES AKRAM [Palestine] [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [the process restarted by Obama in early September is already in serious trouble] [appeared in West Bank and Gaza] [even in West Bank where things are comparatively better off than Gaza, Palestinians are angry and out for blood?] [this does not bode well for peace] [especially in combination with Israel’s recent intransigence on concecissions?] [*]
Tens of thousands of supporters of Palestinian Islamic Jihad gathered Friday to mark their movement’s 23rd anniversary and chant “Death to America and Israel” and slogans supporting armed resistance. “The motto of every honorable one should remain that Israel must be eliminated from life,” said Abdullah Shallah, the top Islamic Jihad leader, addressing the event by telephone from Damascus. Mr. Shallah attacked the Palestinian Authority in the West Bank for continuing peace talks with Israel. Any negotiated settlement to the conflict is “forbidden religiously and politically,” Mohammed al-Hendi, another Islamic Jihad leader based in Gaza, said at the rally. Islamic Jihad, which is heavily supported by Iran, is the third largest Palestinian faction, an ally and sometime rival of the ruling Hamas party in Gaza.

[full piece may be found above the jump] [*]

Baghdad’s Shiite Heart Beats Freely as War Ebbs

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/middleeast/30sadrcity.html
October 29, 2010
Baghdad’s Shiite Heart Beats Freely as War Ebbs
By JOHN LELAND [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [renewed sectarian tensions and fault lines] [success of “surge”] [as well as it worked, the issue still looms regarding how the Awakening to be situated in government in future?] [Iraq’s future is in Shi’ism as its majority is Shi’a] [followup] [so these sorts of piece should increase but the Shi’a-led govt needs to integrate Sunni into it else it will break into open civil war again!] [*]
BAGHDAD — Is it too early to declare a Sadr City Spring?
In a neighborhood known for its black-clad militiamen and strict Islamist codes, this was the scene on a recent evening: young men with angular haircuts shooting pool at curbside tables; coffeehouses bustling with hookah smokers and American movies; a raucous wedding party banging drums in celebration; photo studios displaying pictures of women with bared shoulders.
All would have been dangerous a year or two ago, but now they add up to just another

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/middleeast/30sadrcity.html
October 29, 2010
Baghdad’s Shiite Heart Beats Freely as War Ebbs
By JOHN LELAND [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [renewed sectarian tensions and fault lines] [success of “surge”] [as well as it worked, the issue still looms regarding how the Awakening to be situated in government in future?] [Iraq’s future is in Shi’ism as its majority is Shi’a] [followup] [so these sorts of piece should increase but the Shi’a-led govt needs to integrate Sunni into it else it will break into open civil war again!] [*]
BAGHDAD — Is it too early to declare a Sadr City Spring?
In a neighborhood known for its black-clad militiamen and strict Islamist codes, this was the scene on a recent evening: young men with angular haircuts shooting pool at curbside tables; coffeehouses bustling with hookah smokers and American movies; a raucous wedding party banging drums in celebration; photo studios displaying pictures of women with bared shoulders.
All would have been dangerous a year or two ago, but now they add up to just another night in this sprawling neighborhood that has long been the beating heart of Shiite Baghdad.
As Iraq’s government remains frozen in a seven-month standstill, the vibrant transformation of Sadr City may offer a prophetic glimpse of the country’s next chapter: repressed by Saddam Hussein, fearsome in its resistance to the American-led invasion and then brutal in its religious crackdown, the neighborhood is now fomenting a mix of secular and religious life that is both ad hoc and infectious.
“It’s not only new shops,” said Majid Lattef, 32, hanging out with three friends on a recent Friday after thousands gathered in the main square for prayers. “Young people here are changing their minds and attitudes.
“No one is harassing us to think one way,” he said. “Religion is available, and I worship God, but people who are praying and going to the mosque are also playing billiards and going to the coffee shops.”
Much of the last seven years here have belonged to the Mahdi Army, a militia loyal to the fiery cleric Moktada al-Sadr that imposed a strict interpretation of Islam. Residents took cover in overcrowded homes; parents did not allow their sons out after dark. But as the police and Iraqi Army have taken control, Mr. Sadr has remade himself and his following as a mainstream electoral force, winning 40 seats in the national election in March.
Their power is no longer in the streets but in Parliament. In turn, the Mahdi Army, whose violence threatened to marginalize the Sadrists, is letting the locals play.
“Those losers who were trying to claim they were doing this for Islam have no power now,” said Amaar Kreem, 26, shooting pool at a sidewalk table. “Now, people don’t listen to them.”
Memories of the recent past remain close to the surface. Ali Kraibit, who opened an outdoor pool hall, saw his tables as a product of history. First, Mr. Hussein banned all Shiite observances, he said. “Then after that, of course people were looking for religious ceremonies,” he said. “But now, people have had enough of this. They’ve relieved themselves. They realized they are free now.”
In a small barbershop, Saad Sabar, 34, remembered plucking beards in secret because it was contrary to Islamic law.
“The people who took control of the neighborhood were taking people with strange hairstyles from the street to the mosque,” he said, hesitant to name the Mahdi Army. “Then they beat them and shaved their heads.” Now, he said, many customers want Western haircuts. “Right now I can do everything I want, thank God,” he said, voicing a common refrain here.
Some here say imprisoned Mahdi Army fighters have started to flow back to the neighborhood after Mr. Sadr threw his support to Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki this month. Haider Mazban, 24, wearing a gray T-shirt that said Army in block capital letters, said that the militia could come back at any time. In the meantime, he said, he was “using this opportunity to get back to listening to music in my car and drinking alcohol.”
Like other parts of Baghdad, Sadr City is experiencing a boom in weddings. Haider Ali Hussain, 28, said that he stretched his engagement for more than a year because of the security situation. When he finally married two months ago, he had a street party with music and dancing.
“Before, if there was a wedding, people did it quick, and of course there was no dancing in the street, because people were afraid,” he said.
Now wedding parties are everywhere. At Princess Bride, a store that sells and rents ornate, candy-colored wedding dresses, Nethal Hussain said that she outfitted 50 weddings a month, up from 15 or 20 a year ago.
“We didn’t get threats, but other shops and hairstylists got shut down,” she said, adding that with security, brides’ tastes had opened up. “Before, they all asked for something to cover their hair and shoulders,” she said, displaying a lavender gown with jewels and slender shoulder straps that rented for about $50 a day. “Now, they ask for whatever they like.”
Still, a level of caution remains. Hammad Karim, who recently opened a video-game parlor, said he was warned not to network the computers so players could compete against each other, because “people here are simple-minded; they think this is gambling, so it is forbidden.”
An unmarked door on one of the neighborhood’s main streets leads to a second-floor coffee shop called Orange Juice that opened five months ago. The name comes from a song that has a racy video. The manager, Nawar Sabah, said that the shop was open only to people he knew, because bringing in strangers might invite trouble. Most nights, the patrons watch soccer matches or American action movies and smoke hookahs. “People come in here and talk freely about whatever they want,” he said.
He said the owner had to swear an oath at the Sadrists’ office to forbid alcohol and drugs. But he said the new permissiveness in Sadr City did not mean a turning away from religion.
“Yes, many young people are more open to new things, we are changing our attitudes and behaviors, wearing Western hairstyles and clothes, but it doesn’t affect our values,” he said. “You see my hair and clothes,” he said, pointing to the Nike logo on his shirt. “But Friday, I go to prayers. This is a new attitude for a new generation.”
At a sidewalk pool hall, Ali Abraham and Ali Samah illustrated the push and pull of Sadr City after dark. Below the pool hall was an open drainage ditch; across the street, a row of coffee shops lit by fluorescent lanterns. Mr. Abraham, flaunting gelled hair, declared, “We are living in our freedom right now.” Pointing to his beard, he said, “Some do it like this.”
But Mr. Samah, 25, was not impressed. “There are many new things, but still we feel suffocated, because we need more,” he said. “I can spend time here, but I don’t like it, because it’s not at the same level of development.”

Suicide Bomber Kills 25 at Cafe in Iraq’s Diyala Province

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/middleeast/30iraq.html
October 29, 2010
Suicide Bomber Kills 25 at Cafe in Iraq’s Diyala Province
By JACK HEALY [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [renewed sectarian tensions and fault lines] [success of “surge”] [as well as it worked, the issue still looms regarding how the Awakening to be situated in government in future?] [another round of violence aimed at disrupting recent progress in govt?] [followup] [*]
BAGHDAD — A suicide bomber struck a crowded cafe in one of Iraq’s most restive provinces on Friday night, killing 25 people in the deadliest attack here in more than a month. [*]
The bombing, in the eastern town of Balad Ruz in Diyala Province, highlighted fears that insurgents were exploiting the political deadlock to start new rounds of bloodletting and further undermine faith in the government.
Shootings, small-scale car bombings and the assassinations of security officials have continued in recent months, even as overall violence has declined from the worst levels of

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/middleeast/30iraq.html
October 29, 2010
Suicide Bomber Kills 25 at Cafe in Iraq’s Diyala Province
By JACK HEALY [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [renewed sectarian tensions and fault lines] [success of “surge”] [as well as it worked, the issue still looms regarding how the Awakening to be situated in government in future?] [another round of violence aimed at disrupting recent progress in govt?] [followup] [*]
BAGHDAD — A suicide bomber struck a crowded cafe in one of Iraq’s most restive provinces on Friday night, killing 25 people in the deadliest attack here in more than a month. [*]
The bombing, in the eastern town of Balad Ruz in Diyala Province, highlighted fears that insurgents were exploiting the political deadlock to start new rounds of bloodletting and further undermine faith in the government.
Shootings, small-scale car bombings and the assassinations of security officials have continued in recent months, even as overall violence has declined from the worst levels of the war, when more than 2,000 Iraqis were being killed each month.
Now, stretches of relative calm are often punctuated by deadly attacks, such as the cafe bombing on Friday night.
The bomber detonated a belt of explosives, the police said, striking the cafe at its busiest hour, when it was bustling with young men sipping tea and smoking cigarettes. The blast blew body parts into the street and started what one survivor, Ahmed Khalis, described as a “fountain of fire” inside the building.
Witnesses said flames reached into the night sky as rescuers tried to pull survivors to safety. “It can’t be imagined,” said Capt. Muhammad al-Rubai, a police official in Diyala Province.
Forty-seven people were wounded, many seriously, and officials said the victims included one member of a local governing council. No group immediately claimed responsibility, though one political analyst in the area, Jihad al-Bakri, said the bombing resembled attacks that had been tied to Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia.
The area where the attack occurred is largely populated by a sect of Kurds who are Shiite Muslims. Most Kurds are Sunnis.
Diyala Province, which is northeast of Baghdad, straddles Iraq’s sectarian and ethnic fault lines. In recent months, it has been the site of deadly bombings of homes, convoys and government buildings, as well as the assassinations of members of the Awakening Movement, an American-supported group of Sunni militias.
At a hospital in Balad Ruz, friends and family members walked from bed to bed searching for loved ones. Survivors described being engulfed by flames and said they did not know why they had been attacked.
“Almost everyone who was in the cafe were young guys, and they were jobless,” said Hussein al-Utabi, 22, whose legs were injured. “It was a massacre.”
It was one of the deadliest days in Iraq since bombings in Baghdad and the western city of Falluja killed at least three dozen people last month. Those attacks occurred on the heels of the United States military’s official declaration of an end to combat operations in Iraq.
Also on Friday, the country’s ever shifting political situation grew more complicated after a Kurdish opposition party announced that it was breaking from a larger Kurdish alliance.
Members of Iraq’s two leading political coalitions, which finished neck and neck in national elections in March, have been trying to court favor with the Kurds, who could be kingmakers in determining which political group controls the new government.
The elections did not produce a clear winner, and members of competing political parties have spent the last seven month jockeying for influence and support with different factions in Iraq and abroad, but they have failed to reach a deal.
Namo Abdulla contributed reporting from Erbil, and an employee of The New York Times from Diyala.

Russia Joins Drug Raid in Afghanistan, Marking Advance in Relations With U.S.

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/asia/30opium.html
October 29, 2010
Russia Joins Drug Raid in Afghanistan, Marking Advance in Relations With U.S.
By MICHAEL SCHWIRTZ [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [Russia] [former USSR] [after some indifference since Medvedev became president, Russia seems to be getting on board in AfPak as Russia is threatened by same movement in Caucases regions] [*]
MOSCOW — Russian counternarcotics agents took part in an operation to eradicate several drug laboratories in Afghanistan this week, joining Afghan and American antidrug forces in what officials here said Friday marked an advance in relations between Moscow and Washington.
The operation, in which four opium refining laboratories and over 2,000 pounds of high-quality heroin were destroyed, was the first to include Russian agents. It also indicated a tentative willingness among Russian officials to become more deeply involved in Afghanistan two decades after American-backed Afghan fighters defeated the Soviet military there.
“This is a major success for cooperative actions,” Viktor P. Ivanov, Russia’s top drug

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/asia/30opium.html
October 29, 2010
Russia Joins Drug Raid in Afghanistan, Marking Advance in Relations With U.S.
By MICHAEL SCHWIRTZ [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [Russia] [former USSR] [after some indifference since Medvedev became president, Russia seems to be getting on board in AfPak as Russia is threatened by same movement in Caucases regions] [*]
MOSCOW — Russian counternarcotics agents took part in an operation to eradicate several drug laboratories in Afghanistan this week, joining Afghan and American antidrug forces in what officials here said Friday marked an advance in relations between Moscow and Washington.
The operation, in which four opium refining laboratories and over 2,000 pounds of high-quality heroin were destroyed, was the first to include Russian agents. It also indicated a tentative willingness among Russian officials to become more deeply involved in Afghanistan two decades after American-backed Afghan fighters defeated the Soviet military there.
“This is a major success for cooperative actions,” Viktor P. Ivanov, Russia’s top drug enforcement official, told journalists in Moscow. “This shows that there are real actions being taken amid the reset in relations between Russia and the United States.”
Although Russia has a large stake in the outcome of the war in Afghanistan, the country has not participated in the NATO-led military coalition there and has seemed ambivalent about the American effort in its backyard.
Officials in Russia and the United States have called Afghanistan an important arena for cooperation, but they have often clashed over the conduct of the war. Russian officials have granted permission for nonlethal cargo destined for Afghanistan to be transported across Russian territory, but they have also pushed the authorities in the former Soviet republic of Kyrgyzstan to close an American military base there that acts as a crucial supply hub for the war. So far, the base remains open.
At the same time, Russia has strong interests in a stable and cooperative Afghanistan. A Taliban resurgence and the return of Al Qaeda in Afghanistan could bolster Islamic extremism in Central Asia and southern Russia, where the authorities continue to battle a potent Islamic insurgency in Chechnya and the surrounding region. [the crossover in the Caucases has been substantial in past] [*]
The issue of Afghan heroin, which is derived from opium, is particularly vexing. Afghanistan is the world’s largest producer of heroin, much of which seeps into neighboring Central Asian countries and then into Russia, where it finds a ready market of over a million users.
Almost 90 percent of Russia’s heroin comes from Afghanistan, according to government statistics. Injected drugs kill thousands annually and are the main driver of Russia’s H.I.V. epidemic, which is growing faster than almost anywhere else in the world. [Russia habits and culture makes sharing disposable needles more likely and that’s spready HIV] [*]
While Russia has struggled to bring heroin use under control domestically, officials have criticized the United States for not doing enough to halt the production of the drug in Afghanistan. Some here have even suggested that the United States was abetting the drug trade in an effort to weaken Russia.
Mr. Ivanov, who is also a close adviser to Prime Minister Vladimir V. Putin, has been pressing his counterparts in Washington to increase efforts to eradicate poppy fields in Afghanistan. Afghanistan’s opium production, estimated at almost 4,000 tons in the last year, has been a major source of financing for the Taliban. But the Obama administration has scaled back eradication programs, which were employed in the Bush era, out of fears that farmers would turn to the Taliban for assistance. [the US needs to have balance until it can come up with comprehensive program: e.g., moving Afghan’s opiods into legal analgesic market while supporting crop subsitution and other means as well as eradication in areas that don’t contribute to normalized markets] [*]
Russia and the United States created a counternarcotics working group last year in part to reconcile these disagreements, and this week’s raid on the heroin factories appears to be a step in that direction.
Of about 70 people taking part in the raid early Thursday morning, only four were agents of Russia’s Federal Counter Narcotics Service. The others were from the United States Drug Enforcement Administration and the Afghan drug police.
Senior D.E.A. officials said that the multinational task force, acting on intelligence, located a major clandestine heroin laboratory in the Zerasari village of Achin District, in Nangarhar Province near the Pakistani border. After they arrived, the agents discovered three additional labs hidden by vegetation. All four sites had been abandoned at the time of the operation, but officials said the evidence collected there confirmed that all were actively producing heroin and morphine.
The agents seized about 2,000 pounds of heroin and about 345 pounds of opium, as well as other chemicals and equipment. The D.E.A. said the heroin was worth $55.9 million.
“Just in terms of disruption this was a very important operation, but it was also part of a larger strategy to attack the drug flows,” said Eric Rubin, the deputy chief of mission at the United States Embassy in Moscow. “The goal is to identify, disrupt and deny material support to terrorism, and very specifically to the Taliban elements that are supporting this drug trade.”
Charlie Savage contributed reporting from Washington.

Attacks on Pakistan's Sufi Islamic shrines complicate war on militants

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/29/AR2010102906438.html
Attacks on Pakistan's Sufi Islamic shrines complicate war on militants
By David Nakamura
Saturday, October 30, 2010; A8 [Pakistan] [US] [Pakistan-US relations] [hub of the al Qaeda and Taliban activity in AfPak] [and of al Qaeda globally] [use psci 355-455, 469] [transnationalism] [al Qaeda’s main headquarters still Pakistan?] [more sectarianism against Sufi] [followup from recent] [*]
ISLAMABAD, PAKISTAN - In case the metal detectors, armed police and iron gate were not enough to deter would-be assailants, caretakers of this city's historic Bari Imam shrine this week added razor wire and four rifle-toting antiterrorism commandos. At the majestic Golra Sharif shrine across town, administrators installed four closed-circuit security cameras and moved parking 100 yards off site.
Across Pakistan, religious institutions are on high alert after a deadly attack Monday at the Baba Farid shrine in Pakpattan, in the eastern province of Punjab, where explosives hidden in

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/29/AR2010102906438.html
Attacks on Pakistan's Sufi Islamic shrines complicate war on militants
By David Nakamura
Saturday, October 30, 2010; A8 [Pakistan] [US] [Pakistan-US relations] [hub of the al Qaeda and Taliban activity in AfPak] [and of al Qaeda globally] [use psci 355-455, 469] [transnationalism] [al Qaeda’s main headquarters still Pakistan?] [more sectarianism against Sufi] [followup from recent] [*]
ISLAMABAD, PAKISTAN - In case the metal detectors, armed police and iron gate were not enough to deter would-be assailants, caretakers of this city's historic Bari Imam shrine this week added razor wire and four rifle-toting antiterrorism commandos. At the majestic Golra Sharif shrine across town, administrators installed four closed-circuit security cameras and moved parking 100 yards off site.
Across Pakistan, religious institutions are on high alert after a deadly attack Monday at the Baba Farid shrine in Pakpattan, in the eastern province of Punjab, where explosives hidden in milk canisters attached to a motorcycle killed seven people and injured 14. It was the latest assault, authorities said, in a terrorist campaign waged by Muslim extremists against those of their compatriots who favor a moderate strain of Islam known as Sufism. [*]
From December 2007 through this week, there have been at least 28 major attacks on shrines, mosques and other Islamic targets, most of them Sufi, according to a survey by the Long War Journal, an online magazine. All told, at least 643 people have died in the attacks, a number based on a tally from news accounts.
The aim of the extremists, Pakistani government and religious authorities say, is to sow sectarian violence in an ideological struggle for the future of Islam. In the process, the assailants are forcing Pakistan to shift resources away from efforts to combat insurgents who fight U.S. troops from bases along the Afghan border, [*]the officials say.
"They want to convert the war on terror into a sectarian war," said Hamid Saeed Kazmi,[*] Pakistan's minister of religious affairs. "If they create a sectarian issue and things go that way, there will be bloodshed in the whole country, each city and street, and the government will be unable to concentrate operations against the militants in their territories."[*]
Bolder attacks
Sufism is a mystical interpretation of Islam marked by a more tolerant mind-set than the hard-line version favored by the Pakistani Taliban. Many Pakistanis worship at the shrines dedicated to Sufi saints, a practice that outrages militant Muslim groups that view such displays as sacrilegious. [*]
Though Sufi shrines have been targets of attacks since 2005, when a suicide bomber killed 43 people outside the Bari Imam complex in Islamabad, experts said the assaults used to be concentrated in more remote tribal areas, near militant havens. More recently, the attackers have grown bolder, striking more popular sites in bigger cities, [*]said Hasan-Askari Rizvi, a political analyst who studies terrorism. Last July, two suicide bombers entered the crowded Data Darbar shrine in Lahore, detonating explosives packed with ball bearings. Forty-two people were killed and 180 injured.
“The groups that are doing this are dominated by Taliban who think these shrines, and what happens there, is un-Islamic,” Rizvi said. “It’s a manifestation of their intolerance and also an attempt to demonstrate to the government that they are alive and kicking and taking the initiative.” [in this case more TPP, TiT than Quetta shura though latter is likely sympathetic to hardline cause] [*]
The cash-strapped Pakistani government has had trouble summoning the will and resources to fight back. Despite frequent roundups of alleged criminals who are said to be security threats - usually people living in poorer neighborhoods - government officials have been criticized for not doing enough.
With little recourse, shrines have been limiting their hours of operation. In Peshawar, the Rahman Baba shrine, which was bombed in March 2009, has suspended prayer gatherings and musical programs, said caretaker Gauhar Ali Bacha. [*]
The helplessness shown by authorities has angered worshipers. Thousands of protesters demonstrated after the Lahore bombing, some brandishing weapons and calling for armed retaliation.
"We hope such a situation does not come to that pass," said Punjab Home Secretary Shahid Khan, when asked about the potential for sectarian clashes. "We also hope the Sufis, through their own code of conduct, are determined to take the peaceful and nonviolent route."
Security upgrades
To allay unrest, Punjab's chief minister, Shahbaz Sharif, this week ordered state-of-the-art security for five of the province's largest shrines. Khan said the upgrades would include more armed guards, security cameras and volunteer screeners. But he acknowledged that the government cannot afford to cover the thousands of shrines and mosques in the province. [likely too little too late, if jihadis see they are getting rise] [*]
Sahibzada Fazal Karim, a cleric who led the Lahore protest, said his followers will not resort to vigilantism. However, he is among a group of clerics that lambasted Sharif and suggested that his aides have ties to the Pakistani Taliban.
"The inability of the government is evident from the fact that all the famous shrines are being attacked one by one," Karim said in an interview. Of the militants, he added: "These people have nothing to do with Islam, and whatever they do is bringing a bad name to our great religion."
At the Bari Imam shrine in Islamabad, a stone monument marks the site of the 2005 suicide attack. On a pleasant evening this week, worshipers prayed on rugs near the tomb of the imam, a 17th-century spiritual figure whose burial place was visited by more than 1 million people last year.
In a small building nearby, Mohammad Arif, a police captain who had been on duty since the previous morning, awoke from a nap. Bleary-eyed, he explained that the Interior Ministry had recently closed all but one entrance gate and ordered the access road narrowed to a single lane. He now oversees a ballooning security staff of 28 personnel: 12 police, 12 volunteer screeners and the four antiterrorism commandos.
"All this is because circumstances compelled us," Arif said. "Unfortunately, people are afraid."
Special correspondents Shaiq Hussain and Haq Nawaz Khan contributed to this report. © 2010 The Washington Post Co

Yemen Emerges as Base for Qaeda Attacks on U.S.

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/middleeast/30yemen.html
October 29, 2010
Yemen Emerges as Base for Qaeda Attacks on U.S.
By ROBERT F. WORTH [Yemen] [Arabian Peninsula and al Qaeda’s shift of assets there in 2009] [gsave] [Yemen and similar habors of jihadis] [still unclear the relation between locals and al Qaeda central?] [use psci 355, 455, 469] [apparently an American among the recent arrests?] [followup] [Yemen and similar failed or failing states and the problem of harboring jihadis] [today, yesterday’s plot appears to have been quite real] [GSAVE?] [*]
BEIRUT, Lebanon — Not long ago, most Americans had scarcely heard of Yemen, the arid, Texas-size country in the southern corner of the Arabian peninsula. [*]
But on Friday, as news emerged of a plot to send explosives in courier packages from Yemen to synagogues in Chicago, the world’s attention was focused once again on the threats brewing in Yemen’s lawless, strife-torn hinterlands, where American citizens appear to be helping the local branch of Al Qaeda take aim at the United States. [*]
It was the second time in less than a year: on Dec. 25, a Nigerian trained in Yemen tried to

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/middleeast/30yemen.html
October 29, 2010
Yemen Emerges as Base for Qaeda Attacks on U.S.
By ROBERT F. WORTH [Yemen] [Arabian Peninsula and al Qaeda’s shift of assets there in 2009] [gsave] [Yemen and similar habors of jihadis] [still unclear the relation between locals and al Qaeda central?] [use psci 355, 455, 469] [apparently an American among the recent arrests?] [followup] [Yemen and similar failed or failing states and the problem of harboring jihadis] [today, yesterday’s plot appears to have been quite real] [GSAVE?] [*]
BEIRUT, Lebanon — Not long ago, most Americans had scarcely heard of Yemen, the arid, Texas-size country in the southern corner of the Arabian peninsula. [*]
But on Friday, as news emerged of a plot to send explosives in courier packages from Yemen to synagogues in Chicago, the world’s attention was focused once again on the threats brewing in Yemen’s lawless, strife-torn hinterlands, where American citizens appear to be helping the local branch of Al Qaeda take aim at the United States. [*]
It was the second time in less than a year: on Dec. 25, a Nigerian trained in Yemen tried to detonate a bomb on a commercial flight as it approached Detroit, and Al Qaeda took credit for the attempt. The American-born cleric Anwar al-Awlaki had been in contact with the would-be bomber, and some analysts believe the latest effort may also be linked to Mr. Awlaki, a charismatic preacher who remains in hiding in Yemen and has issued threats by Internet. [has the US simply been lucky or good or both?] [*]
In recent months, American intelligence officials have grown increasingly concerned about Yemen, despite a renewed cooperation on counterterrorism with the Yemeni authorities in the past year. Al Qaeda’s regional arm, which went quiet for several months after a series of American airstrikes in Yemen that began last December, [see today’s govt] [*]has become more active since the spring, and has killed several dozen Yemeni soldiers and police officers.
The group has also stepped up its recruitment drive on the Internet, issuing an English-language magazine that includes articles with titles like “Make a Bomb in Your Mother’s Kitchen.” The most recent issue of the magazine, “Inspire,” was published last month and includes an article by an American citizen named Samir Khan titled “I am Proud to be a Traitor to America.” [*]Mr. Khan, who grew up in North Carolina and New York City, is believed to have joined Al Qaeda’s Yemeni branch last year.
One important reason for the rising concern about Yemen is the presence of Americans like Mr. Awlaki and Mr. Khan. [*]
It is not clear how many Americans are working with Al Qaeda in Yemen, a group that is believed to comprise several hundred members, including some from Saudi Arabia and other Arab countries. The group is mostly based in the lawless provinces to the east of Yemen’s capital, Sana, but has carried out attacks in the capital as well. [*]
“These are people with both access to explosives and knowledge of how the United States works,” said Bernard Haykel, a professor of Near Eastern studies at Princeton University who has written on Yemen. “And in Yemen, you can walk into a local branch of FedEx and mail something to the U.S. You can’t do that in Somalia or in rural Afghanistan.” [*]
Al Qaeda’s Yemen-based branch, which calls itself Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula, does not consider the United States a key target, intelligence officials and analysts say. The group has tried repeatedly to strike at Saudi Arabia, and says it aims to topple the Yemeni and Saudi governments. [*]
But attacking the United States draws broader publicity, and may be helpful with recruiting. Al Qaeda’s regional arm took credit for a suicide attack on the American Embassy in Sana in September 2008 that left 16 people dead, including the six attackers. [*]There have been other, less deadly attacks on other foreign embassies in Yemen’s capital.
The United States government’s relationship with Yemen has been troubled by mutual suspicion. The country has long been a haven for jihadists, who were welcomed there after returning from fighting the Soviet Union in Afghanistan in the 1980s. After the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, [*]the Yemeni government cracked down on many jihadists, but also maintained relationships with them, paroling some convicted terrorists and cultivating radical clerics. American officials complained; Yemeni officials defended their approach as necessary pragmatism in a country where hard-line Islamist views are common. [*]
Last year American officials showed Yemen’s longtime president, Ali Abdullah Saleh, intelligence reports indicating that Al Qaeda was singling out him and his family members, many of whom hold senior government positions. After that, Mr. Saleh redoubled his commitment to fighting Al Qaeda, and allowed the United States to launch [*]airstrikes on Yemeni terrain.
But Al Qaeda’s presence has also led the United States to vastly increase its military and economic assistance to Yemen, and many Yemeni and American analysts say they fear that Mr. Saleh has a financial interest in maintaining some level of threat in his country. [*]
Another source of concern is the rising chaos of Yemen, which has a fast-growing, desperately poor population of 23 million and is running out of water. [*]
The country’s meager oil reserves, a key source of revenue for the government, are also running dry. The government has limited control outside of major cities, where powerful tribes hold sway and are sometimes willing to shelter Qaeda members. [the government’s write does not extend much outside Sana] [*] An intermittent rebellion in Yemen’s northwest has created a humanitarian crisis; in the south, a secessionist movement has fostered an increasingly lawless environment where Al Qaeda appears to be flourishing.
Although Al Qaeda has not claimed credit for the packages that were bound for Chicago, this latest episode “is a reminder that we have a serious problem brewing in Yemen, and the current counterterrorism measures have not been able to stop it,” said Gregory Johnsen, an expert on Yemen at Princeton University.

October 29, 2010

How "Counterinsurgency" Became a Dirty Word

http://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/66949/james-dobbins/your-coin-is-no-good-here
Foreign Affairs
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:36:19 AM] [*]
October 26, 2010
SNAPSHOT
Your COIN Is No Good Here
How "Counterinsurgency" Became a Dirty Word
James Dobbins
JAMES DOBBINS is Director of the International Security and Defense Policy Center at the RAND Corporation and the author of After the Taliban: Nation Building in Afghanistan. He was U.S. Special Envoy to Afghanistan in 2001 and 2002. [Obama white house] [residual issues from President Bush’s tenure] [111th congress, 2nd session] [gsave and COIN] [AfPak] [Obama bought into COIN approach last year, after already upding troops] [use psci 355-455, 469] [now he’s commited US to fixing AfPak and corruption has gone off charts] [what to do?] [this guy seems to think somewhere in the administration there are forces badmouthing COIN?] [they may be—I’m not there—but he mischaracterizes the debate outlined in Woodward’s Obama’s Wars, in my estimation] [*]
The central theme of Obama's Wars, Bob Woodward's account of the Obama administration's Afghan policy debates, is the ongoing battle between Obama's military and civilian advisers. [sort of: certainly within the NSC principals and there’s a split there as usual between uniformed officers and civlians?] [*] The

http://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/66949/james-dobbins/your-coin-is-no-good-here
Foreign Affairs
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:36:19 AM] [*]
October 26, 2010
SNAPSHOT
Your COIN Is No Good Here
How "Counterinsurgency" Became a Dirty Word
James Dobbins
JAMES DOBBINS is Director of the International Security and Defense Policy Center at the RAND Corporation and the author of After the Taliban: Nation Building in Afghanistan. He was U.S. Special Envoy to Afghanistan in 2001 and 2002. [Obama white house] [residual issues from President Bush’s tenure] [111th congress, 2nd session] [gsave and COIN] [AfPak] [Obama bought into COIN approach last year, after already upding troops] [use psci 355-455, 469] [now he’s commited US to fixing AfPak and corruption has gone off charts] [what to do?] [this guy seems to think somewhere in the administration there are forces badmouthing COIN?] [they may be—I’m not there—but he mischaracterizes the debate outlined in Woodward’s Obama’s Wars, in my estimation] [*]
The central theme of Obama's Wars, Bob Woodward's account of the Obama administration's Afghan policy debates, is the ongoing battle between Obama's military and civilian advisers. [sort of: certainly within the NSC principals and there’s a split there as usual between uniformed officers and civlians?] [*] The military advisers -- Generals David Petraeus and Stanley McChrystal, along with Admiral Michael Mullen, chairman of the Joint Chiefs -- believe that a counterinsurgency strategy, which helped reverse the deteriorating military situation in Iraq in 2007, could do the same in Afghanistan. The civilian advisers -- Vice President Joe Biden and other White House officials -- suggest that Vietnam is a more apt analogy for Afghanistan and a quagmire a likelier outcome if counterinsurgency strategy is applied there. [I’m not quite there] [yes, Biden came ot represent the so-called counterterror option] [but it seems to be a strange mix of civlians—politicos as newly made NSC advisor Donnilon, formerly Rahm and Donnilon was his find as I recall and others—versus then NSC advisor Jones] [Jones was retired military and acting, from what I could tell, as honest broker but one who knew how military hedged bets and was therefore willing to break china (I know I’ve mixed metaphors but I’d trying to get this finished)] [in any case, I view things in terms of NSC, NSC proper, principals, deputies, and staff] [and the NSC is full of military people] [I think it’s too simplistic to say this was Obama against his generals] [indeed, my impression is that Obama deferred a lot to generals and knew he needed to do so—I suppose that could be argued as evidence of simple dichotomy] [it just seemed more complex than that] [that’s how I remember Woodward] [*]
By definition, any military activity that seeks to counter an insurgency is counterinsurgency, or COIN as it is often labeled for short. All of Obama's advisers agree that the Taliban is an insurgency and that the United States has a real interest in stopping its return to power. [a real interest?] [the US has lots of interests including what might be called moral-ethical-principle interests] [and it has national security interests] [the US is involved in Afghanistan for TWO big reasons: 9/11 was fueled from there (al Qaeda central) and it was appropriate to responds and even before 9/11 Clinton had been whacking away there, . . .; and second, Pakistan is next door and US has security interests in seeing that Islamists or jihadis don’t get their hands on Pakistan’s nukes!] [now, due to US ethos and values, most Americans and Washington DC sympathizes with forces of modernity in Afghanistan] [the US is for more religious tolerance, for women’s rights, against the former Taliban blasting away at ancient Buddha statutes and for aid organizations to be able to help regular IOs without them being kidnapped, so forth and so on] [does that equate to “a real interest in stopping [the Taliban’s] return to power”?] [yes and no!] [I realize one has only so much space but simplification like this approaches being misleading?] [**] Why, then, would Obama's civilian advisers argue against organized military activity designed to counter a Taliban takeover?
This is not a new argument. For more than a century, the U.S. military has been organized, trained, and equipped for conventional combat against similarly organized foes. The United States has gotten so good at this kind of warfare that in recent decades no conventional conflict has lasted more than a few weeks, and all have ended in overwhelming American victory. By contrast, over this same period, the U.S. military has had repeated difficulty securing its conquests, stabilizing societies emerging from conflict, and helping to defend allies from internal threats.
The skills needed to master these types of unconventional challenges were slowly honed during the United States' decade-long involvement in Vietnam. Two years after the last American troops withdrew, South Vietnam fell victim not to renewed insurgency but to a conventional invasion mounted by the North Vietnamese Army. [true enough but the insurgency—the VC—were what exahausted the US] [by agreement, the NVA regulars did not do much damage to the US (they did on occasion but not generally)] [in the war of attrition, to use Westy’s formulation, it was the US who was “attrited”] [*] The dominant lesson drawn from this costly and ultimately futile war was to avoid similar missions in the future. As a result, counterinsurgency was eliminated from the curriculum of American staff and war colleges. When faced with a violent insurgency in Iraq three decades later, U.S. soldiers had to reacquire the basic skills to fight it. During the several years it took them to do so, the country descended into ever deeper civil war.
As American commanders relearned in Iraq, counterinsurgency demands a more discreet and controlled application of force, a more politically directed strategy, greater knowledge of the society one is operating in, and more interaction with the local civilian population than conventional combat. Perhaps the most essential distinction between the two forms of warfare is that successful counterinsurgency focuses less on killing the insurgents and more on protecting the population from insurgent violence and intimidation. [*]
There is a legitimate debate over how deeply the U.S. military should invest in counterinsurgency capability at the expense of conventional capacity. But no one seriously argues that counterinsurgency tactics are not necessary to resist insurgencies. In Victory Has a Thousand Fathers, a study of the 30 most recently concluded civil wars, the RAND analyst Christopher Paul found a perfect correlation between good counterinsurgency practices and government victory. [well, we who use statistic know how that might be possible, don’t we?] [as Disraeli said: “there are lies, damned lies, and statistics”] [*] He found an equally perfect correlation between bad COIN practices and success for the insurgents. The good practices highlighted are generally those laid out in the U.S. military's Counterinsurgency Field Manual. The bad practices include an excessive reliance on search-and-destroy missions, the employment of punitive and repressive measures, and an insensitivity to civilian casualties. [interesting that he would use the Vietnam era nomenclature?] [why?] [bad by association?] [*]
This correlation does not mean that even the best U.S. counterinsurgency strategy will necessarily prevail in Afghanistan. Success there also requires the Afghan government to take counterinsurgency seriously and the Pakistani government to stop affording Afghan insurgents sanctuary within its territory. [and as Obama has found to his chagrin, neither is happening] [Karzai’s govt is terribly corrupt and unserious about what they need to do and what their responsibilities are] [and Pakistan actively harbors jihadis and other insurgents, despite the Bush Doctrine] [*] Neither does the study suggest that the United States should continue to do the lion's share of the fighting in Afghanistan. Indeed, one component of good counterinsurgency practice is progressively shifting the burden of combat to indigenous forces, which are better able to deal with conflicts in their own society.
What this and similar studies do suggest is that even though one can legitimately argue for reducing the United States' commitment to the Afghan war and for shifting more of the burden onto local forces, it makes no sense to denigrate the tactics and techniques best designed to counter an insurgency. [who has done that?] [I would contend that any serious read of Woodward’s recent book would agree that Obama has taken COIN seriously and took a gamble in trying to scare Karzai into getting serious (the June 2011 deadline)] [and has called Pakistan’s bluff of they are not equipped for counterinsurgency] [what more would you suggest?] [positive attitude?] [*]
Rather inconsistently, even as detractors of counterinsurgency have insisted that there are no terrorists of concern left in Afghanistan, they have also argued that the United States should shift from counterinsurgency to counterterrorism. This argument glosses over a recognition of the likelihood that such a decrease in U.S. military effort would probably lead to an increase in the number of terrorists operating out of Afghanistan. As the anti-counterinsurgency faction admits, present U.S. efforts have reduced the risk of an attack on the United States originating from Afghanistan to near-zero. [from what I’ve read they have not glossed over it] [they have taken it seriously] [who glossed over it?] [they have said the Taliban is not inclinded to be nearly as accommodating of al Qaeda, and I suspect that’s at least partly true] [but that doesn’t mean that al Qaeda and others could not continue to use the border and Durand line area as safe havens] [*] It is reasonable to argue that the cost of sustaining these efforts at current levels is too great to bear indefinitely and to urge instead the acceptance of higher risk. This trade-off between cost and risk is ultimately what the debate between the president's civilian and military advisers has been about.
Even if Obama ultimately chooses to switch to the riskier but less costly approach labeled "counterterrorism," the sustainability of this effort would depend on someone else countering the Taliban insurgency. A complete Taliban takeover would leave the United States bereft of the bases and intelligence it would need to target terrorist leaders and facilities effectively. Those advocating a shift to counterterrorism, therefore, are gambling that Afghan President Hamid Karzai or a friendly successor can hold on to power in Kabul and much, if not all, of the country despite a sharp reduction in American support. [I don’t know of who’s advocating that precisely] [I know that Richard Haas has argued for a reconciliation-plus approach] [a sort of chopping Afghanistan into ethnic confederations with continued US help and force] [Biden and those on his side of the argument argued about a 20,000 (instead of 30) increase last fall with more focused attention on al Qaeda targets with drones and possibly more] [who inside the administration is advocating dumping surge???] [*]
As Woodward's account makes clear, "counterinsurgency," much like the term "nation building," is rapidly becoming a term of opprobrium in public debate. Obama insists that the United States is doing neither in Afghanistan, despite all evidence to the contrary. His military and civilian advisers agree that the United States should continue to strengthen the government in Kabul and prevent a Taliban takeover. What, then, is the point of denigrating the very terms and techniques that are needed to succeed in these endeavors? [where is the denigration?] [*]
Copyright © 2002-2010 by the Council on Foreign Relations, Inc.
All rights reserved.

When is a Terrorist a Terrorist?

http://the-diplomat.com/2010/10/28/when-is-a-terrorist-a-terrorist/
The Diplomat
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:51 AM] [*]
[the Diplomat is something I read on occasion] [this caught my interest originally for PSCI 469] [it’s sort of an oped piece] [but interesting] [*]
When is a Terrorist a Terrorist?
Security | Southeast Asia | Philippines
October 28, 2010By Luke Hunt
‘War on terror’ was a flawed term from the start. But Asian governments, too, are willing to play politics with terrorism. [Asia] [mostly SEAsia] [Philippines] [global struggle against extreme violence—violence used by extremists] [in this case, we are talking about Islamic extremists] [gsave] [oped on Asia direction on gsave?] [use psci 469] [*]
Coming up with a clear definition of ‘terrorist’ has always been fraught with problems, not least because of political interference and the application of that old cliché: ‘One man's terrorist is another man's freedom fighter.’

http://the-diplomat.com/2010/10/28/when-is-a-terrorist-a-terrorist/
The Diplomat
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:51 AM] [*]
[the Diplomat is something I read on occasion] [this caught my interest originally for PSCI 469] [it’s sort of an oped piece] [but interesting] [*]
When is a Terrorist a Terrorist?
Security | Southeast Asia | Philippines
October 28, 2010By Luke Hunt
‘War on terror’ was a flawed term from the start. But Asian governments, too, are willing to play politics with terrorism. [Asia] [mostly SEAsia] [Philippines] [global struggle against extreme violence—violence used by extremists] [in this case, we are talking about Islamic extremists] [gsave] [oped on Asia direction on gsave?] [use psci 469] [*]
Coming up with a clear definition of ‘terrorist’ has always been fraught with problems, not least because of political interference and the application of that old cliché: ‘One man's terrorist is another man's freedom fighter.’
Of course this is nonsense—in old-fashioned military parlance, a terrorist is simply someone who strikes at soft targets in a way designed to terrify a civilian population as a means of trying to shape the agenda. Buses and trains, airplanes, crowded bars and tourist destinations are always popular for this type of warfare—it’s simply one bloody means for obtaining an end and can be deployed equally by governments, militaries, separatists and insurgents of all types, including religious fundamentalists. [*]
But because of the political interference that too often accompanies the handiwork of terrorists, there’s no international legal agreement or criminal law that properly defines terrorism, which is ultimately the cheapest, easiest and most common strategic tactic employed and enjoyed by bullies the world over. [*]
This is why the declaration of a ‘war on terror’ by former US President George W. Bush seemed such a silly response to the tragic events that unfolded on September 11. [yes, but we all knew what he meant? At least initially] [*] Instead of declaring war on the combatants—al-Qaeda and their Islamic militant affiliates—he took much of the Western world into battle against a type of warfare. This is akin to the Kennedy administration declaring war against guerrilla tactics deployed by the communists rather than the Viet Cong itself during the Vietnam War, or a declaration of war by Franklin Roosevelt on sneak attacks rather than the Japanese in the aftermath of Pearl Harbor.
Such distinctions are too often lost in the carnage, but the reality is that a ‘war on terror’ makes no more sense now than it did then, when it allowed members of the Bush administration to carry on their Middle East business dealings with unsavoury middlemen whose connections with al-Qaeda—whether direct or indirect—have been well documented. [euro spellings] [*]
Unfortunately, the precedent of muddying definitions of this sort for political benefit that was set by the Bush administration didn’t end with the Bush presidency. Indeed it’s a precedent that now appears to be being followed with some gusto in South-east Asia.
Recent investigations into a bus bombing that left 10 dead in the Southern Philippines—widely regarded as the ‘second front’ in counterterrorism efforts—have given political opportunists in the Philippines the chance to latch on to a terrorist incident for their own gain. [Philippines] [recent violence that has not fitted neatly into our view of Islamic terrorism?] [*]
Make no mistake—the bus bomb attack in Matalam, North Cotabato, was an act of terrorism. Ten counts of murder would also be appropriate for an attack that left dozens more people injured. But the Philippine military authorities have been awfully quick to imply the attack was the work of the Moro Islamic Liberation Front (MILF). [*]
The MILF has typically distinguished itself from other hard-nosed militant outfits like Jemaah Islamiyah (JI) and the Abu Sayyaf Group (ASG), who have well-established track records of killing and kidnapping innocent civilians. Of course this isn’t to say the MILF are angels, but their demands for a Moro homeland and the way they’ve conducted themselves in peace talks in recent years has set them apart from the others, and even afforded them a degree of respect from many quarters that ASG and JI will never achieve. [yes, they have been around for long time] [and there’s legitimate separatist movement involved or at least arguably?] [*]
Now, with a new administration elected in Christian Manila, fresh peace talks are looming and there’s now the best chance of a solution being found for the seemingly intractable problems in the south since another hard-won agreement was struck down by the courts in mid-2008.
However, as with previous pushes, there’s no shortage of political interests that would like to see the talks scuttled—and with them any prospect of a Muslim homeland in the south. [*]
Police have arrested four men who they say are members of the MILF and were responsible for the blast: Yasser Talusob, Allamin Samai, Ibrahim Alimana and Abdul Alim Taluson. And, if the evidence is to be believed, the four are a hardcore bunch—they’re accused of ordering a 16-year-old boy to carry a backyard bomb made out of an 81-mm mortar shell and hidden in a bag onto the bus, where he is said to have stowed it at the rear of the carriage behind about 50 passengers. [*]He is then said to have left before the bus exploded before later giving himself and the others up.
MILF says it had nothing to do with the incident and that none of the four were members of their outfit. They say the names simply aren’t on their books, and suggest a far more plausible explanation is that the attack was borne out of some kind of extortion effort. [JI and Abu Sayyef and probably Moro front typically claim their attacks, do they not?] [*]
Yet sections within the Philippine military expect the public to believe that the MILF—with a genuine chance of finally securing peace and a resolution to their political demands—opted to coerce a teenager into blowing up a rural transit bus.
Politics, self-interest and terrorism are a dirty mix, wherever they occur. [he seems to be suggesting these young men were patsies?] [that a clique in the military is so willing to scuttle peace talks and eventual deal that it killed civilians to blame it on Moro?] [I recognize his name from Cambodia stuff or something like that] [I don’t know who he is but his name is familiar] [*]
http://the-diplomat.com/2010/10/28/when-is-a-terrorist-a-terrorist/
For inquiries, please contact The Diplomat at info@the-diplomat.com

The U.S. war on China

http://opinion.financialpost.com/2010/10/28/the-u-s-war-on-china/
Financial Post
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:37:28 AM] [another Canadian paper I don’t normally read] [but I saw something on Real Clear Politics’ RSS feed that caused me to check] [*]
The U.S. war on China
Financial Post Staff October 28, 2010 – 10:51 pm
A U.S. currency attack helped topple Chinese leader Chiang Kai-shek.
By Steve H. Hanke [oped-like piece] [American scholar so societal] [why he’s publishing in Canadian paper not entirely clear?] [I’m not sure what audience he’s trying to reach?] [but interesting on US-Sino relations including currency debate] [China’s presumably way-undervalued currency] [effects] [use psci 350, 355-455][*]
In early October, Chinese Premier Wen Jiabao addressed European leaders in Brussels. Ominous talk of currency wars dominated the proceedings. And why not? After all, America — and a growing coalition of forces — has mounted a massive attack on China. And the American-led coalition’s weapon of choice is the yuan- U.S. dollar exchange rate. According to America’s war “plan,” a maxi appreciation of the

http://opinion.financialpost.com/2010/10/28/the-u-s-war-on-china/
Financial Post
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:37:28 AM] [another Canadian paper I don’t normally read] [but I saw something on Real Clear Politics’ RSS feed that caused me to check] [*]
The U.S. war on China
Financial Post Staff October 28, 2010 – 10:51 pm
A U.S. currency attack helped topple Chinese leader Chiang Kai-shek.
By Steve H. Hanke [oped-like piece] [American scholar so societal] [why he’s publishing in Canadian paper not entirely clear?] [I’m not sure what audience he’s trying to reach?] [but interesting on US-Sino relations including currency debate] [China’s presumably way-undervalued currency] [effects] [use psci 350, 355-455][*]
In early October, Chinese Premier Wen Jiabao addressed European leaders in Brussels. Ominous talk of currency wars dominated the proceedings. And why not? After all, America — and a growing coalition of forces — has mounted a massive attack on China. And the American-led coalition’s weapon of choice is the yuan- U.S. dollar exchange rate. According to America’s war “plan,” a maxi appreciation of the RMB against the greenback will generate economic instability in China. [*]This will reign in the hegemony.
Premier Wen had good reasons to be worried and to warn the assembled in Brussels that a maxi yuan appreciation would destabilize China and be “a disaster for the world.” [?, why?] [*]
The rhetoric coming from Washington fails to mention weapons and war plans. Instead, the airwaves are filled with a never-ending stream of nonsense about how a maxi yuan appreciation is designed to help the Chinese and to make the world safe from global imbalances. Not surprisingly, Washington’s line bears no relation to the facts — not even the relationship that is implied by an ordinary lie. [I imagine he’s making a point—a rhetorical device?] [surely, both Republicans and Democrats since Nixon have displayed remarkably similar policy toward China] [the old Cold War consensus (USFP orthodoxy) saw it as strategic balance against old Soviet system] [slow, incremental normalization followed] [Nixon, Carter, even Reagan despite odd rhetoric, . . . Clinton (IMF permanency) through now] [and if he’s against one he’s against all of them by definition] [but bears no relation? None? No president has any policy sense relative to China?] [*]
This isn’t the first time America has used currency as a secret weapon to destabilize China. In the early 1930s, China was still on the silver standard and the United States was not. Accordingly, the Chinese yuan-U.S. dollar exchange rate was determined by the U.S. dollar price of silver.[*]
During his first term, President Franklin D. Roosevelt delivered on his Chinese currency stabilization “plan.” It was wrapped in the guise of doing something to help U.S. silver producers and, of course, the Chinese.
Using the authority granted by the Thomas Amendment of 1933 and the Silver Purchase Act of 1934, the Roosevelt administration bought silver. This, in addition to bullish rumours about U.S. silver policies, helped push the price of silver up by 128% (calculated as an annual average) in the 1932-35 period. [Euro spellings even though he’s an American scholar] [*]
Bizarre arguments contributed mightily to the agitation for high silver prices. One centred on the fact that China was on the silver standard. Silver interests asserted that higher silver prices — which would bring with them an appreciation of the yuan against the U.S. dollar — would benefit the Chinese by increasing their purchasing power.
As a special committee of the U.S. Senate reported in 1932: “Silver is the measure of their wealth and purchasing power; it serves as a reserve, their bank account. This is wealth that enables such peoples to purchase our exports.”
Things didn’t work as Washington advertised. It worked as “planned,” however. As the U.S. dollar price of silver shot up, the yuan appreciated against the dollar. In consequence, China was thrown into the jaws of the Great Depression. In the 1932-34 period, China’s gross domestic product fell by 26% and wholesale prices in the capital city, Nanjing, fell by 20%.
In an attempt to secure relief from the economic hardships imposed by U.S. silver policies, China sought modifications in the U.S. Treasury’s silver-purchase program. But its pleas fell on deaf ears. After many evasive replies, the Roosevelt administration finally indicated on Oct. 12, 1934, that it was merely carrying out a policy mandated by the U.S. Congress. [please, let’s get on with it] [that was before CW] [let’s at least get in the same era] [I appreciate the historical context but for oped] [*]
Realizing that all hope was lost, China was forced to effectively abandon the silver standard on Oct. 14, 1934, though an official statement was postponed until Nov. 3, 1935. This spelled the beginning of the end for Chiang Kai-shek’s Nationalist government. America’s “plan” worked like a charm — Chinese monetary chaos ensued. This gave the Communists an opening that they exploited — one that contributed mightily to their overthrow of the Nationalists.
Ironically, now the shoe is on the other foot. As was the case in the 1930s, Washington does not have a war plan, or even the idea of a plan, nor do I believe it knows the meaning of the word “plan.” That said, if Beijing caves into Washington’s current demands for a yuan appreciation, the result is totally predictable. A Chinese upheaval and a world disaster will ensue.
Fortunately, Premier Wen has studied the data. Since China embraced Deng Xiaoping’s reforms on Dec. 22, 1978, China has experimented with different exchange-rate regimes. Until 1994, the yuan was in an ever-¬depreciating phase against the U.S. dollar. Relatively volatile readings for China’s GDP growth and inflation rate were encountered during this phase. After the maxi yuan depreciation of 1994 and until 2005, exchange-rate fixity was the order of the day, with little movement in the RMB/USD rate. In consequence, the volatility of China’s GDP and inflation rate declined, and with the yuan firmly anchored to the U.S. dollar, China’s inflation rates began to shadow those in America. Then, China entered a gradual yuan appreciation phase (when the yuan/dollar rate declined in the 2005-08 period). Without a firm dollar anchor, China’s inflation rate picked up, relative to the U.S. inflation rate. And, yes, the volatility of China’s GDP picked up and China’s average inflation rate rose, too.
In addition to letting the data “talk,” Premier Wen must be also listening to the echoes of Karl Schiller, German finance minister between 1966 and 1972, who pithily said: “Stability is not everything, but without stability, everything is nothing.” Let’s hope he keeps listening. [I hope this is the Financial Post’s editing because otherwise, this guy seems to have no relationship to 2nd half of 20th century much less the 21st?] [**]
Steve H. Hanke is a professor of applied economics at The Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore and a senior fellow at the Cato Institute in Washington, D.C.
Posted in: FP Comment Tags: currency, yuan, Steve H. Hanke, Wen Jiabao, Chiang Kai-shek, foreign exchange

City of Man: Politics and Religion in a New Era

http://www.csmonitor.com/Books/Book-Reviews/2010/1029/City-of-Man-Politics-and-Religion-in-a-New-Era
The Christian Science Monitor
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:07 AM] [*]
City of Man: Politics and Religion in a New Era
Two journalists offer a political blueprint for a new crop of young Evangelicals.
City of Man: Religion and Politics in a New Era By Michael Gerson and Peter Wehner Moody Publishers 140 pp., $19.99
By Stuart Whatley
posted October 29, 2010 at 6:05 am EDT [societal] [book review on Gerson (et al.) newist book on humanity and religion and the political economy of the intersectioin] [interesting] [I’ve ofted wondered about Gerson] [he’s clearly bright and idealistic in a way] [but this may help explain some of his postions] [he’s been oped columnist for Post now for couple years] [USFP, religion, American exceptionalism] [*]
While marveling at the iconoclastic wit of H.L. Mencken, what many forget about the Scopes Monkey Trial is that Clarence Darrow did not sway the judge, and that, shortly thereafter, the combative strain of secularism that he and Mencken championed fell into

http://www.csmonitor.com/Books/Book-Reviews/2010/1029/City-of-Man-Politics-and-Religion-in-a-New-Era
The Christian Science Monitor
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:07 AM] [*]
City of Man: Politics and Religion in a New Era
Two journalists offer a political blueprint for a new crop of young Evangelicals.
City of Man: Religion and Politics in a New Era By Michael Gerson and Peter Wehner Moody Publishers 140 pp., $19.99
By Stuart Whatley
posted October 29, 2010 at 6:05 am EDT [societal] [book review on Gerson (et al.) newist book on humanity and religion and the political economy of the intersectioin] [interesting] [I’ve ofted wondered about Gerson] [he’s clearly bright and idealistic in a way] [but this may help explain some of his postions] [he’s been oped columnist for Post now for couple years] [*]
While marveling at the iconoclastic wit of H.L. Mencken, what many forget about the Scopes Monkey Trial is that Clarence Darrow did not sway the judge, and that, shortly thereafter, the combative strain of secularism that he and Mencken championed fell into popular disrepute. That manifold term – “secularism” – would return to American civic life in later decades; but rather than serving as an eradicative force against public and even private religiosity, this new, soft secularism would be instrumental in achieving equality and unity among diverse groups, from Roman Catholics to Jews to African-Americans and women. It was in this heady period during the 1960s and ’70s that school prayer was banned and abortion legalized, and in response emerged the modern religious right that has now dominated American politics for decades. [*]
In City of Man: Religion and Politics in a New Era, Michael Gerson and Peter Wehner describe the religious right as out of balance [*]in the same way that secularism came to be in Mencken and Darrow’s day (though they do not seem to notice the parallel). They write that “in combination, various failings of the religious right – of tone, strategy, theology, and simple human sympathy – [have] abetted a social backlash that goes beyond politics.” [*]For failings in tone, the authors point to Jerry Falwell, who notoriously compared liberal policies toward Evangelicals to those of Nazis toward Jews. Strategically, they criticize the movement’s tendency to inject itself into issues where Christian evangelical values really have no bearing (believe it or not, Scripture furnishes no guidance for US-Taiwan policy). And theologically, they reject any rhetoric that asserts that America is a Christian nation, chosen, rewarded, and punished collectively by God (the kind of attitude on display at the Westboro Baptist church protests at soldiers’ funerals). [I get really tired of that mantra] [the Founders were mostly Deists, and I have a feeling some of them would be appalled at religion’s role in American policy, both public and foreign; it’s not policy only but politics where it’s fully insinuated] [*]
In an election season with deep political and cultural divisions, Gerson and Wehner, who served together in the George W. Bush White House and remain in Washington (Gerson as a columnist for The Washington Post, Wehner as a senior fellow at the conservative Ethics and Public Policy Center) should be credited for their bravery in delivering an honest assessment of the movement that more or less delivered them there. [*]In their book, the authors offer what can best be called a vision – short of a comprehensive plan – for a new crop of young Evangelicals who are turned off by uncivil discourse and interested in a wider array of issues than their forebears.
In foreign policy, the authors advance human rights as the foremost Christian moral imperative, touting the universality of the United Nations Declaration of Human Rights and condemning states that consider themselves exceptions to its rule. [I have no problem with that because it is equally a secular, or at least non-denominational value] [I believe in taking into account human rights and the UN declaration is a good place to start for global actors and consensus] [*] However, Gerson and Wehner are hardly endearing when they turn to exceptionalism themselves to imply that the human rights ideal is derived from and best managed by Christians, who “can represent, in the kingdoms of this world, the values of another Kingdom.” [it certainly was linked to Christianity and Messianic Christianity in particular] [but not exclusively, as far as I know] [*]
What about The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, Doctors Without Borders, or secular Europe more generally? If universal ideals are to be shared by all, it’s best that they not come trademarked, and it sullies the authors’ argument here that they omit any role for science or philosophy in an explanation of altruism or humanity’s “inherent dignity.” [*] (They point to Nietzsche’s moral dualism, but make no mention of Albert Camus’s humanism or John Rawls’s “original position.”) [there’s nothing wrong with America’s secular political system deriving principles that are wholly (not holy) consistent with Christ’s messages] [even a confirmed atheist ought not to have a problem with that so long as religion is not why the principle is important] [*]
On the domestic front, Gerson and Wehner call for a “walking the tightrope” approach, advising Evangelicals to not jump into the partisan deep end altogether, but asserting, rightfully, that personal beliefs cannot be fully sequestered during civic engagement. The authors touch on the usual topics of abortion and the traditional family structure, but they also focus particularly on law and order. Warning of the pernicious collateral damage that crime exacts on the whole of society, they praise the law enforcement reforms of the 1990s that led to more efficient policing and a rise in incarceration rates. [it’s an interesting argument] [*]One cannot argue with crime reduction, especially as the murder rate goes; but the authors may fall short of their own moral challenge when they forgo any discussion of the nature of that 1990s law enforcement crackdown – the brunt of which was felt by poorer minorities, many of whom were rounded up for victimless drug infractions. They write, sanctimoniously, that, “crime is the result of evil that exists within the human heart,” but isn’t it also about socioeconomic conditions and the opportunities, or lack thereof, that those conditions entail? [evil that exists in the human heart?] [sounds rather like original sin] [surely crime is a complex thing with multiple motivations, including human selfishness and envy?] [but they may believe what they wish, just as the rest of us may do] [*]
At times Gerson and Wehner draw themselves into discomfiting tropes from the previous era that they’re trying to leave behind, such as when they flippantly conflate the neutral secularism seen in the courts with “liberalism.” [*](In other words, what many jurists regard as a referee on the field, they see as the opposing team.) And though the book is laced throughout with a distinct font of piety that could turn off nonreligious readers, the authors do at least state outright that it’s meant for mostly evangelical consumption anyway. [I guess I won’t be purchasing it] [*]
They are correct when they say that religion will always factor into individuals’ civic engagement, but when they declare that their faith comes before their politics or party, this in itself bolsters the case for the secularist safeguards in government that they so abhor. [indeed] [what’s more, it strikes me as beholding to the “martyr-complex” dynamic that we see way too much of these days] [*] We’ve all seen what happens when religious beliefs supersede pragmatic governing.
Ultimately, however, while Gerson and Wehner’s vision is not without flaws, it’s the most reasonable thing to come from the religious right in quite a while.
Stuart Whatley is a deputy managing blog editor at the Huffington Post.
Join the Monitor's book discussion on Facebook and Twitter.
© The Christian Science Monitor. All Rights Reserved. Terms under which this service is provided to you. Privacy Policy.

Georgia in the Crosshairs

http://blogs.the-american-interest.com/wrm/2010/10/28/georgia-in-the-crosshairs/
The American Interest (Blog)
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:53:40 AM] [*]
[author is well-know foreign policy analyst] [I don’t remember him having any particular expertise on Georgia but he probably has Soviet expertise] [part of the old Cold War consensus?] [by the title, this sounds like Vulcan-neoconservatism stuff but let’s see] [*]
Posted on October 28th, 2010
Georgia in the Crosshairs
[Georgia] [former USSR] [Russia] [on Georgia-Russia War, 2008] [Russia] [former USSR] [Vlad and his proclivities represent a lot of Russians who don’t care for the way the world has changed since 1991] [additional internal, domestic political machinations?] [use psci350] [use ir text] [followup] [since shortly after the disastrous 2008 war, political people have been trying to curb Saakashvili’s powers, understandably] [*]
Walter Russell Mead Posted In: Europe, Obama, U.S. Foreign Policy
Part of any trip to Georgia getting the most out of local color: the food, the scenery, the Stalin Museum.
But there’s another dimension to Georgia: geopolitics. Divided, occupied in part by Russian troops, Georgia is one of the world’s most at-risk countries and the shadow of new crises with Russia hangs over everything in the country. [I suppose we could argue over nomenclature] [if Georgia initiated the troubles, as seems to be the conventional wisdom, is it still a crisis?] [or was it just a situation that went bad] [*]

http://blogs.the-american-interest.com/wrm/2010/10/28/georgia-in-the-crosshairs/
The American Interest (Blog)
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:53:40 AM] [*]
[author is well-know foreign policy analyst] [I don’t remember him having any particular expertise on Georgia but he probably has Soviet expertise] [part of the old Cold War consensus?] [by the title, this sounds like Vulcan-neoconservatism stuff but let’s see] [*]
Posted on October 28th, 2010
Georgia in the Crosshairs
[Georgia] [former USSR] [Russia] [on Georgia-Russia War, 2008] [Russia] [former USSR] [Vlad and his proclivities represent a lot of Russians who don’t care for the way the world has changed since 1991] [additional internal, domestic political machinations?] [use psci350] [use ir text] [followup] [since shortly after the disastrous 2008 war, political people have been trying to curb Saakashvili’s powers, understandably] [*]
Walter Russell Mead Posted In: Europe, Obama, U.S. Foreign Policy
Part of any trip to Georgia getting the most out of local color: the food, the scenery, the Stalin Museum.
But there’s another dimension to Georgia: geopolitics. Divided, occupied in part by Russian troops, Georgia is one of the world’s most at-risk countries and the shadow of new crises with Russia hangs over everything in the country. [I suppose we could argue over nomenclature] [if Georgia initiated the troubles, as seems to be the conventional wisdom, is it still a crisis?] [or was it just a situation that went bad] [*]
Some of Georgia’s problems are, frankly, the fault of bad decisions by its government. The reckless and aggressive Georgian policies toward Russia in the summer of 2008 — policies it undertook in defiance of warnings from the Bush administration and the rest of the West — gave Putin an opportunity to occupy South Ossetia, create a new wave of Georgian refugees, and make trouble for both Georgia and the United States. [Meade seems to concede Georgia initiated it] [*] Even today, there is a certain trust deficit. Many in western Europe for example simply do not trust Georgia’s president and I do not believe that Georgia will be admitted to NATO until either he or his successor convinces skeptics in Europe that things have changed. [*] Most of the Georgians I spoke with, including political allies of President Mikheil Saakashvili understand this. But it is not clear that Georgia’s president or its political process can or will summon up the necessary “strategic patience”. [?] [*]
In fact, while I was visiting the country Georgia announced a new policy of ‘visa-free’ travel for residents of the Northern Caucasus — including places like Chechnya. The move angered Russia (which wants to keep the lid on tightly in the North Caucasus and already blames Georgia for allowing arms and people smuggling in and out of the troubled region); it also seriously annoyed the United States, [*]which does not does not want Georgia poking at the Russian bear; the US also objects, strenuously, to the idea of Islamic militants crossing the Georgia border and then roaming freely around a country with many US Peace Corps volunteers, diplomats and other personnel. [*] Georgia is trying to attract many more native English speakers to beef up the country’s fluency; good luck with that if militants are crossing over from the North Caucasus.
The visa move also struck a blow at Georgia’s relations with the EU; Georgia’s hopes for easing the restrictions on Georgians working in or traveling to the EU were not furthered by demonstrating a careless attitude toward a serious security issue on its frontiers. [*] One suspects that the foreign investors Georgia seeks desperately to lure are also put off by a decision that, to say the least, does not enhance the security of foreign personnel and installations. [in short, Saakashvili’s recklessness appears to still be causing problems] [though it may be broader than Mr. Saakashvili?] [*]
As far as I could determine, the Georgians did not consult with the Europeans, the Americans or anyone else before taking this step, reinforcing the belief that Georgia’s hotheaded leadership is unpredictable and impulsive. The hard and even brutal lesson that Georgia needs to learn is this: NATO’s European members will not accept a rash and headstrong Georgia into the alliance. Ever. [why should they?] [and why did certain political forces in the US tie themselves to his recklessness?] [I recall the neoconservative adviser to the McCain campaign ginned up anti Russia sentiment, or tried to in August 2008] [*]
Georgia’s worst enemy could scarcely have harmed the country more.
The behavior of the Georgian president, rightly or wrongly perceived as reckless and rash by both Europeans and Americans, has so spooked the NATO alliance that Georgia will not be joining it anytime soon. The US has no power to change this; European members of NATO are free to make up their own minds and new members must be admitted by a unanimous vote. (A military alliance could hardly run its affairs in any other way; free peoples cannot be bound to go to war in defense of someone else without at some point giving their consent.) The US supports Georgia and Georgia’s aspirations to NATO, but we are not going to make a bilateral security treaty with Georgia like the one we have with Japan. [if I knew what NATO’s purpose was in 21st century and knew how Georgia is thought to enhance or contribute, I might be for Georgia’s membership too] [but it appears to be simply trying to poke Russia in the eye again?] [that’s just stupid when the US is likely to need the Russians now and then] [*]
That leaves Georgia in a pickle. It is embroiled in a series of disputes with Russia, with Russian troops currently occupying Abkhazia in the northwest and South Ossetia in the north-center. [*] Almost 300,000 Georgian refugees were driven from or fled their homes in these regions. With Russia’s blessing, Abkhazia and South Ossetia have declared their independence. Georgian public opinion can be rabidly nationalistic, and the 4.4 million residents (about 85% of whom are ethnically Georgian) are divided by geographical, cultural and clan lines into many quarreling factions. [*] Since the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1990, Georgia has known two revolutions and, depending on how you count them, three civil wars and two significant international ones. [I had forgot about Shevernadze and the 1991 unrest] [*] New wars could flare up unpredictably, though it seems to me that with the Winter Olympics scheduled in nearby Sochi in 2012, Russia is unlikely to seek new conflicts that could spoil its Olympic celebration.
Hotheaded Georgian policy has made matters worse, but Georgians have a point when they complain that many of the country’s problems are not its fault. [it may not be but Georgians seem at the ready to exacerbate tensions with Russia almost as a matter of course?] [*] As a transit route for oil and gas from the Caucasian Sea and Central Asia to the west (the only such route not controlled by Russia), Georgia engages the attention of many powerful countries; Russia wants to control the pipeline, and the US and the Europeans don’t want that to happen.
Georgia’s situation is to some degree a hostage to developments in Ukraine. While Ukraine’s government was pushing the country toward NATO membership, Georgia’s aspirations seemed reasonable. Now, with NATO pretty much off the table for Ukraine, Georgia (despite its border the fellow NATO member Turkey) seems a long way from NATO’s headquarters in Brussels.
The cooling of expansionist fervor in the EU also leaves Georgia exposed. There was a time, not all that long ago, when many observers thought that Turkey and Ukraine would both be joining the EU. It now seems likely (though in my view very unfortunate) that neither country will get an invitation. There is simply no way that Georgia can get in if both of these larger countries stay out. That leaves Georgia out in the cold as far as powerful international organizations and alliances are concerned.
Again, none of this is Georgia’s fault. The incompetence, corruption and political infighting that doomed the hopes of Ukraine’s Orange Revolutionaries also changed the character of the ex-Soviet space. The serial political and economic crises and failures of the EU have dramatically weakened the ability of EU elites to impose large, unpopular changes like eastward expansion on their sullen and resentful publics. [*] Geography and politics make it profoundly unlikely that Georgia can enter the EU before Turkey does; with Turkish membership looking increasingly as if it is scheduled for the 12th of Never (or the Greek kalends as the ancients used to say), it looks as if Georgia’s accession date will be on the 13th. The growing distance between the new foreign policy of the AK Turkish government and the US threatens over time to make it more difficult for Georgia to please both its Western patrons and its Turkish partners. The confrontation between Iran and the United States continues to cast shadows over the prospects for peace and stability throughout the region. [*]
An American visiting Georgia is in an interesting situation. On the one hand, Georgians are grateful to the United States for our support; more than one person told me that without US help, Georgia would have long since been eaten by the hungry bear. On the other hand, there’s some bitterness that we don’t do more. [*] Where is Georgia’s membership in NATO? Where are missiles Georgia needs to protect itself? Why is the US trying to ‘reset’ its relationship with Russia, and isn’t this a cynical sacrifice of Georgia’s vital interests? [does Georgia really imagine that US interests don’t matter much?] [that’s not sacrificing; that’s a conflict of American ethos (freedom and liberty, so forth) and American interest] [use psci 355] [*]
Georgians in the opposition want to know why the US supports the current president. Georgians aligned with the president want to know why we criticize him so much and support him so little. Refugees from Abkhazia and South Ossetia want to know why we are doing so little to help them get back to their homes. Members of Georgia’s ethnic minorities want to know why we aren’t doing more to protect their cultural rights.
Many Georgians believe that the Republicans are their true and loyal friends, while Democrats are a bunch of spineless wimps and appeasers. The road in from the airport is named for George W. Bush; if there are plans to name anything big after President Obama, I didn’t hear about them during my trip. Some Georgians were clearly hoping that GOP majorities in Congress after the midterms would bring more support from the US.
These hopes, I think, are misplaced, and only partly because Congress doesn’t have all that much power over American policy towards Georgia. More fundamentally, Georgians seem to have forgotten what happened in the summer of 2008. Various western diplomats I spoke to in Georgia told me that according to their information the Bush administration categorically warned the Georgians in 2008 to avoid responding to Russian provocations. [I thought that might have been the case] [then when Saakashvili overplayed his had the US was put in a tough spot and had to make noise (rhetorically) in Georgia’s behalf] [I was constantly wondering why the Bush administration seemed so willing to blast Russia over it—and before people even knew what had actually happened] [this would suggest a reason?] [*] Georgia ignored those warnings, perhaps hoping that the US would have no choice but to back it in a conflict with Russia. The Bush administration felt there was no alternative but to let Georgia face the consequences of its folly. [*] The Bush administration, not President Obama, pulled the plug on Georgia. [but it felt it had to oppose apparent Russia heavy-handed acts at same time] [*]
Yet Georgians are easily led by their hopes rather than their reason. ”Georgia has some very good friends in America,” one Georgian said by way of rebutting my comments that Georgia cannot afford provocative or hotheaded behavior. And there are people in the US whose natural sympathy for a small, threatened nation in a strategic hotspot moves them to say things that Georgians like to hear.
Americans and Georgians would both do well to remember the Hungarian tragedy of 1956. American politicians were talking about ‘rolling back’ Communism, but they were indulging in political rhetoric rather than making serious plans to send tanks across the Iron Curtain. [indeed] [*] Unfortunately the Hungarians failed to understand that these were just vain and empty words; in part because they were deceived by rhetoric on Voice of America, the Hungarians rose against the Soviets — and were left alone to face the Soviet tanks.
This is not a pleasant message to carry, and I did not enjoy delivering it to a country under the shadow of a partial Russian occupation, but to do anything else would be irresponsible, dangerous and cruel.
There is approximately zero prospect that Georgia will join NATO anytime soon. There is even less chance that the Russian occupation of large chunks of Georgia will end in the near future. Georgian anger and fear given these facts is natural and understandable. But rash Georgian action will only make a bad situation worse — perhaps catastrophically worse. [I agree] [they can steam all they want but they would be better off figuring how not to spite themselves] [*]
To improve their situation, the Georgians are going to have to the kind of dull and boring things that many Georgians don’t like. They are going to have to follow a discreet and modest foreign policy, avoiding all unnecessary provocations of Russia and being guided by the advice of their friends. They are going to have to take a very long-term view about Abkhazia and South Ossetia. They need to work on developing the territory they still have, at building a prosperous economy and a stable democracy.
If Georgia can do these things, over time its prospects will improve. As the west (slowly) regains confidence in Georgia’s political leadership, and perhaps also as NATO-Russia relations improve, NATO membership could once again be a realistic prospect. Russia itself ultimately needs stability in the Caucasus more than anything else; a prosperous and stable Georgia would be an important regional partner in helping Russia bring security and peace to the restless peoples of its southern fringe.
I hope Georgia succeeds. [agreed] [*] This is a beautiful country with a glorious past and an extraordinary culture. But Georgia’s future today is as cloudy as it was when I first visited twenty years (and several wars) ago.

Why Is Osama bin Laden Going After the French?

http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2010/10/28/why_is_osama_bin_laden_going_after_the_french
Foreign Policy
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:35:12 AM] [*]
Why Is Osama bin Laden Going After the French?
There's a few reasons why al Qaeda’s most wanted is trying to stir up trouble in France.
BY ANDREW LEBOVICH | OCTOBER 28, 2010 [al Qaeda] [OBL] [al Qaeda central—why did he issue an audio going after France?] [probably many reasons but included would be France’s recent laws on veil and what some in Islamic world see as French cultural imperialism] [of course, we are all cultural imperialists?] [does this have anything to do with the alerts over past month or so?] [Eiffel Tower and other sights and sites in France] [Europe] [global jihadi hydra] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [*]
Yesterday, in an audio recording released to Qatar-based news station Al Jazeera, al Qaeda Central leader Osama bin Laden for the first time singled out France as a target of attack, saying, "The equation is very clear and simple: as you kill, you will be killed; as you take others hostages, you will be taken hostages; as you waste our security we will waste your security." [he made a grisly syllogism about necks too] [*]

http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2010/10/28/why_is_osama_bin_laden_going_after_the_french
Foreign Policy
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:35:12 AM] [*]
Why Is Osama bin Laden Going After the French?
There's a few reasons why al Qaeda’s most wanted is trying to stir up trouble in France.
BY ANDREW LEBOVICH | OCTOBER 28, 2010 [al Qaeda] [OBL] [al Qaeda central—why did he issue an audio going after France?] [probably many reasons but included would be France’s recent laws on veil and what some in Islamic world see as French cultural imperialism] [of course, we are all cultural imperialists?] [does this have anything to do with the alerts over past month or so?] [Eiffel Tower and other sights and sites in France] [Europe] [global jihadi hydra] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [*]
Yesterday, in an audio recording released to Qatar-based news station Al Jazeera, al Qaeda Central leader Osama bin Laden for the first time singled out France as a target of attack, saying, "The equation is very clear and simple: as you kill, you will be killed; as you take others hostages, you will be taken hostages; as you waste our security we will waste your security." [he made a grisly syllogism about necks too] [*]
Excoriating France for its participation in "Bush's loathed war" in Afghanistan (where France has around 3,750 troops in combat, training, and support roles) and its ban on full-body covering garments such as the burqa and niqab last month, bin Laden also claimed some manner of credit for the kidnapping last month of five French and two non-French nuclear energy workers in Niger by al Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM). He noted, [*]"The taking of your experts in Niger as hostages, while they were being protected by your proxy [agent] there, is a reaction to the injustice you are practicing against our Muslim nation." He also attacked France for its "intervention" in North and West Africa, and the taking of wealth from Muslim nations.
While statements from al Qaeda Central leaders and affiliates have in the past singled out France, this statement marks a distinct escalation in rhetoric, one that has added credibility in the wake of nearly a month of warnings about possible terrorist attacks in Europe, including France. [the past month or so as I noted above] [*] Foreign Minister Bernard Kouchner dismissed bin Laden's threats, calling them "opportunism," though Kouchner's spokesman subsequently added that the tape "only confirms the reality of the terrorist threat" to France. (Defense Minister Herve Morin told Agence France-Presse today that France would begin withdrawing its troops from Afghanistan in 2011, but said that date was linked to NATO timelines and not bin Laden's tape.)
But why is bin Laden taking on the French now?
For one thing, the mention of these controversial headlines -- the bans and the kidnappings -- shows that bin Laden is not only alive and kicking, but attuned to the news cycle. More specifically, this latest tape could be an attempt to stir up the French public over the already unpopular war in Afghanistan while simultaneously preying on fear among French and other European Muslims about restrictions on their religious practice, [*]even if very few French Muslims actually wear the garment in question.
In a broad sense, though, this kind of statement fits neatly into one of al Qaeda Central's historical goals: fusing anger at Western governments for occupation in Muslim countries with perceived slights against Muslims everywhere. In doing so, the organization justifies its attacks against Western countries' or their allies, on the grounds that they have attacked the "Muslim nation" (umma in the original Arabic) as bin Laden referred to it. Bin Laden made the connection between restrictions on Muslim freedoms and anti-occupation violence explicit, saying, "If you unjustly thought that it is your right to prevent free Muslim women from wearing the face veil, is it not our right to expel your invading men and cut their necks?" [throats, necks, whatever] [if one’s head is quickly removed it’s no more grisly, I don’t imagine, that other executions?] [but the gastly episode I was stupid enough to watch was the young guy kidnapped in Iraq several years ago] [and the slow, torturous process is useful for terror purposes too?] [*]
According to my New America Foundation colleague and al Qaeda expert Brian Fishman, "Al Qaeda has always tried to conflate two phenomena that other jihadis have historically seen as distinct: the direct occupation of Muslim countries by 'Infidels' and the oppression of Muslims in the Muslim world or in the West. By doing this, al Qaeda hopes to leverage popular anger and commonly accepted religious justifications for armed opposition to generate support for its terrorist attacks against the West." [*]
Bin Laden's remarks demonstrate this conflation, equating France's military involvement in Afghanistan with restrictions on Muslim religious expression in public, France's strong business and political interests in Africa, support for local regimes, and recent (if limited) armed intervention in Mali. [the Islamic Maghreb generally, I’d think?] [but Mali in particular of late?] [*]
There are also several other ways to read bin Laden's remarks. While experts are divided over the seriousness of the reports of terrorist threats to Europe, there is little doubt that increasing numbers of European Muslims, both those of immigrant origin and converts, have been traveling to the Afghanistan-Pakistan border region to receive training in militant camps and possibly fight international forces. [I suspect that sooner or later the West is going to feel the wrath of these misguided souls?][*]
Bin Laden could be trying to convince small groups of radicalized, trained Muslims to go back to their own countries, and wage attacks. Indeed, al Qaeda has done this before, notably with Afghan-born American citizen Najibullah Zazi, who originally traveled abroad to fight American forces in Afghanistan, only to be convinced by al Qaeda leaders to return home to plan bombings against the New York subway system. [*]
Another possible explanation for bin Laden's "claiming" of the Niger kidnapping operation is more of an internal issue. Al Qaeda Central may be attempting to take some rhetorical control over its fairly weak, nebulous North African affiliate, AQIM. [as far as I know, AQIM is mostly the old Algerian Salafi group for proselytizing and combat?] [*] Despite some claims from experts, there is little to no evidence of coordination or even communication between al Qaeda Central and AQIM, an organization that attacks Algerian and Sahelian security forces while running [sic.] [*] smuggling, drug protection, and kidnapping-for-ransom operations. By placing his stamp of approval on a kidnapping almost certainly motivated more by monetary than religious or defensive concerns, bin Laden is trying to show (and exaggerate) al Qaeda's reach, indicating an omnipresence that is illusory at best.
But ultimately, this tape is about al Qaeda's raison d'être, so to speak. [*]For al Qaeda to exist, it must always have enemies to fight, and an umma to protect. [I agree generally: it could exist without enemies but not as it does; without enemies, al Qaeda serves no specific purpose] [**]And as long as bin Laden is alive, he will continue to seek out new adversaries and areas of operation, in order to attract new recruits, funds, and allies to his cause.

You should be ashamed of supporting Israel, Hamas tells West

http://www.haaretz.com/news/diplomacy-defense/netanyahu-direct-talks-are-only-path-to-true-mideast-peace-1.321667?localLinksEnabled=false
Haaretz
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:31:40 AM] [*]
You should be ashamed of supporting Israel, Hamas tells West
In interview with Reuters, Mahmoud A-Zahar says Western world 'does not even live like animals' and has not right to preach to Islamists.
By Reuters Tags: Israel news Hamas [Israel] [Palestine] [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [the process restarted by Obama in early September is already in serious trouble] [these sorts of recriminations are instead of serious proposals or badly needed concessions from either side] [yes, we realize you don’t like each other and you’ve built up generations of ill will] [when are the principals going to begin to act like adults trying to negotiate for their peoples?] [*]
The West is floundering in immorality and has no right to criticize the Islamist movement Hamas over the way it governs the Palestinian territory of the Gaza Strip, a veteran leader of the militant group said.
Hamas strategist Mahmoud Al-Zahar also said that the West should be "ashamed of

http://www.haaretz.com/news/diplomacy-defense/netanyahu-direct-talks-are-only-path-to-true-mideast-peace-1.321667?localLinksEnabled=false
Haaretz
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:31:40 AM] [*]
You should be ashamed of supporting Israel, Hamas tells West
In interview with Reuters, Mahmoud A-Zahar says Western world 'does not even live like animals' and has not right to preach to Islamists.
By Reuters Tags: Israel news Hamas [Israel] [Palestine] [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [the process restarted by Obama in early September is already in serious trouble] [these sorts of recriminations are instead of serious proposals or badly needed concessions from either side] [yes, we realize you don’t like each other and you’ve built up generations of ill will] [when are the principals going to begin to act like adults trying to negotiate for their peoples?] [*]
The West is floundering in immorality and has no right to criticize the Islamist movement Hamas over the way it governs the Palestinian territory of the Gaza Strip, a veteran leader of the militant group said.
Hamas strategist Mahmoud Al-Zahar also said that the West should be "ashamed of supporting Israel, You cannot support the foundation of Israel. Don't you care about the assassination of people here?" [*]Zahar said. [perhaps so?] [but Hamas ought to be ashamed of its charter] [and its behavior] [and its willingness to send young people to their deaths as martyrs] [*]
Zahar told Reuters in an interview that Islamic traditions deserved respect and he accused Europe of promoting promiscuity and political hypocrisy.
"We have the right to control our life according to our religion, not according to your religion. You have no religion. You are secular," said Zahar, who is one of the group's most influential and respected voices.
"You do not live like human beings. You do not [even] live like animals. You accept homosexuality. And now you criticize us?" he said earlier this week, speaking from his apartment building in the densely populated, Mediterranean city. [thanks for the lessons on morality] [he likes to keep women bundled up and they can only do as they’re told when appropriate male chaperons available] [I don’t think I need his instructions on mores] [he’s entitled to his religious beliefs but when he uses them to judge other polities-societies he’s gone well beyond the pale] [*]
Hamas, which is an acronym for Islamic Resistance Movement and means "zeal" in Arabic, won a fair, 2006 Palestinian parliamentary election and then seized control of Gaza in 2007 after routing rival forces loyal to President Mahmoud Abbas. [and if the two principals would ever act like adults and begin the hard process, Hamas might become obsolete] [*
It said it acted to pre-empt a Western-bid to oust it and has ruled the enclave ever since, weathering an Israeli military assault at the end of 2008 and rigid economic sanctions tied to its refusal to recognize Israel or renounce violence.
Sitting in a cavernous reception room, with an old Mercedes saloon car parked in one corner, Zahar denounced European states, such as France, for recently introducing legislation preventing Muslim women from wearing full face veils in public.
"We are the ones who respect women and honor women ... not you," he said. [oh yes, quite] [*]
"You use women as an animal. She has one husband and hundreds of thousands of boyfriends," he added. "You don't know who is the father of your sons because of the way you respect women."
Zahar speaks fluent English and serves as an important contact point between Hamas and Western governments, few of which recognize the group because of its hostility to Israel, but nonetheless have indirect ties.
Hamas has consolidated its control over Gaza, ridding the territory of the lawless clans that used to hold sway and imposing strict order on the 1.5 million residents.
Hamas faces criticism, including from within local society, for enforcing laws seen as "Islamising" Gaza by measures such as banning women riding motorcycles or smoking water pipes.
The movement sees its brand of political Islam as moderate and has crushed challenges from small groups which have adopted more radical views. The bearded-Zahar defended Hamas laws, but declined to say how far it would go with Islamisation. [*]
“Is it a crime to Islamise the people? I am a Muslim living here according to our tradition. Why should I live under your tradition?” said Zahar, who served as Hamas foreign minister between 2006-2007 and is under constant, heavy protection.
“We understand you very well, You are poor people. Morally poor. Don’t criticize us because of what we are.” [one would think he’d take a little of his own advice going the other direction but, alas, no] [*]
Zahar, a surgeon who taught medicine at Gaza's Islamic University, said he was particularly incensed that Western nations could denounce Hamas while at the same time enjoying extremely close relations with neighboring Israel.
United States and European Union classify Hamas as a terrorist organization and its charter calls for the destruction of Israel, although its leaders say they could live peacefully alongside the country under a prolonged ceasefire.
Hamas rejects the terrorist label, saying it is engaged in a legitimate struggle to free land illegally occupied by Israel.
It already observes a de facto ceasefire, but every month a drizzle of mortars and rockets pop out of Gaza and hit its arch foe. Israel blames Hamas for these random attacks and regularly launches air raids against suspected militant targets.
Two of Zahar's own sons have been killed in separate Israeli air strikes, including one who died in a failed 2003 assassination attempt on Zahar himself.

Bomb Squads Investigate Suspicious Items Found On UPS Cargo Flights

http://www.npr.org/blogs/thetwo-way/2010/10/29/130913768/bomb-found-on-cargo-plane-that-left-from-chicago?ft=1&f=1001
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:28:40 AM] [*]
Bomb Squads Investigate Suspicious Items Found On UPS Cargo Flights
Categories: National News
11:35 am
October 29, 2010
by Bill Chappell [global jihadis?] [US] [report of strange goings on with freight carriers from Yemen] [Yemen] [Arabian Peninsula and al Qaeda’s shift of assets there in 2009] [gsave] [Yemen and similar failed or failing states and the problem of harboring jihadis] [this is preliminary: if there’s something to it, we will see it in tomorrow’s papers I would imagine] [watch for tomorrow] [GSAVE?] [*]
Investigators are examining at least three cargo planes in the northeastern U.S. after a suspicious package containing an item that resembled a bomb was found on a United Parcel Service cargo plane believed to be en route from Yemen to Chicago.
The flight was stopped in England late Thursday night, CNN reported.
Conflicting reports emerged about that incident, with many emphasizing the likelihood that a bomb had been found.
NPR's Dina Temple-Raston reports that law enforcement officials don't yet know what they have, and no explosives have been discovered.

http://www.npr.org/blogs/thetwo-way/2010/10/29/130913768/bomb-found-on-cargo-plane-that-left-from-chicago?ft=1&f=1001
[Accessed 10/29/10 10:28:40 AM] [*]
Bomb Squads Investigate Suspicious Items Found On UPS Cargo Flights
Categories: National News
11:35 am
October 29, 2010
by Bill Chappell [global jihadis?] [US] [report of strange goings on with freight carriers from Yemen] [Yemen] [Arabian Peninsula and al Qaeda’s shift of assets there in 2009] [gsave] [Yemen and similar failed or failing states and the problem of harboring jihadis] [this is preliminary: if there’s something to it, we will see it in tomorrow’s papers I would imagine] [watch for tomorrow] [GSAVE?] [*]
Investigators are examining at least three cargo planes in the northeastern U.S. after a suspicious package containing an item that resembled a bomb was found on a United Parcel Service cargo plane believed to be en route from Yemen to Chicago.
The flight was stopped in England late Thursday night, CNN reported.
Conflicting reports emerged about that incident, with many emphasizing the likelihood that a bomb had been found.
NPR's Dina Temple-Raston reports that law enforcement officials don't yet know what they have, and no explosives have been discovered.
The item found on a UPS plane at England's East Midlands Airport had reportedly been made out of a "manipulated" ink toner cartridge, which had wires attached to it. Inspectors also found white powder, according to the AP. Test results for explosives were negative. [why would someone send fake ones?] [could they be testing the system to query: what will it find?] [test run?] [*]
Other cargo planes — two at Philadelphia International Airport and one at New Jersey's Newark airport — were also inspected for possible suspicious packages.
Law enforcement officials from the FBI and Transportation Security Administration are examining the planes, which landed safely. They were moved off to remote areas of the airports to be inspected.
"Suspicious package reports are very common," according to Temple-Raston's report. "What is unusual about today's events is the sheer number of them and the various cities that are simultaneously involved. Officials say the checks are being done 'out of an abundance of caution.'"
According to an AP report, an official speaking on the condition of anonymity says the packages in Britain and the U.S. all originated from Yemen — possibly the same address.
The New York Police Department bomb squad also stopped a UPS truck to undergo an inspection. The AP says that an envelope from Yemen was tested for explosives and found not to be a threat.

Inquiry Finds U.S. Official Set Up Spy Ring in Asia

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/asia/29intel.html
October 28, 2010
Inquiry Finds U.S. Official Set Up Spy Ring in Asia
By MARK MAZZETTI [Obama white house] [residuals from long past: Iran-Contra, Vietnam, more recent] [bureaucracy] [111th congress 2nd session] [bureaucracy: defense department’s sometimes awkward efforts to control information] [understandable when context is the battlefield and the enemy] [often, the military has become confused about that fundamental and has sought to confuse the American people and its civilian overseers, and there big problems arise] [privatization of USFP issues also in spades] [to date it’s mostly been covered by NYTs Mazzetti, et al.] [followup, May 15, April 27, March 29] [dod was investigating it—here are the results!] [use psci 355-455] [*]
WASHINGTON — A senior Pentagon official broke Defense Department rules and “deliberately misled” senior generals when he set up a network of private contractors to spy in Afghanistan and Pakistan beginning last year, according to the results of an internal government investigation. [that certainly appeared to be the case] [*]

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/asia/29intel.html
October 28, 2010
Inquiry Finds U.S. Official Set Up Spy Ring in Asia
By MARK MAZZETTI [Obama white house] [residuals from long past: Iran-Contra, Vietnam, more recent] [bureaucracy] [111th congress 2nd session] [bureaucracy: defense department’s sometimes awkward efforts to control information] [understandable when context is the battlefield and the enemy] [often, the military has become confused about that fundamental and has sought to confuse the American people and its civilian overseers, and there big problems arise] [privatization of USFP issues also in spades] [to date it’s mostly been covered by NYTs Mazzetti, et al.] [followup, May 15, April 27, March 29] [dod was investigating it—here are the results!] [use psci 355-455] [*]
WASHINGTON — A senior Pentagon official broke Defense Department rules and “deliberately misled” senior generals when he set up a network of private contractors to spy in Afghanistan and Pakistan beginning last year, according to the results of an internal government investigation. [that certainly appeared to be the case] [*]
The Pentagon investigation concluded that the official, Michael D. Furlong, set up an “unauthorized” intelligence network to collect information in both countries — some of which was fed to senior generals and used for strikes against militant groups — while masking the entire operation as a more benign information operations campaign. [*]
The inquiry concluded that “further investigation is warranted of the misleading and incorrect statements the individual made” about the legality of the program, according to Col. David Lapan, a Pentagon spokesman.
Reached by telephone on Thursday, Mr. Furlong was angry about the conclusions of the investigation, saying that nobody from the Defense Department ever interviewed him as part of the inquiry. [that seems bizarre that they didn’t interview him?] [I know he was a target but not even basic info?] [*]
“This is a lot like kangaroo court justice,” Mr. Furlong said.
He said that his work had been approved by a number of senior military officers in Afghanistan, and that he had never misled anyone about what he was doing. [he was an idiot at the very least] [you don’t go off and do things senior people suggest without substantial bureaucratic backstop: this is one of the reasons] [**]
“They only talked to one side, and those are the people running for cover,” he said.
Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates ordered the investigation after The New York Times reported on the existence of the network in March. The inquiry was carried out by Michael Decker, a top aide to Mr. Gates for intelligence issues. [is the aide from IG?] [*]
The results of the Pentagon investigation are classified, and Defense Department officials gave few specifics about the accusations.
Mr. Furlong, a senior Air Force civilian official, has been barred from his office in San Antonio for several months. The Air Force inspector general is conducting a separate investigation into the matter, to determine whether Mr. Furlong broke any laws or committed contract fraud. [*]
Pentagon rules forbid the hiring of contractors as spies. Military officials said that when Gen. David H. Petraeus, then the top commander in the region, signed off on Mr. Furlong’s operation in January 2009, there were specific prohibitions against intelligence-gathering, including hiring agents to provide information about enemy positions in Pakistan. [there are really good reasons for not privatizing national security and intelligence functions: among them is the idea that depriving Americans of their liberty should be very rare and only the govt, under strict provisions in the rule of law, may take such steps] [in theory, privatizing can still be controlled and normative framework transferred to private sector but the private sector’s motive, by definition, is profit] [what happens when profit contradicts protecting civil liberties?] [**]
The contractors were supposed to provide only broad information about the political and tribal dynamics in the region — called “atmospherics” — and “force protection” information that might protect American troops from attack, the officials said.
But some Pentagon officials said that over time the operation appeared to transition into traditional spying activities.
Mr. Furlong’s network, composed of a group of small companies that used agents deep inside Afghanistan and Pakistan to collect intelligence on militant groups, operated under a $22 million contract run by Lockheed Martin.
One of the companies used a group of American, Afghan and Pakistani agents overseen by Duane Clarridge, a Central Intelligence Agency veteran best known for his role in the Iran-contra scandal. Mr. Clarridge declined to be interviewed. [not surprising] [*]
Officials said that the contractors delivered their intelligence reports via “Hushmail,” an encrypted e-mail service, to an “information operations fusion cell” at a military base at Kabul International Airport. There, the reports were put into classified military computer networks and used either for future military operations or intelligence reports. [clearly, somebody relatively high up set Mr. Furlong onto these deeds but he also, clearly, should have realized given his background that this did not pass the smell test] [*]
The contractors continued their work for weeks after Mr. Gates ordered the investigation, sending dozens of reports to the fusion center. The Pentagon finally let the contract lapse at the end of May.
Colonel Lapan said the investigation concluded that Pentagon rules governing intelligence operations needed to be more clearly defined and that “better coordination and de-confliction of both intelligence and information operations is required by staffs at all levels.” [*]

Suspect in Metro plot aspired to kill troops abroad, FBI says

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/28/AR2010102807326.html
Suspect in Metro plot aspired to kill troops abroad, FBI says
By Spencer S. Hsu
Washington Post Staff Writer
Friday, October 29, 2010; A1 [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [residuals from previous . . . ] [gsave globally and domestically] [Obama admin and its substantial continuity with its predecessor] [federal judiciary] [the US—like other Western countries where rule of law prevails—has had difficulties prosecuting domestic jihadis] [some of it was to be expected, simply as novelty—officials weren’t really prepared to use courts against transnational ideology and movements] [growing pains have been evident] [another potential success?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [details from yesterday’s perfunctory report] [followup] [*]
The man charged in an alleged plot to blow up Metrorail stations in Northern Virginia suggested ways to kill as many people as possible on the subway, wanted to battle U.S. troops in Afghanistan and Pakistan, and trained himself to fight, authorities alleged Thursday.
But Farooque Ahmed, 34, of Loudoun County never suggested any attacks inside the

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/28/AR2010102807326.html
Suspect in Metro plot aspired to kill troops abroad, FBI says
By Spencer S. Hsu
Washington Post Staff Writer
Friday, October 29, 2010; A1 [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [residuals from previous . . . ] [gsave globally and domestically] [Obama admin and its substantial continuity with its predecessor] [federal judiciary] [the US—like other Western countries where rule of law prevails—has had difficulties prosecuting domestic jihadis] [some of it was to be expected, simply as novelty—officials weren’t really prepared to use courts against transnational ideology and movements] [growing pains have been evident] [another potential success?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [details from yesterday’s perfunctory report] [followup] [*]
The man charged in an alleged plot to blow up Metrorail stations in Northern Virginia suggested ways to kill as many people as possible on the subway, wanted to battle U.S. troops in Afghanistan and Pakistan, and trained himself to fight, authorities alleged Thursday.
But Farooque Ahmed, 34, of Loudoun County never suggested any attacks inside the United States, and the plot to attack Metro was hatched by government operatives posing as terrorists, [*]according to court records unsealed Thursday.
Ahmed told undercover FBI operatives who he thought were al-Qaeda terrorists that he was ready to martyr himself in battle, according to government documents. He had trained himself in martial arts, use of firearms, and knife and gun tactics, according to the documents, and he offered to teach those skills. [?] [*]
Ahmed, who also suggested that he purchase firearms for jihad, is charged with conspiring to support al-Qaeda in a plot to bomb Metro stations in Arlington County.
Ahmed faces a maximum prison term of 50 years if convicted. He has not entered a plea, and his attorneys from the federal public defender's service declined to comment.
The 12-page sworn affidavit in support of a warrant to search Ahmed's Ashburn home and bank accounts suggests that Ahmed became an active and willing participant in the plot, providing surveillance and reconnaissance and offering his opinion on how to generate the most casualties.
It paints a picture of a man preparing himself step by step for violence in the name of religion, buying rifles and a shotgun and practicing with them, and telling the FBI he would be ready to go "operational" after completing the hajj pilgrimage next month. [we will have to see but these guys tend to be pretty ill adapted to society?] [*]
The affidavit, signed by FBI Special Agent Charles A. Dayoub, details a grim 10-month courtship that began in January, just two months after a shooting rampage in which Army Maj. Nidal Hasan is accused of killing 13 soldiers and contractors at the Army post at Fort Hood, Tex., and weeks after Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab allegedly sought to blow up an airliner over Detroit. [*]
"AHMED stated that he wanted to kill as many military personnel as possible," Dayoub wrote. He "stated that between 4:00 p.m. and 5:00 p.m. would be the best time to stage an attack to cause the highest number of casualties."
Ahmed proposed an additional Metro station as a target, suggested locations to place bombs and even recommended that putting explosives in rolling suitcases instead of backpacks would be more effective, Dayoub wrote. [Pentagon or Pentagon City stops on metro??] [*]
The papers detail clandestine meetings in hotels near Dulles International Airport at which Ahmed handed over thumb drives with surveillance video.
Dayoub wrote that Ahmed said he planned to complete the hajj pilgrimage to Saudi Arabia and then "conduct jihad" overseas. Dayoub said the FBI thinks that Ahmed had sought to buy guns for that purpose.
A grim courtship unfolds
Ahmed, a naturalized U.S. citizen from Pakistan, immigrated with his family to the United States about 1993, according to court records. The family eventually settled in Staten Island, N.Y. In 2003, he graduated from the College of Staten Island - part of the vast City University of New York system - with a degree in computer science, officials said. [*]
By 2005, Ahmed was living in Virginia and working in telecommunications, according to his profile on the business networking site LinkedIn. At the time of his arrest, he was working for a Reston-based contractor for the telecommunications company Ericsson, officials there confirmed.
His large extended family still lives in an apartment in the Graniteville neighborhood of Staten Island, and relatives did not return messages left on their answering machine Thursday.
Leaders of the Muslim community in Northern Virginia said they did not know Ahmed or where he worshiped. [anonymous even in DC’s large Muslim population?] [*]
The FBI first learned in January that Ahmed and an associate, whose name was withheld from the filings, were asking about contacting a terrorist organization to wage "jihad" overseas, Dayoub wrote.
A series of meetings was arranged at area hotels, including one April 18 at which Ahmed thought he would be meeting with a terrorist. The presumed al-Qaeda operative was an FBI operative.
Ahmed was given a Koran with code words for locations of future meetings. Those meetings were videotaped by the FBI. At one, Ahmed said he wanted to fight and kill Americans in Afghanistan and "of course" was willing to die as a martyr, the FBI affidavit said.
Over the next six months, Ahmed agreed to tasks assigned by two undercover FBI operatives. One of those tasks was casing the Arlington Cemetery Metro station, which he did July 7 and 13, the papers say. He turned over video he took from his cellphone while pretending to talk on it. [would he have ever done this stuff without plants egging him on?] [they are doing their job but it makes it hard to figure these people out] [*]
At a July 19 meeting in Northern Virginia, Ahmed was told his work was being used to prepare bomb attacks at the Arlington Cemetery, Court House and Pentagon City Metro stops in Arlington - stations used heavily by military personnel, civilian Pentagon employees and contractors - as well as at a hotel in the District.
"AHMED replied that those were good targets that contained many people," Dayoub wrote.
Ahmed also agreed to conduct surveillance at the Rosslyn and Pentagon City Metro stations and the Pentagon City mall. Eventually, Ahmed recommended another target, the Crystal City Metro station, and offered to provide Metro cards and other assistance in the plot, the FBI wrote.
At a Sept. 28 meeting, Ahmed told the agents - who he thought were preparing for a 2011 attack - that the afternoon rush hour would be the deadliest time to strike.
He sketched diagrams for "where to place explosives to kill the most people," Dayoub wrote, then tried on three backpacks provided by the undercover agents before suggesting the use of wheeled suitcases.
Religious obligations
But Ahmed also expressed concerns that he complete religious obligations before going overseas to fight, a key step that counterterrorism analysts say is observed by violent Islamic extremists. He also told the undercover operatives that he was interested in contributing money to the cause, offering $10,000 in donations, Dayoub wrote.
According to federal authorities, Ahmed told agents that he would be ready to fight after completing a pilgrimage to Mecca next month. [*]
"On September 28, 2010, AHMED told both [operatives] that he was attending the Hajj this year and that they should all go in order to complete the five pillars of Islam before making the 'top mark' - by which I believe AHMED meant 'becoming a martyr,' " Dayoub said.
Spokesmen for the Justice Department and Neil H. MacBride, the U.S. attorney for the Eastern District of Virginia, declined to identify Ahmed's associate. While federal authorities often identify confidential witnesses or informants as such in court papers, the Ahmed affidavit provides no such description of his associate.
A federal law enforcement official said the associate's name is being withheld "to assist with the investigation" but would not elaborate.
Staff writers Tara Bahrampour and Annie Gowen and staff researcher Julie Tate contributed to this report. © 2010 The Washington Post Co

Intelligence spending at record $80.1 billion overall

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/28/AR2010102807284.html
Intelligence spending at record $80.1 billion overall
By Walter Pincus
Washington Post Staff Writer
Friday, October 29, 2010; A2 [Obama white house] [Bush white house residuals] [111th congress, 2nd session] [bureaucracy] [dramatic change since 9/11—and this official figure is well understated because of how much has been contracted out to private industry!] [IC] [the budget process--$$$] [use psci355-455] [use psci 350, 469?] [followup] [*]
The government announced Thursday that it had spent $80.1 billion on intelligence activities over the past 12 months, disclosing for the first time not only the amount spent by civilian intelligence agencies but also by the military. [**] [$$]
The National Intelligence Program, run by the CIA and other agencies that report to the Director of National Intelligence, cost $53.1 billion in fiscal 2010, which ended Sept. 30, while the Military Intelligence Program cost an additional $27 billion. [NIP is the big overarching one; then there’s two more tactical levels of budget] [*]
Spending on intelligence for 2010 far exceeded the $42.6 billion spent on the Department

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/28/AR2010102807284.html
Intelligence spending at record $80.1 billion overall
By Walter Pincus
Washington Post Staff Writer
Friday, October 29, 2010; A2 [Obama white house] [Bush white house residuals] [111th congress, 2nd session] [bureaucracy] [dramatic change since 9/11—and this official figure is well understated because of how much has been contracted out to private industry!] [IC] [the budget process--$$$] [use psci355-455] [use psci 350, 469?] [followup] [*]
The government announced Thursday that it had spent $80.1 billion on intelligence activities over the past 12 months, disclosing for the first time not only the amount spent by civilian intelligence agencies but also by the military. [**] [$$]
The National Intelligence Program, run by the CIA and other agencies that report to the Director of National Intelligence, cost $53.1 billion in fiscal 2010, which ended Sept. 30, while the Military Intelligence Program cost an additional $27 billion. [NIP is the big overarching one; then there’s two more tactical levels of budget] [*]
Spending on intelligence for 2010 far exceeded the $42.6 billion spent on the Department of Homeland Security and the $48.9 billion spent on the State Department and foreign operations.
The cost of the Military Intelligence Program has always remained classified. But as undersecretary of defense for intelligence, James R. Clapper Jr., now the director of national intelligence, secured approval to release the figure. [the 9/11 committee recommended publication] [*]
"I pushed through and got Secretary [Robert M.] Gates to approve revelation of the Military Intelligence Program budget," Clapper told the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence in July.
In disclosing the military intelligence figure, which includes more than $3.5 billion spent in Iraq and Afghanistan, Defense Department officials said no program details will be released.
Although an overall intelligence budget was not released last year, then-Director Dennis C. Blair told reporters in a teleconference that the overall budget was $75 billion. At that time, the officially released National Intelligence Program budget was $49.5 billion.
The disclosure Thursday that intelligence spending had risen to $80.1 billion, an increase of nearly 7 percent over the year before and a record high, led to immediate calls for fiscal restraint on Capitol Hill. [it’s over $100 billion!] [*]
The new total is more than double what was spent in 2001, noted Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.), chairman of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence. However, that was before the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, prompted major shifts by the intelligence community.
"I intend to identify and remove any waste and unnecessary duplication in the intelligence budget and to reduce funding for lower-priority activities," Feinstein said in a statement. She added: "It is clear that the overall spending on intelligence has blossomed to an unacceptable level in the past decade."
Rep. Silvestre Reyes (D-Tex.), chairman of the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, joined Feinstein in calling for fiscal restraint on the part of the intelligence community. He said that, along with Feinstein and her vice chairman, Sen. Christopher S. Bond (R-Mo.), he had put cost controls on major systems, such as intelligence satellites, and looked forward to helping to "eliminate the waste, fraud and irresponsible use of taxpayer dollars."
The Washington Post series "Top Secret America" described the growth and spread of the U.S. intelligence community since 2001. In an interview for the series, Gates said he didn't think the intelligence bureaucracy and its contractors had grown too large to manage. [*]But he added: "Nine years after 9/11, it makes sense to sort of take a look at this and say, 'Okay, we've built tremendous capability, but do we have more than we need?' "
Gates has commissioned a major review of the Pentagon budget, with a goal of finding $100 billion in excess spending over five years, thus reducing the growth of the Defense Department budget to about 2 percent annually excluding the costs of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.
CIA Director Leon Panetta told The Post that he knew intelligence spending faced reductions and that he was working on a five-year plan for his agency.
Steven Aftergood, who publishes the Secrecy News blog for the Federation of American Scientists, has pushed for disclosure of the top line intelligence budget for years. He said Thursday that the release of the new figure permits the government "to speak realistically about the level of intelligence spending."
He also said it took 30 years to get to this point, after convincing skeptics that the release of the figure would not harm national security. "I don't see now an avalanche of intelligence disclosures," he said. © 2010 The Washington Post Co

Intelligence spending at record $80.1 billion overall

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/28/AR2010102807284.html
Intelligence spending at record $80.1 billion overall
By Walter Pincus
Washington Post Staff Writer
Friday, October 29, 2010; A2 [Obama white house] [Bush white house residuals] [111th congress, 2nd session] [bureaucracy] [dramatic change since 9/11—and this official figure is well understated because of how much has been contracted out to private industry!] [IC] [the budget process--$$$] [use psci355-455] [use psci 350, 469?] [followup] [*]
The government announced Thursday that it had spent $80.1 billion on intelligence activities over the past 12 months, disclosing for the first time not only the amount spent by civilian intelligence agencies but also by the military. [**] [$$]
The National Intelligence Program, run by the CIA and other agencies that report to the Director of National Intelligence, cost $53.1 billion in fiscal 2010, which ended Sept. 30, while the Military Intelligence Program cost an additional $27 billion. [NIP is the big overarching one; then there’s two more tactical levels of budget] [*]
Spending on intelligence for 2010 far exceeded the $42.6 billion spent on the Department

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/28/AR2010102807284.html
Intelligence spending at record $80.1 billion overall
By Walter Pincus
Washington Post Staff Writer
Friday, October 29, 2010; A2 [Obama white house] [Bush white house residuals] [111th congress, 2nd session] [bureaucracy] [dramatic change since 9/11—and this official figure is well understated because of how much has been contracted out to private industry!] [IC] [the budget process--$$$] [use psci355-455] [use psci 350, 469?] [followup] [*]
The government announced Thursday that it had spent $80.1 billion on intelligence activities over the past 12 months, disclosing for the first time not only the amount spent by civilian intelligence agencies but also by the military. [**] [$$]
The National Intelligence Program, run by the CIA and other agencies that report to the Director of National Intelligence, cost $53.1 billion in fiscal 2010, which ended Sept. 30, while the Military Intelligence Program cost an additional $27 billion. [NIP is the big overarching one; then there’s two more tactical levels of budget] [*]
Spending on intelligence for 2010 far exceeded the $42.6 billion spent on the Department of Homeland Security and the $48.9 billion spent on the State Department and foreign operations.
The cost of the Military Intelligence Program has always remained classified. But as undersecretary of defense for intelligence, James R. Clapper Jr., now the director of national intelligence, secured approval to release the figure. [the 9/11 committee recommended publication] [*]
"I pushed through and got Secretary [Robert M.] Gates to approve revelation of the Military Intelligence Program budget," Clapper told the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence in July.
In disclosing the military intelligence figure, which includes more than $3.5 billion spent in Iraq and Afghanistan, Defense Department officials said no program details will be released.
Although an overall intelligence budget was not released last year, then-Director Dennis C. Blair told reporters in a teleconference that the overall budget was $75 billion. At that time, the officially released National Intelligence Program budget was $49.5 billion.
The disclosure Thursday that intelligence spending had risen to $80.1 billion, an increase of nearly 7 percent over the year before and a record high, led to immediate calls for fiscal restraint on Capitol Hill. [it’s over $100 billion!] [*]
The new total is more than double what was spent in 2001, noted Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.), chairman of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence. However, that was before the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, prompted major shifts by the intelligence community.
"I intend to identify and remove any waste and unnecessary duplication in the intelligence budget and to reduce funding for lower-priority activities," Feinstein said in a statement. She added: "It is clear that the overall spending on intelligence has blossomed to an unacceptable level in the past decade."
Rep. Silvestre Reyes (D-Tex.), chairman of the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, joined Feinstein in calling for fiscal restraint on the part of the intelligence community. He said that, along with Feinstein and her vice chairman, Sen. Christopher S. Bond (R-Mo.), he had put cost controls on major systems, such as intelligence satellites, and looked forward to helping to "eliminate the waste, fraud and irresponsible use of taxpayer dollars."
The Washington Post series "Top Secret America" described the growth and spread of the U.S. intelligence community since 2001. In an interview for the series, Gates said he didn't think the intelligence bureaucracy and its contractors had grown too large to manage. [*]But he added: "Nine years after 9/11, it makes sense to sort of take a look at this and say, 'Okay, we've built tremendous capability, but do we have more than we need?' "
Gates has commissioned a major review of the Pentagon budget, with a goal of finding $100 billion in excess spending over five years, thus reducing the growth of the Defense Department budget to about 2 percent annually excluding the costs of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.
CIA Director Leon Panetta told The Post that he knew intelligence spending faced reductions and that he was working on a five-year plan for his agency.
Steven Aftergood, who publishes the Secrecy News blog for the Federation of American Scientists, has pushed for disclosure of the top line intelligence budget for years. He said Thursday that the release of the new figure permits the government "to speak realistically about the level of intelligence spending."
He also said it took 30 years to get to this point, after convincing skeptics that the release of the figure would not harm national security. "I don't see now an avalanche of intelligence disclosures," he said. © 2010 The Washington Post Co

Leaving for Asia, Clinton Says China is Not an Adversary

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/29diplo.html
October 28, 2010
Leaving for Asia, Clinton Says China is Not an Adversary
By MARK LANDLER [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [SecState Clinton] [an NSC principal with a good relationship with President Obama] [state department] [Sino-America relations as she heads to Asia] [followup] [China is neither an adversary nor an ally] [China’s is a strategic partner that challenges the US in force projection in East Asia, and increasingly elsewhere] [China also hold billions (around a trillion?) in US T bills, so it’s America’s banker] [*]
HONOLULU — Opening a seven-country tour of Asia shadowed by fears about China’s rising influence, Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton declared here on Thursday that the United States was not bent on containing China, even if its relationship with Beijing was complicated.
“There are some in both countries who believe that China’s interests and ours are fundamentally at odds,” she said in closely watched address. “But that is not our

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/29diplo.html
October 28, 2010
Leaving for Asia, Clinton Says China is Not an Adversary
By MARK LANDLER [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [SecState Clinton] [an NSC principal with a good relationship with President Obama] [state department] [Sino-America relations as she heads to Asia] [followup] [China is neither an adversary nor an ally] [China’s is a strategic partner that challenges the US in force projection in East Asia, and increasingly elsewhere] [China also hold billions (around a trillion?) in US T bills, so it’s America’s banker] [*]
HONOLULU — Opening a seven-country tour of Asia shadowed by fears about China’s rising influence, Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton declared here on Thursday that the United States was not bent on containing China, even if its relationship with Beijing was complicated.
“There are some in both countries who believe that China’s interests and ours are fundamentally at odds,” she said in closely watched address. “But that is not our view. In the 21st century, it is not in anyone’s interest for the United States and China to see each other as adversaries.”
Mixing conciliatory words with hints of a firmer American stance, Mrs. Clinton said China must be a partner of the United States on issues ranging from climate change to North Korea’s nuclear program. [*]
She called on Beijing to make “responsible policy adjustments” on its artificially depressed exchange rate — an issue that has deepened tensions between the United States and China in recent weeks because the undervalued Chinese currency has hurt American exports. [currency—it’s not just the US but many others who are upset at China’s devalued currency (making China’s products artificially cheap)] [*]
Mrs. Clinton’s remarks came as China apparently lifted an unannounced halt on shipments of strategically important rare-earth minerals to the United States, Japan, and other countries. Officials traveling with Mrs. Clinton said they were seeking clarification from the Chinese government about its policy. [its policy was to demonstrate to Japan that it could hurt Japan if need be and to demonstrate the same to a global audience] [but that will not be what it clarifies] [*]
Mrs. Clinton made no mention of the rare-earth minerals dispute in her speech. But a day earlier, after a meeting with Japan’s foreign minister, Seiji Maehara, she said that the United States, Japan, and other countries would need to find alternative sources of supply for these elements.
In her speech, Mrs. Clinton sought to project a more aggressive American role in Asia, labeling it “forward-deployed diplomacy.” The policy, she said, means reinvigorating Cold War alliances with Japan and South Korea and seeking bigger American influence in regional security groups.
Alluding to disputes between China and its neighbors over islands in the South China Sea, Mrs. Clinton said she was encouraged that China showed signs of cooperating more with these groups. [neighbors call it Han Chauvinism] [I have Vietnamese friends who get downright apoplectic about Han Chauvinism and they worry that the US has been naïve of same] [*]
Mrs. Clinton noted that Asia was the only place where three Nobel laureates — Aung San Suu Kyi of Burma; the Tibetan spiritual leader the Dalai Lama, and Liu Xiaobo, the Chinese dissident who recently won the peace prize — “are either under house arrest, in prison or in exile.”
In recent months, the United States has sought to assemble coalitions of countries to pressure China on issues like currency, trade, and Beijing’s maritime ambitions in its coastal waters. Mrs. Clinton insisted this did not amount to containment, despite what she said were the suspicions of many in China.
“I would simply point out that since the beginning of diplomatic relations between our two countries, China has experienced breathtaking growth and development,” she said. “This is primarily due, of course, to the hard work of the Chinese people,” she added. “But U.S. policy has consistently, through Republican and Democratic administrations and Congresses, supported this goal since the 1970’s.” [reminded the Chinese of USFP continuity that has benefitted China] [*]
The day before Mrs. Clinton left for Asia, the State Department hastily added a China stop to her itinerary, reflecting its sensitivities about Beijing. She will stop for two hours on Hainan, a resort island east of Vietnam to meet with China’s state councilor for foreign policy, Dai Bingguo.
The symbolism of Hainan is awkward: in 2001, an American spy plane was forced to land there after colliding with a Chinese fighter jet. China detained the plane’s 24 crew members, amid a war of words between both sides, and released them only after the United States agreed to apologize.
Mrs. Clinton said she and Mr. Dai would discuss the preparations for a visit to the United States by President Hu Jintao next year. Mr. Dai is also a key Chinese contact for Mrs. Clinton on North Korea.
“We have a long list of issues to discuss,” she said, though she noted that if the Chinese government offered reassurances on shipments of rare-earth minerals, it would “shorten that discussion.” [*]
If anything, Japan has had an even more turbulent time with China than the United States. The two traded harsh words after a Chinese fishing vessel collided with two Japanese patrol boats near the disputed Senkaku islands, and Japanese authorities detained the Chinese skipper.
Mr. Maehara said he was encouraged that Mrs. Clinton reaffirmed that the islands fell under the scope of the U.S.-Japan Mutual Security Treaty, which guarantees the United States will come to the defense of any Japanese territory under attack.
Since it released the China captain, Japan has been eager to lower the temperature with Beijing. “Japan and China are neighbors,” Mr. Maehara said, ‘Neither of the neighbors can move elsewhere.”
For her part, Mrs. Clinton avoided criticizing Chinese behavior, preferring to celebrate the alliance between the United States and Japan. “The security environment is always evolving,” she said. “The security environment of 2010 is not the security environment of 1960.”

The Israeli-Palestinian settlement impasse

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/28/AR2010102805956.html
The Israeli-Palestinian settlement impasse
By Saeb Erakat
Thursday, October 28, 2010; 5:56 PM [oped] [PA’s Saeb Erakat] [cross in external] [it was oped with multiple audiences: US policymakers, Israeli policymakers, and Arabs, including Hamas] [Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the harsh realities that this appears to be going nowhere fast] [*]
It comes as little surprise that Palestinian-Israeli negotiations are at an impasse. The lesson after nearly two decades of bilateral negotiations is that direct talks alone are not enough to guarantee peace. A principled, unshakable commitment to international law is also required.
International law sets the benchmark for a just peace and helps ensure that Palestinians and Israelis are treated equally. It also maps a path toward lasting reconciliation rooted in a culture of rights and mutual respect. [*]
One of the most serious rights violations occurring in the occupied Palestinian territory is the ongoing construction of Israeli settlements. Involving the large-scale theft of Palestinian land and water, Israeli settlements stand at the heart of an apartheid system

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/28/AR2010102805956.html
The Israeli-Palestinian settlement impasse
By Saeb Erakat
Thursday, October 28, 2010; 5:56 PM [oped] [PA’s Saeb Erakat] [cross in external] [it was oped with multiple audiences: US policymakers, Israeli policymakers, and Arabs, including Hamas] [Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the harsh realities that this appears to be going nowhere fast] [*]
It comes as little surprise that Palestinian-Israeli negotiations are at an impasse. The lesson after nearly two decades of bilateral negotiations is that direct talks alone are not enough to guarantee peace. A principled, unshakable commitment to international law is also required.
International law sets the benchmark for a just peace and helps ensure that Palestinians and Israelis are treated equally. It also maps a path toward lasting reconciliation rooted in a culture of rights and mutual respect. [*]
One of the most serious rights violations occurring in the occupied Palestinian territory is the ongoing construction of Israeli settlements. Involving the large-scale theft of Palestinian land and water, Israeli settlements stand at the heart of an apartheid system whose network of segregated roads, barbed-wire fences, concrete walls, permits and checkpoints reinforce the systemic discrimination and institutionalized violence that Palestinians face under occupation. [hopefully, Israeli policymakers—who’ve done no small amount of working the refs themselves over the years—realize what’s happening here] [Palestine is circumventing Israel—I suppose rather as Israel circumvented Palestine from 2005 withdrawal (unilateral) to today] [this is not promising] [sages in either camp had better get a clue about their opponents] [*]
By eating up what little Palestinian land is left, Israeli settlements render a viable Palestinian state impossible - posing the greatest threat to the two-state solution. Without an immediate and comprehensive settlement freeze, there will be no Palestinian state left to negotiate and no two-state solution to speak of.
In the past, Israel sought to use negotiations as a cover behind which to continue building settlements and to further entrench its occupation, while minimizing international scrutiny and condemnation. From 1993 to 2000, the number of settlers in the occupied Palestinian territory doubled. So long as Israel is allowed to act with impunity and in violation of international law without repercussion, little will change. [I don’t know his source?] [but it sounds about right?] [*]
The contradiction between settlements and peace should not be lost on anyone. While peace requires an end to Israel's occupation, settlements highlight the occupation's permanency. One need only look at the location and number of Israeli settlements scattered across the occupied West Bank, or think of the billions of dollars invested in their construction to understand this. Designed to maximize Israel's territorial ambitions by colonizing ever more Palestinian land, and to prevent Palestinians from establishing a viable Palestinian state, settlements run counter to the formula of "land for peace" on which the entire Middle East peace process is built.
For us, this contradiction meant that in the years following Oslo, more of our land was stolen and more of our homes demolished, while our hopes for freedom and dignity continued to fade. Israel's policies led not to peace but to more restrictions and hardship for Palestinians across the West Bank, while in Gaza, Israel maintains its occupation by siege, waging an indiscriminate war against innocent civilians and causing untold human suffering. Is it any wonder that the peace process lacks credibility? [this argument will play in international community] [Israel must realize just because it can enforce its politics on Palestine does not mean that it’s wise to do so] [**]
No Palestinian can accept continued settlement construction and the ongoing colonization of Palestinian land, whether in occupied East Jerusalem or any other part of the occupied Palestinian territory. And no one who supports the two-state solution can support ongoing settlement construction.
A full and comprehensive settlement freeze is a litmus test of Israel's seriousness about the two-state solution and negotiations. So far, it has failed that test. The so-called settlement moratorium was never a substitute for a full freeze. All it offered was more of the same: more settlement construction, more settlers and more incitement and provocation. In just the first six months of the "moratorium," Israel continued construction on 3,000 settlement units while it demolished more Palestinian homes and built more segregated roads for settler use. [calling Bibi’s bluff?] [*]
Palestinians have repeatedly tried to engage the Israeli government in serious negotiations on permanent-status issues such as Jerusalem, recognition of the 1967 borders, the rights of refugees, water and settlements. Israel continues to evade these issues and to undo the progress made under previous agreements. Why pretend that we are discussing the two-state solution? Indeed, what chance do Palestinians have of reaching agreement with Israel on any of these core issues when the international community cannot even get Israel to implement a settlement freeze?
What the Middle East peace process desperately needs is credibility. Only negotiations that are based on internationally recognized terms of reference, and that hold both parties accountable to international law and their respective obligations under existing agreements, have any chance of delivering a just and lasting peace. If Israel refuses to implement a settlement freeze in keeping with international law, the answer is not to force Palestinians to make further compromises to accommodate Israeli violations. The answer is to hold Israel accountable to what a just and lasting peace demands. [*]
The writer is the chief Palestinian negotiator. © 2010 The Washington Post Co

Guinea: Ethnic Clashes Produce Stream of Refugees

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/africa/29briefs-Guinea.html
October 28, 2010
Guinea: Ethnic Clashes Produce Stream of Refugees
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS [Guinea] [Guinea massacre] [call for tribunal] [followup] [last time was Feb 3, 2010] [Guinea is part of Africa’s “bulge”] [*]
At least 1,800 members of the Peul ethnic group have been forced to flee their homes because of ethnic clashes ahead of the approaching presidential election, the United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs says. Alexandre Gashangi, who is in charge of the agency’s office in Conakry, said that Peul families began pouring into the towns of Diabola and Dinguiraye over the weekend. What was expected to be Guinea’s first free and fair election has devolved into a contest between the country’s top two ethnic groups, the Peul and the Malinke.

[full piece may be found above the jump] [*]

Remembering Rabin, Some See His Legacy Fading

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/middleeast/29rabin.html
October 28, 2010
Remembering Rabin, Some See His Legacy Fading
By ETHAN BRONNER [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [Israel] [domestic politics intersects foreign policy in both Israel and Arab nation-states] [groups and interests in either who wish to prevent any lasting peace] [remembering Rabin—it’s stunning it was 15 years ago] [I remember it like it was last year] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [followup] [how Israel has changed] [*]
TEL AVIV — In the 15 years since Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin was assassinated by a Jewish militant after a peace rally here, blood seeping onto a song sheet in his breast pocket as he lost consciousness, his legacy in Israel has seemed clear — warrior turned peacemaker, symbol of a tough nation with an outstretched hand.
Roads, schools and squares, including the one in central Tel Aviv where he was killed, now bear his name. Every year at this time thousands have gathered at Rabin Square here for candles, peace songs, speeches about coexistence and recollections of heartbreaking moments, like President Bill Clinton’s farewell — “Shalom, haver,”

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/middleeast/29rabin.html
October 28, 2010
Remembering Rabin, Some See His Legacy Fading
By ETHAN BRONNER [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [Israel] [domestic politics intersects foreign policy in both Israel and Arab nation-states] [groups and interests in either who wish to prevent any lasting peace] [remembering Rabin—it’s stunning it was 15 years ago] [I remember it like it was last year] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [followup] [how Israel has changed] [*]
TEL AVIV — In the 15 years since Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin was assassinated by a Jewish militant after a peace rally here, blood seeping onto a song sheet in his breast pocket as he lost consciousness, his legacy in Israel has seemed clear — warrior turned peacemaker, symbol of a tough nation with an outstretched hand.
Roads, schools and squares, including the one in central Tel Aviv where he was killed, now bear his name. Every year at this time thousands have gathered at Rabin Square here for candles, peace songs, speeches about coexistence and recollections of heartbreaking moments, like President Bill Clinton’s farewell — “Shalom, haver,” Goodbye, friend.
This Saturday’s gathering, however, will be the last of its kind, organizers say. Attendance has been getting sparse and television stations are not lining up to broadcast the event. The shift has prompted intense debate in Israel as the Nov. 4 anniversary approaches. Has the public lost interest because it is disillusioned with peace and views Mr. Rabin’s involvement in the Oslo accords a mistake? Or has negotiating with the Palestinians simply gone mainstream, and Mr. Rabin is no longer its symbol? [*]
The left has no doubt.
“Fifteen years later we can’t pretend any longer,” Yossi Sarid, a former member of Parliament from the left-wing Meretz party, wrote in Haaretz. “It was a perfect crime that paid off — a man was murdered and his legacy was covered with blood. Rabin’s way is deserted, in mourning.” [the guy is in jail but a hero among the hard-right settlers movements] [*]
Ben-Dror Yemini, a conservative columnist for Maariv, thinks otherwise.
“The truth is the opposite,” he wrote. “Rabin’s assassination saved the Israeli left wing.” He added that before the killing, “There were terror attacks that gave rise to the phrase ‘the price of peace.’ The polls predicted a terrible fall for the Labor Party, and the strengthening of the right wing. The right wing not only ruled the violent and stormy street. The right wing also ruled in people’s hearts.”
Mr. Rabin, a soldier-statesman who was gruffly shy, remains mostly honored as a man. The battle over his legacy, therefore, is about what he stood for. In the first years, his memory belonged to his colleagues on the left. Right-wing incitement against Mr. Rabin — in one infamous example he was portrayed at a rally in a Nazi uniform — was widely seen as contributing to the atmosphere that led to the assassination.
But with the failure of the Oslo accords, the violence of the second Palestinian uprising in 2000, the withdrawal from Lebanon that increased Hezbollah’s power and the rise of Hamas in Gaza after Israel pulled out, land-for-peace is viewed with skepticism by a rising portion of the Israeli public.
Moreover, while Mr. Rabin was an early advocate of mutual recognition with the Palestinians, he never advocated a Palestinian state or sharing Jerusalem. As a result, the right says it is not so much disowning Mr. Rabin as repossessing the real him.
“Fifteen years ago, after the terrible stain of this assassination, it was politically impossible to say certain things against Rabin’s policies,” Boaz Bismuth, a senior editor at the conservative daily Israel Hayom, said by telephone. “Now, you are allowed to disagree with Oslo and not be seen as someone who favored his murder. What peace? After 15 years, you can come out of the closet and say, ‘This region is not about to become Benelux.’ ” [that’s for certain] [*]
For those who were close to Mr. Rabin and are trying to preserve his memory, this shift has created a challenge.
Eitan Haber was the one who announced outside the Tel Aviv hospital that grim Saturday night that Mr. Rabin had died of his wounds, and the one who rescued the peace song sheet from his jacket pocket. Today, he is an opinion columnist for Yediot Aharonot.
On Sunday Mr. Haber wrote that, of course, this was a political murder of a political man trying to bring peace. And, of course, the incitement from the right will always be an inseparable part of the story. But it is time to broaden the legacy.
“Almost the only way to turn the memorial day for Yitzhak Rabin into a national day of mourning and remembrance is to turn him into what he was not during the last moments of his life — a person of consensus,” Mr. Haber wrote. “It has to be decided that the murder of the prime minister of Israel and the tremendous danger to democracy are central issues to be addressed by both left and right.”
Shlomo Avineri, a political scientist at Hebrew University, said he always believed that the focus should be on democracy and respect for the office of prime minister rather than on Mr. Rabin’s politics.
“The intermingling of civics and politics has weakened the legacy,” he said in a telephone interview. “Today, the public conversation has moved to the right, so there is an attempt to bring the legacy back to the civics issue.” [that’s probably true] [but Israel has moved to the right; frustration and lack of peace has created a growing movement that no longer desires accommodation—that’s a shame because it almost certainly means more violence in both Israel’s and Palestine’s futures] [*]
One aspect of the debate focuses on Israel’s place in the world. “No longer are we necessarily ‘a people that dwells alone,’ ” Mr. Rabin said in presenting his new government to Parliament in 1992. “We must join the international movement toward peace, reconciliation and cooperation.”
During his tenure, the Arab boycott against Israel essentially fell apart, greatly increasing trade and consumer options here, and many countries that had shunned Israel established ties with it. In the years since, Israel has gone from a being a relative backwater to acquiring a European style of wealth and high-tech innovation. The assumption, common in the Rabin era, that peace and prosperity were mutually reinforcing has been challenged.
Meanwhile, international impatience toward Israeli treatment of Palestinians has been growing. Israelis may feel integrated into the global economy but they feel politically alone. Here, too, there is an internal debate. The left thinks Israel is partly if not largely responsible for the world’s hostility while the right argues that the antagonism is a result of anti-Semitism and opposition to Israel’s existence. The government of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu tends to favor the second argument.
For those who were close to Mr. Rabin, this shift has been a source of gloom. Mr. Sarid, the former leftist lawmaker, said in his column that he introduced the Yitzhak Rabin Memorial Day Law 13 years ago and he now regrets it. [*]
“At the time I thought it was self-evident, indispensable,” he wrote. “Today, I admit my mistake: it’s an unnecessary and even harmful law. It’s not right to use legislation to impose a day of pain and anger and horror on those who don’t feel as I do. Why force those who scorn him all year long to honor him one day a year?”

Bahrain: Trial Begins for Shiites Accused of Plot

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/middleeast/29briefs-Bahrain.html
October 28, 2010
Bahrain: Trial Begins for Shiites Accused of Plot
By REUTERS [Bahrain] [Gulf] [broader middle east] [reform and democratization in Gulf and in region] [Bahrain, if I recall correctly, is one of the Arab states with large possibly majority Shi’a population] [this back and forth between govt and Shi’a population seems to be escalating!?] [followup, October 14] [trial now underway][*]
The trial of 25 Shiites accused of plotting to topple the Sunni-dominated government of Bahrain began Thursday with defendants saying they were tortured and police officers encircling the area to keep protests at bay. All except one of the 23 defendants present in court said they had been subjected to beatings, electric shocks and other forms of mistreatment. A defense lawyer, Jalila al-Sayed, called for the trial to be suspended because of the torture allegations. A government statement quoted a forensic expert as saying a medical examination of 13 defendants who had complained of torture found no sign of mistreatment. The judge ordered medical tests for some defendants to try to verify the accusations, [*]defense lawyers said. The trial could become a bellwether for the Shiite majority, who complain of discrimination in the Sunni-ruled kingdom.

[full piece may be found above the jump] [*]

Don’t Aid Hariri Tribunal, Hezbollah Warns

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/middleeast/29lebanon.html
October 28, 2010
Don’t Aid Hariri Tribunal, Hezbollah Warns
By ROBERT F. WORTH and NADA BAKRI [Lebanon] [UN] [but this is microcosm for the Middle East more broadly] [domestic politics intersects foreign policy] [Iran and Shi’ism influence in mostly Sunni Arab lands] [the Hariri investigation still ongoing; that’s stunning since the assassination occurred in 2005] [followup] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [Nasrallah tells Shi’a and others controlled by Hezbollah (Iran proxy) not to cooperate with UN investigation] [followup] [*]
BEIRUT, Lebanon — The leader of Hezbollah, Hassan Nasrallah, issued a stern warning on Thursday night against any cooperation with the international tribunal investigating the 2005 assassination of former Prime Minister Rafik Hariri, putting new pressure on Lebanon’s fragile coalition government. [*]
The speech — delivered in an uncharacteristically quiet and grave manner — went

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/middleeast/29lebanon.html
October 28, 2010
Don’t Aid Hariri Tribunal, Hezbollah Warns
By ROBERT F. WORTH and NADA BAKRI [Lebanon] [UN] [but this is microcosm for the Middle East more broadly] [domestic politics intersects foreign policy] [Iran and Shi’ism influence in mostly Sunni Arab lands] [the Hariri investigation still ongoing; that’s stunning since the assassination occurred in 2005] [followup] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [Nasrallah tells Shi’a and others controlled by Hezbollah (Iran proxy) not to cooperate with UN investigation] [followup] [*]
BEIRUT, Lebanon — The leader of Hezbollah, Hassan Nasrallah, issued a stern warning on Thursday night against any cooperation with the international tribunal investigating the 2005 assassination of former Prime Minister Rafik Hariri, putting new pressure on Lebanon’s fragile coalition government. [*]
The speech — delivered in an uncharacteristically quiet and grave manner — went well beyond Hezbollah’s previous statements on the matter, and could make the politically charged tribunal’s work in Lebanon far more difficult. Some of Hezbollah’s domestic political opponents reacted immediately, calling the speech a threat against the state.
The Lebanese authorities have cooperated with the tribunal since it was established. But in recent months reports have circulated that prosecutors are set to indict members of Hezbollah, and Mr. Nasrallah has denounced the investigation as a tool of Israel and the United States. [pretty silly but it’s pointed at Syria, another of Hezbollah’s patrons] [*]
His speech came a day after a group of women attacked two tribunal investigators as they arrived at a women’s clinic in southern Beirut to conduct interviews and request documents. The clinic’s patients include the wives and other relatives of Hezbollah officials. The women stole several items from the investigators, according to a statement released by the tribunal, which is based in the Netherlands.
“Who among you accepts the idea of someone inspecting the gynecological files of a mother, a sister, a daughter?” Mr. Nasrallah said Thursday in his speech. “We have kept silent through this period out of consideration for the family of the martyr Rafik Hariri and so that no one thinks we are obstructing the investigation.”
But the episode at the clinic represents a new phase, Mr. Nasrallah said, adding pointedly that any assistance to the tribunal “is an assault on the resistance,” the word commonly used here to indicate Hezbollah.
Hezbollah and its allies have repeatedly warned that an indictment against any of its members could lead to civil strife. Although Mr. Nasrallah has said the tribunal has no legitimacy, he is clearly concerned that a verdict against Hezbollah, a Shiite group, could harm its reputation across the region or anger Sunni Muslims in Lebanon and elsewhere, for whom Mr. Hariri — a Sunni and a protégé of the Saudi royal family — was an important figure. [*]
Although Shiite Muslims are the largest single sectarian group in Lebanon, they are a minority in the Arab world, and Hezbollah has worked hard to burnish its popularity across sectarian lines through its military struggle against Israel.
“The thing that really scares them is the business of promoting a Shiite-Sunni divide,” said Karim Makdisi, [*]a professor of international politics at the American University of Beirut. “The accusation that Shiites were behind the martyrdom of a man who has been elevated to a great Sunni leader — this is Hezbollah’s main concern about the tribunal.”
Mr. Nasrallah has often said that Shiite-Sunni conflict is dangerous not only in its own right, but also because it could make Hezbollah more vulnerable to an attack by Israel. Israel failed to crush the Shiite group during a monthlong war in 2006 and has voiced deep concerns about Hezbollah’s expanded arsenal. [*]
Mr. Nasrallah’s warning puts new pressure on Saad Hariri, the current prime minister, who is a son of Rafik Hariri and has consistently held up the tribunal as the means for obtaining justice in his death. Saad Hariri has said that he will accept whatever verdict it provides. But his political position has grown steadily weaker in the past year, as Syria has rebuilt its influence in Lebanon and some significant allies have deserted him. [*]
Syria’s foreign minister, Walid Muallem, denounced the tribunal last month, and a Syrian judge issued arrest warrants against a number of officials close to Mr. Hariri who were accused of having helped provide false testimony to tribunal investigators.
The United States has become increasingly alarmed about the tense atmosphere surrounding the investigation. The American ambassador to the United Nations, Susan E. Rice, said Thursday that Syria had shown “flagrant disregard for the sovereignty, territorial integrity, unity and political independence of Lebanon” [*]— unusually sharp comments that also seemed to allude to the role Syria and Hezbollah are playing with the tribunal. [good for Dr. Rice] [*]
Hezbollah, Syria and Iran “believe that escalating sectarian tensions will help them assert their authority over Lebanon,” Ms. Rice said.
Neil MacFarquhar contributed reporting from the United Nations.

North and South Korea Exchange Border Fire

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/asia/30korea.html
October 29, 2010
North and South Korea Exchange Border Fire
By MARK McDONALD [ROK] [DPRK-ROK relations] [use psci 350] [recall back to August when things were still strained from summer’s events] [I usually tell students in psci 350 each semester that this semester the DPRK will do something stupid—often, stunningly stupid] [here’s the beginning of Fall 2010 semester stupidity, potentially?] [ROK has just been trying to send supplies to strapped DPRK] [*]
SEOUL, South Korea — North Korean troops fired two machine-gun bursts at a South Korean guard post across their heavily militarized border on Friday night, and soldiers from the South returned fire with three rifle shots, a Defense Ministry official said in Seoul. [lot of confusion as it’s early] [*]
The official, Kiyheon Kwon, said the fire from the North was unprovoked, and that a United Nations investigation team was being sent to the scene. The exchange took place in Hwacheon, a mountainous area about 70 miles northeast of Seoul. [probably

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/asia/30korea.html
October 29, 2010
North and South Korea Exchange Border Fire
By MARK McDONALD [ROK] [DPRK-ROK relations] [use psci 350] [recall back to August when things were still strained from summer’s events] [I usually tell students in psci 350 each semester that this semester the DPRK will do something stupid—often, stunningly stupid] [here’s the beginning of Fall 2010 semester stupidity, potentially?] [ROK has just been trying to send supplies to strapped DPRK] [*]
SEOUL, South Korea — North Korean troops fired two machine-gun bursts at a South Korean guard post across their heavily militarized border on Friday night, and soldiers from the South returned fire with three rifle shots, a Defense Ministry official said in Seoul. [lot of confusion as it’s early] [*]
The official, Kiyheon Kwon, said the fire from the North was unprovoked, and that a United Nations investigation team was being sent to the scene. The exchange took place in Hwacheon, a mountainous area about 70 miles northeast of Seoul. [probably ought to withhold judgment until outsiders have assessed] [but if DPRK’s past is any indication, they did something stupid] [*]
South Korean troops along the border were placed on the highest state of alert, Mr. Kwon said, adding that “nothing more happened” after the initial volleys. The North Korean fire came from a guard post about 1,400 yards away, he said.
Defense officials said they had no immediate explanation for the North Korean fire, which they said was the first such incident since August, 2007. They said the shots had come from a 14.5-millimeter machine gun, typically used against aircraft and light armor. The North Korean military is known to use the gun, which has an effective range of 2,000 yards. [*]
North Korea was angered by Seoul’s recent refusal to engage in additional rounds of open-ended military talks, according to analysts in Seoul. Earlier Friday, the North’s official news agency, K.C.N.A., called the rejection of the talks “an act of treachery” that would have “a catastrophic impact.” [*]
“There was this verbal attack by the North Koreans,” said Paik Hak-soon, director of the Center for North Korean Studies at the Sejong Institute near Seoul. “The North said South Korea would get a very serious lesson from this non-cooperation.
“It’s too soon to know, and maybe it’s just accidental firing, but if this proves to be intentional firing, North Korea could be trying to send a signal that they are living up to their words.” [yes, the regime is really that preposterous] [so it’s possible] [*]
The incident came on the eve of a highly anticipated reunion of families separated by the Korean War. The six-day gathering of about 100 families from both the North and the South is due to begin Saturday at the North Korean resort of Diamond Mountain. There was no immediate indication Friday night that the reunions would be canceled or suspended, and the Unification Ministry in Seoul said late Friday night that the gathering would proceed as scheduled.
South Korea also is preparing to host a summit meeting of leaders from the Group of 20 economic powers on Nov. 11-12 in Seoul. The group includes the United States, China, Russia and the European Union.
Tensions have been strained between the two Koreas since the sinking of a South Korean warship in March, which the South has blamed on a North Korean torpedo attack. The North has denied involvement in the sinking, which killed 46 sailors.
But in recent weeks the North has made diplomatic overtures that Mr. Paik characterized as “a peace offensive.” [plus over the summer the US overtly displayed raw power in a way it has typically called something else in past—this time it didn’t disguise its intent] [*]
“So intentional firing by North Korea, across the DMZ, it doesn’t make sense,” he said.
North Korea shuffled its senior leadership hierarchy last month, with the youngest son of the leader, Kim Jong-il, receiving significant political posts in the Workers’ Party.
“The most urgent thing for North Korea right now is their political stability,” Mr. Paik said. “They want a smooth power succession, a smooth transition. That’s their top priority, and anything that would have a negative impact on that would be avoided.”
Mark McDonald reported from Seoul, South Korea, and Kevin Drew from Hong Kong.

Iran Agrees to Resume Nuclear Talks With Europe

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/middleeast/30iran.html
October 29, 2010
Iran Agrees to Resume Nuclear Talks With Europe
By STEPHEN CASTLE [Iran] [confluence of Iran’s election shenanigans one year ago and Iran’s apparent drive for nuke weapons] [apparently Iran has agreed to talk to the Europeans finally?] [I suspect the sanctions are biting but, alas, they are also hurting average Iranians as is almost always the case] [watch for how long the Iranians drag out this process of making concessions—it will be a dog-and-pony show if the past is prologue?] [*]
BRUSSELS — Iran said Friday that it was ready to resume talks with the European Union about its nuclear program next month.
In a two-paragraph letter to the bloc’s foreign affairs chief, Catherine Ashton, the Iranians said their senior negotiator, Saeed Jalili, was willing to hold discussions starting on Nov. 10.
Ms. Ashton, who had written to Mr. Jalili this month, described Iran’s offer to resume discussions as “a very important” development. [*]

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/30/world/middleeast/30iran.html
October 29, 2010
Iran Agrees to Resume Nuclear Talks With Europe
By STEPHEN CASTLE [Iran] [confluence of Iran’s election shenanigans one year ago and Iran’s apparent drive for nuke weapons] [apparently Iran has agreed to talk to the Europeans finally?] [I suspect the sanctions are biting but, alas, they are also hurting average Iranians as is almost always the case] [watch for how long the Iranians drag out this process of making concessions—it will be a dog-and-pony show if the past is prologue?] [*]
BRUSSELS — Iran said Friday that it was ready to resume talks with the European Union about its nuclear program next month.
In a two-paragraph letter to the bloc’s foreign affairs chief, Catherine Ashton, the Iranians said their senior negotiator, Saeed Jalili, was willing to hold discussions starting on Nov. 10.
Ms. Ashton, who had written to Mr. Jalili this month, described Iran’s offer to resume discussions as “a very important” development. [*]
If a date and place can be agreed on, they will be the first talks between Mr. Jalili and Ms. Ashton, who took over in December as the European Union’s foreign policy chief. The talks will also include senior officials from the United States, Russia, China, France, Germany and Britain.
The Europeans have proposed a three-day meeting in Vienna starting Nov. 15, but Iran favors Geneva, which is likely to be acceptable to the Ms. Ashton, said one European official, speaking on condition of anonymity because of the sensitivity of the issue. [*]
The prospect of the first high-level negotiations in more than a year comes after agreement on a new range of United Nations and European Union sanctions aimed at Iran’s nuclear program. [if this works, Obama will rightly get some credit for building coalition around tough sanctions that were aimed at Rev Guard and mixed sectors of economy] [**]
The European sanctions that single out the energy and financial sectors have just come into force, but officials say they were designed to bring Iran to the negotiating table and would be lifted if the talks succeed. The bloc says it is pursuing a twin-track strategy of economic pressure and dialogue to try to reach a deal.
Western nations fear that Iran’s uranium enrichment program is headed toward a weapons program, while Iran insists its nuclear ambitions are limited to peaceful purposes.
In their brief letter sent Friday, the Iranians said that Mr. Jalili was “glad to hear that ultimately her Excellency Catherine Ashton has expressed her willingness to resume the talks and offered a date for the meeting.”
Mr. Jalili, the letter said, was willing to “resume the talks based on his letter of 6 July.” In that letter, the Iranian negotiator said that talks should aim to engage and cooperate, that they should be committed to the rationale of dialogue, and that Ms. Ashton should state her “position on the nuclear weapons of the Zionist Regime” — a reference to Israel, which does not confirm or deny that it has nuclear weapons.
Darren Ennis, Ms. Ashton’s spokesman, said, “The issue of Iran’s nuclear program must be the core part in the negotiations, but Ms. Ashton doesn’t rule anything else out.” [surely the Iranains cannot possibly link Israel: Europe has not control over Israel’s nukes] [*]

Somali Islamists Kill Two Girls Branded Spies

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/africa/29somalia.html
October 28, 2010
Somali Islamists Kill Two Girls Branded Spies
By MOHAMMED IBRAHIMn [Somalia] the chaos in Somalia] [East Africa; south of Horn] [chaos since 1991, fleeing of central govt] [then stability again in 2000s until 2007-2008 when wheels came off yet again] [now comes another round of violence?] [al shabab killing teenage girls who are “spies”!] [use psci 355-455, 469] [followup] [*]
MOGADISHU, Somalia — Somalia’s most powerful Islamist insurgents, the Shabab, executed two teenage girls on Wednesday after deciding they were spies, setting off fears among residents, officials and witnesses said. [*]
The two teenagers — one 18, the other 14 — were shot by firing squad in the center of the town of Beledweyne, near the border with Ethiopia, witnesses said.
Pickup trucks with big loudspeakers drove into the town, ordering the residents to watch the execution. Residents were also told to switch off their cellphones and were warned not to take pictures, a prohibition that has been enforced at some Islamist

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/africa/29somalia.html
October 28, 2010
Somali Islamists Kill Two Girls Branded Spies
By MOHAMMED IBRAHIMn [Somalia] the chaos in Somalia] [East Africa; south of Horn] [chaos since 1991, fleeing of central govt] [then stability again in 2000s until 2007-2008 when wheels came off yet again] [now comes another round of violence?] [al shabab killing teenage girls who are “spies”!] [use psci 355-455, 469] [followup] [*]
MOGADISHU, Somalia — Somalia’s most powerful Islamist insurgents, the Shabab, executed two teenage girls on Wednesday after deciding they were spies, setting off fears among residents, officials and witnesses said. [*]
The two teenagers — one 18, the other 14 — were shot by firing squad in the center of the town of Beledweyne, near the border with Ethiopia, witnesses said.
Pickup trucks with big loudspeakers drove into the town, ordering the residents to watch the execution. Residents were also told to switch off their cellphones and were warned not to take pictures, a prohibition that has been enforced at some Islamist executions in the past. [*]
“The teenage girls were executed in the regional headquarters at the center of the town. Some of the women who were watching fainted at the scene,” said Abukar Elmi, a witness. “This is a shocking event.”
The Shabab official in the town, Sheik Yusuf Ali Ugas, told local journalists that “the two girls were found guilty of spying for the Ethiopian government.” [the hated “Christian” nation next door] [it invaded Somalia in 2006?] [*]
Ethiopia invaded Somalia in 2006 to oust an Islamist movement that had taken control of much of the country, including the capital, Mogadishu. Thousands of Ethiopian soldiers remained in Somalia for the next three years before withdrawing, and some of the Somali government forces fighting the Shabab in the Beledweyne area are supported by the Ethiopian government.
Mr. Ugas said the teenagers were not the only ones in Shabab custody, adding, “There are many people now in Shabab prisons in Beledweyne.” [I don’t doubt it a bit] [*]
He also sent a warning to Ethiopia, saying that the Shabab knew “all the informants serving for the Ethiopian government.”
Townspeople argued that the two teenage girls were innocent. The girls, they said, were traveling away from their families when they were caught in a cross-fire just outside Beledweyne, where both government forces and the Shabab are positioned. Many Somalis try to reach Yemen and Saudi Arabia to find better opportunities there and escape from the violence in this country. [*]
“When the fighting started between the Shabab and the government forces just outside Beledweyne, the girls had to flee to the bush, where they were finally caught,” said a resident whose name was withheld for his safety. “I think they were executed because they were caught at the front line.”
The Somali transitional federal government strongly condemned the public execution, arguing that the two girls had not been given the right to a legal defense, nor had their parents even been informed.
“This execution is yet another human rights abuse committed by the criminals,” the Somali government said. “This act of killing innocent children does not have Islamic and humanitarian justifications.” [sadly, the transitional govt is not much better] [*]
The Shabab have been responsible for many human rights violations in the areas they control. In 2008, for instance, they stoned to death a rape victim in the port town of Kismayo.

October 28, 2010

The Reset Blooms

http://nationalinterest.org/commentary/the-reset-blooms-4309
The National Interest
[Accessed 10/28/10 10:21:51 AM] [I know little about this periodical but the topic was sufficiently intriguing that . . . ?] [*]
The Reset Blooms
October 28, 2010
Nikolas K. Gvosdev [2]
[Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [the president and the top of the NSC in the Obama president-NSC-policymaking model] [obama campaigned on talking to Americas friends and enemies] [Russia of course the former, more or less, but once the latter] [in 2009 the administration came up with reset-as I recall as a mistranslation fluke—and it stuck] [use psci 350, 355-455] [followup] [argument here is that “reset” worked] [*]
Over the past year, I was skeptical [3] of the Obama administration’s vaunted “reset” of relations with Russia. In January of this year, I wrote, “The problem is simple: not only are many Russian and American interests today out of alignment, the political realities in both countries work against any effective partnership being developed.” My pessimistic attitude was based on an assessment [4] of the trajectory of U.S.-Russia relations over the last decade, “‘Resetting’ Relations between the U.S. and Russia,” coauthored with Dana Struckman, in which we concluded that the “ongoing ‘baggage’ in the relationship” would

http://nationalinterest.org/commentary/the-reset-blooms-4309
The National Interest
[Accessed 10/28/10 10:21:51 AM] [I know little about this periodical but the topic was sufficiently intriguing that . . . ?] [*]
The Reset Blooms
October 28, 2010
Nikolas K. Gvosdev [2]
[Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [the president and the top of the NSC in the Obama president-NSC-policymaking model] [obama campaigned on talking to Americas friends and enemies] [Russia of course the former, more or less, but once the latter] [in 2009 the administration came up with reset-as I recall as a mistranslation fluke—and it stuck] [use psci 350, 355-455] [followup] [argument here is that “reset” worked] [*]
Over the past year, I was skeptical [3] of the Obama administration’s vaunted “reset” of relations with Russia. In January of this year, I wrote, “The problem is simple: not only are many Russian and American interests today out of alignment, the political realities in both countries work against any effective partnership being developed.” My pessimistic attitude was based on an assessment [4] of the trajectory of U.S.-Russia relations over the last decade, “‘Resetting’ Relations between the U.S. and Russia,” coauthored with Dana Struckman, in which we concluded that the “ongoing ‘baggage’ in the relationship” would preclude “any sudden, rapid transformation” in ties between Washington and Moscow. [*]
In October 2010, however, the picture seems different. Both Barack Obama and Dmitry Medvedev have built upon the initial foundation they laid during their 2009 summit meeting in Moscow and made conscious choices to downplay or put on the back burner some of the seemingly irreconcilable issues that had poisoned the well of U.S.-Russia relations during the closing terms of the George W. Bush and Vladimir V. Putin administrations. [*]Both presidents have chosen to clarify what Struckman and I described as a “number of confusing signals” that dogged efforts on the part of both Moscow and Washington to reset relations during the latter half of 2009. [*]
One must not also overlook changes in the international environment, beyond the control of either the Medvedev or Obama teams, to this improved climate. [*]First and foremost have been developments in Ukraine. The election of Viktor Yanukovich to the presidency, and even more importantly, Yanukovich’s ability to create a parliamentary majority in the Rada and to set up a stable cabinet under the chairmanship of Prime Minister Mykola Azarov, meant that Yanukovich has been able to steer Ukraine away from its all-out embrace of the Euro-Atlantic world in favor of a more accommodating approach to Russia. The decisions to forgo Ukraine’s attempts to gain NATO membership and to sign a new, long-term lease for Russia’s Black Sea Fleet have removed Ukraine from the chessboard of U.S.-Russia [I think I agree with him] [*] competition—and in turn decreased Russia’s need to cause problems for the United States in other parts of the world.
The second has been the ongoing efforts of French President Nicolas Sarkozy and German Chancellor Angela Merkel to continue with their efforts to include Russia in European matters and to tighten the bonds of economic integration between Western Europe and Russia. [but that too was partly made tenable by Obama’s attitude that such improvements were not perforce threatening to the US?] [*]The recently concluded “three-way” summit between Medvedev, Merkel and Sarkozy in the French seaside resort of Deauville saw Sarkozy’s proposal [5] for a "technical, human and security partnership” between Europe and Russia, a proposal for a European security council and a common economic space [6] in place by 2025. [*]And the perceptible warming in relations between Moscow and Warsaw, in the wake of the tragic plane crash that claimed the life of Poland’s president, offers hope that Russia’s traditionally frosty relations with east-central Europe might be undergoing a thaw.
But just as importantly, both the Obama and the Medvedev administrations made choices in 2010 that went against some key domestic constituencies in both countries. [*]The Obama team made a deliberate choice to de-escalate a confrontational stance toward Moscow over the unresolved conflict with Georgia. While the United States has not recognized the unilateral declarations of independence made by Abkhazia and South Ossetia after the 2008 war, and continues to consider these two regions as parts of Georgia “occupied” by Russian forces, the Obama administration, notwithstanding considerable pressure from some elements in Congress, has eschewed the sale of advanced weapons systems to Georgia. [which to me made a lot of sense] [McCain and some Vulcans were arguing the US had to get firm with Russia over Georgia but I could not see why?] [it’s Russia’s sphere and the US ought to be sensitive just as the US would expect sensitivity in Mexico other neighbor] [*] The Obama team is also attempting to convince a sometimes-skeptical government in Tbilisi that the likelihood that Washington can “strong-arm” Russia into reversing the 2008 developments is next to nil—but that, in an atmosphere of improved U.S.-Russia relations, it might be possible to begin constructive efforts to solve the conflict. [I’m not for letting Russia stomp on Georgia but frankly I thought Saakashvili was out of line and using the US-NATO in reckless ways] [moreover, why on earth is Georgia essential to NATO when there’s no consensus on NATO’s main purposes in 21st century?] [**]
In keeping with that strategy, the Obama team also de-linked the Georgia conflict from the 123 civil-nuclear agreement that the Bush administration unsuccessfully sought with Russia. [I frankly agree] [*]Back in 2008, then-Senator Joe Biden declared the agreement all-but-dead on arrival as a result of the tensions in ties between Moscow and Washington. This year, the Obama administration resubmitted the agreement, and while noting ongoing disagreements with Russia over Georgia and other issues, stressed the commercial and security benefits to U.S. interests. [Washington Times, no less, just published editorial arguing military was behind New START] [*]
In the New START treaty, signed on April 8, both teams apparently agreed to “fudge.” The Russians kept in the preamble of the treaty a statement about the linkages between offensive and defensive weaponry, and issued a statement indicating that they think this affects the whole question of deploying missile defenses. The Obama administration noted that the preamble is not legally binding language but extended assurances that there would be no development of any substantial system that could in theory impact the Russian nuclear deterrent. The Russians acquiesced to not pushing on missile-defense issues—which had been the main holdup in talks prior to the expiration of the original START; the U.S. side decided not to make a big issue out of the preamble.
In Russia, Medvedev has apparently achieved “buy in” from the key players on the Iran portfolio, that Moscow would move ahead with a stricter set of sanctions on Tehran. [*] Russia voted for a new series of UN sanctions and also unilaterally rescinded the sale of the advanced S-300 air-defense system to Iran, even though that transaction was “grandfathered in” by the UN sanctions. [as far as I can tell, New START makes sense; it’s in America’s interests] [*]
Traditionally, there were powerful economic interests which blunted Moscow’s willingness to cooperate with Washington on Iran, particularly the defense and energy industries. But now we have a new alignment of the stars in the Russian constellation on Iran. Accommodating the United States on Iran may prove to be far more profitable in the long term than continuing to stymie Washington for the sake of existing Iranian contracts. As I noted in July [7],
The modernizers—those who argue that Russia needs the active support (and investment) of the West in order to develop its economy and society—have pushed for the Kremlin to accommodate U.S. concerns about Iran. In order to facilitate a “modernization alliance” with the United States, particularly in the sphere of high technology. [sic.] [I don’t know what the boldface was for?][*]
Moscow’s more accommodating stance on Iran has also assisted its relations with Europe, particularly with Sarkozy—further reinforcing the arguments for backing the U.S.-European stance against Tehran.
Prime Minister Vladimir Putin, more skeptical than his colleague in the Russian duumvirate about the prospects for a closer U.S.-Russia relationship, appears willing to let Medvedev’s “reset experiment” with the Obama administration play itself out, while withholding a final judgment. [*]
This wait-and-see approach, however, might contain the seeds for an eventual disintegration of the reset. And is Putin’s attitude being matched by some even within the Obama administration? Robert Kagan’s observation made earlier this month [8] that “Obama officials sense the ‘reset’ with Russia reached its high point with the START treaty and the last round of Iran sanctions and is headed downhill” is not encouraging. [we will see] [*]
The accomplishments of the last six months—the signing of new START, successful summitry in Washington and a new consensus on Iran among them—are not set in stone. The new arms-control agreement has not yet been ratified in the Senate—and the Russian side will not submit the treaty to the Duma until this occurs. A shift in the political balance of power in Ukraine could easily put Kiev back in contention. The reset has bloomed—but whether these buds could survive a new, sudden frost remains to be seen. [and even if it reversed, that these things had happened should not be obscured] [material success in foreign policy—of course it’s not permanent] [*]
More by
Links:
[1] http://www.addthis.com/bookmark.php?v=250&username=nationalinterest
[2] http://nationalinterest.org/profile/nikolas-k-gvosdev
[3] http://nationalinterest.org/article/ditch-the-reset-3350
[4] http://www.usnwc.edu/Departments---Colleges/National-Security-Decision-Making/Documents/CaseStudiesInPolicyMaking12thEd.pdf
[5] http://www.spiegel.de/international/europe/0,1518,723664,00.html
[6] http://www.reuters.com/article/idUSTRE69I2YF20101019
[7] http://nationalinterest.org/commentary/moscows-foreign-policies-3765
[8] http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/09/30/AR2010093005528.html

Karzai and the Scent of U.S. Irresolution

http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702303341904575576342977166312.html
The Wall Street Jounral
[Accessed 10/28/10 10:14 AM] [*]
Karzai and the Scent of U.S. Irresolution
Our longest war is now being waged with doubt and hesitation, and our ally on the scene has gone rogue, taking the coin of our enemies and scoffing at our purposes.
By FOUAD AJAMI [oped-like piece] [the WSJ has an interesting relationship with some conservaive intellectuals—from places like American Enterprise Institute, Foundation for the Defense of Democracies, so forth] [Professor Ajami is one of those who publishes such pices] [they tend to be support for the Bush administration and its policies in Iraq and Afghanistan and critiques of the Obama administration for same] [they neglect, as a whole, the continuity that I try to teach students] [but they are nevertheless often good articles, interesting pieces] [I just don’t read the WSJ that often so I don’t see them often] [this one on Obama adminstration and what Dr. Ajami perceives as lack of fortitude in asserting democratization in Arab world?] [societal but cross in govt] [*]
'They do give us bags of money—yes, yes, it is done, we are grateful to the Iranians for this." This is the East, and baksheesh [*]is the way of the world, Hamid Karzai brazenly let it be known this week. The big aid that maintains his regime, and keeps his country together, comes from the democracies. It is much cheaper for the Iranians. They are of the

http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702303341904575576342977166312.html
The Wall Street Jounral
[Accessed 10/28/10 10:14 AM] [*]
Karzai and the Scent of U.S. Irresolution
Our longest war is now being waged with doubt and hesitation, and our ally on the scene has gone rogue, taking the coin of our enemies and scoffing at our purposes.
By FOUAD AJAMI [oped-like piece] [the WSJ has an interesting relationship with some conservaive intellectuals—from places like American Enterprise Institute, Foundation for the Defense of Democracies, so forth] [Professor Ajami is one of those who publishes such pices] [they tend to be support for the Bush administration and its policies in Iraq and Afghanistan and critiques of the Obama administration for same] [they neglect, as a whole, the continuity that I try to teach students] [but they are nevertheless often good articles, interesting pieces] [I just don’t read the WSJ that often so I don’t see them often] [this one on Obama adminstration and what Dr. Ajami perceives as lack of fortitude in asserting democratization in Arab world?] [societal but cross in govt] [*]
'They do give us bags of money—yes, yes, it is done, we are grateful to the Iranians for this." This is the East, and baksheesh [*]is the way of the world, Hamid Karzai brazenly let it be known this week. The big aid that maintains his regime, and keeps his country together, comes from the democracies. It is much cheaper for the Iranians. They are of the neighborhood, they know the ways of the bazaar. [it’s not at all surprising but it’s a little alarming that Karzai people are taking so much money from Iran] [what does Iran believe it is buying?] [is Karzai subverting America’s very goals and purposes?] [at minimum, the tail is wagging the dog] [*]
The remarkable thing about Mr. Karzai has been his perverse honesty. This is not a Third World client who has given us sweet talk about democracy coming to the Hindu Kush. He has been brazen to the point of vulgarity. We are there, but on his and his family's terms. [*]Bags of cash, the reports tell us, are hauled out of Kabul to Dubai; there are eight flights a day. We distrust the man. He reciprocates that distrust, and then some. Our deliberations leak, we threaten and bully him, only to give in to him. And this only increases his lack of regard for American tutelage. We are now there to cut a deal—the terms of our own departure from Afghanistan. [I don’t know how anybody can dispute the basic premise] [it’s sad to say and the Obama folks have probably mishandled it to some extent—though I think I know what Obama tried to do and I thought it was a reasonable risk at the time, if the US was going to move forward in AfPak] [*]
The idealism has drained out of this project. Say what you will about the Iraq war—and there was disappointment and heartbreak aplenty—there always ran through that war the promise of a decent outcome: deliverance for the Kurds, an Iraqi democratic example in the heart of a despotic Arab world, the promise of a decent Shiite alternative in the holy city of Najaf that would compete with the influence of Qom. No such nobility, no such illusions now attend our war in Afghanistan. By latest cruel count, more than 1,300 American service members have fallen in Afghanistan. For these sacrifices, Mr. Karzai shows little, if any, regard. [that’s what’s disheartening] [the US has sacrificed so much; American men and women have given their lives for America’s sense of duty in supporting democracy and freedom, and they are repaid with said vulgarity!] [I’m not naïve enough to think US goals are completely pure but the after the response to 9/11, I think the US generally tried to do the right thing given the complexities] [the Bush folks were more reluctant about building democracy in Afghanistan—with good reason it appears—and the Obama people a bit more willing] [but both, as common in USFP, reflected America in search for its appropriate role: supporting where-when possible democracy and freedom over intolerance, tribalism, ethnic hatred . . . so on] [*]
In his latest outburst, Mr. Karzai said the private security companies that guard the embassies and the development and aid organizations are killer squads, on a par with the Taliban. "The money dealing with the private security companies starts in the hallways of the U.S. government. Then they send the money for killing here," Mr Karzai said. It is fully understood that Mr. Karzai and his clan want the business of the contractors for themselves. [*]
Afghan President Hamid Karzai (left) and Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad
The brutal facts about Afghanistan are these: It is a broken country, a land of banditry, of a war of all against all, and of the need to get what can be gotten from the strangers. There is no love for the infidels who have come into the land, and no patience for their sermons. [America became romantically attached in 1980s due to Soviet involvement and that still affects USFP] [probably mostly negatively as it turns out because building modern democracy in Afghanistan is a generation-plus long process] [*]
In its wanderings through the Third World, from Korea and Vietnam to Iran and Egypt, it was America's fate to ride with all sorts of clients. We betrayed some of them, and they betrayed us in return. They passed off their phobias and privileges as lofty causes worthy of our blood and treasure. They snookered us at times, but there was always the pretense of a common purpose. The thing about Mr. Karzai is his sharp break with this history. It is the ways of the Afghan mountaineers that he wishes to teach us. [indeed] [*]
When they came to power, the Obama people insisted they would teach Mr. Karzai new rules. There was a new man at the helm in Washington, and there would be no favored treatment, no intimacy with the new steward of American power. Governance would have to improve, and skeptical policy makers would now hold him accountable (Vice President Joe Biden, Special Representative Richard Holbrooke, et al.). Mr. Karzai took their measure, and everywhere around him there were signs of American retreat, such as the spectacle of the Pax Americana eager to reach a grand bargain with the Iranian theocrats. [more or less] [but he says it as if that was a bad idea?] [that seemed a reasonable thing to expect when American men and women and US treasure was at stake?] [*]
Mr. Karzai didn't need to be a grand strategist. He had, as is necessary in his world of treachery and betrayal, his ear to the ground, his scent for the irresolution of the Obama administration. He saw the scorn of Iran's cruel leaders for America's diplomatic approaches. He could see Iranian power extend all the way to the Mediterranean, right up to Israel's borders with Lebanon and to Gaza. The Iranians were next door and the Americans were giving away their fatigue. Why not accept the entreaties from Tehran? [is that what he did?] [it sort of looks that way at present] [if true, it will make many Americans, understandably, angry] [*]
A year ago, the U.S. ambassador to Kabul, Karl Eikenberry, laid out the truth about Mr. Karzai and his regime in a secret cable that of course made its way into the public domain. "President Karzai is not an adequate strategic partner," Mr. Eikenberry wrote. The Karzai regime could not bear the weight of a counterinsurgency doctrine that would win the loyalty of the populace. There were monumental problems of governance but "Karzai continues to shun responsibility for any sovereign burden, whether defense, governance, or development. He and much of his circle do not want the U.S. to leave and are only too happy to see us invest further. They assume we covet their territory for a never-ending war on terror and for military bases to use against surrounding powers." In Mr. Eikenberry's cable, Mr. Karzai is a man beyond redemption, who was unlikely to "change fundamentally this late in his life and in our relationship." [yes, he did] [I remember it well and it almost cause warfare between McChrystal and former general Eikenberry] [I also remember arguing in comments that Biden might be right to argue against the surge] [but ultimately, it’s what was decided and I reluctantly backed it] [the same had happened years earlier with Iraq—I thought it was a wrong choice but once the US decided, I tried to support as much as possible] [*]
In one of his great tales of the imperial age, "Lord Jim," Joseph Conrad depicts the encounter between a criminal and a noble figure. "Gentleman" Brown and a band of robbers had come into Tuan Jim's domain—a small world, Patusan, where Jim's writ ran and the natives honored and deferred to him. Everything was on the side of Jim—possession, security, power. But Brown senses the hidden irresoluteness of Jim, a man who had come to this remote, small world in the Pacific in search of redemption. We are equal, says Brown: "What do you know more of me than I know of you? What did you ask for when you came here?" Jim pays with his life. He had let the ruffian set the terms of the encounter.
A big American project, our longest war, is now waged with doubt and hesitation, and our ally on the scene has gone rogue, taking the coin of our enemies and scoffing at our purposes. Unlike the Third World clients of old, this one does not even bother to pay us the tribute of double-speak and hypocrisy. [*]He is a different kind of client, but then, too, our authority today is but a shadow of what it once was. [my recollection his that Ajami was for America’s surge in AfPak?] [I know he was for it in Iraq] [I probably ought to go back to check?] [*]
Mr. Ajami is a professor at The Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies and a senior fellow at Stanford University's Hoover Institution.
Copyright 2009 Dow Jones & Company, Inc. All Rights Reserved

Is Clinton (Bill) poised to return to Mideast diplomacy?

http://www.jpost.com/International/Article.aspx?ID=193165&R=R1
The Jerusalem Post
[Accessed 10/28/10 10:15:41 AM] [*]
Is Clinton (Bill) poised to return to Mideast diplomacy?
By HERB KEINON
28/10/2010 [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [from NSC to bureaucracy] [Middle East Peace] [continuity in USFP?] [followup] [use psci 355-455] [consider some of the implications of using former President Bill Clinton for Middle East Peace?] [forget that his wife is secretary of state; forget that he has every bit as rough and tumble a relationship with Bibi as Obama; forget that his ego is larger than Israel; . . . ] [while he has credibility that few others have and “juice” combined, I see heartache and anger] [rumor mill out of Israel?] [*]
Recent report claims former US president will return to politics in region in one capacity or another, may be involved in peace process.
Sources in Jerusalem discounted as "political gossip" a recent report in the US blogosphere about former US President Bill Clinton returning to Middle East diplomacy in one capacity or another.

http://www.jpost.com/International/Article.aspx?ID=193165&R=R1
The Jerusalem Post
[Accessed 10/28/10 10:15:41 AM] [*]
Is Clinton (Bill) poised to return to Mideast diplomacy?
By HERB KEINON
28/10/2010 [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [from NSC to bureaucracy] [Middle East Peace] [continuity in USFP?] [followup] [use psci 355-455] [consider some of the implications of using former President Bill Clinton for Middle East Peace?] [forget that his wife is secretary of state; forget that he has every bit as rough and tumble a relationship with Bibi as Obama; forget that his ego is larger than Israel; . . . ] [while he has credibility that few others have and “juice” combined, I see heartache and anger] [*]
Recent report claims former US president will return to politics in region in one capacity or another, may be involved in peace process.
Sources in Jerusalem discounted as "political gossip" a recent report in the US blogosphere about former US President Bill Clinton returning to Middle East diplomacy in one capacity or another.
Laura Rozen, at Politico, quoted Steven Clemons from the left-leaning New America Foundation as being convinced that Clinton is the man who can help Obama bring peace to the Middle East. [it sounds a little like Clemons] [he regularly makes interesting intellectual leaps on his blog, Washington Note] [*]
"Bill Clinton is the only guy I can think of who is trusted and liked by all sides," Clemons was quoted as saying.
That's true, one observer in Jerusalem quipped, if you discount the million Russian immigrants who Clinton said earlier this month were the obstacles to peace, and if you ignore all the stories over the years about how difficult a relationship Clinton had with Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu when they worked together during Netanyahu's first term in office. Floating the idea now was seen by some in Jerusalem as possibly a pre-midterm election move, the rationale being to try and shore up traditionally massive Jewish support for the Democrats at next Tuesday's midterm elections – support the polls show is now dwindling – by suggesting a key role for Clinton, who has strong support in the American Jewish community. [?] [*]
The idea left others thinking that – if true – this would be a sign that the Obama Administration was "clutching for straws" at a time when the diplomatic process seems to have reached a dead-end. [if possible, it would signal even worse than clutching] [it would suggest drowning? (to take the metaphor an entirely different direction)] [*]
Following the midterm elections next week, there is likely to be additional personnel shake-ups at the White House, including among those focusing on the Middle East, though no one has a firm indication yet on who will be involved, or how it will impact on policy.
Neither the Prime Minister's Office nor the Foreign Ministry would relate to the Clinton speculation.
One government source said Israel did not feel obliged to respond to all speculation in the press, and that the Americans will chose for various Middle East positions whomever they think is best suited for the job.
Clinton. Meanwhile, will be the keynote speaker Wednesday at the Middle East Institute, the oldest Washington think tank devoted to Middle East issues. His topic: "Rethinking a Middle East in transition."

A cautionary tale for the liberal interventionist

http://www.theglobeandmail.com/news/opinions/opinion/a-cautionary-tale-for-the-liberal-interventionist/article1775466/
The Globe and Mail
[Accessed 10/28/10 10:23:00 AM] [*]
October 28, 2010
A cautionary tale for the liberal interventionist
By MARGARET WENTE
From Thursday's Globe and Mail
The U.S.-led invasion of Iraq in 2003 is a classic case of doing bad by trying to do good. We can't rescue people from themselves [it’s a Canadian paper that I’ve only read infrequently] [here’s an interesting piece Bush’s decision to topple Saddam Hussein, from a Canadian perspective] [what lessons should we have learned some 7-plus years later?] [-ir] [the risk has thus far paid off?] [what about the surge?] [it’s such a complex case with so many implications and many of those are fraught] [what about the lack of post-Cold War, post-9/11 consensus in USFP] [use psci 355-455] [I’ll note the Euro spellings now rather than “sic.” it later] [Canadia opinion piece on US societal-govt: external, societal, govt] [*]
The main revelation in the latest cache of documents from WikiLeaks is not the collateral damage inflicted by American troops on innocent Iraqis (although there's plenty of that). It's the damage inflicted by Iraqis on one another. The liberation of Iraq from Saddam Hussein and his chamber of horrors turned the entire country into a chamber of horrors. Of

http://www.theglobeandmail.com/news/opinions/opinion/a-cautionary-tale-for-the-liberal-interventionist/article1775466/
The Globe and Mail
[Accessed 10/28/10 10:23:00 AM] [*]
October 28, 2010
A cautionary tale for the liberal interventionist
By MARGARET WENTE
From Thursday's Globe and Mail
The U.S.-led invasion of Iraq in 2003 is a classic case of doing bad by trying to do good. We can't rescue people from themselves [it’s a Canadian paper that I’ve only read infrequently] [here’s an interesting piece Bush’s decision to topple Saddam Hussein, from a Canadian perspective] [what lessons should we have learned some 7-plus years later?] [-ir] [the risk has thus far paid off?] [what about the surge?] [it’s such a complex case with so many implications and many of those are fraught] [what about the lack of post-Cold War, post-9/11 consensus in USFP] [use psci 355-455] [I’ll note the Euro spellings now rather than “sic.” it later] [*]
The main revelation in the latest cache of documents from WikiLeaks is not the collateral damage inflicted by American troops on innocent Iraqis (although there's plenty of that). It's the damage inflicted by Iraqis on one another. The liberation of Iraq from Saddam Hussein and his chamber of horrors turned the entire country into a chamber of horrors. Of the 109,000 deaths recorded in these newly released U.S. military documents, which span the period from 2004 to 2009, the vast majority were Iraqi civilians murdered by other Iraqis. [*]
It's a classic case of doing bad by trying to do good. And it's a cautionary tale for any would-be peacekeeper or liberal interventionist - if there happen to be any left - who thinks we can rescue people from themselves. [I suppose it should be a cautionary tale?] [but in far more complex ways that just that?] [*]
I was a liberal interventionist back then. In my defence, I was in the best of company - Michael Ignatieff, Christopher Hitchens and Andrew Sullivan, among others. [I should take this time to be clear about my own record] [I was against the initial invasion in 2003] [I thought it would go badly in short order—it did] [I worried about civil war and many nights of the long knives and the rest] [but I was also oddly attracted to the interesting idealism of the Vulcans-neoconservatives that dominated in Bush’s first term] [there’s something compelling about using America’s power to do good things—though we must realize that those good things may be viewed very differently by others who don’t share our biases, proclivities, so forth] [**] Liberal interventionists believed that the Iraqi people (to say nothing of the rest of the world) would be a lot better off without Saddam. I'd met Iraqis in Canada who showed me the torture wounds they'd acquired in Saddam's dungeons. I knew about the gassing of the Kurds and the ethnic cleansing at Hilla, where Saddam's thugs would take people out at night to dig their own graves, then shoot them. I wasn't an imperialist, I was a humanitarian. [in a narrow way, that captures it] [political realists (i.e. Realpolitik) but who’d like to see the world a better place where humanitarian impulses are not simply signs of weakness] [I think that gets at some of the former democrats (and probably others?) who became neoconservatives?] [*]
When I went to Iraq a few months after the war, it dawned on me that the road to freedom from tyranny might be longer than I'd thought. I met many people, especially in the U.S. military, who were valiantly trying to do the right thing. I met brave Iraqis and earnest democracy promoters who were endeavouring to teach the locals the ins and outs of fair elections. Optimism was in the air. But the retaliations had already begun. [*]
Kidnappings and revenge killings had become routine. The police were corrupt and feared. Society was tribal - people identified first and foremost with their clan, whose network of enemies and allies was impossible for outsiders to figure out. Millions of angry young men couldn't find work. Iraqis were incredibly conspiracy-minded and superstitious, and many of them believed in genies. I came to believe that the U.S.-led invasion had let the genie out of the bottle, and not necessarily for the better. [I don’t know about the metaphor but I surely understand his angst] [*]
Later, people blamed the ensuing chaos on the Americans' lack of postwar planning and the decision to disband the Iraqi army. I think the chaos was inevitable, no matter what. [so do I] [though there was a strange disconnect between the ample planning—see J. Fallows, “Blind into Baghdad”] [*]
These WikiLeaks documents (released last week to a handful of international media outlets) are important because they show just how disastrous Operation Iraqi Freedom really was. As Der Spiegel explained, they show how the struggle between Shiites and Sunnis unfolded, how society became brutalized, and how kidnappings, executions and prisoner torture became part of everyday life. [*]
The abuses at the Abu Ghraib prison were mild compared with the atrocities inflicted by Iraqis on each other. The Shia-controlled Interior Ministry ran secret jails in which inmates, most of them Sunnis, endured the same kinds of torture as those inflicted by Saddam. They were burned with boiling water, had their fingers amputated, and had electroshock applied to their genitals. When U.S. forces discovered the brutalities, they simply filled out incident reports and forwarded them to the local authorities. [drills into men’s heads, gratuitous violence] [*]
As the distinction between insurgents and government employees became increasingly fuzzy, militias operated in the open, under the eyes of security forces. [*] IEDs were planted everywhere. Al-Qaeda forces planted bombs in corpses, babies' cribs and teddy bears, as well as on live children, who were known as "paradise boys." Not surprisingly, U.S. troops tended to shoot too early rather than too late.
Afghanistan, by contrast, is supposed to be a "good" war. But it's hard to fight a good war in a violent society with bad guys on every side. And I fear that those Canadians who long for the good old days, when our military served virtuously as "peacekeepers," are just as deluded as I was back in 2003. The world's conflict zones don't look like Cyprus any more. They look like Iraq and Afghanistan - ugly, violent places where high-minded moral interventions are often futile, or worse. [*]

Virginia Man Is Charged in Plot on Capital Subway

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/us/28bomb.html
October 27, 2010
Virginia Man Is Charged in Plot on Capital Subway
By SABRINA TAVERNISE and ERIC SCHMITT [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [residuals from previous . . . ] [gsave globally and domestically] [Obama admin and its substantial continuity with its predecessor] [federal judiciary] [the US—like other Western countries where rule of law prevails—has had difficulties prosecuting domestic jihadis] [some of it was to be expected, simply as novelty—officials weren’t really prepared to use courts against transnational ideology and movements] [growing pains have been evident] [another potential success?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [*]
WASHINGTON — A Virginia man was arrested Wednesday and accused of trying to help men he believed to be militants plot bombings at Washington-area subway stations, [*]the Justice Department announced.
The man, Farooque Ahmed, 34, of Ashburn, Va., a naturalized citizen who was born in Pakistan, has been charged with collecting information to assist in planning a terrorist attack on a transit facility, and with attempting to provide material support “to help carry out multiple bombings to cause mass casualties at Metrorail stations,” [*]the Justice Department said in a statement. [what do we know about who-how recruited???] [*]

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/us/28bomb.html
October 27, 2010
Virginia Man Is Charged in Plot on Capital Subway
By SABRINA TAVERNISE and ERIC SCHMITT [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [residuals from previous . . . ] [gsave globally and domestically] [Obama admin and its substantial continuity with its predecessor] [federal judiciary] [the US—like other Western countries where rule of law prevails—has had difficulties prosecuting domestic jihadis] [some of it was to be expected, simply as novelty—officials weren’t really prepared to use courts against transnational ideology and movements] [growing pains have been evident] [another potential success?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [*]
WASHINGTON — A Virginia man was arrested Wednesday and accused of trying to help men he believed to be militants plot bombings at Washington-area subway stations, [*]the Justice Department announced.
The man, Farooque Ahmed, 34, of Ashburn, Va., a naturalized citizen who was born in Pakistan, has been charged with collecting information to assist in planning a terrorist attack on a transit facility, and with attempting to provide material support “to help carry out multiple bombings to cause mass casualties at Metrorail stations,” [*]the Justice Department said in a statement. [what do we know about who-how recruited???] [*]
Peter Carr, a spokesman for the United States attorney for the Eastern District of Virginia, provided no details on whether the men Mr. Ahmed had met with were undercover agents.
But a federal official who had been briefed on the case confirmed that Mr. Ahmed’s contacts had been F.B.I. agents who were part of a sting operation.
Mr. Ahmed, who was arrested early Wednesday, came to the attention of American authorities in April when he told associates that he wanted to engage in jihad, the official said. This information was passed on to law enforcement agencies, which began to monitor him. [sounds like another American with a computer who visited too many jihadi sites?][*]
The official, who asked to remain anonymous because he was not allowed to comment publicly on the matter, said the authorities believed that Mr. Ahmed was working alone and that he was not part of a terrorist cell.
The Justice Department, in its statement, emphasized that “at no time was the public in danger during this investigation,” language that has implied an investigation in which federal agents posing as militants had infiltrated a group of young men.
According to the indictment, handed up on Tuesday by a federal grand jury in Alexandria, Va., Mr. Ahmed took part in scouting a Metrorail station in Arlington and recorded video images of the station four times. In July, he gave a memory card containing the footage “to an individual whom Ahmed believed to be affiliated with Al Qaeda” in a hotel room in Sterling, Va., the indictment said. [*]The authorities said he had also agreed to assess two other stations in Arlington as potential attack locations. [he doesn’t sound terribly clever?] [*]
Mr. Ahmed’s case was similar to other investigations involving undercover federal agents that were conducted in Chicago, Dallas and Raleigh, N.C.
Mr. Ahmed did not appear to be part of a pattern of home-grown extremists, like Faisal Shahzad, a Pakistani-born American who went to Pakistan for training and was convicted in a failed Times Square bombing, and Najibullah Zazi, an Afghan man and legal resident whose plot to bomb the New York subway went undetected for months. [2009 into early 2010 was a huge year for homegrown types in US] [*]
Mr. Ahmed was not connected to a spate of recent shootings at military sites in the Washington area, Mr. Carr said. Nor was there any indication that his case was related to the recent terrorism warnings in Europe.
A public records search showed that he has a history of credit problems and several speeding violations.
Mr. Ahmed’s detention hearing is scheduled for Friday. In his first court appearance on Wednesday, he said he could not afford a lawyer; Mr. Carr said the court would appoint one.
If Mr. Ahmed is convicted, he faces a maximum of 50 years in prison.
Barclay Walsh contributed research.

Obama Set to Offer Stricter Nuclear Deal to Iran

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/middleeast/28iran.html
October 27, 2010
Obama Set to Offer Stricter Nuclear Deal to Iran
By DAVID E. SANGER [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [turmoil in Iran—some of it caused by the West and some of it caused by Iran’s thugocracy] [for instance, there is some evidence that another conservative, religious clique is out to get Ahmadinejad, the it’s not entirely clear why?] [use psci 355-455] [a more deserving a**hole does not come to mind] [but remember that an enemy of my enemy is not my friend, particularly in the Middle East (broadly)] [i.e., I can wish them well and be worried about their motives and behavior simultaneously and should be] [Obama’s “talk to our enemies” approach has had some payoff and some failures] [followup] [*]
WASHINGTON — The Obama administration and its European allies are preparing a new offer for negotiations with Iran on its nuclear program, senior administration officials say, but the conditions on Tehran would be even more onerous than a deal that the country’s supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, rejected last year. [*]
Iran’s reaction, officials say, will be the first test of whether a new and surprisingly broad set of economic sanctions is changing Iran’s nuclear calculus. As recently as last summer, senior officials, ranging from the C.I.A. director, Leon E. Panetta, to the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/middleeast/28iran.html
October 27, 2010
Obama Set to Offer Stricter Nuclear Deal to Iran
By DAVID E. SANGER [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [turmoil in Iran—some of it caused by the West and some of it caused by Iran’s thugocracy] [for instance, there is some evidence that another conservative, religious clique is out to get Ahmadinejad, the it’s not entirely clear why?] [use psci 355-455] [a more deserving a**hole does not come to mind] [but remember that an enemy of my enemy is not my friend, particularly in the Middle East (broadly)] [i.e., I can wish them well and be worried about their motives and behavior simultaneously and should be] [Obama’s “talk to our enemies” approach has had some payoff and some failures] [followup] [*]
WASHINGTON — The Obama administration and its European allies are preparing a new offer for negotiations with Iran on its nuclear program, senior administration officials say, but the conditions on Tehran would be even more onerous than a deal that the country’s supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, rejected last year. [*]
Iran’s reaction, officials say, will be the first test of whether a new and surprisingly broad set of economic sanctions is changing Iran’s nuclear calculus. As recently as last summer, senior officials, ranging from the C.I.A. director, Leon E. Panetta, to the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Adm. Mike Mullen, predicted that while the sanctions would hurt Iran, it was unlikely they would prove sufficient to force it to give up the major elements of its nuclear program. [but it was better than not trying to sting them, since they were doing whatever they wished irrespective of the West, the UN, and others?] [*]
A senior American official said Wednesday that the United States and its partners were “very close to having an agreement” on a common position to present to Iran. But the Iranians have not responded to a request from Catherine Ashton, the European Union’s foreign policy chief, to meet in Vienna in mid-November. Iran insisted that Ms. Ashton first tell them when sanctions would end, when Israel would give up what it called “the Zionist bomb” and when the United States would eliminate its nuclear weapons. [those are utterly preposterous and Iran knows so] [but it’s clearly running the negotiation senior leadership and that’s where factionalism gets messy] [*]
The new offer would require Iran to send more than 4,400 pounds of low-enriched uranium out of the country, an increase of more than two-thirds from the amount required under a tentative deal struck in Vienna a year ago. The increase reflects the fact that Iran has steadily produced more uranium over the past year, and the American goal is to make sure that Iran has less than one bomb’s worth of uranium on hand.
Iran would also have to halt all production of nuclear fuel that it is currently enriching to 20 percent — an important step on the way to bomb-grade levels. It would also have to make good on its agreement to negotiate on the future of its nuclear program.
The failed 2009 accord was scuttled by hard-liners in Tehran. A later analysis by intelligence analysts concluded that Ayatollah Khamenei personally rejected the deal, reversing the judgment of President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad. [*]
For that reason, many officials suspect that this latest initiative is likely to fail. But they say that it fulfills President Obama’s promise to keep negotiating even while the pressure of sanctions increases. [*]
“This will be a first sounding about whether the Iranians still think they can tough it out or are ready to negotiate,” one senior American official said this week, declining to be identified because Washington and its European allies are debating the final details of the package they will present to Iran. “We have to convince them that life will get worse, not better, if they don’t begin to move.”
While Mr. Ahmadinejad said in New York last month that Iran was ready to return to negotiations, the country has not yet set a date to meet. Ayatollah Khamenei, speaking earlier this week in Qum — not far from the underground enrichment plant whose existence was exposed last year — did not sound in a mood to compromise. [*]
“The world bullying powers have created a brouhaha about sanctions on Iran,” he was quoted in the Iranian press on Tuesday as saying to clerics and students, “but this nation has overcome sanctions over the past 30 years with its patience and resistance.”
While all sides have expressed a willingness to engage in new negotiations, what is happening now is more brinkmanship than give-and-take. American officials say it is not crucial for Iran to return to negotiations in earnest right away; the longer they wait, the more time available for sanctions to bite. [except that the clock is running on their capabilities concomitantly] [*]
So far, those sanctions have been far more severe than most experts expected. Iran has faced difficulties refueling airplanes in Europe, getting some ports to accept their ships and attracting much-needed investment for oil production, officials and analysts say.
But the longer the stalemate lasts, the more uranium Iran produces. According to international nuclear inspectors, Iran already has enough fuel for two bombs, though American officials estimate it would take at least a year to enrich its current stockpile to bomb grade and then fabricate it into a weapon. “That’s a long time,” one American official said recently, enough for the United States or Israel to take military action to stop the program, he contended.
In public statements recently, the administration has tried to harden its rhetoric about the dangers of an Iranian weapon. [*]
Gary Samore, Mr. Obama’s coordinator for countering unconventional weapons, told an audience at the American Association for the Advancement of Science in Washington last week that if Iran acquired a weapon, it “would have an utterly catastrophic effect” in the region. If successful, Iran could drive other states in the Persian Gulf to seek their own nuclear weapons. An attack by Israel on Iran’s facilities, he added, could set off a regional war. Mr. Samore described stopping Iran’s program as his “No. 1 job.” [I fail to see why they keep repeating that] [it may be the US-West has to live with their capability so building it up as absolutely intolerable simply makes that far more difficult] [if intel is right about Iran racing ahead to a point short of building and test detonation, that may be a reasonable place to cut a deal?] [surely, the overt threat of Israel and/or US raids in future are not going away] [*]
Two years into office, Mr. Obama has organized an impressive sanctions regime and managed to combine diplomacy and pressure better than many experts had predicted. But so far he has little to show for it, which has prompted a discussion inside the White House about whether it would be helpful, or counterproductive, to have him talk more openly about military options.
Several European officials have discouraged that approach. But they also worry that negotiating about the fate of uranium that Iran has enriched in violation of Security Council commands could have the effect of convincing the Iranians they could retain some of their enrichment capability at the end of any negotiation. [how on earth is anyone going to get rid of their enrichment capability?] [they will always have the ability to enrich to some level, whatever it is] [that’s necessary for power and medical istopes] [going beyond that point, theoretically, is simply a matter of time?] [*]
Mr. Obama’s campaign in 2008 said that would be unacceptable; as president, he has not addressed the question clearly.

Small signs of progress in Kandahar

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/27/AR2010102707308.html
Small signs of progress in Kandahar
Wednesday, October 27, 2010; [editorial] [Post’s editors make modest but serious claims of success in Obama’s surge in AfPak?] [I don’t know that they are right but I sure hope so] [I would hate to see the US screw it up] [reminiscent of Iraq, though I doubted success the surge was a lucky gamble] [perhaps Obama can replicate?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [*]
MUCH OF the news from Afghanistan this year has been discouraging, both on and off the battlefield. So it has been a pleasant surprise to see multiple Western news reports use words such as "rout" to describe recent coalition operations against the Taliban outside the southern city of Kandahar. "The American military has forced insurgents to retreat from key parts of this strategically vital region," The Post's Joshua Partlow and Karin Brulliard reported Tuesday. That hardly means that the war has been won. But combined with other developments over the past several months, it's a positive step. [yes, well the next day there were words that seemed to question the accuracy?] [*]
The arrival of the last U.S. reinforcements authorized by President Obama permitted the deployment of a force of 12,000 NATO troops to Kandahar and its surrounding districts,

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/27/AR2010102707308.html
Small signs of progress in Kandahar
Wednesday, October 27, 2010; [editorial] [Post’s editors make modest but serious claims of success in Obama’s surge in AfPak?] [I don’t know that they are right but I sure hope so] [I would hate to see the US screw it up] [reminiscent of Iraq, though I doubted success the surge was a lucky gamble] [perhaps Obama can replicate?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [*]
MUCH OF the news from Afghanistan this year has been discouraging, both on and off the battlefield. So it has been a pleasant surprise to see multiple Western news reports use words such as "rout" to describe recent coalition operations against the Taliban outside the southern city of Kandahar. "The American military has forced insurgents to retreat from key parts of this strategically vital region," The Post's Joshua Partlow and Karin Brulliard reported Tuesday. That hardly means that the war has been won. But combined with other developments over the past several months, it's a positive step. [yes, well the next day there were words that seemed to question the accuracy?] [*]
The arrival of the last U.S. reinforcements authorized by President Obama permitted the deployment of a force of 12,000 NATO troops to Kandahar and its surrounding districts, which are the Taliban's heartland. With the collaboration of large and relatively effective Afghan forces, which often took the lead, the Taliban was pushed out with surprising speed. Many insurgent commanders are reported to have retreated across the border to Pakistan. [that’s not success: that’s delay and avoidance and outwaiting the surge?] [*]
The offensive has been accompanied by other aggressive operations around the country. U.S. commander Gen. David H. Petraeus has stepped up Special Forces operations against Taliban field commanders, 293 of whom have been reported as captured or killed in the past three months. Air operations have grown 50 percent; drone attacks against Taliban bases in Pakistan have also increased significantly. [nice to see some descriptive stats] [*]
No one believes the war can be won by such measures alone. Outside the purely military sphere, some chronic problems perist: [*]U.S. relations with Afghan President Hamid Karzai are still fraught, and the Pakistani military still resists taking action against Taliban havens. U.S. commanders say that unless they can tackle corruption and predatory behavior by local police and officials - something they are only beginning to do - it will be impossible to persuade the Afghan population to support the government. [*]
There nevertheless appears to be evidence to suggest that the Afghan surge ordered by Mr. Obama is beginning to succeed in its first aim, which is to break the Taliban's military momentum. [let’s hope that’s true] [*]The challenge in the coming months will be to hold the newly captured territory in Kandahar and neighboring Helmand province, secure the highway connecting the two areas, and launch development and anti-corruption projects to win over a wary population. Those are big challenges, but NATO and Afghan forces now have some success to build on. [*] © 2010 The Washington Post Co

Chinese Article Seems to Chide Leader

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/asia/28china.html
October 27, 2010
Chinese Article Seems to Chide Leader
By MICHAEL WINES and SHARON LaFRANIERE [China] [PRC] [China’s domestic governance] [China’s incredible economic power, growing rapidly] [slow democratization] [followup] [note: China’s is a mixed system where the Party (CCP) owns the means of production in China along with joint ventures with private enterprises] [as modernity moves China forward, some Party people worry about their control?] [followup] [use psci 350] [*]
BEIJING — China’s main Communist Party newspaper bluntly rejected calls for speedier political reform on Wednesday, publishing a front-page commentary that said any changes in China’s political system should not emulate Western democracies, but “consolidate the party’s leadership so that the party commands the overall situation.”
The opinion article in People’s Daily, signed with what appeared to be a pseudonym,

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/asia/28china.html
October 27, 2010
Chinese Article Seems to Chide Leader
By MICHAEL WINES and SHARON LaFRANIERE [China] [PRC] [China’s domestic governance] [China’s incredible economic power, growing rapidly] [slow democratization] [followup] [note: China’s is a mixed system where the Party (CCP) owns the means of production in China along with joint ventures with private enterprises] [as modernity moves China forward, some Party people worry about their control?] [followup] [use psci 350] [*]
BEIJING — China’s main Communist Party newspaper bluntly rejected calls for speedier political reform on Wednesday, publishing a front-page commentary that said any changes in China’s political system should not emulate Western democracies, but “consolidate the party’s leadership so that the party commands the overall situation.”
The opinion article in People’s Daily, signed with what appeared to be a pseudonym, appeared at least obliquely aimed at Prime Minister Wen Jiabao. He has argued in speeches and media interviews that China’s economic progress threatens to stall without systemic reforms, including an independent judiciary, greater oversight of government by the press and improvements in China’s sharply limited form of elections. [this is how it’s done in China and has been done for generations now] [Empress Dowager to historical allegories wherein members of gang of 4 were apparent targets] [*]
It also may have been directed at countering recent demands for democratic reforms by Chinese liberal intellectuals and Communist Party elders, spurred in part by Mr. Wen’s remarks and timed to this month’s award of the Nobel Peace Prize to an imprisoned Chinese democracy advocate, Liu Xiaobo.
Mr. Wen’s comments have fueled a debate among analysts over whether he is advocating Western-style changes in China’s governing system or merely calling for more openness inside the ruling Communist Party.
Wednesday’s commentary, which closely followed the ruling party’s annual planning session, ran to 1,800 words and delved into topics only occasionally discussed in the state media. The article emphatically repeated past declarations that changes modeled on American or European political systems were inappropriate for China. It also appeared to directly reject Mr. Wen’s warning that economic progress and political reforms were inseparably linked.
“The idea that China’s political reform is seriously lagging behind its remarkable economic development is not only contrary to the law of objectivity but also to the objective facts,” it stated.
It later added: “In promoting political reform, we shouldn’t copy the Western political system model; shouldn’t engage in something like multiparty coalition government or separation of powers among the executive, legislative and judicial branches. We should stick to our own way.” [*]
A Chinese political historian who asked not to be named in discussing the issue said, “Obviously, this is a criticism of Wen.” He later qualified his remark, saying the editorial amounted to “a sideways swipe,” noting that Mr. Wen was not explicitly named.
Still, the notion of a link is bolstered by a leaked Oct. 19 directive from Communist Party censors that ordered Internet sites and news organizations to delete all references to a recent interview of Mr. Wen by CNN. In that Sept. 23 interview, Mr. Wen said that “the people’s wishes for and needs for democracy and freedom are irresistible.”
Mr. Wen has made similar statements in previous years, and the party’s more conservative majority has appeared to bristle. In 2007, after Mr. Wen publicly embraced “universal values” like human rights, the state-controlled press reacted with what seemed nationalistic vigor, and the term has since become taboo.
Some analysts said on Wednesday that the party’s brusque reaction this time points to a growing debate over the future direction of China’s political system.
“It does appear to be a direct swipe at Wen’s statements,” David Shambaugh, who heads the China Policy Program at George Washington University in Washington, said in an e-mail. “It is more evidence of a division of views within higher levels of the party on the scope and pace of ‘democratic’ reform.” [*]
Still unclear, he said, is what democratic reform means to members of the party hierarchy. Publicly, at least, virtually all debate on democracy in party journals and speeches has been limited to ways of making the party bureaucracy more responsive to ordinary citizens rather than giving those citizens a direct voice.
A Beijing scholar of the leadership, Russell Leigh Moses, called the editorial “a reminder to cadres that the party will set the tone and terms of the debate on political reform.”
Within the system, some are skeptical that hints of a split amount to much.
“This political reform debate remains more of a rhetorical debate than an actual policy debate, about how to define China’s democracy versus the West’s,” an editor with a party publication noted in a recent conversation.
“Perhaps some liberal media and intellectuals once again want to make something of Wen’s recent statements,” he said. “But realistically, even if he is sincere, all he can do is earn a better reputation for himself.”
Jonathan Ansfield contributed reporting, and Benjamin Haas and Ashley Li contributed research.

Defending Secrecy, British Spy Chief Goes Public

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/europe/29britain.html
October 28, 2010
Defending Secrecy, British Spy Chief Goes Public
By JOHN F. BURNS and ALAN COWELL [UK] [London] [EU3] [in England, two intelligence agencies exist: one for domestic investigations (sort of like America;’s FBI) and it’s called MI-5; the other is for external stuff and is more like America’s CIA—it’s called Secret Intelligence Service, SIS, but sometime referred to as MI-6] [why he’s making public appearance is not clear to me?] [interesting stuff on British intelligence] [*]
LONDON — At an appropriately hush-hush site, before a not-so-hush-hush audience of newspaper editors and television cameras, Sir John Sawers, the head of Britain’s Secret Intelligence Service, on Thursday delivered what he said was the first public address by a serving chief of the agency in its 101-year history.
His speech ranged from questions about Al Qaeda abroad to accountability at home, from nuclear proliferation in Iran to terrorism and on to the fraught issue of torture in the pursuit of secret information. He praised Britain’s secret agents as “true heroes” in some of the

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/29/world/europe/29britain.html
October 28, 2010
Defending Secrecy, British Spy Chief Goes Public
By JOHN F. BURNS and ALAN COWELL [UK] [London] [EU3] [in England, two intelligence agencies exist: one for domestic investigations (sort of like America;’s FBI) and it’s called MI-5; the other is for external stuff and is more like America’s CIA—it’s called Secret Intelligence Service, SIS, but sometime referred to as MI-6] [why he’s making public appearance is not clear to me?] [interesting stuff on British intelligence] [*]
LONDON — At an appropriately hush-hush site, before a not-so-hush-hush audience of newspaper editors and television cameras, Sir John Sawers, the head of Britain’s Secret Intelligence Service, on Thursday delivered what he said was the first public address by a serving chief of the agency in its 101-year history.
His speech ranged from questions about Al Qaeda abroad to accountability at home, from nuclear proliferation in Iran to terrorism and on to the fraught issue of torture in the pursuit of secret information. He praised Britain’s secret agents as “true heroes” in some of the world’s most dangerous places. [*]
But Sir John, whose organization is widely known as MI6, devoted much of his 30-minute address to the central role of secrecy in maintaining security — a reaffirmation of traditional tradecraft in an era of leaks and pressure for ever-greater disclosure. [*]
“Secrecy is not a dirty word,” he said. “Secrecy is not there as a cover-up. Secrecy plays a crucial part in keeping Britain safe and secure.”
“If our operations and methods become public, they won’t work,” he said.
While he has not spoken publicly spoken before about the work of MI6, he made two public appearances to give evidence at an official inquiry into the Iraq war, both about earlier assignments as a foreign policy adviser to former Prime Minister Tony Blair and as the British representative in Baghdad. [*]
His appearance Thursday reinforced a trend among Britain’s spy bosses to shed the traditional cloak of their trade. Sir John’s appearance followed a first public speech by Iain Lobban, the director of Britain’s electronic eavesdropping agency, and several appearances by Jonathan Evans, the director general of MI5, which is responsible for domestic security in contrast to MI6’s focus on overseas operations. In 2006, Dame Eliza Manningham-Buller, Mr. Evans’s predecessor, made headlines when she gave a speech warning of the range of terrorist threats Britain faced. [*]
“Why now, might you ask?” Sir John said of his decision to go public. The answer, he said, was that despite its prominence in the news, the debate about MI6 was not well informed, and “in today’s open society, no government institution is given the benefit of the doubt all the time.” [I imagine the “why now” has to do with Cameron’s austere budget and SIS is concerned it’s going to lose money!?!] [*]
Sir John took over the agency after the retirement of his predecessor, Sir John Scarlett, in November 2009. Previously he had been a high-profile diplomat, serving as Britain’s ambassador to the United Nations and in other posts.
Even before his appointment, Sir John, 55, seemed to offer something of a break with tradition. His wife, Shelley, included him in her chronicles on Facebook, posting photographs of him having fun in a park, wearing a red fleece and a Santa Claus hat and playing Frisbee on a beach. The existence of the Facebook page was disclosed by the tabloid Mail on Sunday.
“This is someone who loves the limelight,” said Frank Gardner, the BBC’s security correspondent. The history of MI6 has not always been so public.
The organization traces its roots to a decision by defense planners in 1909 to create a Secret Service Bureau. The body evolved through two world wars and the cold war, feeding the plot lines and character lists of spy thrillers from James Bond to George Smiley. But for decades, the identity of its chief — known only as C, according to the agency’s Web site — was the biggest secret of all. [*]
No other members of its staff are supposed to be identified in public and Sir John’s movements are not widely publicized. Britain’s Press Association news agency said that before he spoke, his host, the Society of Editors, had requested that the venue for his speech not be made public in advance.
In addressing the issue of torture, Sir John said Britain sought to avoid actions that could lead to torture, even though that might help terrorists maintain their ability to carry out attacks. The issue is hotly debated in Britain and has been the focus of much public questioning about whether the British secret services used information from spy agencies in other countries that was obtained under duress, or contributed indirectly to torture by supplying questions to be asked of captives in other countries. [*]
Sir John called torture “illegal and abhorrent under any circumstances, and we have nothing whatsoever to do with it.”
He spoke at some length on what he cast as a conflict between moral considerations and perceived operational need, depicting spy agencies as caught between the need for information and the manner of its acquisition. [*]
“These are not abstract questions just for philosophy courses or searching editorials, they are real, constant operational dilemmas,” he said. “Sometimes there is no clear way forward. The more finely balanced judgments have to be made by ministers themselves.”
“If we know or believe action by us will lead to torture taking place, we’re required by U.K. and international law to avoid that action,” Sir John said. “And we do, even though that allows the terrorist activity to go ahead.”[*]
“Some may question this, but we are clear that it’s the right thing to do. It makes us strive all the harder to find different ways, consistent with human rights, to get the outcome that we want.”
Sir John said one third of his agency’s resources were devoted to combating international terrorism and called MI6’s work “the secret front line of our national security.” [**]
Referring to Al Qaeda, he said, “Our intelligence effort needs to go where the threat is.”
“It’s not enough to intercept terrorists here, at the very last minute. They need to be identified and stopped well before then, which means actions far beyond our own borders.”
“We get inside terrorist organizations to see where the next threats are coming from,” he said. “We work to disrupt terrorist plots aimed against the U.K. and against our friends and allies.” [*]
“What we do is not seen. Few know about the terrorist attacks that we help stop.”
“Our agents are working today in some of the most dangerous and exposed places, bravely and to hugely valuable effect, and we owe a debt to countless more whose service is over,” he said. “Agents take serious risks and make sacrifices to help our country. In return we give them a solemn pledge: that we shall keep their role secret.” [*]
Turning to nuclear proliferation, Sir John, formerly a British representative at international talks on Iran’s nuclear ambitions, alluded to disclosures in 2009 about a hitherto secret Iranian nuclear facility at Qum, describing them as an “intelligence success.” [*]
“Stopping nuclear proliferation cannot be addressed purely by conventional diplomacy,” he said. “We need intelligence-led operations to make it more difficult for countries like Iran to develop nuclear weapons.”
John F. Burns reported from London, and Alan Cowell from Paris.

Activist Tells of Torture in North Korea Prison

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/asia/28seoul.html
October 27, 2010
Activist Tells of Torture in North Korea Prison
By MARK McDONALD [ROK] [DPRK-ROK relations] [use psci 350] [recall back to August when things were still strained from summer’s events] [now ROK prepared to hold talks with DPRK and vice versa] [followup] [while ROK awaits technical problems to send badly needed supplies to DPRK] [former prisoner of North Korean tells of horrendous treatment in DPRK] [*]
SEOUL, South Korea — An evangelical activist from Arizona, imprisoned by North Korea last year after he illegally entered the country on Christmas Day, appeared Wednesday on South Korean television and spoke for the first time about his treatment by his captors. [*]
The activist, Robert Park, 29, a Korean-American who was released in February after 43 days of detention, gave a harrowing account of his imprisonment, which he said included beatings, torture and sexual abuse. [*]
“The scars and wounds of the things that happened to me in North Korea are too intense,”

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/asia/28seoul.html
October 27, 2010
Activist Tells of Torture in North Korea Prison
By MARK McDONALD [ROK] [DPRK-ROK relations] [use psci 350] [recall back to August when things were still strained from summer’s events] [now ROK prepared to hold talks with DPRK and vice versa] [followup] [while ROK awaits technical problems to send badly needed supplies to DPRK] [former prisoner of North Korean tells of horrendous treatment in DPRK] [*]
SEOUL, South Korea — An evangelical activist from Arizona, imprisoned by North Korea last year after he illegally entered the country on Christmas Day, appeared Wednesday on South Korean television and spoke for the first time about his treatment by his captors. [*]
The activist, Robert Park, 29, a Korean-American who was released in February after 43 days of detention, gave a harrowing account of his imprisonment, which he said included beatings, torture and sexual abuse. [*]
“The scars and wounds of the things that happened to me in North Korea are too intense,” Mr. Park said in an interview with the South Korean broadcaster KBS. “As a result of what happened to me in North Korea, I’ve thrown away any kind of personal desire. I will never, you know, be able to have a marriage or any kind of relationship.”
Mr. Park said he attempted suicide soon after he returned to the United States. He told the magazine Christianity Today that he had been “in and out” of psychiatric hospitals for treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. He had crossed into North Korea over the frozen Tumen River, which forms the border with China. He carried only a Bible and some letters urging the North Korean leader, Kim Jong-il, to close prison labor camps in the North, free all its prisoners and resign. [*]
Analysts in Seoul said such personal affronts to Mr. Kim were forbidden in the North and typically drew long prison terms or death sentences. But Mr. Park told friends in Seoul before he left that he would die with political prisoners in the North if Mr. Kim refused to free them.
Mr. Park read a confession on North Korean television, after which North Korean officials said they “decided to leniently forgive and release him, taking his admission and sincere repentance of his wrongdoings into consideration,” according to a report at the time by the North’s official news agency, K.C.N.A.
But Mr. Park said Wednesday that the apology was a fake, and that the statement had been dictated to him. [*]
He said that he had a new appreciation for the harshness and cynicism of the North Korean government, which he vowed to devote his life to fighting.
“They have really thought about this,” he said. “How can we kill these people? How can we starve these people? How can we enslave these people? How can we control these people?”[yes, from years of experience] [*]
Robert R. King, President Obama’s envoy on North Korean human rights issues, has called North Korea “one of the worst places in terms of lack of human rights.”

Lebanon: U.N. Workers Attacked

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/middleeast/28briefs-UNWORKERSATT_BRF.html
October 27, 2010
Lebanon: U.N. Workers Attacked
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS [Lebanon] [UN] [but this is microcosm for the Middle East more broadly] [domestic politics intersects foreign policy] [Iran and Shi’ism influence in mostly Sunni Arab lands] [the Hariri investigation still ongoing; that’s stunning since the assassination occurred in 2005] [followup] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [I suppose Lebanese are getting tired of waiting?] [*]
A crowd attacked a team of United Nations investigators gathering evidence on Wednesday in the killing of a former Lebanese prime minister and stole several items from them, authorities said. The two investigators and an interpreter looking into the 2005 assassination of former Prime Minister Rafik Hariri were attacked at a private clinic in Beirut, according to a statement from the prosecutor’s office at the Special Tribunal for Lebanon. The army extracted the staff members, and they received medical attention. [?] [*]

[full piece may be found above the jump] [*]

March in Israel Ends in Clashes In Arab Town

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/middleeast/28mideast.html
October 27, 2010
March in Israel Ends in Clashes In Arab Town
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [Israel] [domestic politics intersects foreign policy in both Israel and Arab nation-states] [groups and interests in either who wish to prevent any lasting peace] [another protest march with Israelis flaunting their growing power in numbers in Arab parts of Israel] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [followup] [*]
UMM EL-FAHM, Israel (AP) — Dozens of Jewish extremists carrying Israeli flags marched defiantly on Wednesday through Umm el-Fahm, an Israeli Arab town, chanting “death to terrorists” and touching off clashes between rock-hurling residents and police officers using tear gas. [*]
Israeli Arabs, who represent a fifth of the country’s population, have grown jittery as nationalist elements in Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s governing coalition have questioned their loyalty to the state. [*]
They are ethnically Palestinian, but enjoy equal rights under Israeli law, unlike Palestinians in the West Bank and Gaza Strip. Still, they often endure discrimination and are statistically poorer and less well educated than Israeli Jews. Tensions run deep.
The Jewish extremists converged on Umm el-Fahm, one of Israel’s largest Arab towns, [*]because it is a stronghold of the country’s radical Islamic Movement. The mayor, Khaled Hamdan, criticized the police for protecting the protesters and their leader, calling them “a madman and a bunch of racists.” [*]
He said of the march, “The purpose of this clearly is to provoke and to cause chaos.”
The scenes of Israeli Arabs, their faces masked by checkered head scarves, burning tires, hurling rocks at the riot police officers and scrambling to dodge tear gas and police fire, recalled violence between Israeli forces and Palestinians in the West Bank and Gaza Strip. [*]
The police said 10 people had been arrested, but reported no serious injuries.

[full piece may be found above the jump] [*]

In Icy Tip of Afghanistan, War Seems Remote

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/asia/28wakhan.html
October 27, 2010
In Icy Tip of Afghanistan, War Seems Remote
By EDWARD WONG [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [general info on Afghan but the remote “finger” that points at China] [war in a remote part of Afghanistan] [seems almost like different country?] [*]
BOZAI GUMBAZ, Afghanistan — As the pickup truck bounced toward a remote village deep in northeastern Afghanistan, the young woman was told by her companions that she could toss her burqa aside.
“It’s free here,” said the woman, Zarmina Nazaria, a 26-year-old nurse. She slipped off her powder-blue burqa and laid it on the rear seat.
The rules that apply to the rest of Afghanistan are often irrelevant in the Wakhan Corridor, [*]a frigid, finger-shaped stretch of land squeezed between Tajikistan, Pakistan and China that is cut off from the Afghan heartland by the icy ramparts of the Hindu Kush. Here, the one constant of life

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/asia/28wakhan.html
October 27, 2010
In Icy Tip of Afghanistan, War Seems Remote
By EDWARD WONG [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [general info on Afghan but the remote “finger” that points at China] [war in a remote part of Afghanistan] [seems almost like different country?] [*]
BOZAI GUMBAZ, Afghanistan — As the pickup truck bounced toward a remote village deep in northeastern Afghanistan, the young woman was told by her companions that she could toss her burqa aside.
“It’s free here,” said the woman, Zarmina Nazaria, a 26-year-old nurse. She slipped off her powder-blue burqa and laid it on the rear seat.
The rules that apply to the rest of Afghanistan are often irrelevant in the Wakhan Corridor, [*]a frigid, finger-shaped stretch of land squeezed between Tajikistan, Pakistan and China that is cut off from the Afghan heartland by the icy ramparts of the Hindu Kush. Here, the one constant of life for most Afghans — war — is as distant as a tropical wind.
From the Soviet invasion to the civil war to the Taliban takeover to the anti-Taliban resistance, the Wakhan has remained largely free of strife. No Taliban show their faces here, nor do American soldiers. Villagers train to be wildlife rangers, not army rangers. The prevalent brand of Islam, Ismailism, is moderate; its spiritual leader, the Aga Khan, is a billionaire society figure in Paris. [*]
Foreign tourists are trickling in, about 200 during each of the past two summers. The trekkers and mountaineers are following in the footsteps of explorers like Marco Polo and Sir Aurel Stein. This year, British and Polish expeditions climbed 20,000-foot peaks in the area.
Long ignored by Kabul, the people lack the most basic services. But nongovernmental groups have a growing presence, finding it easier to work here than in more violent parts of Afghanistan. Greg Mortenson, co-author of “Three Cups of Tea,” has built 11 schools in the corridor through his nonprofit group, the Central Asia Institute. Foreign employees of the Wildlife Conservation Society track snow leopards and train local rangers.
“There has been no war and no violence in the Wakhan,” said Malang Daria, a local trekking guide who was part of a 2009 French-Afghan expedition that climbed Noshaq, at 24,580 feet Afghanistan’s highest peak. “The people here are very peaceful, very calm.” [*]
More than 12,000 people live in the 220-mile corridor, a series of broad valleys and high-altitude plateaus carved by the Panj River. A vast majority are ethnic Wakhi. As Ismailis, they eschew some of the mainstream conventions of Islam. They do not fast during Ramadan, for example, which is unheard of elsewhere in Afghanistan, where conservative Sunnis predominate. [*]
“Ismailis have a modernist outlook,” said John Mock, a scholar of South Asia at the University of California at Santa Cruz. “The Aga Khan promotes modernism.”
Wakhi villages dot Afghanistan, Pakistan, Tajikistan and China. The Wakhan Corridor should logically be part of Tajikistan or Pakistan, but an 1895 agreement between Britain and Russia made it an Afghan-controlled buffer zone to prevent their two empires from touching. [the great game] [*]
The corridor has remained a no man’s land. It is so remote that the people still live on a barter economy. During the summer, they trade sheep, goats and yaks, usually their only valuables, to merchants who arrive on horseback bearing clothing and other luxury items. Some are resentful of the outsiders, who resell the livestock at a substantial profit.
Wakhi herders tend flocks of sheep, and women in traditional red dresses work the wheat and barley fields. They don burqas only when going to Ishkashim, a village at the western mouth of the corridor where half the residents are Sunni Tajiks. Some Wakhi traders cross freely between Afghanistan and Pakistan over high passes. [*]
In the eastern half, toward China, the corridor becomes a lunar bowl not unlike the Tibetan plateau. This is the Little Pamir, home to about 100 nomadic Kyrgyz families who live in felt yurts above 13,000 feet. Closer to Tajikistan, 140 Kyrgyz families live on a plateau called the Big Pamir. Blizzards are known to blow through in August. [*]
At Bozai Gumbaz, in the heart of the Little Pamir, centuries-old beehive-shaped tombs built by the Kyrgyz sit next to rusted concertina wire left over from a Soviet military base. Beside the graves flow the waters of the Panj, better known elsewhere as the Amu Darya, born from a glacier near the Chinese border.
The Wakhan was not always sealed off from the currents of history. A branch of the Silk Road once ran through here, bringing influences from different civilizations. Outside the village of Sarhad-e Broghil, the ruins of an eighth-century Tibetan fort sit on a knoll. “In terms of religious belief, Zoroastrianism, Buddhism and Islam have all been prevalent in the region at different times and have left their mark,” [*]said Andy Miller, a heritage consultant in Kabul who wrote a book on folklore of the Wakhan.
Marco Polo wandered through the valley, as did Francis E. Younghusband, the British Great Game explorer whose surprise run-in with a Russian colonel at Bozai Gumbaz led to the negotiations that would create the borders of the modern Wakhan.
Nor are the people here today untouched by the political struggles and violence that rage outside the Wakhan. Mr. Malang, the mountaineer, said his half brother, Daulat Muhammad, 40, a policeman, was killed in August while taking part in a disastrous Afghan Army battle against the Taliban around Kunduz. [*]
Social problems endemic to other parts of Afghanistan also surface here. Opium addiction is common among the Kyrgyz nomads. In the summer settlement of Kashch Goz, several Kyrgyz spend their days smoking in their yurts. With outside help, the Wakhi largely broke their addiction years ago.
The Kyrgyz complain about a lack of attention from Kabul. They say food, running water and electricity are scarce in the Pamirs. One Kyrgyz elder, Haji Osman, recently asked President Hamid Karzai for aid. “We’re still waiting,” he said. (Mr. Osman has less to complain about than most Kyrgyz, though: he has a satellite dish outside his yurt and a television powered by solar electricity.)
Of the nongovernmental organizations working here, the most ubiquitous are the Aga Khan Development Network and Mr. Mortenson’s Central Asia Institute, which completed a school this year for the Kyrgyz at Bozai Gumbaz. “Their leader organized 50 yaks to bring building materials through the Wakhan,” Mr. Mortenson said.
But the school is still trying to fill its classrooms. Kyrgyz parents prefer that their children herd livestock, said Sarfraz Khan, the group’s regional manager.
“We need to convince the people to send their children to school,” he said.
When some locals discuss how the Wakhan might develop, they look east, toward the frontier with China. They say they hope that China and Afghanistan will one day open the border at the Wakhjir Pass, and that China will build a road or railway through the corridor, perhaps to gain better access to Afghanistan’s rich mineral deposits. Afghan officials say they have pressed China on the question.
“The Chinese side says principally it is important, but practically it takes time and money,” said Sultan Baheen, the Afghan ambassador to China.
Until those doors open, the Wakhan and its people will probably remain cloistered in their world of wind and ice, as they have for centuries.

Yemen: Murder Charge for U.S. Man

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/middleeast/28briefs-MURDERCHARGE_BRF.html
October 27, 2010
Yemen: Murder Charge for U.S. Man
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS [Yemen] [Arabian Peninsula and al Qaeda’s shift of assets there in 2009] [gsave] [Yemen and similar habors of jihadis] [still unclear the relation between locals and al Qaeda central?] [use psci 355, 455, 469] [apparently an American among the recent arrests?] [followup] [*]
An American prisoner was charged Wednesday with the murder of a Yemeni soldier and the wounding of another during a failed escape attempt. The American, Sharif Mobley, 26, had previously been arrested on suspicion of having ties to Al Qaeda. [*]Judicial officials said he was charged by a criminal court with killing one of his guards and wounding another while trying to escape from a hospital where he was receiving treatment in March. American officials say Mr. Mobley, who grew up in Buena, N.J., traveled to Yemen more than two years ago with the goal of joining a terrorist group. [*]

[full piece may be found above the jump] [*]

New Bin Laden Tape Threatens France

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/europe/28osama.html
October 27, 2010
New Bin Laden Tape Threatens France
By MAÏA DE LA BAUME [AfPak?] [bin Laden] [al Qaeda central] [another message from America’s nemesis?] [previous audiotape before Oct 2nd wasearly 2010: the tape that threatened to kill Americans in retliation for KSM whatever] [he’s gone excusively to audiotape apparently] [the U.S. has tremendous resources devoted to finding this guy but he’s gone deeply underground] [nevertheless, IC says he still able to communicate with his troops?] [use psci 469] [use psci 355-455] [followup, October 2?] [*]
PARIS — Osama bin Laden warned France in an audiotape broadcast by Al Jazeera television on Wednesday that it would face killings and kidnappings if it did not withdraw troops from Afghanistan. [*]
He also justified the kidnapping of five French citizens in Niger last month, saying that France mistreated its Muslims.
“The equation is very clear and simple: as you kill, you will be killed; as you take others

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/europe/28osama.html
October 27, 2010
New Bin Laden Tape Threatens France
By MAÏA DE LA BAUME [AfPak?] [bin Laden] [al Qaeda central] [another message from America’s nemesis?] [previous audiotape before Oct 2nd wasearly 2010: the tape that threatened to kill Americans in retliation for KSM whatever] [he’s gone excusively to audiotape apparently] [the U.S. has tremendous resources devoted to finding this guy but he’s gone deeply underground] [nevertheless, IC says he still able to communicate with his troops?] [use psci 469] [use psci 355-455] [followup, October 2?] [*]
PARIS — Osama bin Laden warned France in an audiotape broadcast by Al Jazeera television on Wednesday that it would face killings and kidnappings if it did not withdraw troops from Afghanistan. [*]
He also justified the kidnapping of five French citizens in Niger last month, saying that France mistreated its Muslims.
“The equation is very clear and simple: as you kill, you will be killed; as you take others hostages, you will be taken hostages; as you waste our security we will waste your security,” Mr. bin Laden said. [*]
France has about 3,750 troops in Afghanistan, making it the fourth biggest contributor to the international military mission.
Al Qaeda’s North African affiliate claimed responsibility last month for the kidnapping of five French citizens in northern Niger. The five were connected to Areva, the French nuclear engineering giant, [*]and to a subsidiary of the major French construction group Vinci. In July, the affiliate said it executed a 78-year-old French aid worker who had been abducted in Niger three months earlier.
“The taking of your experts in Niger as hostages while they were being protected by your proxy there,” Mr. bin Laden said, “is a reaction to the injustice you are practicing against our Muslim nation.” [*]
Mr. bin Laden, the founder of Al Qaeda, said the injustice included France’s controversial ban on Muslim veils that cover the face, scheduled to start in April. [*]
“If you unjustly thought that it is your right to prevent free Muslim women from wearing the face veil, is it not our right to expel your invading men and cut their necks?” Mr. bin Laden asked.

Power Failure Cut a Link to Missiles

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/us/27missile.html
October 26, 2010
Power Failure Cut a Link to Missiles
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [bureaucracy] [senate where treaties such as New START need 2/3rd vote] [nuclear deterrence, MAD, defensive shield, missile defense] [recently Washington Times reported Pentagon on board!] [this will cause some pause but stuff happens] [use psci 350, 355-455] [followup] [*]
WASHINGTON (AP) — A power failure caused a break in communication with 50 nuclear missiles at an Air Force base in Wyoming over the weekend, military officials said Tuesday.
The officials say the power failure on Saturday lasted about 45 minutes. The White House was briefed about the incident on Tuesday morning.
There was no evidence of foul play, the officials said, and the Air Force never lost the ability

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/us/27missile.html
October 26, 2010
Power Failure Cut a Link to Missiles
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [bureaucracy] [senate where treaties such as New START need 2/3rd vote] [nuclear deterrence, MAD, defensive shield, missile defense] [recently Washington Times reported Pentagon on board!] [this will cause some pause but stuff happens] [use psci 350, 355-455] [followup] [*]
WASHINGTON (AP) — A power failure caused a break in communication with 50 nuclear missiles at an Air Force base in Wyoming over the weekend, military officials said Tuesday.
The officials say the power failure on Saturday lasted about 45 minutes. The White House was briefed about the incident on Tuesday morning.
There was no evidence of foul play, the officials said, and the Air Force never lost the ability to launch the missiles. The problem, first reported online by The Atlantic, appears to have been caused by a power failure in an underground communications cable.
The Minuteman III intercontinental ballistic missiles are maintained by the 319th Missile Squadron and are stockpiled at Warren Air Force Base, near Cheyenne.
The Air Force’s other nuclear missile sites, in Montana and North Dakota, were not affected.

In Mideast House of Cards, U.S. Views Lebanon as Shaky

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/middleeast/27diplo.html
October 26, 2010
In Mideast House of Cards, U.S. Views Lebanon as Shaky
By MARK LANDLER [Obama white house] [Lebanon-Levant trianglular relations] [111th congress, 2nd session] [generalizable] [Obama administration’s policy vis-à-vis Lebanon] [continuity in USFP] [support, those often tepid at best, for moderation in Lebanon] [use psci 355-455] [foreign and military assistance to the Hariri (PM) govt] [by definition in Lebanon it’s a coalition govt including moderate Sunni, political Islam (both Sunni and Shi’a) and political Christianity as well as small Druse Mulsim faction] [complex relations with neighbors as always: Syria and Israel] [followup, August 21] [*]
WASHINGTON — The Obama administration, already struggling to stave off a collapse of Middle East peace talks, is increasingly alarmed by unrest in Lebanon, whose own fragile peace is being threatened by militant opponents of a politically charged investigation into the killing in 2005 of a former Lebanese leader.
With an international tribunal expected to hand down indictments in the assassination of the former prime minister, Rafik Hariri, in the coming months, the Hezbollah militia is maneuvering furiously to halt the investigation, or failing that, to unseat Lebanon’s government, which backs it.
The White House sent a senior diplomat to Beirut last week to reassure Lebanon’s

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/middleeast/27diplo.html
October 26, 2010
In Mideast House of Cards, U.S. Views Lebanon as Shaky
By MARK LANDLER [Obama white house] [Lebanon-Levant trianglular relations] [111th congress, 2nd session] [generalizable] [Obama administration’s policy vis-à-vis Lebanon] [continuity in USFP] [support, those often tepid at best, for moderation in Lebanon] [use psci 355-455] [foreign and military assistance to the Hariri (PM) govt] [by definition in Lebanon it’s a coalition govt including moderate Sunni, political Islam (both Sunni and Shi’a) and political Christianity as well as small Druse Mulsim faction] [complex relations with neighbors as always: Syria and Israel] [followup, August 21] [*]
WASHINGTON — The Obama administration, already struggling to stave off a collapse of Middle East peace talks, is increasingly alarmed by unrest in Lebanon, whose own fragile peace is being threatened by militant opponents of a politically charged investigation into the killing in 2005 of a former Lebanese leader.
With an international tribunal expected to hand down indictments in the assassination of the former prime minister, Rafik Hariri, in the coming months, the Hezbollah militia is maneuvering furiously to halt the investigation, or failing that, to unseat Lebanon’s government, which backs it.
The White House sent a senior diplomat to Beirut last week to reassure Lebanon’s president, Michel Suleiman, of President Obama’s support for the investigation and his country’s stability. The visit by the diplomat, Jeffrey D. Feltman, the assistant secretary of state for Near Eastern Affairs, came on top of a telephone call to Mr. Suleiman by Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton. [Iran and US competing in Lebanon and the result is a mess] [*]
“The president felt very strongly that we need to reconfirm our commitment to Lebanon’s independence, Lebanon’s sovereignty and Lebanon’s stability,” Mr. Feltman said in an interview. “There are people inside Lebanon who are arguing that it faces a choice of justice versus stability. That’s an artificial choice.”
The administration’s worries go beyond Lebanon itself, and help explain why it, and not the stalled Israeli-Palestinian negotiations, has been the major preoccupation of American foreign policy officials for the last few weeks.
The diplomatic activity follows a splashy tour of Lebanon by Iran’s president, Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, who got an ecstatic reception from members of Hezbollah, the Shiite movement financed and equipped by Iran. American officials were particularly struck by Mr. Ahmadinejad’s trip to a small town a few miles north of the Israeli border, where he called for the “Zionists to be wiped out.” [remember Ahmadinejad in trouble in Iran] [*]
Lebanon has long been a proxy state for battles between adversaries in the Middle East, and Iran’s attempts to build influence there are not new. But at a time when the United States is trying to revive peace talks, administration officials concluded that Iran’s latest muscle-flexing could not go unanswered. [post-CW proxy wars] [*]
“You don’t want the perception of a vacuum,” Mr. Feltman said. “You don’t want the perception that Ahmadinejad is the only game in town.”
Analysts said that the United States was right to reassert its commitment to Lebanon, but that it may be acting too late. Rising prices for weapons suggest that militias other than Hezbollah are rearming, increasing the threat of a civil war.
There are limits to what the administration can do to stabilize a country as divided as Lebanon. The United States has given the Lebanese armed forces $670 million in military aid since 2006. But last August, several members of Congress put a hold on further funds after a skirmish between Lebanese and Israeli soldiers raised suspicions that parts of the Lebanese Army were in league with Hezbollah.
Mr. Ahmadinejad’s jubilant reception in Lebanon has only added to the resistance on Capitol Hill. Representative Eliot L. Engel, a Democrat from New York who sponsored a bill imposing sanctions on Syria, said he would consider voting to block aid because of fears that it could end up helping Hezbollah.
“We need to be careful about what we do there, so we’re not strengthening the hand of a terrorist group like Hezbollah and its allies,” Mr. Engel said in an interview. “We just don’t want to use our monies to enhance policies that are bad for Americans and bad for the people of Lebanon.”
The Special Tribunal for Lebanon was sanctioned by the United Nations Security Council in 2007 to investigate the car bombing that killed Mr. Hariri and 22 others in February 2005. Lebanon’s coalition government, now led by Mr. Hariri’s son, Prime Minister Saad Hariri, has pledged to contribute 49 percent of the tribunal’s expenses and enforce its judgments.
The Netherlands-based tribunal has been at work since March 2009, but has said little about when it plans to hand down indictments.
A raft of reports in Lebanon’s news media said an announcement could come as early as December, though some reports now suggest that the tribunal may not act until the first quarter of next year.
In either case, a sense that the investigation is entering its final stages has contributed to a feverish political environment.
The trouble is, those indicted may include members of Hezbollah, and the group, which holds seats in the Lebanese cabinet, is demanding that Prime Minister Hariri disavow the investigation. Syria, also under suspicion for having a role in Rafik Hariri’s assassination, has taken up calls to discredit the tribunal.
Syrian officials, who had once backed Saad Hariri’s government, are now sharply critical of him and his March 14 alliance, a coalition that grew out of the “Cedar Revolution,” which pushed Syrian troops out of the country. Al Akhbar, a Lebanese newspaper that is closely allied with Hezbollah and Syria, declared recently that “taking authority away from Hariri would teach him how to keep it.”
Saudi Arabia has tried to mediate, without much success. American officials say they believe that the tribunal will be able to complete its investigation. But their concern is that indictments will draw protesters onto the streets, inflaming tensions between Shiite and Sunni factions. Unrest could also lead to fresh skirmishes between Lebanese and Israeli forces along the border between the countries.
That would imperil a peace effort that is already on life support. Prime Minister Benjamin Netayahu’s chief negotiator, Yitzhak Molcho, has been in Washington for the last few days, officials said, floating various ideas on ways to revive the talks. But there is no indication of an imminent breakthrough.
Syria’s increasingly disruptive role is also raising questions about the Obama administration’s 18-month effort to engage that country. Some analysts said it was time for the administration to rethink that effort.
“This is the moment when we need a straight answer out of Syria,” said Andrew Tabler, an expert on Syria and Lebanon at the Washington Institute for Near East Policy. “They just seem unwilling or unable to deliver it.”

Haiti’s Latest Misery

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/opinion/27wed2.html
October 26, 2010
Haiti’s Latest Misery
[editorial] [the recent outbreak of cholera reported in Haiti] [I can remember Penn and doctors and IOs fretting this months ago] [and still little was done] [out of sight out of mind] [*]
The cholera outbreak in Haiti — the first in 50 years — has layered fresh anxiety atop long-standing misery. By Tuesday the disease had sickened more than 3,000 people and killed more than 250. While the authorities have expressed cautious hope that the outbreak might soon stabilize and remain largely confined to the rural Artibonite region, there is still fear that the disease could overwhelm the shattered capital, Port-au-Prince.
The United Nations and foreign relief agencies deserve credit for an energetic response, rapidly setting up mobile treatment centers and delivering clean water, medicine and public-service messages urging cleanliness and caution.
Aid workers have been heroic in keeping people relatively safe and healthy since the Jan. 12 earthquake. And the truth is that many of the hundreds of thousands of people who are now living in camps are in some ways better off than the millions more in Haiti’s slums,

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/opinion/27wed2.html
October 26, 2010
Haiti’s Latest Misery
[editorial] [the recent outbreak of cholera reported in Haiti] [I can remember Penn and doctors and IOs fretting this months ago] [and still little was done] [out of sight out of mind] [*]
The cholera outbreak in Haiti — the first in 50 years — has layered fresh anxiety atop long-standing misery. By Tuesday the disease had sickened more than 3,000 people and killed more than 250. While the authorities have expressed cautious hope that the outbreak might soon stabilize and remain largely confined to the rural Artibonite region, there is still fear that the disease could overwhelm the shattered capital, Port-au-Prince.
The United Nations and foreign relief agencies deserve credit for an energetic response, rapidly setting up mobile treatment centers and delivering clean water, medicine and public-service messages urging cleanliness and caution.
Aid workers have been heroic in keeping people relatively safe and healthy since the Jan. 12 earthquake. And the truth is that many of the hundreds of thousands of people who are now living in camps are in some ways better off than the millions more in Haiti’s slums, because they have better access to services. That is not very comforting. And it is not sustainable.
Haitians need what their government and international donors have promised — permanent homes and sanitation, potable water and medical systems so they do not have to depend on relief.
More than 1.3 million Haitians were left homeless by the quake, and more than 1.3 million remain homeless today. Thousands of people live in semi-sturdy “transitional” shelters, but there is still no new permanent housing to speak of. Tens of thousands of displaced people squatting on private land are in danger of eviction or have already been forced to move. Only a fraction of quake rubble has been cleared.
The government of President René Préval still has not made many of the most basic decisions, including where to build new housing, and whether and how it will exercise its powers of eminent domain.
The Interim Haiti Recovery Commission, headed by Prime Minister Jean-Max Bellerive and former President Bill Clinton, is supposed to bring coordination, efficiency and transparency to the rebuilding. It has met only three times and is still not fully staffed. At its most recent meeting on Oct. 6 — actually a conference call — the commission was still voting on changes to its bylaws.
It has approved some important projects, including a reinvention of Haiti’s primary education system and a $200 million program for agricultural development. Most recently it approved a 12-bed regional hospital, lending and training programs for small and medium-sized businesses, flooding prevention in the city of Jacmel, and efforts to protect women and girls from sexual violence. These need to be accompanied by significant progress in building housing and removing rubble.
Thanks to the immense foreign intervention, some things have improved this year, like many displaced Haitians’ access to clean water and medicine. That has undoubtedly helped prevent far wider sickness and death in the cholera outbreak. Unless the rebuilding begins in earnest, even that good news may prove transitory.

Global extinction crisis looms, study says

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/26/AR2010102607424.html
Global extinction crisis looms, study says
By Juliet Eilperin
Washington Post Staff Writer
Wednesday, October 27, 2010; A3 [global commons] [species loss] [real problem in vertabrates, invertabrates, plants, so forth] [use psci 350] [global climate change] [*]
A growing number of creatures could disappear from the Earth, with one-fifth of all vertebrates and as many as a third of all sharks and rays now facing the threat of extinction, according to a new survey assessing nearly 26,000 species around the world.
In addition, forces such as habitat destruction, over-exploitation and invasive competitors move 52 species a category closer to extinction each year, according to the research, published online Tuesday by the journal Science. At the same time, the findings demonstrate that these losses would be at least 20 percent higher without conservation efforts now underway.
"We know what we need to do," said Andrew Rosenberg, senior vice president for science and knowledge at the advocacy group Conservation International and one of the paper's co-authors. "We need to focus on protected areas, both terrestrial and marine."
The survey, conducted by 174 researchers from 38 countries, came as delegates from around the world are meeting in Nagoya, Japan, to debate conservation goals for the coming decade.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/26/AR2010102607424.html
Global extinction crisis looms, study says
By Juliet Eilperin
Washington Post Staff Writer
Wednesday, October 27, 2010; A3 [global commons] [species loss] [real problem in vertabrates, invertabrates, plants, so forth] [use psci 350] [global climate change] [*]
A growing number of creatures could disappear from the Earth, with one-fifth of all vertebrates and as many as a third of all sharks and rays now facing the threat of extinction, according to a new survey assessing nearly 26,000 species around the world.
In addition, forces such as habitat destruction, over-exploitation and invasive competitors move 52 species a category closer to extinction each year, according to the research, published online Tuesday by the journal Science. At the same time, the findings demonstrate that these losses would be at least 20 percent higher without conservation efforts now underway.
"We know what we need to do," said Andrew Rosenberg, senior vice president for science and knowledge at the advocacy group Conservation International and one of the paper's co-authors. "We need to focus on protected areas, both terrestrial and marine."
The survey, conducted by 174 researchers from 38 countries, came as delegates from around the world are meeting in Nagoya, Japan, to debate conservation goals for the coming decade.
The researchers analyzed the International Union for Conservation of Nature's "Red List" - a periodic accounting that classifies mammals, birds, amphibians, reptiles and fish along a spectrum of how imperiled they are.
Although many industrialized countries have undertaken conservation efforts at home and helped fund this work overseas, "the reality is we're still exporting degradation across the world" by taking food and other resources from the developing world, said co-author Nicholas K. Dulvy.
"We've transformed a third of the habitable land on earth for food production," said Dulvy, who co-chairs the IUCN's shark specialist group. "You can't just remove that habitat without consequences for biodiversity."
Southeast Asia's animals have experienced the most severe hit in recent years, stemming from a combination of agricultural expansion, logging and hunting. Species in parts of Central America, the tropical Andes of South America and Australia have also all suffered significant population declines, largely due to the chytrid fungus killing off amphibians. Forty-one percent of all amphibians are now threatened with extinction.
Norway's environmental minister, Erik Solheim, who is attending the talks in Nagoya, said in an interview that this sort of accelerating biodiversity loss, coupled with climate change, should compel nations to act boldly: "Very clearly, there's an increasing sense of urgency here," he said.
The grim study underscores the failure by parties to the Convention on Biological Diversity to fulfill a 1992 pledge to achieve "a significant reduction in the current rate of biodiversity loss at the global, regional and national level" by this year. The convention's 193 signatories meeting this month in Japan will set a conservation target for 2020; a U.S. delegation is attending the two-week session even though the United States has not ratified the pact.
Environmental groups are pushing for a goal of protecting 25 percent of all land on Earth and 15 percent of the sea by 2020. At the moment, roughly 14 percent of terrestrial areas and less than 1 percent of the ocean enjoy some degree of environmental safeguards.
The new study documents the impact of such policies - 64 vulnerable species have begun recovering due to concerted conservation efforts, the article says. It provides a snapshot of how the world's birds, mammals and amphibians has evolved over three decades.
Two American species that had become extinct in the wild, the California condor and the black-footed ferret, have both made gains after being reintroduced, while several island species have boosted their numbers after humans took steps to shrink populations of invasive predators that were targeting them. The global population of the Seychelles Magpie-robin, for example, rose from fewer than 15 birds to 180 between 1965 and 2006 after the island's brown rat numbers came under control.
In some cases, a disparate combination of policies has helped species rebound: the Asian crested ibis went from critically endangered in 1994 to endangered in 2000 after its nesting trees were protected, chemicals used in nearby rice fields were controlled and firearms were prohibited.
In some instances, policymakers and scientists are just beginning to grapple with the challenges faced by some species - such as sharks, skates and rays. Jack Musick, professor emeritus at the Virginia Institute of Marine Science, helped oversee a global study that suggests roughly 33 percent of cartilaginous fishes are threatened.
Musick, who started studying sharks in the Atlantic a half-century ago and began a shark survey in the Chesapeake Bay and Virginia's coastal waters in 1973, said he started seeing declines in the 1980s.
Although the United States has cut back on shark fishing off its coasts, Musick said, "I can't say the same for international management."
Researchers in the IUCN's shark specialist group made assumptions about the state of some shark species because data is lacking for nearly half of them; they extrapolated what they knew about well-studied species and applied the same ratio of threats to lesser-known ones.
Sonja Fordham, the group's deputy chair and founder of the D.C.-based Shark Advocates International, said that gaps in data should not hold the world back from protecting sharks. "Around the world, we see similar cases of boom and bust fisheries, and management that is too little, too late," she said. © 2010 The Washington Post Co

Assembly Again Urges U.S. to Lift Cuba Embargo

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/americas/27briefs-CUBA.html
October 27, 2010
Assembly Again Urges U.S. to Lift Cuba Embargo
By NEIL MacFARQUHAR [UN] [General Assembly] [the US cannot control the GA] [every member has a vote and each vote equally weighed] [however, the US much more able to affect what happens in Security Council] [a perennial vote for US to lift embargo against Cuba] [*]
The annual General Assembly resolution calling for the United States to lift its longstanding economic embargo against Cuba passed by the lopsided vote of 187 to 2. Only the United States and Israel opposed the nonbinding measure, the 19th such resolution in a row, while three Pacific island allies of Washington abstained. The Cuban foreign minister, Bruno Rodríguez Parrilla, accused President Obama of promising to change relations with Cuba but falling under the thrall of the exile community in the United States. [*]In response, the United States said that it had expanded trade and other ties with the Caribbean nation but that improved relations hinged on greater domestic freedom.

[full piece may be found above the jump] [*]

Angola: U.N. Reports Gang Rapes on Congo Border

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/africa/27briefs-ANGOLA.html
October 27, 2010
Angola: U.N. Reports Gang Rapes on Congo Border
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS [Angola] [Southern, western Africa] [Africa, sub sharan] [spillover from the Congo?] [which is spillover from Rwanda (Burundi?)] [*]
At least 30 women were kept as prisoners in a dungeonlike structure and gang-raped over several weeks at the border with Congo, then left naked in the bush, the United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs said Tuesday. The women were among more than 150 Congolese citizens who had arrived in Bandundu Province in southwestern Congo after being expelled from neighboring Angola. Congolese frequently work as laborers in the mining districts that line the border between the central African nations. An agency spokeswoman said the men in the group were also brutalized. At least three people were killed, including two men and a 27-year-old woman who died after being raped repeatedly.

[full piece may be found above the jump] [*]

Nigeria: 6 Die in Ethnic Raid on Village

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/africa/27briefs-NIGERIA.html
October 27, 2010
Nigeria: 6 Die in Ethnic Raid on Village
By REUTERS Nigeria] [Africa] [western, equatorial] [despite lush, verdant areas] [one or two mishaps and Nigeria is nearly in freefall in terms of producing enough food to feed its 140 million peoples] [it’s a messy confection as so many colonial nation-states are but it’s got most defects in spades: lack of infrastructure; north-eastern boundary that follows river system; drought conditions; ethnicities that truly hate each other; and more][Nigeria has about 40% Christian and about 50% Muslims but many neighbors consider it Christian as such large minority of them] [followup] [sectarian?] [*]
Machete-wielding attackers killed six people in a central village just east of Jos on Tuesday in a raid reminiscent of ethnic clashes in which hundreds died earlier this year,[*] a military spokesman said. Herdsmen thought to be from the mostly Muslim Hausa-Fulani ethnic group staged the early-morning raid on the small Christian village [*]of Rawhinku, residents said. “Six people were killed in similar murders to those in Dogo Nahawa,” said Kingsley Umoh, spokesman for a special military and police task force in the region. Dogo Nahawa, just south of Jos, was one of the villages that bore the heaviest casualties during clashes between Muslim herders and mostly Christian villagers in January and March.

[full piece may be found above the jump] [*]

Gorbachev Says Putin Obstructs Democracy

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/europe/27russia.html
October 26, 2010
Gorbachev Says Putin Obstructs Democracy
By CLIFFORD J. LEVY [Russia’s authoritarian past] [former USSR] [though Russia has emerged as quasi democracy and quasi “western” modernity (liberal democracy)] [followup] [the very slow process of change in Russia] [use psci 350] [followup] [periodically, Gorbachev takes a shot across Putin’s (or Kremlin’s more generally) bow?] [is this useful to Medvedev?] [ethos?] [*]
MOSCOW — Mikhail S. Gorbachev, who once supported Prime Minister Vladimir V. Putin, is voicing growing frustration with Mr. Putin’s leadership, saying that he had undermined Russia’s fledgling democracy by crippling the opposition forces.
“He thinks that democracy stands in his way,” Mr. Gorbachev said.
“I am afraid that they have been saddled with this idea that this unmanageable country needs authoritarianism,” Mr. Gorbachev said, referring to Mr. Putin and his close ally, President

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/europe/27russia.html
October 26, 2010
Gorbachev Says Putin Obstructs Democracy
By CLIFFORD J. LEVY [Russia’s authoritarian past] [former USSR] [though Russia has emerged as quasi democracy and quasi “western” modernity (liberal democracy)] [followup] [the very slow process of change in Russia] [use psci 350] [followup] [periodically, Gorbachev takes a shot across Putin’s (or Kremlin’s more generally) bow?] [is this useful to Medvedev?] [ethos?] [*]
MOSCOW — Mikhail S. Gorbachev, who once supported Prime Minister Vladimir V. Putin, is voicing growing frustration with Mr. Putin’s leadership, saying that he had undermined Russia’s fledgling democracy by crippling the opposition forces.
“He thinks that democracy stands in his way,” Mr. Gorbachev said.
“I am afraid that they have been saddled with this idea that this unmanageable country needs authoritarianism,” Mr. Gorbachev said, referring to Mr. Putin and his close ally, President Dmitri A. Medvedev. “They think they cannot do without it.” [*]
In an interview, Mr. Gorbachev even described Mr. Putin’s governing party, United Russia, as a “a bad copy of the Soviet Communist Party.” Mr. Gorbachev said party officials were concerned entirely with clinging to power and did not want Russians to take part in civic life.
Mr. Gorbachev was especially disparaging of Mr. Putin’s decision in 2004, when he was president, to eliminate elections for regional governors and the mayors of Moscow and St. Petersburg. Those positions are now filled by Kremlin appointees. The impact of this change was illustrated in Mr. Medvedev’s dismissal last month of Moscow’s longtime mayor, who was replaced with a Putin loyalist.
“Democracy begins with elections,” Mr. Gorbachev said. “Elections, accountability and turnover.”
Mr. Gorbachev, the last Soviet leader, was giving interviews this month to promote a benefit concert that his foundation is sponsoring in March in honor of his 80th birthday. The foundation runs a research center and has raised millions of dollars for charities for children with cancer. [*]
Mr. Gorbachev’s criticism of Mr. Putin, while not new, appears to have grown somewhat sharper recently, as if Mr. Gorbachev feels that he put Russia on the path toward being a functional democracy, only to have Mr. Putin block its progress. [is Gobachev trying to forstall possiblility of return of Putin (constitutional change)?] [**]
Neither Mr. Putin nor Mr. Medvedev has responded publicly to Mr. Gorbachev. Asked on Tuesday about Mr. Gorbachev’s comments, Mr. Putin’s spokesman, Dmitri S. Peskov, seemed to choose his words carefully. “We do feel the deepest respect toward Mikhail Gorbachev, and we certainly respect his point of view,” Mr. Peskov said. “But that doesn’t mean that we agree with it.”
Mr. Peskov said opposition parties had failed to make gains in Russia because their leaders were unpopular and had not developed attractive platforms. “Neither Putin personally nor United Russia as a political party can be held responsible for the inability of other parties to produce anything promising for citizens of this country,” he said.
Nursing a sore throat, Mr. Gorbachev spoke with vigor and seemed hardly slowed by age. He met with reporters at his foundation headquarters in Moscow, which is filled with hundreds of photographs and other memorabilia that highlight his efforts to reform the Soviet Union.
Still, nearly two decades after the Soviet collapse, Mr. Gorbachev occupies an awkward place in Russian society. He is arguably more respected abroad than at home, in part because some here blame him for ushering in the political and economic chaos of the 1990s. It is notable that the benefit concert for his foundation will take place at the Royal Albert Hall in London, not in Moscow. [he’s more beloved by Europeans whereas Putin is beloved by Russians?] [*]
Mr. Gorbachev, who oversaw the Soviet withdrawal from Afghanistan, offered his observations about the current NATO mission in that country, saying that success there was impossible for an occupier. “It would be necessary to exterminate people,” he said, emphasizing that that was obviously not an option.
Mr. Gorbachev has recently dabbled in opposition politics. He is part owner of the country’s leading opposition newspaper, Novaya Gazeta, several of whose reporters have been killed or wounded in attacks. He tried to help form a political party to compete in parliamentary elections next year, but gave up in the face of daunting legal hurdles. [*]
“For those who want to change the country in order to advance these processes faster, advance democratic processes, the participation of people is needed,” he said. “It is necessary to have parties. But go and try to register a party!”
Mr. Gorbachev would not say whom he would endorse for president in 2012. Mr. Putin, who became prime minister in 2008 after he was barred from running for a third consecutive term as president, is thought to be weighing a return to the presidency.
“Russia has a long way to go to usher in a new system of values, to create and provide for the proper functioning of the institutions and mechanisms of democracy — the institutions of civil society,” Mr. Gorbachev said. “All this is done through a major transformation in people’s brains. And this, clearly, is changing very slowly.”

Saudi Border With Yemen Is Still Inviting for Al Qaeda

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/middleeast/27saudi.html
October 26, 2010
Saudi Border With Yemen Is Still Inviting for Al Qaeda
By ROBERT F. WORTH [Saudi] [Saudi-Yemen border: the badlands] [middle east proper] [proximity to horn of Africa and numerous activities there] [jihadis and Islamists in Saudi peninsula] [possibly al Qaeda] [global-jihadis hydra] [clear connections with al Qaeda] [both Saudi and even more Yemen have seen fair number of such incidents recently] [use psci469b] [followup Jan] [*]
ON THE SAUDI-YEMENI BORDER — The five Yemeni men, all of them rail-thin, clutched their knees as they sat staring across the sand at the narrow road, which separates the Arab world’s poorest country from its richest.
“They’re waiting for us to move on,” said the Saudi border guard with a weary smile, as he sat watching from the front seat of a gleaming S.U.V. “Waiting so they can try to cross.”
This remote 1,100-mile frontier, once a casual crossing point for Bedouins and goats, has become an emblem of the increasingly global threats emanating from Yemen: fighters from Al Qaeda, Shiite insurgents, drugs and arms smuggling and, well under the world’s radar, one of

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/middleeast/27saudi.html
October 26, 2010
Saudi Border With Yemen Is Still Inviting for Al Qaeda
By ROBERT F. WORTH [Saudi] [Saudi-Yemen border: the badlands] [middle east proper] [proximity to horn of Africa and numerous activities there] [jihadis and Islamists in Saudi peninsula] [possibly al Qaeda] [global-jihadis hydra] [clear connections with al Qaeda] [both Saudi and even more Yemen have seen fair number of such incidents recently] [use psci469b] [followup Jan] [*]
ON THE SAUDI-YEMENI BORDER — The five Yemeni men, all of them rail-thin, clutched their knees as they sat staring across the sand at the narrow road, which separates the Arab world’s poorest country from its richest.
“They’re waiting for us to move on,” said the Saudi border guard with a weary smile, as he sat watching from the front seat of a gleaming S.U.V. “Waiting so they can try to cross.”
This remote 1,100-mile frontier, once a casual crossing point for Bedouins and goats, has become an emblem of the increasingly global threats emanating from Yemen: fighters from Al Qaeda, Shiite insurgents, drugs and arms smuggling and, well under the world’s radar, one of the largest flows of economic refugees on earth. [*]
Every day hundreds of illegal migrants are caught and sent back to Yemen, Saudi officials say, including many who have come from Africa and across Yemen’s deserts fleeing war and hunger.
The porousness of the border is essential to Al Qaeda’s Yemen-based branch, which has become a major terrorism concern for the United States as well as Arab countries. Al Qaeda draws recruits from Saudi Arabia, where they can cross and recross without being noticed, and it has sent militants across to try to kill Saudi leaders in their efforts to topple the oil-rich kingdom.
In response, the Saudi authorities have embarked on a multibillion-dollar effort to strengthen the border, evacuating scores of villages that once straddled it and building elaborate defense networks to keep intruders out.
Earthen berms now prevent cars from crossing, and layers of concertina wire line the roads, some of it strewn with the rags and dried blood of desperate migrants who still try to get through. Floodlights and thermal cameras focus on different parts of the border at night, and intelligence units stand ready to interrogate anyone who is deemed suspicious.
“They adapt very quickly to every strategy we have,” said Lt. Muhammad Qahtani, a seven-year veteran of the border patrol. The migrants wear their shoes backward to confuse trackers, or strap sponges to their soles to leave no footprints at all. They trek through arid mountains where the border is loosely patrolled.
Many smugglers are heavily armed and will fight to the death when surrounded, Lieutenant Qahtani said, because they know convicted drug traffickers are usually beheaded in Saudi Arabia.
In some ways the border here resembles the one separating the United States from Mexico, another desert barrier between rich and poor nations.
But this border has become far more volatile lately. A year ago Yemeni rebels killed a Saudi border guard, setting off a short war that delivered a humiliating blow to the Saudis’ well-financed but inexperienced military.
At least 133 Saudi soldiers were killed over three months, and the fighting raised alarms across the Sunni Arab world about the possibility that Iran might be supporting the Yemeni rebels — who subscribe to an offshoot of Shiite Islam known as Zaydism — and turning this border into another front for sectarian conflict.
Al Qaeda’s Yemen-based branch has repeatedly boasted about its ability to infiltrate the border and outwit Saudi Arabia’s network of informants in the area. Last year, a suicide bomber crossed here and later came close to assassinating Prince Muhammad bin Nayef, who runs Saudi Arabia’s counterterrorism efforts. In October 2009, Yusef al-Shihri, a leading Qaeda operative who had been detained at Guantánamo Bay, was killed in a gun battle after crossing the border from Yemen disguised as a woman.
Border security here involves far more than fences and patrols. Some tribes straddle the border, and they — and the Yemeni government — protested fiercely when Saudi Arabia first began reinforcing the border in 2003, saying they needed free access for grazing. That dispute seems to have eased, and the Saudi government is now refining an old policy of subsidies to border tribes with a view to security, analysts say.
“The Saudis realize they need to work with tribal leaders and make sure their livelihood depends on how good they are at keeping the border safe,” said Bernard Haykel, a professor of Near Eastern Studies at Princeton who has written extensively on Yemen and Saudi Arabia. “There’s also cross-border trade, and there is a debate inside Saudi Arabia now on how hard the border should be.”
In the past, many Yemenis complained that Saudi Arabia’s support for various tribal and political figures in Yemen seemed aimed at keeping their southern neighbor divided and weak. Now, as Yemen’s instability and the threat of terrorism grow worse, Saudi Arabia appears to be reassessing its approach to Yemen and its longtime president, Ali Abdullah Saleh, [*]diplomats say.
“They are trying to be more systematic,” said a Western diplomat in the Saudi capital, Riyadh. “Their manipulations are now aimed at supporting Saleh, because he’s the only game in town.”
The border was officially demarcated only in 2000. Much of it remained so informal that many villages on the border’s western edge, near the Red Sea, were half-Yemeni, half-Saudi. Those days ended last year with the war, when the Saudi government evacuated 78 border villages and extended the network of fences it had begun building several years earlier.
The area is an eerie wasteland now — scores of houses, some of them pockmarked with bullets from the war, sit empty and silent. At the top of the mountain where the fighting started last year, Saudi soldiers man a .50-caliber machine gun, gazing across at the unmarked ridges that form the border with Yemen.
Inside the border patrol headquarters in the port city of Jizan, photographs line the wall showing contraband captured by the patrol guards: truckloads of rocket-propelled grenades, huge bricks of hashish, stacks of machine guns.
Drug smuggling has risen by almost a third in the past two years, Saudi officials in Jizan say, with more than 7,000 pounds of hashish seized so far this year. The most dangerous smugglers of all are those who drive through the Empty Quarter, the Texas-size sand desert that dominates the southern part of the Arabian Peninsula, patrol officers say.
But far more numerous are the illegal migrants, hundreds of thousands of them annually in recent years. Most are caught and sent back to Yemen after being held in crowded border detention centers for a day or so. Many have crossed the sea to Yemen from Somalia or Ethiopia, risking death on rickety boats in shark-infested waters. Most of the survivors make the arduous journey through Yemen’s arid mountains only to be turned back at the Saudi border. [*]
“Some of them say, ‘If you give me something to eat, I will go back,’ ” said Lieutenant Qahtani, the border patrol officer. “You can only feel pity for these men.”

Anbar Province, Once a Hotbed of Iraqi Insurgency, Demands a Say on Resources

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/middleeast/27anbar.html
October 27, 2010
Anbar Province, Once a Hotbed of Iraqi Insurgency, Demands a Say on Resources
By JOHN LELAND and KHALID D. ALI [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [renewed sectarian tensions and fault lines] [success of “surge”] [as well as it worked, the issue still looms regarding how the Awakening to be situated in government in future?] [election from March certified but still no deal—though sounds like one close?] [followup] [Anbar Sunni of Sunnin Awakening fame demanding more influence over Iraq’s resources!] [this was inevitable: how Iraq’s Shi’a majority handle it could mean peace or war] [*]
RAMADI, Iraq — As Iraq’s political blocs remain unable to form a national government, lawmakers and residents here in Anbar Province are challenging central control of the natural resources within their territory.
The conflict — which pits a Sunni province against a mostly Shiite administration — adds a new battle line in one of the country’s most divisive and volatile issues: who controls the vast untapped oil and gas reserves that are necessary to restart Iraq’s crippled economy. [*]

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/middleeast/27anbar.html
October 27, 2010
Anbar Province, Once a Hotbed of Iraqi Insurgency, Demands a Say on Resources
By JOHN LELAND and KHALID D. ALI [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [renewed sectarian tensions and fault lines] [success of “surge”] [as well as it worked, the issue still looms regarding how the Awakening to be situated in government in future?] [election from March certified but still no deal—though sounds like one close?] [followup] [Anbar Sunni of Sunnin Awakening fame demanding more influence over Iraq’s resources!] [this was inevitable: how Iraq’s Shi’a majority handle it could mean peace or war] [*]
RAMADI, Iraq — As Iraq’s political blocs remain unable to form a national government, lawmakers and residents here in Anbar Province are challenging central control of the natural resources within their territory.
The conflict — which pits a Sunni province against a mostly Shiite administration — adds a new battle line in one of the country’s most divisive and volatile issues: who controls the vast untapped oil and gas reserves that are necessary to restart Iraq’s crippled economy. [*]
The dispute in Anbar Province is over a natural gas field called Akkaz. For more than a year, local lawmakers and tribal leaders courted foreign companies to open the field as part of a regional economic development plan involving power plants and refineries that they say would bring electricity and as many as 100,000 jobs to the region.
But when the national oil ministry auctioned rights to develop the field last week, the sale did not include any of these measures. Residents took to the streets in protest; lawmakers warned that they would not provide security to the winning bidder, a consortium of Korean and Kazakh companies. [*]
“We will not allow the companies to work here unless they take into account our demands,” said Qasim M. Abid, the provincial governor. “Not by violence, but we will use legal measures.”
Residents stopped just short of threatening unrest. [*]
“Any company that comes by the Ministry of Oil will face many difficulties, because it came despite the will of the people of Anbar,” said Mahmud Saleh al-Anima, a merchant in Ramadi.
The province, west of Baghdad, was a hotbed of the Sunni insurgency, and even on a peaceful afternoon, scars of the civil war — bullet holes, shattered buildings — are visible beside signs of oil wealth. Three years of intense sectarian warfare destroyed the region’s economy and many of its businesses, schools, roads and other infrastructure. For residents, the main hope for recovery lies in its gas and oil reserves. [*]
But their claim to these resources, like much in Iraq, is open to interpretation. Laws establishing a national energy policy, including revenue-sharing with the provinces, have been stalled since 2007. The Constitution gives the national Oil Ministry authority to negotiate deals — but only in consultation with local governments. [*]The ministry has desperately courted foreign investors, who remain torn between opportunity and the shaky security and political situation.
In Anbar, local officials say they have been ignored for sectarian reasons by the government of Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki, which is predominantly Shiite. [so when Sunni got most votes—though he’s mostly secular—in March they had hope again] [but now Shi’a have outmaneuvered their vote?] [*]
“It’s our resources, our land, and they never consulted us,” said Rabai Mohammed Nail, a member of the provincial council. “Now, all our resources are going to other people. We have no opportunities to work here, no electricity. All benefit should go to our people.”
Lawmakers said they would ask the courts to block the sale, though they feared the courts were controlled by Mr. Maliki.
The gas field has become part of the national political fray, with lawmakers from Iraqiya, the multisectarian bloc that won support in Sunni areas, including Anbar, declaring that the auction of Akkaz and other fields was invalid because it was not approved by Parliament. In a statement, the bloc called the auctions “illegal in light of the current constitutional and political vacuum.”
Assim Jihad, a spokesman for the Oil Ministry, insisted that the ministry had sole authority to negotiate rights to oil and gas fields like Akkaz, and that the provincial government’s negotiation with companies was “against the principle of transparency and openness in the signing of contracts, and this is unacceptable.”
But provincial protests can bring development to a halt, said Luay Jawad al-Khateeb, executive director of the Iraq Energy Institute, a nonprofit group that advises the Iraqi Parliament.
“It could be an ugly situation” if local people distrust the deal, he said. “When it comes to implementation, you need the regional authorities and the tribes. Security will come from them.” [I don’t imagine they have to outright threat] [Shi’a surely know score?] [*]
Other provinces, including oil-rich Basra in the south, have also fought for more control of their resources. At the far extreme, the semiautonomous Kurdistan regional government in the north has freely negotiated more than 20 oil deals in the region. As the national blocs court Kurdish support, the Kurdistan Alliance is insisting on formal recognition of Kurdish rights to the region’s resources.
Hajim al-Hassani, a member of Mr. Maliki’s State of Law party, took a nationalist line, insisting that all deals and revenue had to go through the central government, then be distributed to the provinces.
“Once you say Kurds have the right to do that, every province will say they have the same right, including Basra,” Mr. Hassani said.
But lawmakers in Anbar insisted that they did not want revenue from the field; they just wanted the developers to create jobs in the region.
“The mistake is the Oil Ministry’s mistake, not ours,” said Jasim M. al-Habousi, chairman of the provincial council. “I believe it’s their problem. They have to go back to the contract to change it.”
He added that if the consortium did not agree with the provincial government’s terms, the Oil Ministry should offer the field again in a later auction. “This is a public request,” he said. “It has a very strong base.”
An Iraqi employee of The New York Times contributed reporting.

Taliban unscathed by U.S. strikes

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/26/AR2010102606987.html
Taliban unscathed by U.S. strikes
By Greg Miller
Washington Post Staff Writer
Wednesday, October 27, 2010; A1 [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [use psci 469] [levels of distrust continues between the Americans and Karzai govt] [another report that appears to indicate the offensive is working in Kandahar] [however, use caution as Helmand-Marja offensive indicated similar success before it went south?] [in couple day period we’ve read US is kicking butt and offensive has hardly made a dent—which is it?] [*]
An intense military campaign aimed at crippling the Taliban has so far failed to inflict more than fleeting setbacks on the insurgency or put meaningful pressure on its leaders to seek peace, according to U.S. military and intelligence officials citing the latest assessments of the war in Afghanistan.
Escalated airstrikes and special operations raids have disrupted Taliban movements and damaged local cells. But officials said that insurgents have been adept at absorbing the blows and that they

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/26/AR2010102606987.html
Taliban unscathed by U.S. strikes
By Greg Miller
Washington Post Staff Writer
Wednesday, October 27, 2010; A1 [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [use psci 469] [levels of distrust continues between the Americans and Karzai govt] [another report that appears to indicate the offensive is working in Kandahar] [however, use caution as Helmand-Marja offensive indicated similar success before it went south?] [in couple day period we’ve read US is kicking butt and offensive has hardly made a dent—which is it?] [*]
An intense military campaign aimed at crippling the Taliban has so far failed to inflict more than fleeting setbacks on the insurgency or put meaningful pressure on its leaders to seek peace, according to U.S. military and intelligence officials citing the latest assessments of the war in Afghanistan.
Escalated airstrikes and special operations raids have disrupted Taliban movements and damaged local cells. But officials said that insurgents have been adept at absorbing the blows and that they appear confident that they can outlast an American troop buildup set to subside beginning next July. [*]
"The insurgency seems to be maintaining its resilience," said a senior Defense Department official involved in assessments of the war. Taliban elements have consistently shown an ability to "reestablish and rejuvenate," often within days of routed by U.S. forces, the official said, adding that if there is a sign that momentum has shifted, "I don't see it."
One of the military objectives in targeting mid-level commanders is to compel the Taliban to pursue peace talks with the Afghan government, a nascent effort that NATO officials have helped to facilitate.
The blunt intelligence assessments are consistent across the main spy agencies responsible for analyzing the conflict, including the CIA and the Defense Intelligence Agency, and come at a critical juncture. Officials spoke on the condition of anonymity because they are not authorized to discuss the matter publicly.
The Obama administration's plan to conduct a strategic review of the war in December has touched off maneuvering between U.S. military leaders seeking support for extending the American troop buildup and skeptics looking for arguments to wind down the nation's role.
Gen. David H. Petraeus, the top U.S. commander in Afghanistan, has touted the success of recent operations and indicated that the military thinks it will be able to show meaningful progress by the December review. He said last week that progress is occurring "more rapidly than was anticipated" but acknowledged that major obstacles remain.
U.S. intelligence officials present a similar, but inverted, view - noting tactical successes but warning that well into a major escalation of the conflict, there is little indication that the direction of the war has changed. [this reminds me of Helmand] [euphoric first reports then reality—you’d think they’d learn?] [*]
Among the troubling findings is that Taliban commanders who are captured or killed are often replaced in a matter of days. Insurgent groups that have ceded territory in Kandahar and elsewhere seem content to melt away temporarily, leaving behind operatives to carry out assassinations or to intimidate villagers while waiting for an opportunity to return.
U.S. officials said Taliban operatives have adopted a refrain that reflects their focus on President Obama's intent to start withdrawing troops in the middle of next year. Attributing the words to Taliban leader Mohammad Omar, officials said, operatives tell one another, "The end is near."
Obama's decision to order an additional 30,000 troops to Afghanistan divided some of his senior advisers. While no major change in strategy is expected in December, critics could use the latest assessments to argue that the continued investment of American resources and lives is misguided, particularly when the main impediment to progress that analysts cite is beyond American control.
U.S. officials said the two main branches of the insurgency - the Taliban and the Haqqani network - have been able to withstand the American military onslaught largely because they have access to safe havens in Pakistan.
A crackdown by Pakistan's military on those sanctuaries probably would have a greater impact on the war than any option available to Petraeus, officials said. But given the Pakistani government's long-standing connections to the Haqqani network and the Taliban, a move by Islamabad against those groups is considered unlikely, at least by the administration's timetable.
The United States has sought to compensate by ramping up Forces raids and military air patrols on the Afghan side of the border, and by sharply increasing the number of CIA drone strikes in Pakistan.
Over the past two months, the spy service has nearly doubled the pace of its drone campaign, killing dozens of militants in territory controlled by the Haqqani network and thought to be a haven for al-Qaeda leaders, including Osama bin Laden.
Omar and other leaders of the Afghan Taliban are thought to be based primarily in Quetta, a sprawling Pakistani city that the Islamabad government does not allow CIA drones to patrol.
The joint CIA-military efforts have scrambled insurgent networks, causing senior operatives to move more frequently and become more preoccupied with security. Still, U.S. officials said the impact on the Taliban's highest ranks has been limited.
"For senior leadership, not much has changed," the defense official said. "At most we are seeing lines of support disrupted, but it's temporary. They're still setting strategic guidance" for operations against coalition forces in Afghanistan.
That guidance has shifted in recent weeks, officials said. The arrival of thousands of additional U.S. and coalition troops in the Taliban's stronghold around Kandahar has prompted insurgents to back away and embrace smaller-scale strikes.
"The enemy's tactics have shifted - to include intimidation and assassination," a U.S. intelligence official said.
The defense official said that as many as 100 Afghan government representatives in and around Kandahar are being targeted for assassination by the Taliban, according to U.S. military intelligence estimates.
U.S. officials stressed that the recent assessments are a snapshot of the nine-year-old war and that Petraeus's offensive has been underway for only a few months.
During that period, U.S. military officials said, the tempo of American operations has increased four- or fivefold. Last month, officials disclosed that 235 insurgent leaders had been captured or killed in the preceding 90 days. At the same time, Air Force statistics showed that U.S. warplanes and drones had dropped or fired 700 weapons on Afghan targets in September, compared with 257 in the same month the previous year.
U.S. officials said they have seen isolated indications of slumping morale among some Taliban units, including a reluctance among some mid-level commanders to replace superiors who were captured or killed, apparently out of fear that they might meet the same fate.
But those examples have been offset by other instances in which Taliban succession is almost seamless. In northwestern Bagdhis province, for example, U.S. special operations forces thought they had delivered devastating blows to Taliban guerrillas, killing the group's local leader, Mullah Ismail, as well as his apparent heir, only to watch yet another "shadow governor" take the job.
The Taliban has dispatched lieutenants to engage in discussions with the government of Afghan President Hamid Karzai. But U.S. intelligence officials said the Taliban envoys seem to be participating mainly out of curiosity, convinced that they are in a position to prevail.
"If there are elements that wish to reconcile . . . that ought to be obviously explored," CIA Director Leon E. Panetta recently told reporters. "But I still have not seen anything that indicates that at this point a serious effort is being made to reconcile." © 2010 The Washington Post Co

October 26, 2010

Bullish on the Bear

http://www.themoscowtimes.com/opinion/article/bullish-on-the-bear/420906.html
The Moscow Times
[Accessed 10/26/10 12:38:34 PM] [*]
Bullish on the Bear
25 October 2010
By Richard Lourie [Russia] [former USSR] [Russia’s authoritarian past] [though Russia has emerged as quasi democracy and quasi “western” modernity (liberal democracy)] [followup] [the very slow process of change in Russia] [use psci 350] [followup] [Sino-Russi relations] [*]
Russian policy is now driven by two factors: the imperative to modernize and the fear of China. Both dictate a move to the West, which is now well under way.
On Oct. 18, President Dmitry Medvedev met with German Chancellor Angela Merkel and French President Nicolas Sarkozy in France to formalize Russia’s relations with the European Union in security matters. Medvedev will also attend the NATO summit in Lisbon on Nov. 19 to 20. That was only possible because Russia had announced it was withdrawing its troops from Perevia, a Georgian town it had occupied in the 2008 war that had become a sticking point in negotiations with NATO. This comes after a significant concession by the Kremlin when it canceled the

http://www.themoscowtimes.com/opinion/article/bullish-on-the-bear/420906.html
The Moscow Times
[Accessed 10/26/10 12:38:34 PM] [*]
Bullish on the Bear
25 October 2010
By Richard Lourie [Russia] [former USSR] [Russia’s authoritarian past] [though Russia has emerged as quasi democracy and quasi “western” modernity (liberal democracy)] [followup] [the very slow process of change in Russia] [use psci 350] [followup] [Sino-Russi relations] [*]
Russian policy is now driven by two factors: the imperative to modernize and the fear of China. Both dictate a move to the West, which is now well under way.
On Oct. 18, President Dmitry Medvedev met with German Chancellor Angela Merkel and French President Nicolas Sarkozy in France to formalize Russia’s relations with the European Union in security matters. Medvedev will also attend the NATO summit in Lisbon on Nov. 19 to 20. That was only possible because Russia had announced it was withdrawing its troops from Perevia, a Georgian town it had occupied in the 2008 war that had become a sticking point in negotiations with NATO. This comes after a significant concession by the Kremlin when it canceled the sale of S-300 anti-aircraft missiles to Iran.
Of course, none of this means that Russia is about to become the West’s lackey. For example, on Oct. 15 Medvedev and Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez signed a deal for Russia to build Venezuela’s first nuclear power plant. Russia has also sold Venezuela more than $4 billion in weaponry over the past five years. None of these transactions were designed to curry favor with Washington. Medvedev, however, termed the nuclear power plant deal strictly business. The little matter of Chernobyl aside, Russia offers a very good value proposition on nuclear energy. It will build the reactors, supply the energy at an attractive price and dispose of the waste — a decision, as one commentator remarked with mock wistfulness, that could not have been made quite so easily in a more democratic country.
But Russia has been losing ground in some of its traditional core competencies, including arms sales. Though still second to the United States, Russian sales have been hurt by Chinese “knockoffs at bargain prices.”
China became more assertive the moment it passed Japan to become the world’s No. 2 economy. This was displayed in its recent clash with Japan over a Chinese trawler captain held by Japanese authorities, its reaction to the Nobel Peace Prize being awarded to dissident Liu Xiaobo and in the recent embargo of rare earth minerals both to Japan and to the United States. Russia’s economy would not, of course, be much affected by an embargo of this sort, but many Russians will see these as the opening salvos in what former Mayor Yury Luzhkov once told me would be “the resource wars of the future.”
Coincidentally, the coming world water shortage was the cover story — “The New Oil” — of Newsweek’s Oct. 18 issue. It calls Russia, along with Canada and Alaska, one of the “winners” in the world of the “new oil,” seeing Siberian entrepreneurs selling water to an increasingly parched China. But those same resources also make Russia more attractive for a takeover, especially since the eastern reaches of the country are sparsely populated — 7 million Russians compared with 100 million Chinese on the other side of the border. Territorial disputes, although quiet for the time being, can always come back to life. Historically, China has always considered itself the injured party, its territory seized by “unequal treaties.”
Russia is interested in Western capital, know-how and security pacts but not Western values. A few concessions might be made, like a reduced sentence for former Yukos CEO Mikhail Khodorkovsky. But Russia will definitely improve economic and legal conditions to attract capital. The coming decade should be good for investment in Russia. For the first time in quite a while, I am bullish on the bear.
Richard Lourie is author of “The Autobiography of Joseph Stalin” and “Sakharov: A Biography.”
© Copyright 2010. The Moscow Times. All rights reserved.

Plotting A Revolution in Egypt

http://www.thedailybeast.com/blogs-and-stories/2010-10-25/mohamed-elbaradei-plots-to-topple-mubarak-regime-in-egypt
The Daily Beast
Word News
[Accessed 10/26/10 12:36:06 PM] [*]
Plotting A Revolution in Egypt
[Egypt] [broader middle east] [northern Africa or Islamic Maghreb; and Horn of Africa] [democratization] [followup] [the normal ebb and flow of democratization in Egypt] [slowly but surely wearing away at authoritarian regime] [followup, early September and summer when ElBaradei as opposition became clear?] [*]
Mohamed ElBaradei wants to bring down the corrupt Mubarak regime. He talks to Reza Aslan about his call for an election boycott, the prospect of violence, and his disappointment with Obama.
Mohamed ElBaradei, the 68-year-old Egyptian diplomat and former head of the International Atomic Energy Agency, may not look like a modern-day Moses, but he has made it his ambition in the final years of his life to bring down a modern day Pharaoh—Egypt’s “president-for-life,” Hosni Mubarak.
After decades of public service in New York and Vienna, including a stint as head of the

http://www.thedailybeast.com/blogs-and-stories/2010-10-25/mohamed-elbaradei-plots-to-topple-mubarak-regime-in-egypt
The Daily Beast
Word News
[Accessed 10/26/10 12:36:06 PM] [*]
Plotting A Revolution in Egypt
[Egypt] [broader middle east] [northern Africa or Islamic Maghreb; and Horn of Africa] [democratization] [followup] [the normal ebb and flow of democratization in Egypt] [slowly but surely wearing away at authoritarian regime] [followup, early September and summer when ElBaradei as opposition became clear?] [*]
Mohamed ElBaradei wants to bring down the corrupt Mubarak regime. He talks to Reza Aslan about his call for an election boycott, the prospect of violence, and his disappointment with Obama.
Mohamed ElBaradei, the 68-year-old Egyptian diplomat and former head of the International Atomic Energy Agency, may not look like a modern-day Moses, but he has made it his ambition in the final years of his life to bring down a modern day Pharaoh—Egypt’s “president-for-life,” Hosni Mubarak.
After decades of public service in New York and Vienna, including a stint as head of the International Atomic Energy Agency (for which he received the Nobel Peace Prize in 2005), ElBaradei has returned to his home country to take on one of the most oppressive regimes in _WalmartAd_the Arab world, a country that has instituted a permanent application of emergency laws, which allow the government to arrest anyone at any time for any reason and for however long it chooses.
Did I mention that Egypt is also one of America’s closest allies? The country hauls in nearly $2 billion a year of American taxpayer money (the second-largest aid amount after the $3 billion a year we send to Israel), the vast majority of which is used to purchase the military equipment necessary to maintain its repressive police state.
Now, as we approach what will likely be another seemingly pointless election in Egypt, significant solely for the fact that it will probably be Mubarak’s last (he is 82 years old and reportedly in poor health), ElBaradei has injected a sense of excitement into the country’s sclerotic political scene by hinting that he may challenge Mubarak for the presidency. ElBaradei has received a wave of support, especially from Egypt’s youth, many of whom had until now shunned politics as a useless enterprise. [*]
In an exclusive interview with The Daily Beast, ElBaradei remained coy about his intention to challenge Mubarak in the next presidential elections. “I might run if there is the prospect for a free and fair election, but I will definitely not run if it’s under the present circumstances, when you don’t have any guarantees to a free and fair election, when you have a situation completely slanted in favor of the ruling party and you don’t have judicial supervision.”
Of course, ElBaradei grudgingly admits that there is absolutely no chance the Egyptian government will meet any of his demands. Nevertheless, he has been steadily building support in Egypt, managing to collect an impressive one million signatures for a petition demanding constitutional changes that would allow for a freer, more democratic country. [*] Until that happens, ElBaradei is calling for a wholesale boycott of the upcoming parliamentary elections slated for next month. “I think if people are united in boycotting the election it would be in my view the end of the regime domestically and internationally,” he told me by phone. “In my view it is the easiest, fastest, the most direct way to delegitimize the regime.”
“I think if people are united in boycotting the election it would be in my view the end of the regime domestically and internationally,” ElBaradei told me.
Most of the country’s opposition parties, including the Communists, are backing ElBaradei’s calls for a boycott. But if the boycott plan is to work it must gain the support of Egypt’s largest and most dynamic political party: the Muslim Brotherhood.
So far, the Muslim Brotherhood has split over whether to join the boycott. Some in the movement want to take advantage of the minimal gains they achieved in 2005 when they were allowed, for the first time ever, to take part in parliamentary elections, albeit as independent candidates (the organization remains illegal in Egypt). Others, citing the increased repression that they suffered after their electoral success, think they can pressure Mubarak by joining ElBaradei’s boycott.
It is precisely his international status that has allowed ElBaradei to appeal both to secular groups like Ghad and to religious groups like the Brotherhood, forming a powerful coalition whose popularity and influence seems to have caught the Mubarak regime by surprise. The president’s allies have belatedly attempted to smear ElBaradei’s campaign, posting articles in government run newspapers calling him an atheist and claiming his daughter has married a non-Muslim. It has been reported that Mubarak himself has been involved in the attacks against ElBaradei, seeing the former diplomat as a threat to his plans to ultimately transfer presidential power to his son Gamal.
Yet ElBaradei is undaunted by the attacks in the government media. “Yes, of course my credibility allows me much freedom to speak up,” he says. “On the other hand, I feel like I owe it _WalmartAd_to my fellow Egyptians to speak on their behalf.”
He has taken full of advantage of this freedom to go after Mubarak directly, calling him “a decaying, nearly collapsing temple” and openly predicting a change in regime in the near future. “These are the means available for peaceful change: Boycotting the election, demonstration, petition and civil disobedience,” he says. “Whether the government will respond and understand that they have to change or not, that is an open question. But if they don’t, they will do that at their own risk because we still believe we will see [change] happening through peaceful means, but if things continue the way they are, I don’t exclude that people will resort to violence which is the last thing I would like to see.”
When I tell him that this could easily be construed as a threat, he brushes off the criticism. “I want to preemptviolence,” he says. But, he adds, if there were violence, it would not be because of his calls for democracy. Rather it would be “a revolt of the poor.”
“When you have half of Caironese in slums, when you don’t have clean water, when you don’t have a sewer system, when you don’t have electricity, and on top of that you live under one of the most repressive regimes right now…Well, put all that together and it’s a ticking bomb. It’s not of a question of threat. It is question of looking around at the present environment and making a rational prognosis.”
ElBaradei cannot hide his disappointment with the way that President Obama has seemingly turned his back on democratization efforts in the Arab world. Not that he was a fan of President Bush’s ham-fisted attempts at democracy promotion. On the contrary, ElBaradei was a frequent critic of the Bush administration, which is why he is still loathed in certain political circles in the U.S. But he does admit that the pressure applied by Bush on Mubarak did force a brief flowering of democracy in Egypt in 2005, the year in which Ayman Nour, Egypt’s most famous (and most frequently jailed) democracy activist, and the Muslims Brotherhood both were allowed to contest the elections.
Obama, who has been silent about the prospect of an ElBaradei candidacy, seems to have abandoned the idea of democracy promotion altogether—whether in Egypt or anywhere else in the Middle East. When he made his much-lauded speech in Cairo last year, he mentioned the word “democracy” only once—and it received by far the loudest and most sustained applause of the entire speech.
I ask ElBaradei whether he would like to see Obama apply more pressure on Mubarak to allow for greater freedoms in Egypt. “Well, it is up to Barack Obama,” he says. “It’s up to any government to decide how to react to the denial of basic human rights anywhere in the world including Egypt. All I can say is this—those who believe that stability comes with repression are really shortsighted and should not be surprise if the Middle East continues to move toward radicalization. In my view, stability only comes with a government that is elected by the people and works for the people.”
In ElBaradei’s view, if Egyptians are allowed the right to choose their own government, to have say in their own political affairs, then it would provide precisely the stability and security that the U.S. government is so desperate to achieve in the Middle East.
“The sooner we put Egypt on the right track the sooner we would be able to have an Egypt that is modern, that is moderate and that is acting as a beacon for freedom and liberty across the Arab world.”
As Egyptians like to say, Inshallah. God willing.
Reza Aslan is author of the international bestseller No god but God and Beyond Fundamentalism. His new bookTablet and Pen: Literary Landscapes from the Modern Middle East comes out in Nov. Follow him on Twitter andFacebook.
Get a head start with the Morning Scoop email. It's your Cheat Sheet with must reads from across the Web. Get it.
For inquiries, please contact The Daily Beast at editorial@thedailybeast.com.

Would a Beaten Obama Attack Iran?

http://www.realclearworld.com/articles/2010/10/26/us_midterm_elections_obama_and_iran_99246.html
October 26, 2010
Would a Beaten Obama Attack Iran?
By George Friedman [oped-like piece] [societal for nature and for analysis of political cycle on public opinion-president-govt] [speculation: after the midterms, what will Obama’s loss on Capitol Hill do to USFP?] [the issues here is whether he will be more likely to invade Iran?] [it’s interesting speculation] [use psci 355-455] [Note: place in package with Goldblog readings on Israel and Iran attack] [cross in govt?] [*]
We are a week away from the 2010 U.S. midterm elections. The outcome is already locked in. Whether the Republicans take the House or the Senate is close to immaterial. It is almost certain that the dynamics of American domestic politics will change. The Democrats will lose their ability to impose cloture in the Senate and thereby shut off debate. [they’ve rarely used it anyway?] [*] Whether they lose the House or not, the Democrats will lose the ability to pass legislation at the will of the House Democratic leadership. The large majority held by the Democrats will be gone, and party discipline will not be strong enough (it never is) to prevent some

http://www.realclearworld.com/articles/2010/10/26/us_midterm_elections_obama_and_iran_99246.html
October 26, 2010
Would a Beaten Obama Attack Iran?
By George Friedman [oped-like piece] [societal for nature and for analysis of political cycle on public opinion-president-govt] [speculation: after the midterms, what will Obama’s loss on Capitol Hill do to USFP?] [the issues here is whether he will be more likely to invade Iran?] [it’s interesting speculation] [use psci 355-455] [Note: place in package with Goldblog readings on Israel and Iran attack] [cross in govt?] [*]
We are a week away from the 2010 U.S. midterm elections. The outcome is already locked in. Whether the Republicans take the House or the Senate is close to immaterial. It is almost certain that the dynamics of American domestic politics will change. The Democrats will lose their ability to impose cloture in the Senate and thereby shut off debate. [they’ve rarely used it anyway?] [*] Whether they lose the House or not, the Democrats will lose the ability to pass legislation at the will of the House Democratic leadership. The large majority held by the Democrats will be gone, and party discipline will not be strong enough (it never is) to prevent some defections.
Should the Republicans win an overwhelming victory in both houses next week, they will still not have the votes to override presidential vetoes. Therefore they will not be able to legislate unilaterally, and if any legislation is to be passed it will have to be the result of negotiations between the president and the Republican Congressional leadership. Thus, whether the Democrats do better than expected or the Republicans win a massive victory, the practical result will be the same.
When we consider the difficulties President Barack Obama had passing his health care legislation, even with powerful majorities in both houses, it is clear that he will not be able to push through any significant legislation without Republican agreement. The result will either be gridlock or a very different legislative agenda than we have seen in the first two years. [*]
These are not unique circumstances. Reversals in the first midterm election after a presidential election happened to Ronald Reagan and Bill Clinton. It does not mean that Obama is guaranteed to lose a re-election bid, although it does mean that, in order to win that election, he will have to operate in a very different way. It also means that the 2012 presidential campaign will begin next Wednesday on Nov. 3. Given his low approval ratings, Obama appears vulnerable and the Republican nomination has become extremely valuable. For his part, Obama does not have much time to lose in reshaping his presidency. With the Iowa caucuses about 15 months away and the Republicans holding momentum, the president will have to begin his campaign. [see foreign policy piece, saved in research 2010, on like GOP principals involved in USFP] [*]
Obama now has two options in terms of domestic strategy. The first is to continue to press his agenda, knowing that it will be voted down. If the domestic situation improves, he takes credit for it. If it doesn't, he runs against Republican partisanship. The second option is to abandon his agenda, cooperate with the Republicans and re-establish his image as a centrist. Both have political advantages and disadvantages and present an important strategic decision for Obama to make.
The Foreign Policy Option
Obama also has a third option, which is to shift his focus from domestic policy to foreign policy. The founders created a system in which the president is inherently weak in domestic policy and able to take action only when his position in Congress is extremely strong. [*]This was how the founders sought to avoid the tyranny of narrow majorities. At the same time, they made the president quite powerful in foreign policy regardless of Congress, and the evolution of the presidency over the centuries has further strengthened this power. Historically, when the president has been weak domestically, one option he has had is to appear powerful by focusing on foreign policy. [*]
For presidents like Clinton, this was not a particularly viable option in 1994-1996. The international system was quiet, and it was difficult to act meaningfully and decisively. It was easier for Reagan in 1982-1984. The Soviet Union was strong and threatening, and an aggressive anti-Soviet stance was popular and flowed from his 1980 campaign. Deploying the ground-launched cruise missile and the Pershing II medium-range ballistic missile in Western Europe alienated his opponents, strengthened his position with his political base and allowed him to take the center (and ultimately pressured the Soviets into agreeing to the Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces Treaty). By 1984, with the recession over, Reagan's anti-Soviet stance helped him defeat Walter Mondale.
Obama does not have Clinton's problem. The international environment allows him to take a much more assertive stance than he has over the past two years. [it certainly would?] [*] The war in Afghanistan is reaching a delicate negotiating state as reports of ongoing talks circulate. The Iraq war is far from stable, with 50,000 U.S. troops still there, and the Iranian issue wide open. Israeli-Palestinian talks are also faltering, and there are a host of other foreign issues, ranging from China's increasing assertiveness to Russia's resurgent power to the ongoing decline in military power of America's European allies. There are a range of issues that need to be addressed at the presidential level, many of which would resonate with at least some voters and allow Obama to be presidential in spite of weak political support.
There are two problems with Obama becoming a foreign policy president. The first is that the country is focused on the economy and on domestic issues. [so dangerous gambit come 2010] [*]If he focuses on foreign policy and the U.S. economy does not improve by 2012, it will cost him the election. His hope will be foreign policy successes, or at least the perception of being strong on national security, coupled with economic recovery or a plausible reason to blame the Republicans. This is a tricky maneuver, but his presidency no longer offers simple solutions.
The second problem is that his presidency and campaign have been based on the general principle of accommodation rather than confrontation in foreign affairs, with the sole exception of Afghanistan, where he chose to be substantially more aggressive than his predecessor had been. The place where he was assertive is unlikely to yield a major foreign policy success, unless that success is a negotiated settlement with the Taliban. A negotiated settlement will be portrayed by the Republicans as capitulation rather than triumph. If he continues on the current course in Afghanistan, he will seem to be plodding down an old path and not pioneering a new one. [second, his approach, which has emphasized accommodation, leaves few places to become aggressive] [*]
Interestingly, if Obama's goal is to appear strong on national security while regaining the center, Afghanistan offers the least attractive venue. His choices are negotiation, which would reinforce his image as an accommodationist in foreign policy, or continued war, which is not particularly new territory. He could deploy even more forces into Afghanistan, but then would risk looking like Lyndon Johnson in 1967, hurling troops at the enemy without a clear plan. He could, of course, create a massive crisis with Pakistan, but it would be extremely unlikely that such an effort would end well, given the situation in Afghanistan. Foreign policy presidents need to be successful.
There is little to be done in Iraq at the moment except delay the withdrawal of forces, which adds little to his political position. Moreover, the core problem in Iraq at the moment is Iran and its support of disruptive forces. Obama could attempt to force an Israeli-Palestinian settlement, but that would require Hamas to change its position, [*]which is unlikely, or that Israel make massive concessions, which it doesn't think it has to do. The problem with Israel and the Palestinians is that peace talks, such as those under Clinton at Camp David, have a nasty tendency to end in chaos.
The European, Russian and Chinese situations are of great importance, but they are not conducive to dramatic acts. The United States is not going to blockade China over the yuan or hold a stunning set of meetings with the Europeans to get them to increase their defense budgets and commit to more support for U.S. wars. And the situation regarding North Korea does not have the pressing urgency to justify U.S. action. There are many actions that would satisfy Obama's accomodationist inclinations, but those would not serve well in portraying him as decisive in foreign policy.
The Iranian Option [by process of elimination, Iran is likely place] [*]
This leaves the obvious choice: Iran. Iran is the one issue on which the president could galvanize public opinion. The Republicans have portrayed Obama as weak on combating militant Islamism. Many of the Democrats see Iran as a repressive violator of human rights, particularly after the crackdown on the Green Movement. The Arabian Peninsula, particularly Saudi Arabia, is afraid of Iran and wants the United States to do something more than provide $60 billion-worth of weapons over the next 10 years. The Israelis, obviously, are hostile. The Europeans are hostile to Iran but want to avoid escalation, unless it ends quickly and successfully and without a disruption of oil supplies. The Russians like the Iranians are a thorn in the American side, as are the Chinese, but neither would have much choice should the United States deal with Iran quickly and effectively. Moreover, the situation in Iraq would improve if Iran were to be neutralized, and the psychology in Afghanistan could also shift.
If Obama were to use foreign policy to enhance his political standing through decisive action, and achieve some positive results in relations with foreign governments, the one place he could do it would be Iran. The issue is what he might have to do and what the risks would be. Nothing could, after all, hurt him more than an aggressive stance against Iran that failed to achieve its goals or turned into a military disaster for the United States. [*]
So far, Obama's policy toward Iran has been to incrementally increase sanctions by building a weak coalition and allow the sanctions to create shifts in Iran's domestic political situation. The idea is to weaken President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad and strengthen his enemies, who are assumed to be more moderate and less inclined to pursue nuclear weapons. Obama has avoided overt military action against Iran, so a confrontation with Iran would require a deliberate shift in the U.S. stance, which would require a justification.
The most obvious justification would be to claim that Iran is about to construct a nuclear device. Whether or not this is true would be immaterial. First, no one would be in a position to challenge the claim, and, second, Obama's credibility in making the assertion would be much greater than George W. Bush's, given that Obama does not have the 2003 weapons-of-mass-destruction debacle to deal with and has the advantage of not having made such a claim before. Coming from Obama, the claim would confirm the views of the Republicans, while the Democrats would be hard-pressed to challenge him. In the face of this assertion, Obama would be forced to take action. He could appear reluctant to his base, decisive to the rest. The Republicans could not easily attack him. Nor would the claim be a lie. Defining what it means to almost possess nuclear weapons is nearly a metaphysical discussion. It requires merely a shift in definitions and assumptions. This is a cynical scenario, but it can be aligned with reasonable concerns.
As STRATFOR has argued in the past, destroying Iran's nuclear capability does not involve a one-day raid, nor is Iran without the ability to retaliate. Its nuclear facilities are in a number of places and Iran has had years to harden those facilities. Destroying the facilities might take an extended air campaign and might even require the use of special operations units to verify battle damage and complete the mission. In addition, military action against Iran's naval forces would be needed to protect the oil routes through the Persian Gulf from small boat swarms and mines, anti-ship missile launchers would have to be attacked and Iranian air force and air defenses taken out. This would not solve the problem of the rest of Iran's conventional forces, which would represent a threat to the region, so these forces would have to be attacked and reduced as well.[*]
An attack on Iran would not be an invasion, nor would it be a short war. Like Yugoslavia in 1999, it would be an extended air war lasting an unknown number of months. There would be American POWs from aircraft that were shot down or suffered mechanical failure over Iranian territory. There would be many civilian casualties, which the international media would focus on. [*]It would not be an antiseptic campaign, but it would likely (though it is important to reiterate not certainly) destroy Iran's nuclear capability and profoundly weaken its conventional forces. It would be a war based on American strengths in aerial warfare and technology, not on American weaknesses in counterinsurgency. [*] It would strengthen the Iranian regime (as aerial bombing usually does) by rallying the Iranian public to its side against the aggression. If the campaign were successful, the Iranian regime would be stronger politically, at least for a while, but eviscerated militarily. A successful campaign would ease the U.S. withdrawal from Iraq, calm the Saudis and demonstrate to the Europeans American capability and will. It would also cause the Russians and Chinese to become very thoughtful.
A campaign against Iran would have its risks. Iran could launch a terrorist campaign and attempt to close the Strait of Hormuz, sending the global economy into a deep recession on soaring oil prices. It could also create a civil war in Iraq. U.S. intelligence could have missed the fact that the Iranians already have a deliverable nuclear weapon. All of these are possible risks, and, according to STRATFOR's thinking, the risks outweigh the rewards. After all, the best laid military plan can end in a fiasco.
We have argued that a negotiation with Iran in the order of President Richard Nixon's reversal on China would be a lower-risk solution to the nuclear problem than the military option. But for Obama, this is politically difficult to do. Had Bush done this, he would have had the ideological credentials to deal with Iran, as Nixon had the ideological credentials to deal with China. But Obama does not. Negotiating an agreement with Iran in the wake of an electoral rout would open the floodgates to condemnation of Obama as an appeaser. In losing power, he loses the option for negotiation unless he is content to be a one-term president. [*]
I am arguing the following. First, Obama will be paralyzed on domestic policies by this election. He can craft a re-election campaign blaming the Republicans for gridlock. This has its advantages and disadvantages; the Republicans, charging that he refused to adjust to the electorate's wishes, can blame him for the gridlock. It can go either way. The other option for Obama is to look for triumph in foreign policy where he has a weak hand. The only obvious way to achieve success that would have a positive effect on the U.S. strategic position is to attack Iran. Such an attack would have substantial advantages and very real dangers. It could change the dynamics of the Middle East and it could be a military failure.
I am not claiming that Obama will decide to do this based on politics, although no U.S. president has ever engaged in foreign involvement without political considerations, nor should he. I am saying that, at this moment in history, given the domestic gridlock that appears to be in the offing, a shift to a foreign policy emphasis makes sense, Obama needs to be seen as an effective commander in chief and Iran is the logical target.
This is not a prediction. Obama does not share his thoughts with me. It is merely speculation on the options Obama will have after the midterm elections, not what he will choose to do.
U.S. Midterm Elections, Obama and Iran is republished with permission of STRATFOR.

Merkel’s Message to the West: Be Not Afraid

http://pajamasmedia.com/blog/merkels-message-to-the-west-be-not-afraid/
Pajamas Media
[Accessed 10/26/10 12:28:00 PM] [I’ve head of this blog but never used it before] [I have idea what it’s background or journalistic integrity might be?] [*]
Merkel’s Message to the West: Be Not Afraid
Self-censorship in the face of Islamist violence directed against free speech does not demonstrate respect for other cultures. It shows fear.
October 25, 2010 - by Seth Cropsey [Germany] [EU3] [NATO and domestic politics] [Germany’s past frequently haunts its future?] [Germany struggles to come to terms with its economic power in EU but relative minor military power] [more on the complex issues of émigrés in Europe (in Germany it’s mostly Turks but other Muslims too)] [followup] [*]
German Chancellor Angela Merkel this month told an audience of her Christian Democratic Union party colleagues that Germany’s decades-old policy of multiculturalism has “utterly failed.”
The political backdrop here is growing German popular opinion against immigration.

http://pajamasmedia.com/blog/merkels-message-to-the-west-be-not-afraid/
Pajamas Media
[Accessed 10/26/10 12:28:00 PM] [I’ve head of this blog but never used it before] [I have idea what it’s background or journalistic integrity might be?] [*]
Merkel’s Message to the West: Be Not Afraid
Self-censorship in the face of Islamist violence directed against free speech does not demonstrate respect for other cultures. It shows fear.
October 25, 2010 - by Seth Cropsey [Germany] [EU3] [NATO and domestic politics] [Germany’s past frequently haunts its future?] [Germany struggles to come to terms with its economic power in EU but relative minor military power] [more on the complex issues of émigrés in Europe (in Germany it’s mostly Turks but other Muslims too)] [followup] [*]
German Chancellor Angela Merkel this month told an audience of her Christian Democratic Union party colleagues that Germany’s decades-old policy of multiculturalism has “utterly failed.”
The political backdrop here is growing German popular opinion against immigration. This sentiment is fueled by the sense that immigrants, especially Muslims, reject the fundamental values of the country to which they have moved.
Looking over a society divided between Muslim immigrants and native-born German citizens, Chancellor Merkel argued that government policy should seek to incorporate immigrants by teaching them how to speak German and by integrating them into the workforce and into society generally. Merkel’s speech is a profound break with the obeisance that Western societies have been paying to multiculturalism since the 1960s. It acknowledges that Western liberalism is sufficiently worthy of preservation to expect at a minimum that those who live in Western liberal society should understand its language, laws, and basic tenets.
However, Germany is not alone in facing the consequences of a bifurcated society. Nearly all liberal democracies suffer from one dismaying result of multiculturalism: increasing intimidation of the media by Islamists and the slow but steady undermining of our tradition of free speech.
How was such an important departure from the assumptions of the past half century reached? In his poem “Youth and Age,” Samuel Coleridge Taylor looks wistfully at aging. “Ah! for the change ‘twixt Now and Then,” he writes. Changes in people you see daily go largely unnoticed. If you haven’t seen someone for a long time, the transformations are apparent at once.
This applies equally to politics. Think back more than 20 years to when Salman Rushdie published The Satanic Verses. A year later — in February 1989 — Ayatollah Khomeini issued a fatwa, a decree calling for Rushdie to be murdered. I was an official at the U.S. Defense Department at the time and I am happy to say that the U.S. government took note and considered how best to protect him should the need arise. Even the European public stood to defend Rushdie’s freedom of speech. The writer Ian McEwan is said to have hidden Rushdie, as did Christopher Hitchens, before more formal protection could be offered. Rushdie was invited to the stage at rock concerts in England and received a thunderous and approving reception. Twenty years ago states and the public together supported free speech.
Two decades later it’s quite a different story. After the Danish newspaper Jyllands-Posten (the Jutland Post) published its cartoons of Mohammad in September 2005, Denmark and its courageous Prime Minister Anders Fogh Rasmussen stood alone. Imams in Denmark and ambassadors from nearly a dozen Muslim-majority states sought a meeting with Rasmussen to, as the American writer Tom Wolfe put it in 1970, “mau mau the flak catchers.” The prime minister steadfastly refused to take part in such antics. He responded in a letter noting that “freedom of expression has a wide scope and the Danish government has no means of influencing the press.”
How far we have come. The Bush administration shamefully declared that “we find (these cartoons) offensive, and we certainly understand why Muslims would find these images offensive.” American conservative publications barked but did not publish the cartoons.
The Obama administration echoed its predecessor’s mindless efforts at appeasing the unappeasable. One of the religious leaders who was invited to speak at a prayer service that preceded President Obama’s inauguration two years ago was Ingrid Mattson, president of the Islamic Society of North America. In 2007, U.S. federal prosecutors included the Islamic Society of North America along with almost 300 other co-conspirators in a criminal case that accused the Holy Land Foundation of Richardson, Texas, of having funneled more than $12 million dollars to Hamas, which the U.S. government had officially designated as a terrorist group in 1995. A small Washington political journal picked up on the story. Otherwise the U.S. media largely ignored it. Such events have now become sufficiently normal to merit little or nor interest.
No matter where you look, our free media, governments, and publics are increasingly open to Muslim intimidation. More worrisome, a growing body of opinion implicitly holds that appeasing such intimidation will diminish or overcome it. Last year the Yale University Press published a book on the Danish cartoon incident. After a lot of consultations the Press decided not to publish the cartoons but also to leave out illustrations of Mohammad from an Ottoman print, a sketch by Gustave Dore, and an episode from Dante that Botticelli, Blake, Rodin, and Dali have all depicted. So it is now clear that at least one highly respected Western academic institution whose single most important intellectual principle is freedom of thought can be intimidated into self-censorship by not even so much as a spoken or written threat.
Late in September a cartoonist for the Seattle Weekly, Molly Norris, disappeared. It had occurred to her that if enough people make it clear that they support freedom, those who oppose it will retreat. She advocated an “Everybody Draw Mohammad Day.” An American-born cleric, Anwar al-Awlaki, now hiding in Yemen to escape being killed or captured for his leadership in al-Qaeda, issued a fatwa for Norris’s murder. Norris changed her mind about the proposal — understandable in the circumstances — and on the advice of government security personnel is now in hiding. A couple of U.S. journals recorded the event. Otherwise it was ignored. We have come to accept intimidation as normal.
Americans, however, are not alone in appeasement or self-censorship. Seven years ago a report on anti-Semitism in Europe was commissioned by the European Union and authored, among others, by Professor Walter Bergmann of Berlin’s Technical University. The report found that Muslims and pro-Palestinian groups were responsible for a large portion of anti-Semitic violence in Europe. The E.U. decided not to publish the report.
Professor Bergmann said publicly that E.U. officials feared that “the report will discriminate against Muslims and that this would show that the E.U. was siding with Israel.” E.U. spokespersons said that the reason for withholding publication was the “insufficient scope of the work.” It’s another example of self-censorship which is all the more disturbing because of Europe’s history. Will a continent that claims to value human rights so deeply be able to preserve them if it cannot face the disagreeable truth of rising anti-Semitism?
Can ignoring the rights of one group to protect the sensibilities of another lead to greater respect for the basic human freedoms we all hope to enjoy?
Muslims praying in the streets of Paris raises the same issue. No one objects to their praying in mosques. But there are laws against praying in streets and blocking the access of those who live in buildings along them. When these laws are deliberately broken to demonstrate the mob’s power and the police stand by as observers, where are we going? And I ask the same question when the man who videotaped the large number of Muslims praying in the streets is threatened with death. Where does all this lead?
Nowhere good is the obvious answer. Europe may experience increasing terror and efforts to intimidate the press and snuff out the academic freedoms which are at the core of shared trans-Atlantic values. Just as likely are other invidious expressions of Muslim colonization as demographic shifts continue to diminish the majority of native European populations. A severe reaction in Europe could be worse than the ill that provokes it. Most of Europe has gone to great lengths to convince itself that external threats are a relic of a past they’d just as soon forget. The gathering momentum toward self-disarmament is an invitation to trouble.
Turkey, for example, possesses NATO’s second largest military — after the U.S. The Turks have gone on military excursions in Europe before, for example in the Balkans in the 14th and 15th centuries: they reached as far westward as the gates of Vienna in the late 17th century. An increasingly Islamized Turkey could respond to a European reaction in the face of Muslim excesses by using force, and there’s not much that Europe’s shrinking militaries could do, now and even less in the future.
So what is to be done? Turkish voters have recently approved constitutional measures proposed by Prime Minister Erdogan that, among other things, will give him more power to increase judges in the senior parts of Turkey’s judicial system and tighten his control over the military. This trend is likely to tilt the country away from secular and toward Islamic control. [*]
Turkey’s sponsorship of the effort to break Israel’s blockade this past spring expresses the same political direction. Do we really want this powerful, centrally located, and strategic state to continue its drift into Islamization? Should we not be seeking to bring it closer to us rather than drive it in the direction of the Iranian clerics? How democratic must we look to a Turkey whose application to join the European Union is dismissed out of hand by the older and more democratically experienced members of the Western alliance?
In Aesop’s well-known fable the sun wins the contest with the north wind over which can make the traveler remove his cloak. The E.U. chose the north wind’s approach in rejecting Ankara’s application, and the partial consequences speak for themselves as Turkey drifts slowly toward an Islamized, religious state.
However, as important as military and diplomatic actions are to the future of trans-Atlantic relations, they are dwarfed by the ideas that are the foundation of the relationship between Europe and the United States. The most basic of these ideas is political freedom and the most tangible expression of freedom is in what we write and say. These freedoms are under attack today, as I stated in the first part of my remarks. They are under attack from Islamists who regard freedom of speech as a challenge to their ambition for power, and who see the questioning and rational discourse that characterize the liberal tradition as a threat to the subservience of women, vilification of non-believers, and justification for violence that today most accurately describe what they stand for.
And in our self-censorship, we aid them. The West is threatened by a host of dangers today: terrorists, pacifism (especially in Europe), nuclear proliferation, and the ambition of powers such as China whose notions of international order are profoundly different from our own. But no threat is more immediate than our willingness to allow intimidation to lead to self-censorship and the acceptance of such intimidation as a normal state of affairs. No threat is greater than our loss of outrage at the slow but steady bending to fear that the examples I mentioned at the beginning of this article demonstrate.
Freedom, as Ronald Reagan said in his first inaugural speech as governor of California, is threatened in every generation. “Be not afraid,” repeated John Paul II three times during his installation sermon. There is nothing more important in protecting the values at the core of the West than to take his advice. Self-censorship in the face of Islamist violence directed against free speech does not demonstrate respect for other cultures. It shows fear. And it underlines Chancellor Merkel’s warning about the failures of multiculturalism.
This article is adapted from a presentation the author delivered at a conference sponsored in Brussels the week of October 11th by the International Republican Institute and the Centre for European Studies.
Seth Cropsey is a Senior Fellow at the Hudson Institute. He served as a naval officer from 1985 to 2004, and as deputy undersecretary of the Navy in the Reagan and George H. W. Bush administrations.

New Iraqi Alignment Reveals US Failure

http://atimes.com/atimes/Middle_East/LJ27Ak01.html
Asia Times
[Accessed 10/26/10 12:19:33 PM] [*]
Middle East
October 27, 2010
New Iraqi Alignment Reveals US Failure
By Gareth Porter [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [renewed sectarian tensions and fault lines] [success of “surge”] [as well as it worked, the issue still looms regarding how the Awakening to be situated in government in future?] [now the recent Wikileaks dump of 400,000 documents is affecting Iraq!] [rather embarrassing documents included that suggest the US “surge” watched Shi’a death squads ravage Sunni populations and “cleanse” ethnically parts of Iraq?] [followup] [cross in govt] [*]
WASHINGTON - A newly released WikiLeaks document on Iraq and the new political alignment between Shi'ite cleric Muqtada al-Sadr and Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki both provide fresh evidence that General David Petraeus's war against Shi'ite militias in 2007-2008 was a futile exercise.

The WikiLeaks document is an intelligence report identifying the Shi'ite commander who Petraeus said was the Iranian-backed rogue militia leader behind the kidnapping and killing of five US troops in Karbala in January 2007. In fact, according to the leaked

http://atimes.com/atimes/Middle_East/LJ27Ak01.html
Asia Times
[Accessed 10/26/10 12:19:33 PM] [*]
Middle East
October 27, 2010
New Iraqi Alignment Reveals US Failure
By Gareth Porter [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [renewed sectarian tensions and fault lines] [success of “surge”] [as well as it worked, the issue still looms regarding how the Awakening to be situated in government in future?] [now the recent Wikileaks dump of 400,000 documents is affecting Iraq!] [rather embarrassing documents included that suggest the US “surge” watched Shi’a death squads ravage Sunni populations and “cleanse” ethnically parts of Iraq?] [followup] [*]
WASHINGTON - A newly released WikiLeaks document on Iraq and the new political alignment between Shi'ite cleric Muqtada al-Sadr and Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki both provide fresh evidence that General David Petraeus's war against Shi'ite militias in 2007-2008 was a futile exercise.

The WikiLeaks document is an intelligence report identifying the Shi'ite commander who Petraeus said was the Iranian-backed rogue militia leader behind the kidnapping and killing of five US troops in Karbala in January 2007. In fact, according to the leaked document, it was a commander of Muqtada's Mahdi Army.

That new information about the Karbala operation confirms earlier evidence that in 2007 a political axis linking Iran, Muqtada and Maliki was working to foil Petraeus' assault on the Mahdi Army and to hasten the withdrawal of US troops from Iraq. [*]

That political alignment is not a reflection of Iranian dominance over Iraqi politics, but of a convergence of interests among Shi'ite actors in the Iraq conflict. [*]

The same political alignment has now resurfaced as a pivotal development in the formation of a new Iraqi government. Maliki and Muqtada have agreed to form a new Shi'ite-dominated government, and Maliki traveled to Iran last week to meet Muqtada and publicly thanked Iran for its help in bringing Muqtada into his bloc of deputies. [*]

The Maliki bloc now has two more votes than the Sunni-based al-Iraqiya bloc and hopes to bring in the Kurds to collect enough votes to form a new government.

The December 2006 intelligence report in the WikiLeaks collection details a plan to kidnap US soldiers in Baghdad. The report reveals that the militia commander in charge of the operation, Ashar al-Dulaimi, was a subordinate to a "senior Jaysh al-Mahdi [Mahdi Army] commander" named "Hasan" or "Salim". [*]

Dulaimi was a key commander of the Mahdi Army's "secret cells", which had been trained by Hezbollah officers working in cooperation with Iran's Islamic Revolutionary Guards Corps. [*]

Muqtada had never hidden his military cooperation with Hezbollah in Lebanon. Despite Muqtada's open criticism of Iranian policy toward Iraq for its backing of the rival Islamic Supreme Council of Iraq, he also sent troops to be trained in Iran.

The Mahdi Army plan to kidnap US troops did not unfold in Baghdad but in Karbala, where five American soldiers were abducted in a raid on the Provincial Joint Coordination Center on January 20, 2007, and later found dead. The US military tracked Dulaimi to Sadr City in Baghdad and killed him in May 2007. [*]

Petraeus' spokesman, General Kevin Bergner, later accused Iran of having directed the Karbala attack through its control of networks of "special groups" it armed and trained. Petraeus maintained consistently that Iran was backing "rogue" units that had left the Mahdi Army.

The WikiLeaks documents show, however, that Petraeus and his command in Iraq were well aware that Dulaimi was a Mahdi Army commander in charge of secret operations. The Petraeus "special groups" line was aimed at hiding the fact that the US command was determined to destroy as much of the Mahdi Army as possible by claiming that it was actually attacking rogue Shi'ite militias. [it’s possible?] [I’d still like to hear Petraeus’ side of it?] [*]

The New York Times story on Iran-related WikiLeaks documents by Michael Gordon, which portrays the documents as reconfirming the Petraeus line on Iran-backed "special groups", highlighted the intelligence report on Dulaimi but omitted the central fact that it clearly identifies him as a Mahdi Army commander.

The evidence also indicates that the Mahdi Army’s Karbala operation was done with the full knowledge of the Maliki government. [America’s ally, the Maliki govt and the same govt that just managed to pull victory from the jaws of defeat with Shi’a coalition that ensures Sunni minority does not control govt, despite a slight edge in March elections] [*]

Colonel Michael X Garrett, then commander of the Fourth Brigade combat team in Karbala, confirmed to this writer in December 2008 that the Karbala attack "was definitely an inside operation". Both the provincial governor and police chief were suspected of having collaborated in the operation, Garrett said.

Governor Aqil al-Khazali was not a Sadrist but a member of Maliki's own Da'wa Party and was presumably acting in line with a policy that came from Baghdad.

That was a sign that Maliki, Muqtada and Iran were still cooperating secretly, even as Maliki was ostensibly cooperating with the US military against Muqtada.

Maliki maintained ties with Muqtada because he needed his support. Muqtada, who had 30 members in the Iraqi parliament, had supplied the key votes that installed Maliki as prime minister at an April 2006 meeting in the Green Zone over which Iranian Quds Force commander Brigadier General Qasem Suleimani presided, according to a story by McClatchy newspapers.

The Mahdi Army had also played the key role in 2006 and early 2007 on behalf of the entire Shi'ite Alliance in the pivotal Battle of Baghdad against Sunni insurgents, by carrying out an "ethnic cleansing" campaign against Sunnis in a number of neighborhoods. [we’ve heard this many times] [*]

Sadrist deputies had left the government parliamentary bloc in September 2006, and Muqtada attacked Maliki's renewal of theUnited Nations mandate for the foreign military presence in November 2006.

In early 2007, however, Maliki's national security adviser, Nassar al-Rubaie, told Reuters that they were negotiating on a proposal for a timetable for withdrawal to heal the rift with Muqtada. He also expressed dismay at the US military desire to "lure Muqtada into direct confrontation".

The Sadrists worked out an arrangement with Maliki under which US troops could be kept out of Sadr City. Iraqi troops would take the lead in establishing security in the Sadrist enclave, and US troops would not intervene unless there was resistance by the Mahdi Army.

But the US military refused to honor the agreement and carried out large-scale sweeps and even air strikes in Sadr City beginning in early 2007, claiming that they were only targeting those "special groups". [these were the scorpion and wolf special groups from what I remember?] [*]

The Mahdi Army command for secret military operations apparently planned their counter-attack in Karbala in the hope of having some leverage over the US military in Iraq.

Even as Maliki was ostensibly agreeing to US attacks on Mahdi Army commanders in Sadr City, Petraeus told author Bing West in September 2007 that the political link between Maliki and Muqtada was far from being broken. "JAM [the Mahdi Army] has its hooks into the ministries," Petraeus told him. "It took years to get this point, and it will take some time to get rid of it. Maliki is working his way through it."

A series of moves from September 2007 to mid-2008 marked the unfolding of a strategy by Maliki, supported by Iran, to get Muqtada to curb the Mahdi Army's role in order to maneuver the George W Bush administration into negotiating a timetable for total withdrawal. [*]

Iran prevailed on Muqtada to agree to a unilateral ceasefire in September 2007 and to end fighting in Basra and Sadr City in late March and early May 2008. The latter two agreements prevented US troops from carrying out major offensives in both cases. [it’s plausible that Iran or a faction(s) in Iran basically told Muktada to to as it wished] [*]

The quid pro quo for Muqtada's agreement to those ceasefires appears to have been the promise of a US troop withdrawal.

Maliki's renewal of the alliance with Muqtada on the way to forming a new Shi'ite government has brought strong protest from the Barack Obama administration. US ambassador James Jeffrey has repeatedly said in recent weeks that Muqtada's inclusion in an Iraqi government is unacceptable to Washington.

But that protest has only underlined the fact that the United States is the odd man out in the Shi'ite-dominated politics of Iraq.
Gareth Porter is an investigative historian and journalist specializing in US national security policy. The paperback edition of his latest book, Perils of Dominance: Imbalance of Power and the Road to War in Vietnam, was published in 2006.

S.I. Teenager Tried to Join Taliban, U.S. Says

http://cityroom.blogs.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/former-staten-island-teen-tried-to-join-taliban-u-s-says/
New York Times Blogs
City Room: Boggin from the Five Boroughs
[Accessed 10/26/10 9:08 AM] [*]
October 26, 2010, 10:09 am
S.I. Teenager Tried to Join Taliban, U.S. Says
By WILLIAM K. RASHBAUM [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [residuals from previous . . . ] [gsave globally and domestically] [Obama admin and its substantial continuity with its predecessor] [federal judiciary] [the US—like other Western countries where rule of law prevails—has had difficulties prosecuting domestic jihadis] [some of it was to be expected, simply as novelty—officials weren’t really prepared to use courts against transnational ideology and movements] [growing pains have been evident] [though lately, US seems to have corrected?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [followup] [*]
Updated, 10:46 a.m. | A former Staten Island man who made repeated attempts to join the Taliban — including failed attempts to fly to Pakistan and to enlist in the United States Army so he could be sent to Iraq and eventually join the insurgents — has been charged with making false statements in a terrorism case, [*]officials said on Tuesday.
The man, Abdel Hameed Shehadeh, 21, a United States citizen, was arrested on Friday in Hawaii on federal charges that had been filed under seal in United States District Court in

http://cityroom.blogs.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/former-staten-island-teen-tried-to-join-taliban-u-s-says/
New York Times Blogs
City Room: Boggin from the Five Boroughs
[Accessed 10/26/10 9:08 AM] [*]
October 26, 2010, 10:09 am
S.I. Teenager Tried to Join Taliban, U.S. Says
By WILLIAM K. RASHBAUM [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [residuals from previous . . . ] [gsave globally and domestically] [Obama admin and its substantial continuity with its predecessor] [federal judiciary] [the US—like other Western countries where rule of law prevails—has had difficulties prosecuting domestic jihadis] [some of it was to be expected, simply as novelty—officials weren’t really prepared to use courts against transnational ideology and movements] [growing pains have been evident] [though lately, US seems to have corrected?] [use psci 355-455, 469] [followup] [*]
Updated, 10:46 a.m. | A former Staten Island man who made repeated attempts to join the Taliban — including failed attempts to fly to Pakistan and to enlist in the United States Army so he could be sent to Iraq and eventually join the insurgents — has been charged with making false statements in a terrorism case, [*]officials said on Tuesday.
The man, Abdel Hameed Shehadeh, 21, a United States citizen, was arrested on Friday in Hawaii on federal charges that had been filed under seal in United States District Court in Brooklyn, according to federal prosecutors. The charges were unsealed on Monday.
Mr. Shehadeh made his initial appearance in federal court in Hawaii, where he was awaiting transfer to Brooklyn for further proceedings in federal court here. [is he from NY?] [*]
The case is based on numerous statements Mr. Shehadeh made to F.B.I. agents and New York City police detectives after he tried to travel to Pakistan on June 13, 2008, according to a the criminal complaint in the case, [*]sworn out by Special Agent Farbod Azad of the F.B.I. Mr. Shehadeh, who was denied entry by the Pakistani authorities, had intended to join the Taliban or a similar fighting group, according to the complaint.
While he initially told agents and detectives that he had made the trip to visit an Islamic university and attend a friend’s wedding, he eventually admitted that the real purpose of his trip was to join a group like the Taliban, the complaint says. [why on earth would he admit that unless it was true?] [hard to imagine] [*]
Four months after his aborted trip to Pakistan, Mr. Shehadeh tried to enlist in the United States Army, going to its recruiting station in Times Square. He would later tell investigators that his intention was to desert and defect, the complaint says. [*]
The charges were announced in a news release by Loretta E. Lynch, the United States attorney for the Eastern District of New York, along with the head of the New York F.B.I. office — Assistant Director Janice K. Fedarcyk — and Police Commissioner Raymond W. Kelly.
Mr. Kelly said the investigation began as a result of information that the department’s Intelligence Division shared with the federal authorities. [*]
The complaint says that Mr. Shehadeh, who was born in New York and attended Tottenville High School on Staten Island, also created and administered multiple Web sites dedicated to spreading violent jihadist ideology. The content of these Web sites included, among other things, speeches from known Qaeda leaders like Abu Yahya al-Libi and Ayman al-Zawahiri. [*]
The charges were developed during an investigation by the F.B.I.-N.Y.P.D. Joint Terrorist Task Force of Mr. Shehadeh “and several other individuals in connection with a plot to travel overseas and wage violent jihad against the United States and coalition military forces,” the authorities say. [unindicted co conspirators?] [*] Mr. Shehadeh faces up to eight years in prison if convicted.
The complaint says that Mr. Shehadeh tried to recruit others to join him, including two men who knew him from elementary school, and a third man who met him in Hawaii.
Mr. Shehadeh’s lawyer in Honolulu, Matthew Winter, could not immediately be reached for comment.
Copyright 2010 The New York Times Company

Taking Harder Stance Toward China, Obama Lines Up Allies

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/world/asia/26china.html
October 25, 2010
Taking Harder Stance Toward China, Obama Lines Up Allies
By MARK LANDLER and SEWELL CHAN [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [NSC principals (president, secretaries of state, defense, treasury) and bureaucracy] [China’s growing influence: as manifested in Asia geopolitical issues, and global economic issues, and world-power politics . . .] [use psci 350, 355-455] [followup] [the Obama administration, reportedly, once had high hopes for China] [like other administrations, they have discovered how China plays the game and it’s often difficult for American policymakers to fathom] [what’s more, it’s political season with midterm elections a week from today! That makes everything crazy] [followup] [*]
WASHINGTON — The Obama administration, facing a confrontational relationship with China on exchange rates, trade and security issues, is stiffening its approach toward Beijing, seeking allies to confront a newly assertive power that officials now say has little intention of working with the United States.
In a shift from its assiduous one-on-one courtship of Beijing, the administration is trying to line up coalitions — among China’s next-door neighbors and far-flung trading partners — to present Chinese leaders with a unified front on thorny issues like the currency and their

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/world/asia/26china.html
October 25, 2010
Taking Harder Stance Toward China, Obama Lines Up Allies
By MARK LANDLER and SEWELL CHAN [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [NSC principals (president, secretaries of state, defense, treasury) and bureaucracy] [China’s growing influence: as manifested in Asia geopolitical issues, and global economic issues, and world-power politics . . .] [use psci 350, 355-455] [followup] [the Obama administration, reportedly, once had high hopes for China] [like other administrations, they have discovered how China plays the game and it’s often difficult for American policymakers to fathom] [what’s more, it’s political season with midterm elections a week from today! That makes everything crazy] [followup] [*]
WASHINGTON — The Obama administration, facing a confrontational relationship with China on exchange rates, trade and security issues, is stiffening its approach toward Beijing, seeking allies to confront a newly assertive power that officials now say has little intention of working with the United States.
In a shift from its assiduous one-on-one courtship of Beijing, the administration is trying to line up coalitions — among China’s next-door neighbors and far-flung trading partners — to present Chinese leaders with a unified front on thorny issues like the currency and their country’s territorial claims in the South China Sea. [China’s bullying tactics SChina Sea] [*]
The advantages and limitations of this new approach were on display over the weekend at a meeting of the world’s largest economies in South Korea. The United States won support for a concrete pledge to reduce trade imbalances, which will put more pressure on China to allow its currency to rise in value. [currency manipulation] [*]
But Germany, Italy and Russia balked at an American proposal to place numerical limits on these imbalances, a step that would have further isolated Beijing. That left the Treasury secretary, Timothy F. Geithner, to make an unscheduled stop in China on his way home from South Korea to discuss the deepening tensions over exchange rates with a top Chinese finance official. [*]
Administration officials speak of an alarming loss of trust and confidence between China and the United States over the past two years, forcing them to scale back hopes of working with the Chinese on major challenges like climate change, nuclear nonproliferation and a new global economic order. [*]
The latest source of tension is over reports that China is withholding shipments of rare-earth minerals, which the United States uses to make advanced equipment like guided missiles. Administration officials, clearly worried, said they did not know whether Beijing’s motivation was strategic or economic.
“This administration came in with one dominant idea: make China a global partner in facing global challenges,” said David Shambaugh, director of the China policy program at George Washington University. “China failed to step up and play that role. Now, they realize they’re dealing with an increasingly narrow-minded, self-interested, truculent, hyper-nationalist and powerful country.” [that’s sort of it, alright] [*]
To counter what some officials view as a surge of Chinese triumphalism, the United States is reinvigorating cold war alliances with Japan and South Korea, and shoring up its presence elsewhere in Asia. [another way the old strategic triangle or china card works—this case, pressure against China] [*] This week, Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton will visit Vietnam for the second time in four months, to attend an East Asian summit meeting likely to be dominated by the China questions.
Next month, President Obama plans to tour four major Asian democracies — Japan, Indonesia, India and South Korea — while bypassing China. The itinerary is not meant as a snub: Mr. Obama has already been to Beijing once, and his visit to Indonesia has long been delayed. But the symbolism is not lost on administration officials. [*]
Jeffrey A. Bader, a major China policy adviser in the White House, said China’s muscle-flexing became especially noticeable after the 2008 economic crisis, in part because Beijing’s faster rebound led to a “widespread judgment that the U.S. was a declining power and that China was a rising power.” [I think that’s right, although how much is hard to say] [China sense that US is on decline] [on other hand, they’d get rid of all that debt they hold if they thought US was going to decline anytime soon or dramatically] [*]
But the administration, he said, is determined “to effectively counteract that impression by renewing American leadership.”
Political factors at home have contributed to the administration’s tougher posture. With the economy sputtering and unemployment high, Beijing has become an all-purpose target. In this Congressional election season, candidates in at least 30 races are demonizing China as a threat to American jobs. [*]
At a time of partisan paralysis in Congress, anger over China’s currency has been one of the few areas of bipartisan agreement, culminating in the House’s overwhelming vote in September to threaten China with tariffs on its exports if Beijing did not let its currency, the renminbi, appreciate. [midterm elections and how they affect policy] [*]
The trouble is that China’s own domestic forces may cause it to dig in its heels. With the Communist Party embarking on a transfer of leadership from President Hu Jintao to his anointed successor, Xi Jinping, the leadership is wary of changes that could hobble China’s growth. [*]
There are also increasingly sharp divisions between China’s civilian leaders and elements of the People’s Liberation Army. Many Chinese military officers are openly hostile toward the United States, convinced that its recent naval exercises in the Yellow Sea amount to a policy of encircling China. [*]
Even the administration’s efforts to collaborate with China on climate change and nonproliferation are viewed with suspicion by some in Beijing.
Mr. Obama’s aides, many of them veterans of the Clinton years, understand that especially on economic issues, there are elements of brinkmanship in the relationship, which can imply more acrimony than actually exists.
But the White House was concerned enough that last month it sent a high-level delegation to Beijing that included Mr. Bader; Lawrence H. Summers, the departing director of the National Economic Council; and Thomas E. Donilon, who has since been named national security adviser. [interesting: Jones’ replacement Donilon was part of the junket] [*]
“We were struck by the seriousness with which they shared our commitment to managing differences and recognizing that our two countries were going to have a very large effect on the global economy,” Mr. Summers said.
Just before the meeting, China began allowing the renminbi to rise at a somewhat faster rate, though its total appreciation, since Beijing announced in June that it would loosen exchange-rate controls, still amounts to less than 3 percent. Economists estimate that the currency is undervalued by at least 20 percent. [*]
Meanwhile, trade tensions between the two sides are flaring anew. The administration recently agreed to investigate charges by the United Steelworkers that China was violating trade laws with its state support of clean-energy technologies. That prompted China’s top energy official, Zhang Guobao, to accuse the administration of trying to win votes — a barb that angered White House officials. [*]
Of the halt in shipments of rare-earth minerals, Mr. Summers said, “There are serious questions, both in the economic and in the strategy realm, that are going to require close study within our government.”
Beijing had earlier withheld these shipments to Japan, after a spat over a Chinese fishing vessel that collided with Japanese patrol boats near disputed islands. It was one of several recent provocative moves by Beijing toward its neighbors — including one that prompted the administration to enter the fray. [China controls the supply of cadium and others that are crucial to battery technology] [the question arises whether China has merchantilist approach in foreign policy?] [their temporary spat with Japan certainly suggested they are willing to whatever instrument is in their quiver] [*]
In Hanoi in July, Mrs. Clinton said the United States would help facilitate talks between Beijing and its neighbors over disputed islands in the South China Sea. Chinese officials were livid when it became clear that the United States had lined up 12 countries behind the American position.
With President Hu set to visit Washington early next year, administration officials said Mrs. Clinton would strike a more harmonious note in Asia this week. For now, they said, the United States feels it has made its point.
“The signal to Beijing ought to be clear,” Mr. Shambaugh said. “The U.S. has other closer, deeper friends in the region.” [?] [I’m less convinced the message was received than Shambaugh] [*]

Wikileaks's leaks mostly confirm earlier Iraq reporting

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/25/AR2010102504643.html
Wikileaks's leaks mostly confirm earlier Iraq reporting
Tuesday, October 26, 2010; A18 [editorial] [Wikileaks’ lates bunch of “classified” documents from US] [I haven’t looked at them (400,000!) but they are reportedly field reports (very tactical level but full of info) from Iraq] [accordingly, they are rumored to be full of awful things: US treating or watching Iraqi ally treaty people in horrible ways that violate America’s standards] [shooting people surrendering; awful violations of detainees; scorpion and wolf death squads in Shi’a govt that US supported and witnessed commit heinous violations of basic rights; all sorts of private companies related to abuses; systematic underreporting of casualties both civilian and other; and on an on?] [*]
WIKILEAKS FOUNDER Julian Assange claimed at a news conference over the weekend that the release by his organization of 391,000 classified documents on the war in Iraq was intended to "correct some of that attack on the truth that occurred before the war, during the

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/25/AR2010102504643.html
Wikileaks's leaks mostly confirm earlier Iraq reporting
Tuesday, October 26, 2010; A18 [editorial] [Wikileaks’ lates bunch of “classified” documents from US] [I haven’t looked at them (400,000!) but they are reportedly field reports (very tactical level but full of info) from Iraq] [accordingly, they are rumored to be full of awful things: US treating or watching Iraqi ally treaty people in horrible ways that violate America’s standards] [shooting people surrendering; awful violations of detainees; scorpion and wolf death squads in Shi’a govt that US supported and witnessed commit heinous violations of basic rights; all sorts of private companies related to abuses; systematic underreporting of casualties both civilian and other; and on an on?] [*]
WIKILEAKS FOUNDER Julian Assange claimed at a news conference over the weekend that the release by his organization of 391,000 classified documents on the war in Iraq was intended to "correct some of that attack on the truth that occurred before the war, during the war and which has continued after the war." In fact the mass leak, like a dump of documents on Afghanistan in the summer, mainly demonstrates that the truth about Iraq already has been told. [I’ve already heard Nation’s Jeremy Scahill—talking incredibly fast, I might add—claim that documentation shows the Bush DoD knew all manner of evil and looked the other way. Scahill actually claimed it vindicated war critics across the board—a strange claim since critics had various notions of why the US should not have been in Iraq?] [CNN’s Larry King had founder Assange on with Daniel Ellsberg in split screen talking about Rumsfeld and war crimes] [and both attacked Obama too for preventing court cases going after the Bush admininstration] [*]
The news organizations granted privileged access to the documents, including the New York Times and Britain's Guardian, have focused on reports that Iraqi security forces abused and tortured prisoners; that private security contractors often acted recklessly and violated rules of engagement; and that U.S. soldiers sometimes killed Iraqi civilians at checkpoints. [*]All these stories are troubling. But the incidents were extensively reported by Western journalists and by the U.S. military when they occurred. [true; but if the pentagon was intentionally obscuring it in real time, the contemporaneous reports may have under reported?] [*]
One of the most interesting of the leaks appears to show that despite the Bush administration's statements to the contrary, U.S. officials did keep a count of the number of Iraqis killed in the war. But the figure for deaths between 2003 and 2009, 109,032, is in the ballpark of counts compiled by independent organizations such as Iraq Body Count -- which raised its estimate from 107,000 to 122,000 after seeing the leaked American data. [*]The report confirms that the vast majority of Iraqi civilian deaths were caused by other Iraqis, not by coalition forces; claims such as those published by the British journal The Lancet that American forces slaughtered hundreds of thousands are the real "attack on truth." [*]
War opponents dismissed as propaganda the Bush administration's assertions that Iran was behind much of the violence. But as the Times reported, "the field reports disclosed by Wikileaks, which were never intended to be made public, underscore the seriousness with which Iran's role has been seen by the American military." [that’s also true and appears to have been under reported in real time!] [*]There is evidence that Iran supplied Iraqi militias with rockets, car bombs, surface to air missiles, and roadside explosives that killed or wounded hundreds of Americans.
Mr. Assange believes his leaks, like the Vietnam-era Pentagon Papers, will radically change perceptions of the Iraq and Afghanistan wars, which he says he is trying to end. Instead he has offered abundant evidence that there is no secret history of Iraq or Afghanistan. [I suspect there’s plently of clarification that will come out of these field reports and that will flesh out the record] [and there will likely be some scoops here and there] [but they are not Pentagon Papers as I heard Ellsberg himself say] [if anything, there were so many[*] In Afghanistan, Wikileaks appears to have put the lives of courageous Afghans at risk, by identifying them as American sources. In Iraq, it has at least temporarily complicated negotiations to form a new government. [nobody I know has disputed whether American troops are courageous or their competency] [on the contrary, the concern has been that an administration took the US to war on a trumped up case and these leaks have not changed that concern] [I do agree that there are some who simply do not accept Bush as legitimate president—and that dates back to the Supreme Court intervention and liberals who simply cannot accept Bush and other extraneous matters] [now the Obama administration, protecting the presidency as an institution has in some sense sided with the Bush administration and liberals are angry about that too] [alas, just as there were Bush haters, there are Obama haters and haters on either side refuse to conceed any legitimacy or credit to the object of their enmity] [I wish both sides would take a deep breath] [we only have one president at a time and it’s in our collective interest that the president be successful (especially in war since the country’s blood and treasure is at risk)] [I understand partisan differences and have my own but I don’t understand this zero-sum formulation where if the president isn’t the person you wanted, he (sooner or later she) is illegitimate!] [our system is broken and overly sensitive to mony and that is not serving American well] [when NYTs publishes an editorial excoriating Bush—still angry that he was president—or the Post one that lambasts Obama—unforgiving for his approach to Israel or . . . which differs slightly and only on the margins from Bush—they perpetuate the problem rather than help solve it] [**]
We are all for the disclosure of important government information; but Mr. Assange's reckless and politically motivated approach, while causing tangible harm, has shed relatively little light. [I more or less agree] [things are classified for reason] [it’s true that sometimes the reason are wrong and classification is used to protect policymakers and others from embarrassment but it’s the system] [we can work to make it better without constantly leaking things] [Washington’s press corps has become a cottage industry that exists for and on leaks] [that’s not good for the country, whichever political side] [*] © 2010 The Washington Post Co

Chinese Telecom Giant in Push for U.S. Market

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/technology/26telecom.html
October 25, 2010
Chinese Telecom Giant in Push for U.S. Market
By JOHN MARKOFF and DAVID BARBOZA [China] [PRC] [China’s domestic governance] [China’s incredible economic power, growing rapidly] [slow democratization] [followup] [note: China’s is a mixed system where the Party (CCP) owns the means of production in China along with joint ventures with private enterprises] [that creates substantial difficulties for firms outside that don’t have the deep pockets of a govt.: how can they compete with joint ventures that potentially have almost limitless capital to invest, subsidize . . . distort markets?] [followup] [use psci 350] [*]
SANTA CLARA, Calif. — This spring, an executive from a Chinese telecommunications equipment company made an intriguing job offer to a Silicon Valley software engineer. The Chinese company, Huawei Technologies, wanted to get into the booming market for Internet-based computing, and it had just moved its United States research headquarters here to capture some of the best local talent.
“How many engineers would you like for your team? Several hundred? That’s not a

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/technology/26telecom.html
October 25, 2010
Chinese Telecom Giant in Push for U.S. Market
By JOHN MARKOFF and DAVID BARBOZA [China] [PRC] [China’s domestic governance] [China’s incredible economic power, growing rapidly] [slow democratization] [followup] [note: China’s is a mixed system where the Party (CCP) owns the means of production in China along with joint ventures with private enterprises] [that creates substantial difficulties for firms outside that don’t have the deep pockets of a govt.: how can they compete with joint ventures that potentially have almost limitless capital to invest, subsidize . . . distort markets?] [followup] [use psci 350] [*]
SANTA CLARA, Calif. — This spring, an executive from a Chinese telecommunications equipment company made an intriguing job offer to a Silicon Valley software engineer. The Chinese company, Huawei Technologies, wanted to get into the booming market for Internet-based computing, and it had just moved its United States research headquarters here to capture some of the best local talent.
“How many engineers would you like for your team? Several hundred? That’s not a problem,” the recruiter said, according to the engineer.
When the software manager turned down the offer, the Chinese executive was undeterred and asked for the name of the engineer working under him.
The exchange underscores Huawei’s bold entrance onto the world’s technology stage. In the span of a decade, it has gone from imitating others’ products to taking on international rivals with its own innovative computing and communications gear. But Huawei has largely been locked out of the United States — until now. [*]
Sprint Nextel, the nation’s third-largest wireless carrier, is preparing to make a decision on buying $3 billion in advanced wireless equipment, and Huawei is considered to be a front-runner for the deal. [wow—that’s a huge opportunity cost for American and other tech companies in the world] [*]
Huawei is one of many Chinese companies that are pushing into more sophisticated and lucrative businesses. But security concerns make telecommunications a particularly delicate industry in this country, and even the hint of a Huawei deal with Sprint has generated worries in Washington. [and the worries are not just security but economic prowess] [*]
Some in Congress and the national security establishment fear that Huawei’s close ties to the Chinese military might allow China to tamper with American communications gear. [it’s a legitimate concern—it also illustrates the sort of joint ventures I noted at top where capital is ample verus private industry where much more substantial constraints exist] [*]
Last week, Senator Joseph I. Lieberman, independent of Connecticut, and three other members of Congress wrote a letter to Julius Genachowski, chairman of the Federal Communications Commission, raising the specter that an equipment sale might permit the Chinese government to manipulate parts of the communications network, making it possible to disrupt or intercept phone calls and Internet messages. [*]
Anticipating these hurdles, Huawei has hired a remarkable array of Washington lobbyists, lawyers, consultants and public relations firms to help it win business in the United States. [*]It has also helped create Amerilink Telecom, an American distributor of Huawei products whose high-powered board includes former Representative Richard A. Gephardt, the former World Bank president James D. Wolfensohn and the one-time chief executive of Nortel Networks, William A. Owens.
Amerilink executives say they are primarily interested in helping Huawei overcome objections that its entry into the American market could jeopardize national security.
“We take the accusations very seriously,” said Kevin Packingham, who recently left Sprint to become chief executive of Amerilink. “But regardless of the accusations, we have a model in place that ensures the security” of the network should Huawei win American contracts, he said.
The effort is beginning to pay off. This fall, the American Internet communications firm Clearwire will begin testing a system based on Huawei’s 4G, or fourth-generation, network technology. [4G equals 4th generation, nothing more clever] [it’s weird how it’s entered our language: discussing iPad I tried to explain why it made sense for 3G capability and it sounded almost as though I was talking about the wireless capability not linked to specific server—I was but it really is third generation which is that ability!] [*]
The Sprint contract would be Huawei’s largest American deal by far. A Sprint spokesman, Scott Sloat, declined to discuss any potential deal. Sprint bought its last round of network equipment from Motorola, Nortel Networks and Lucent, now part of Alcatel-Lucent.
Huawei’s American drive is significant because it is China’s first truly home-grown multinational corporation. And some analysts say they believe its spectacular rise will serve as a model for other Chinese companies seeking to compete internationally.
Huawei is now the world’s second-largest telecom equipment supplier behind Ericsson of Sweden, and with Chinese government backing, it has sewn up major deals in Asia, Africa and Latin America. In Europe, Huawei has outmaneuvered Ericsson to supply equipment to big carriers.
Despite those successes, Huawei has struggled to break into the United States market, largely because of the security concerns and accusations of intellectual property theft and corporate espionage. [I recall in the 1990s when opponents of Clinton lambasted the administration for giving China access—and made their critiques in terms of national security] [it’s a thin line between security and protectionism!] [*]
The company has repeatedly been linked to the People’s Liberation Army of China. And over the last decade, Huawei has been sued in the United States by two of its major competitors, Cisco Systems and Motorola, over accusations that it stole software designs and infringed on patents.
Cisco settled its suit with Huawei soon after filing it. But in court documents filed in a lawsuit last summer, Motorola claimed that a group of Chinese-born Motorola engineers developed contacts with Huawei’s founder and then, between about 2003 and 2007, conspired to steal technology from Motorola by way of a dummy corporation they had set up outside the company. [and for generations there have been rumors of 5th columns of Chinese in various other countries, Asia and West (Europe-Canada-US)] [*]
The national security issue has been bubbling up for some time. In a letter in August, a group of Republican senators wrote to the heads of four federal agencies asking questions about the risks of Huawei’s entering a deal with Sprint, whose customers include the United States military and law enforcement agencies. [interestingly, it’s Rising Sun all over again but this time with China instead of Japan] [*]
The senators, who are seeking a stringent government review of Huawei, said they were troubled by the company’s history, including evidence it had supplied communications equipment to Iran and Iraq during Saddam Hussein’s regime, possibly in violation of United Nations sanctions.
“We are concerned,” the senators wrote, “that Huawei’s position as a supplier of Sprint Nextel could create substantial risk for U.S. corporations and possibly undermine U.S. national security.”
The reservations about Huawei extend to other countries. In Europe, some competitors are now complaining about so-called subsidies that Huawei receives from the Chinese government. And in India, there are worries that Huawei networks could pose security risks. [insofar as that happens, it distorts market bidding on contracts as China has huge reserves of cash that it can afford to risk to win market share!] [*]
Huawei denies it has ties to the Chinese military and disputes accusations of intellectual property theft. Ross Gan, a company spokesman, says that Huawei is employee-owned and that it has grown by developing its own technology.
“We’re an innovative company driven by the business needs of customers,” he said. In a statement, the company added: “Huawei has never researched, developed, manufactured or sold technologies or products for military purposes in any country.”
Industry analysts say Huawei, based in Shenzhen, has quickly matured into a fierce competitor in one of the most important and hotly contested technology arenas: sophisticated equipment that enhances the delivery of voice and video over the Internet and through wireless devices.
They say Huawei is gaining, in part, because of heavy spending on research and development. Chinese companies are generally weak in R.&D., but Huawei has 17 research centers around the world, including in Dallas, Moscow and Bangalore, India, and most recently in Santa Clara.
Indeed, of the company’s 96,000 employees, nearly half are engaged in research and development. In May, Huawei opened a stunning $340 million research center in Shanghai that it says will eventually house 8,000 engineers. [that’s amazing] [are there examples of wholly private industry where 50% of employees are research and development?] [usually private companies cannot afford that since they have to manufacture-produce something and sell it for revenue stream] [**]
Huawei’s rush to become multinational has not been entirely smooth. “It was a huge challenge for the company,” said Geoff Arnold, a veteran Silicon Valley software designer who spent several years helping the company develop a cloud computing product.
“The bean counters in Shenzhen didn’t have a clue about how to operate outside of China,” Mr. Arnold said. “Huawei has great difficulty understanding what is happening outside of China and adapting their business practices.” [*]
Ren Zhengfei, a former soldier who worked for 10 years in China’s Army Engineering Corps, founded Huawei as a reseller of telecommunications equipment in 1988.
Mr. Ren, now 66, rarely grants interviews. But according to a biography published in China, he insists on military-style efficiency and a “wolf spirit” mentality that encourages the sales force to relentlessly attack competitors. [boy, that’s going to scare people in the West as they will presume it indicates company is arm of Red Army (PLA)] [*]
In 2008, worries about national security and China’s weak protection of intellectual property forced Huawei to drop its $2.2 billion joint bid with the American firm Bain Capital to acquire 3Com, the American networking company. Huawei also failed in other bids this year to acquire the wireless network division of Motorola as well as 2Wire, an American maker of broadband Internet software, according to people familiar with those deals.
Those bids collapsed, analysts say, because both Motorola and 2Wire were told that Washington was likely to block any deals.
Analysts note that Chinese companies have been willing to buy telecommunications equipment from American makers like Motorola, apparently setting aside any concerns about American espionage.
Peter J. Williamson, a professor of business at Cambridge University, said that while some continued to be bothered by Huawei’s origins, its technological prowess was increasingly hard to ignore.
“The hardest market to crack is the U.S.,” he said. “But they’ve cracked Europe. And if they can work with Vodafone, one of the biggest carriers in the world, they can work with anyone.” [sooner or later it will happen] [hopefull policymakers will be wise in thinking through implications before it happens?] [*]
John Markoff reported from Santa Clara, Calif., and David Barboza from Shanghai. Bao Beibei contributed research from Shanghai.

Death Toll Rising After Tsunami Hits Indonesia

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/asia/27indo.html
October 26, 2010
Death Toll Rising After Tsunami Hits Indonesia
By AUBREY BELFORD [Indonesia] [SEA] [chronological placeholder] [nearly 6 years after the Tsunami that killed hundreds of thousands] [smaller but notable] [recall 2004’s tragic earthquake and tsunami that killed hundreds of thousands] [not politics but political actions may be in response] [*]
JAKARTA — Indonesian authorities scrambled to deal with two deadly disasters on Tuesday after a tsunami and volcanic eruptions struck in separate regions of the vast Indonesian archipelago.
In the first, rescue workers and fishermen scoured for survivors through waters west of Sumatra Island after a powerful earthquake and resulting tsunami killed at least 113 people and left hundreds missing, including at least eight foreigners, officials said. Thousands more were homeless. [*]
The tsunami, triggered by a 7.7-magnitude undersea quake, slammed into the remote Mentawai Islands late Monday, wreaking havoc in villages in the south of the island chain and, the authorities believe, sweeping scores out to sea. The Mentawai Islands are a

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/asia/27indo.html
October 26, 2010
Death Toll Rising After Tsunami Hits Indonesia
By AUBREY BELFORD [Indonesia] [SEA] [chronological placeholder] [nearly 6 years after the Tsunami that killed hundreds of thousands] [smaller but notable] [recall 2004’s tragic earthquake and tsunami that killed hundreds of thousands] [not politics but political actions may be in response] [*]
JAKARTA — Indonesian authorities scrambled to deal with two deadly disasters on Tuesday after a tsunami and volcanic eruptions struck in separate regions of the vast Indonesian archipelago.
In the first, rescue workers and fishermen scoured for survivors through waters west of Sumatra Island after a powerful earthquake and resulting tsunami killed at least 113 people and left hundreds missing, including at least eight foreigners, officials said. Thousands more were homeless. [*]
The tsunami, triggered by a 7.7-magnitude undersea quake, slammed into the remote Mentawai Islands late Monday, wreaking havoc in villages in the south of the island chain and, the authorities believe, sweeping scores out to sea. The Mentawai Islands are a popular destination for foreign surfers, particularly Australians.
The disaster recalled the series of tsunamis set off by a much more powerful earthquake in December 2004. Those waves killed over 230,000 people in 14 countries, but hit hardest in the northern Sumatran province of Aceh. [it’s still difficult to conceptualize the power and destruction of what happened in late 2004!] [*]
The surge late Monday was not as powerful, but it reached as high as 10 feet and advanced as far as 2,000 feet inland, according to officials at the Health Ministry’s crisis center.
At a surf resort on the island of Siniai, a wall of water smashed apart wooden bungalows and left one tour boat flaming on the beach, said Rini Arif, a booking agent in the nearby city of Padang, on mainland Sumatra.
“Everyone survived because when the quake struck they ran into our cafe, which is three stories high,” she said. “When they saw the burning boat they all gathered upstairs.”
Meanwhile, on the island of Java, to the east, thousands of villagers were fleeing multiple eruptions of Indonesia’s most volatile volcano, Mount Merapi, after it began spewing clouds of hot ash in the early evening Tuesday.
One person was killed and at least 10 people were injured, some with severe burns, as thousands living on the slopes of the volcano evacuated amid choking smoke.
In 1994, the volcano spewed an avalanche of blistering gases and rock fragments killed 60 people; 1,300 people died in a 1930 blast.
It was not immediately clear why the two Indonesian disasters occurred within hours of each other. Indonesia, an archipelago of 237 million people, is prone to earthquakes, tsunamis and volcanic activity because of its location on the so-called Pacific Ring of Fire — a series of fault lines stretching from the Western Hemisphere through Japan and Southeast Asia.
There are more than 129 active volcanoes spread across Indonesia’s 17,500 islands.
The scale of the tsunami’s destruction only became clear Tuesday as rescuers and local officials reached the islands, which are separated by a strait from the Sumatran mainland. “The search really isn’t on land,” said Ade Edward, the emergency head of West Sumatra Province’s Disaster Management Agency. “We’ve instructed fishermen to help search at sea.”
He added: “We don’t think the victims have been swept too far out to sea, so it’s not that difficult a search. So far, we’ve found 15 bodies at sea and a number of survivors. We’re not keeping a toll on how many survivors we find.”
Among those missing Tuesday as a result of the tsunami were eight Australian citizens and five Indonesian crew members aboard a tourist boat that was at sea when the tsunami struck, Mr. Edward said.
A representative for the Australian Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade said there were from eight to 10 Australians on the boat, the MV Southern Cross.
Mr. Edward said the authorities were anticipating the possibility of an outbreak of diseases, some causing diarrhea. Much of the damage from the quake was concentrated along the western coast of the islands, he said.
The Mentawai Islands sit in an area said by seismologists to be among the most volatile in the world. A powerful 7.6-magnitude quake hit Padang in September last year, killing more than 1,100 people. [as I recall, large parts of the Pacific Rim is ringed by arciplelagos of volcanic islands with different tectonic plates involved] [*]
David Walsh, an oceanographer at the Pacific Tsunami Warning Center in Hawaii, said the center issued a "local tsunami watch" seven minutes after the earthquake occurred, but said that a "destructive widespread threat" did not exist. The warning was canceled several hours later.Mr. Walsh said that the watch bulletin was conveyed to the Indonesian government, which issued its own watch but canceled it even earlier than the center did. He said that no bulletin would have spared residents of the Mentawai islands, who were within about 100 kilometers of the quake epicenter. The tsunami would have hit them within minutes, he said.
At Mount Merapi, authorities had for days anticipated an impending eruption, preparing medical and disaster response teams as well as refuges, as the mountain rumbled and pressure built up beneath a lava dome at the volcano’s mouth.
Some of that pressure finally gave way at around 5 p.m. local time, producing a series of four explosions that sent smoke and debris high into the sky, said Priyadi Kardono, the spokesman for the national Disaster Management Agency.
“We’re in the process of evacuating everyone down to the shelter areas,” he said. “The problem is that a lot of people have left it late, so a number have been burned.”
Around half of the people in the threatened area on the mountain’s slopes had already been evacuated, Mr. Kardono said, with one baby dying of smoke inhalation on the journey down.
”I just have to follow orders to take shelter here for safety even though I’d rather like to stay at home,” said Ponco Sumarto, 65, who arrived at one of the camps with her two grandchildren.
She said her children stayed at home to take care of their livestock and crops.
Adi Mulyanto, an emergency ward doctor at the Panti Nugroho Hospital in Sleman, told Reuters that at least six people had been badly burned by hot air bursting out of the volcano, with three suffering burns over 80 percent of their bodies.
Henry Fountain contributed reporting from New York.

Massacre in Tijuana Recalls Worst Era

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/world/americas/26mexico.html
October 25, 2010
Massacre in Tijuana Recalls Worst Era
By RANDAL C. ARCHIBOLD [Mexico] [US-Mexico relations] [the Americas] [Latin America] [American-fueled drug wars] [consider this: Mexico is losing the equivalent of an –ir war of KIA each year in the drug war] [adjustment of data on same: more than 28,000 since 2006!!!][use psci 350] [use ir text] [followup][it had been 3 weeks or so of relative quiet until this incident] [*]
MEXICO CITY — Thirteen people were killed at a drug rehabilitation clinic in Tijuana on Sunday night, a sign that the relative peace there celebrated recently by the president himself might be fracturing. The killings in Tijuana, across the border from San Diego, follow the deaths of 14 young people in Ciudad Juárez, next to El Paso, who were gunned down at a party on Friday night. [*]
They also came one week after the authorities in Tijuana seized and destroyed the largest load of marijuana in the country’s history, and the police were investigating whether the killings were repercussions from a drug gang’s lost haul.
The weekend of bloodshed renewed concerns over drug violence in the country, which has killed nearly 30,000 people in the past four years, mostly along drug trafficking routes on or near the border. [that’s have a Vietnam War, from America’s standpoint] [but since Mexico’s population is only a third-plus of America’s, even more dramatic] [*]
But the Tijuana killings raised a particular alarm because federal and local authorities have

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/world/americas/26mexico.html
October 25, 2010
Massacre in Tijuana Recalls Worst Era
By RANDAL C. ARCHIBOLD [Mexico] [US-Mexico relations] [the Americas] [Latin America] [American-fueled drug wars] [consider this: Mexico is losing the equivalent of an –ir war of KIA each year in the drug war] [adjustment of data on same: more than 28,000 since 2006!!!][use psci 350] [use ir text] [followup][it had been 3 weeks or so of relative quiet until this incident] [*]
MEXICO CITY — Thirteen people were killed at a drug rehabilitation clinic in Tijuana on Sunday night, a sign that the relative peace there celebrated recently by the president himself might be fracturing. The killings in Tijuana, across the border from San Diego, follow the deaths of 14 young people in Ciudad Juárez, next to El Paso, who were gunned down at a party on Friday night. [*]
They also came one week after the authorities in Tijuana seized and destroyed the largest load of marijuana in the country’s history, and the police were investigating whether the killings were repercussions from a drug gang’s lost haul.
The weekend of bloodshed renewed concerns over drug violence in the country, which has killed nearly 30,000 people in the past four years, mostly along drug trafficking routes on or near the border. [that’s have a Vietnam War, from America’s standpoint] [but since Mexico’s population is only a third-plus of America’s, even more dramatic] [*]
But the Tijuana killings raised a particular alarm because federal and local authorities have said that the city, where beheadings of police officers and other atrocities by drug gangs were common a couple of years ago, seemed to be turning a corner as a result of close cooperation among the military and the local police.
At a two-week conference this month in Tijuana to promote and encourage investment, President Felipe Calderón held the city up as a “clear example that the security challenge has a solution.”
The annual number of murders there came down in 2009 from a high of more than 800 two years ago. But, not counting the latest violence, there have been 639 killings this year, on a pace to match or surpass the 695 of last year. [*]Analysts of the fight against drugs have questioned whether the city had achieved a relative peace or simply reached a lull.
A couple of headless bodies were found hanging from a bridge several miles away from the conference while it was in session.
As Mexico burned the 134 metric tons of marijuana seized last week, local journalists who follow the drug war speculated that the loss of so much marijuana would not go unpunished.
Rommel Moreno, the state prosecutor, said that was one explanation the authorities were considering for the attack.
The police said armed men stormed the drug rehabilitation center. Centers like that one frequently become targets in Mexico because drug gang members often seek treatment or hide in them. [that makes sense: they are symbols of people freeing themselves from the spiral downward of addiction and that’s not pleasant thought to cartels] [*]
In Ciudad Juárez, such clinics have been attacked repeatedly, and after the killings in Tijuana an unknown voice was heard over police radios saying, “This is a taste of Juárez,” in what the authorities saw as a threat. It appears the victims were lined up face down on the floor and shot with automatic weapons. [*]
Frontera, a local newspaper, said the clinic was not registered with state medical authorities and appeared to be “clandestine.”
Either way, the killings were seen as a setback for a city where bars, restaurants and art galleries were once again attracting crowds, though Americans still largely keep away.
“It is something really troubling, above all since various authorities say we are among states that, in terms of security, have advanced and done it strongly,” Edmundo Guevara Márquez, president of the Business Coordinating Council, told reporters. [*]

Serbia Moves Closer to Joining E.U.

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/world/europe/26serbia.html
October 25, 2010
Serbia Moves Closer to Joining E.U.
By STEPHEN CASTLE [Serbia] [Yugoslavia] [part of the old Soviet Bloc, though always somewhat uncomfortably so] [during 1990s, Serbia at war with Yugo piece by piece: Slovenia, followed by Croatia, then Bosnia, then Kosovo] [use psci350] [use ir text] [followup] [after the tumul of the 1990s into early 21st century, Serbia appears to be inching ever closer to EU (membership and commonality)] [this probably looks rather more ominous from Russia’s perspective?] [*]
LUXEMBOURG — Serbia took a significant step toward membership in the European Union on Monday, despite the union’s suspicions that the country could do more to bring Europe’s most-wanted war crimes suspect to justice.
At a meeting here on Monday, foreign ministers from the 27-nation bloc decided to open Serbia’s path to membership, overriding objections from those who want to keep pressure on the government in Belgrade to help arrest Ratko Mladic, a former Bosnian Serb general accused of genocide. [*]
At the insistence of the Netherlands — which has consistently put a brake on Serbia’s push

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/world/europe/26serbia.html
October 25, 2010
Serbia Moves Closer to Joining E.U.
By STEPHEN CASTLE [Serbia] [Yugoslavia] [part of the old Soviet Bloc, though always somewhat uncomfortably so] [during 1990s, Serbia at war with Yugo piece by piece: Slovenia, followed by Croatia, then Bosnia, then Kosovo] [use psci350] [use ir text] [followup] [after the tumul of the 1990s into early 21st century, Serbia appears to be inching ever closer to EU (membership and commonality)] [this probably looks rather more ominous from Russia’s perspective?] [*]
LUXEMBOURG — Serbia took a significant step toward membership in the European Union on Monday, despite the union’s suspicions that the country could do more to bring Europe’s most-wanted war crimes suspect to justice.
At a meeting here on Monday, foreign ministers from the 27-nation bloc decided to open Serbia’s path to membership, overriding objections from those who want to keep pressure on the government in Belgrade to help arrest Ratko Mladic, a former Bosnian Serb general accused of genocide. [*]
At the insistence of the Netherlands — which has consistently put a brake on Serbia’s push for membership — the union’s decision included a statement that future steps would be approved only if all member countries agreed that Belgrade was cooperating fully with war crime investigations.
Nevertheless, the decision to ask the European Commission to prepare a formal assessment of Serbia’s suitability for membership is an important symbolic moment for Serbia, though there remains a considerable distance from even starting talks on actual membership. [I thought EU had suspended new-member application process?] [*]And Serbia’s ambitions to join the bloc will remain complicated and politically sensitive as long as Mr. Mladic is at large.
United Nations war crimes prosecutors allege that Mr. Mladic was the chief planner and organizer of the massacre at Srebrenica in 1995, which led to the deaths of 8,000 Muslim men and boys, Europe’s worst incident of mass murder since World War II.
An investigation by The New York Times and The International Herald Tribune published last week reported that after 15 years on the run, Mr. Mladic was being hidden by no more than a handful of loyalists, probably in a neighborhood of Communist-era public housing in Belgrade.
Asked whether the Serbian authorities were really looking for Mr. Mladic, the chief prosecutor for the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia, Serge Brammertz, gave an equivocal response: “It is difficult for me to answer this question.” [*]
Monday’s decision reflects the desire of almost all European Union nations to show flexibility toward Serbia to try to bring stability to the Balkans. Anchoring the Serbs within the process of European integration is seen by many as the best method of guaranteeing peace in the region. Serbia formally applied for membership last December, but even with the most positive outcome, its membership is many years away. [a set of positve incentives as opposed to the negative ones (bombing) used in 1990s when former Yugoslavia disintegrating] [*]
Western capitals have recently viewed the attitude of the government in Belgrade as being more constructive over the status of Kosovo, its former province. [*]
Speaking in Luxembourg, Pierre Lellouche, France’s minister for Europe, said that “the Serbian government had made considerable efforts over Kosovo, which is very difficult and very complex.”
The bloc’s statement on Monday was well balanced, he added. A positive signal had been sent to the Serbian government but future progress toward membership was conditional, Mr. Lellouche said. [*]
In September, Serbia supported a compromise United Nations resolution on Kosovo that dropped its earlier demands to reopen talks on the status of its former province. That followed a ruling in July by the International Court of Justice in The Hague that Kosovo did not violate international law when it declared independence. [a bitter pill for many Serbs but they’ve recovered some?] [*]
The European Union is hoping to foster direct talks between Serb and Kosovo officials on practical cooperation, discussions that could take place before the end of the year.
Analysts said the decision on Monday also reflected the delicate balancing act facing the union and the need to give some encouragement to the government of President Boris Tadic, which has struck a pro-European stance in Serbia.
“I think there really was no other choice for the E.U.,” said Gerald Knaus, director of the European Stability Institute, a Berlin-based research organization.
A formal study on Serbia’s membership application is a prerequisite for starting negotiations on membership, but it does not guarantee that talks will begin. Even if the European Commission’s advice were positive, member nations would still have another chance to block negotiations.
The Netherlands has consistently tried to slow the process, and the Dutch Parliament has been critical of concessions to Belgrade. That is because of the unwitting role of the Netherlands in the massacre at Srebrenica, where lightly armed Dutch peacekeepers failed to prevent the slaughter.
The Dutch capital, the Hague, is home to the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia, the United Nations court that has tried those held responsible for atrocities committed in the conflict. [Dutch but also British?] [Tony Blair was downright insistent on bombing Serbia—using force—and arguably forced President Clinton into it, a source of some tension in the otherwise close relationship between the two former leaders] [*]
“I think the conclusions were balanced,” said Uri Rosenthal, the Dutch Foreign Minister, speaking in Luxembourg. “They were tough. That is what we actually wanted to achieve and we achieved it. So I am happy with the result.”
The Serbian deputy prime minister, Bozidar Djelic, said his country was determined to track down Mr. Mladic. “If we find him today, we will arrest him today,” he said.
But some advocacy groups were disappointed.
“The European Union should not give in to Serbia’s half-hearted cooperation with The Hague,” Kenneth Roth, executive director of Human Rights Watch, said in a statement. “The E.U. needs to go beyond lip service to accountability, or the victims of Srebrenica will never get the justice they deserve.”
Slovenia, which was admitted to the European Union in 2004, is the only former Yugoslav republic to have joined the bloc, though Croatia is likely to be accepted within a few years.

Anti-Muslim feelings propel right wing

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/25/AR2010102505374.html
Anti-Muslim feelings propel right wing
[Sweden] [Stockholm] [Europe] [generally true in Europe and West these days?] [anti Islam or anti Muslim sentiment] [this is really divisive and sooner or later we are all going to have to deal with it reasonably] [the crowd mentality and collective fear of Islam mostly rooted in ignorance: Islam is some 1.2 billion of whom perhaps multiple tens of thousands are jihadis at present!] [if people realized how scary and odd Christianity is to parts of the non Christian world they’d probably be less likely to behave this way] [but it is what it is and since 9/11—and worse, since politicians in West have learned how to manipulate anti-Muslim fear and prejudice—it’s been a potent political instrument] [this is true in Europe and US] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [on practical level, blanket reactions to Islam actually diminish appropriate responses to those who really wish to hurt Westerners: global jihadis] [*]
By Anthony Faiola
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, October 26, 2010; A8
STOCKHOLM - On the heels of elections that stunned many in this famously progressive land, Kent Ekeroth and his peers marched through the castle-like parliament doors this month on a mission to combat what they call Sweden's greatest problem: Muslim immigration. [immigration is emotional issue in Europe as it US] [when economic times are

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/25/AR2010102505374.html
Anti-Muslim feelings propel right wing
[Sweden] [Stockholm] [Europe] [generally true in Europe and West these days?] [anti Islam or anti Muslim sentiment] [this is really divisive and sooner or later we are all going to have to deal with it reasonably] [the crowd mentality and collective fear of Islam mostly rooted in ignorance: Islam is some 1.2 billion of whom perhaps multiple tens of thousands are jihadis at present!] [if people realized how scary and odd Christianity is to parts of the non Christian world they’d probably be less likely to behave this way] [but it is what it is and since 9/11—and worse, since politicians in West have learned how to manipulate anti-Muslim fear and prejudice—it’s been a potent political instrument] [this is true in Europe and US] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [on practical level, blanket reactions to Islam actually diminish appropriate responses to those who really wish to hurt Westerners: global jihadis] [*]
By Anthony Faiola
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, October 26, 2010; A8
STOCKHOLM - On the heels of elections that stunned many in this famously progressive land, Kent Ekeroth and his peers marched through the castle-like parliament doors this month on a mission to combat what they call Sweden's greatest problem: Muslim immigration. [immigration is emotional issue in Europe as it US] [when economic times are as hard as they’ve been since global econ meltdown (Aug-Sep 2008) people react in selfish ways and that has contributed to reflexive action against Muslims] [same sort of things happened in Muslims world against Christians] [things is: both worlds have to realize it’s counterproductive for either world] [*]
The 20 Swedish Democrats - the first national lawmakers from a party initially spawned in the 1980s by white supremacists - are working to impose a moratorium on new mosques, ban the shroud-like coverings worn by some conservative Muslim women and largely halt immigration from predominantly Muslim nations. [almost be definition, these bigots finally discovered a cause that worked to animate others who have fears but are not explicitly bigots?] [be weary of such movements!] [*]
Alarm over the anti-immigrant wave intensified recently as authorities warned “dark-skinned” residents in the southern city of Malmo that one or more snipers are targeting immigrants, killing one and wounding eight in 15 separate shootings this year.
The rise to office of the Swedish Democrats in September’s elections touched off a heated debate in this country, home of the Nobel Prize and known as the “conscience of the world” for aiding refugees and pioneering laws for women’s equality and gay rights. Yet even here, the Swedish Democrats made it into the Rikstag by tapping into a surge of anti-immigrant and anti-Muslim sentiment sweeping across many nations in Western Europe, propelling right-wing and nationalist parties to their biggest gains in years.
“The Swedish are tired of walking around in their own neighborhoods and feeling like they’re in Saudi Arabia,” said Ekeroth, an intense 30-year-old and founder of the new Anti-Islamic Fund, which promotes criticism of radical Islam. “It is time for the Swedish to be comfortable again in their own country.” [?] [when we were in Stockholm, I cannot recall ever seeing Muslim—a local dressed in Muslim regalia or obviously Muslim] [in fact, I don’t recall seeing anyone that didn’t look Scandanavian except a couple of Romas in places where tourist congregated] [and we were warned by locals of “Gypsies” and pickpocket, so forth] [but never what I took to be Muslim person] [I never saw a mosque?] [*]
At the same time, resentment is brewing in nations like Sweden over a rising tide of Muslim immigrants and the reluctance of some to adopt local customs, testing the limits of tolerance in some of the world's most open-minded societies.
Unlike in the United States, where Latinos dominate the immigration debate, European angst is increasingly focused on waves of Muslims - Turks, Iraqis, Somalis and others - who have become the hottest-button issue in recent elections. In Austria this month, the far-right Freedom Party made massive gains in regional elections after an anti-immigrant campaign that included a "Bye Bye Mosque" Internet game. It allowed players to target virtual minarets in elegant Vienna and pastoral Alpine villages with a single word: "stop."
With climbing unemployment rates and painful spending cuts in the aftermath of the economic crisis, even mainstream leaders of the center right, including France's President Nicolas Sarkozy, are noting the growing anti-immigration undercurrent. Through measures including a ban on the full-length veils worn by conservative Muslim women, critics say, Sarkozy is seeking the support of the far-right backers of Jean-Marie Le Pen, the French nationalist who made a strong presidential bid in 2002. [I think France will rue the day it imposed bans on religious regalia?] [*]
Last week, German Chancellor Angela Merkel issued her toughest line yet on immigrants. For weeks, Merkel has condemned Thilo Sarrazin, a former Central Bank board member turned folk hero in Germany who penned a shocking bestseller arguing that Turkish and Kurdish immigrants are genetically inferior.
But the book also ignited a debate in Germany over the unwillingness of many immigrants - particularly Muslims - to integrate. Merkel last week appeared to side with immigration critics, saying at a party conference that Germany's experiment to build a "multicultural" nation had "failed, absolutely failed." [that’s clearly where society is these days: in Europe, in US, elsewhere] [it’s likely to make regular Muslims feel under siege and that’s likely to cause a backlash; and that’s likely to lead to serious clashes which in turn fuel the fear and ingnorance we are witnessing] [it’s a crazy cycle] [*]
The long-liberal lands of Scandinavia and the Netherlands are also seeing a nationalist party renaissance. Last week, a conservative Dutch government came to power with the support of the anti-Islamic party of Geert Wilders, who is standing trial on a charge of inciting racial hatred against Muslims. [*]In exchange for his support, Wilders extracted promises that the new government would take dramatic steps to curb immigration and follow the French in banning full-length Muslim veils. [I’ve not spent time in Holland as in Denmark but they have many similarties] [and Denmark was notable for its multicultural society that seemed content when we were last there—right before the economic meltdown began] [it’s a shame to witness this] [*]
In recent months, right-wing and nationalist parties have also consolidated or are now poised to expand their power in Denmark, Norway and Finland.
Farther south, Italy's Northern League - which is already part of the government's ruling coalition and has opposed the construction of a mosque in Milan - won key victories in Venice and Piedmont last March. [I can remember 5-7 years ago when Northern Leagues was going after northern Africans] [now it’s Muslims—many of whom are northern Africans too] [*]
"In many parts of Europe, the debate over immigration and Islam are now the same thing," [*] said Lisa Bjurwald, an author and journalist based in Stockholm who has written about Muslim immigration. [not in US where “Hispanic” or Chicano are the principal immigrants but there’s nevertheless arisen an ugly anti Islam strand in American politics recently] [I think it’s mostly driven by ignorance: most Americans simply no very little about Islam and they are vulnerable to people who sell stories that suggest all of Islam is scary] [*]
Influx touches nerve
The number of immigrants in Sweden rose from 58,000 in 2000 to 102,000 last year, including refugees from Somalia and Iraq. Last year, 1.3 million people out of Sweden's population of 9.3 million were foreign-born. [the global economic meltdown caused a global squeeze: dipossed peoples in global south began heading northern in even greater numbers at precisely the time when the north could least afford to absorb them] [recipe for disaster] [*]
The influx has touched a nerve in communities like Almgarden, a blue-collar suburb of cement-block apartment buildings and well-tended green parks outside Malmo in the Swedish south.
Tensions are running high in this traditionally more-conservative part of Sweden. Police are more frequently clashing with Muslim youths in one immigrant neighborhood; during a riot last year, dozens of angry teens torched cars and broke shop windows. [*]
After the shootings in Malmo, authories warned immigrants to be extra vigilant. Police have not revealed details about suspects, saying only that they are looking for at least one male and that the crimes appear to be racially motivated.
The case has echoes of the "Laser Man" shootings here in the 1990s that took place around the time another far-right party briefly managed to enter the Swedish parliament. Starting in summer 1991, John Ausonius - known as Laser Man for his rifle's red-laser targeting system - shot 11 immigrants, killing one, before being caught and sentenced to life in prison in 1994.
The Swedish Democrats earned only 2 percent of the vote in liberal Stockholm but 35 percent in Almgarden. [I’ve only really been in Stockholm so I cannot say I’ve been around many Sweds from countryside] [*]
"It isn't racist to want to preserve your culture," said Leif Johansson, a 64-year-old carpenter. "I'm open to immigration, but these people come without a thought to integration, no interest in learning Swedish or being part of Swedish society."
Indeed, the Swedish Democrats, like more and more nationalist parties in Europe, have tried to go mainstream, purging former white supremacists and neo-Nazis. [*]
Ekeroth, for instance, has a Jewish mother and strongly backs Israel. In addition, he said the Swedish Democrats no longer oppose gay rights, and he cites instances of gay-bashing committed by Muslims in Sweden to bolster his party's position on immigration. The party doubled its support from the last elections to almost 6 percent of the vote in September, allowing it to sit in parliament for the first time. [*]
The Swedish Democrats are denounced as xenophobes by the ruling center-right coalition, which has vowed not to cooperate with their agenda. Nevertheless, even the government is rethinking parts of Sweden's immigration policy, among the most liberal in the world.
Voting from fear
While there have long been vocal anti-immigrant groups in Sweden, most Swedes in recent decades have embraced "multiculturalism," or the notion that immigrants have the right to preserve their language, customs and values. [*]
But with a recent poll showing that 73 percent of Swedes consider the lack of integration a problem, [that’s a huge majority] [*] the government is set to announce a new measure in December that would compel more immigrants to learn Swedish.
In addition, one of the major coalition parties is supporting a more limited ban on full-length Muslim veils in schools and this month came out against a panel recommendation that all major religions should be given equal time in lesson plans, saying Christianity should maintain a special status in Swedish schools.
In Stockholm's predominantly immigrant neighborhood of Rinkeby, the mood in the kebab houses and coffee shops is still one of shock at the success of the Swedish Democrats.
But Alma Adan, a 32-year-old Somali immigrant and youth counselor, said the Muslim community should also look inward. New immigrants, she said, should settle across Sweden, not just in neighborhoods like Rinkeby, and learn Swedish. Through workshops and counseling, she is trying to help young Muslims - including those who rioted in her neighborhood this summer, burning down a school building and setting cars on fire - feel more at home in their adopted homeland.
"That vote was about fear," she said, referring to support for the Swedish Democrats. "Fear among Swedes that their country is being taken away from them. But it is up to us to show them that this is not the case." [that will be difficult until the global economy starts improving] [*] © 2010 The Washington Post Co

Iraq Court Sentences Tariq Aziz to Death

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/middleeast/27iraq.html
October 26, 2010
Iraq Court Sentences Tariq Aziz to Death
By JACK HEALY [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [renewed sectarian tensions and fault lines] [success of “surge”] [as well as it worked, the issue still looms regarding how the Awakening to be situated in government in future?] [election from March certified but still no deal—though sounds like one close?] [followup] [former Saddam official—face of Iraq to West in many ways because he’s a Christian Iraqi with good English—sentenced to death] [*]
BAGHDAD — Tariq Aziz, a former top aide to Saddam Hussein, was sentenced to death by an Iraqi court on Tuesday for crimes against members of rival Shiite political parties.
The ruling was the latest in a series of criminal cases against Mr. Aziz, 74, whose frequent media appearances and travels abroad made him the bespectacled face of Mr. Hussein’s regime. For years, Mr. Aziz served as a staunch and public defender of Mr. Hussein before the American-led invasion of 2003.
Because Mr. Hussein rarely left Iraq out of fears about his safety, Mr. Aziz represented Iraq in the diplomatic world. He surrendered to American forces shortly after the invasion, aware

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/middleeast/27iraq.html
October 26, 2010
Iraq Court Sentences Tariq Aziz to Death
By JACK HEALY [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [renewed sectarian tensions and fault lines] [success of “surge”] [as well as it worked, the issue still looms regarding how the Awakening to be situated in government in future?] [election from March certified but still no deal—though sounds like one close?] [followup] [former Saddam official—face of Iraq to West in many ways because he’s a Christian Iraqi with good English—sentenced to death] [*]
BAGHDAD — Tariq Aziz, a former top aide to Saddam Hussein, was sentenced to death by an Iraqi court on Tuesday for crimes against members of rival Shiite political parties.
The ruling was the latest in a series of criminal cases against Mr. Aziz, 74, whose frequent media appearances and travels abroad made him the bespectacled face of Mr. Hussein’s regime. For years, Mr. Aziz served as a staunch and public defender of Mr. Hussein before the American-led invasion of 2003.
Because Mr. Hussein rarely left Iraq out of fears about his safety, Mr. Aziz represented Iraq in the diplomatic world. He surrendered to American forces shortly after the invasion, aware that, for Americans, he was among Iraq’s most hunted officials and one of the best known emblems of the Saddam Hussein era. [*]
Mr. Aziz’s death sentence stemmed from charges of persecution against members of the religious Shiite Dawa Party, which counts Iraq’s current prime minister, Nuri Kamal-al Maliki, among its members. [*]
It was unclear when Mr. Aziz would be executed.
One of Mr. Aziz’s lawyers, Badea Araf Azzit, said he was considering whether to appeal. He dismissed the sentence as a ploy aimed at distracting attention from Iraq’s political stalemate and the recent publication of a trove of American war records that described widespread prisoner abuse by Iraqi guards and security forces.
“It is a political judgment,” Mr. Azzit said.
Mr. Aziz’s lawyers have long claimed he was only responsible for Iraq’s diplomatic and political relations, and had no ties to the executions and purges carried out by Mr. Hussein’s Baathist government. Mr. Hussein was himself hanged in 2006, less than two months after his death sentence was handed down. [*]
Mr. Aziz’s lawyer said he remained in poor health. In January, the American military said in a statement that he suffered a blood clot in the brain. He was taken to an American military hospital north of Baghdad for treatment.
In March 2009, Mr. Aziz was sentenced to 15 years in prison for crimes against humanity, but he was acquitted earlier that year on charges of ordering a 1999 crackdown against Shiite protesters after a revered Shiite cleric was assassinated.
He is also serving a seven-year prison sentence for a case involving the forced displacement of Kurds in northern Iraq.
In a recent interview with The Associated Press, he predicted he would die in prison, citing his old age and lengthy prison sentences. [*]
Death sentences were also handed down on Tuesday against other former officials in Mr. Hussein’s government including Abed Hammoud, a former secretary to Mr. Hussein, and former Interior Minister Sadoon Shaker.
Under Mr. Hussein, Mr. Aziz cultivated a reputation as a cigar-smoking, whisky-drinking, worldly diplomat who used his official posts to justify the invasion of Kuwait, the efforts to obscure Mr. Hussein’s weapons program, the mass killings of Kurds and Shiites in the late 1980’s and early 1990’s and the use of chemical weapons at the Kurdish town of Halabja, among other things. [in other words, a Western kind of guy!] [*]
Only weeks before the American-led invasion in 2003, he had an audience with Pope John Paul II at the Vatican, one of dozens of encounters with world leaders.
When he surrendered to American troops in his hometown, Mosul, in northern Iraq, he apparently did so for his own safety in the face of mobs hunting down officials of the ousted government.
He was No. 43, and the eight of spades, on the Pentagon’s ”pack of cards” listing the 55 most wanted officials of Mr. Hussein’s government. American officials said that, after his surrender, Mr. Aziz offered to testify against Mr. Hussein on the condition that he be released early, a proposition eventually rejected by an Iraqi court and its American advisers.
Khalid D. Ali contributed reporting.

Iran Says It Has Started Loading Fuel at Nuclear Plant

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/middleeast/27nuke.html
October 26, 2010
Iran Says It Has Started Loading Fuel at Nuclear Plant
By WILLIAM YONG and ALAN COWELL [Iran] [confluence of Iran’s election shenanigans one year ago and Iran’s apparent drive for nuke weapons] [this is not that big a deal since nuclear energy allowed under NPT] [however, if theirs is breeder reactor it means that the plant will yield fissile material? I don’t think that’s the case but possible?] [anyway, probably symbolically important for Iran but otherwise not important?] [*]
TEHRAN — Iran on Tuesday celebrated the start of the process of loading 163 fuel rods into the core of its first nuclear power plant reactor, putting it within months of operation.
The Bushehr reactor, cast by Tehran as a showcase of its peaceful nuclear intentions, [*]is separate from other more contentious operations elsewhere in the country where Iran is seeking to enrich uranium. But the timing is delicate in diplomatic terms, as tighter sanctions are being put in place against Tehran by the United Nations Security Council, the

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/27/world/middleeast/27nuke.html
October 26, 2010
Iran Says It Has Started Loading Fuel at Nuclear Plant
By WILLIAM YONG and ALAN COWELL [Iran] [confluence of Iran’s election shenanigans one year ago and Iran’s apparent drive for nuke weapons] [this is not that big a deal since nuclear energy allowed under NPT] [however, if theirs is breeder reactor it means that the plant will yield fissile material? I don’t think that’s the case but possible?] [anyway, probably symbolically important for Iran but otherwise not important?] [*]
TEHRAN — Iran on Tuesday celebrated the start of the process of loading 163 fuel rods into the core of its first nuclear power plant reactor, putting it within months of operation.
The Bushehr reactor, cast by Tehran as a showcase of its peaceful nuclear intentions, [*]is separate from other more contentious operations elsewhere in the country where Iran is seeking to enrich uranium. But the timing is delicate in diplomatic terms, as tighter sanctions are being put in place against Tehran by the United Nations Security Council, the United States and the European Union. [my recollection is the Bushehr plant is not thought to be part of the covert WMD program?] [*]
Iran has not yet formally responded to an invitation to join international powers for talks on its nuclear program in Vienna in mid-November.
Ramin Mehmanparast, a Foreign Ministry spokesman, said Tuesday, “Political pressure and sanctions have not prevented Iran from proceeding with its peaceful nuclear activities according to schedule.”
“The Bushehr power plant is a major project which will help us to take one step toward future alternative energy supplies,” he said, according to the semiofficial IRNA news agency. “We will also pursue our peaceful nuclear activities in other areas.”
Iran has five research reactors in operation, and one more under construction. [*]
The Bushehr reactor, designed for power generation and located in southern Iran, has a long and tangled history. Construction began in 1975 under a contract signed with Germany, the state-run Press TV reported on Tuesday, but Germany withdrew from the project after the Islamic revolution in 1979. An agreement with Russia in 1995 should have been completed in 1999 but the plan fell prey to long delays. [Russia conveniently found all sorts of reasons to delay, 11 years now!] [*]
The United States once opposed the plant. But the International Atomic Energy Agency monitors it, and the United States dropped its objections after Russia provided assurances of controls on the fuel supply and the disposal of spent fuel rods. Russia has agreed to take back the spent rods, removing the possibility that Iran could reprocess them for materials that could fuel a nuclear weapon. [that’s what I recalled] [so it’s unlikely to contribute to Iran’s almost certain covert WMD program] [*]
The Iranian government maintains that its program is for energy production and other peaceful uses. But with Iran having hidden elements of the program in the past and making no secret of its ambitions to increase its regional power, Western governments harbor deep suspicions that Tehran wants to build a nuclear weapon.
The fuel loading was initially planned to begin soon after fuel was transported there in August, but was delayed by what the Iranians said was a leak in a pool near the central reactor. Iranian officials have denied that the delay was caused by the mysterious Stuxnet computer worm, which was found on the laptops of several employees at Bushehr, as well as a power generator that is not believed to be part of a weapons program.
Speaking to workers at the plant on Tuesday, the head of Iran’s Atomic Energy Organization, Ali Akbar Salehi, called the Bushehr plant “the most exceptional power plant in the world.”
He said that the plant would begin to feed the national power grid within three months.
Normal procedures call for I.A.E.A. inspectors to oversee the final processes of fuel-loading and then seal the core of the reactor to prevent tampering. The reactor is to be kept under surveillance by closed-circuit television cameras that would detect any movement of fuel.
The Obama administration has argued that the tightening sanctions are having an effect, reducing Iran’s access to foreign capital, halting investment in its energy sector and restricting its shipping at some foreign ports.
But in September, the I.A.E.A. complained that Iran had barred two of its most experienced inspectors from the country. [Iran asserting sovereign rights but it seems stupid to most of us?] [in other words, with IAEA inspectors at Bushehr, they would have patina of legitimacy while covert program would presumably continue and that would create bigger difficulties for US and West—but factionalism and other things complicate it] [*]
In a report, the agency reiterated that, since August 2008, Iran has refused to answer questions “about the possible existence in Iran of past or current undisclosed nuclear-related activities involving military-related organizations, including activities related to the development of a nuclear payload for a missile.” The report said it was “essential that Iran engage with the agency on these issues” because evidence can degrade with “the passage of time.”
William Yong reported from Tehran, and Alan Cowell from London. William J. Broad contributed reporting from New York.

15 Insurgents Killed in NATO Raid

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/world/asia/26kabul.html
October 25, 2010
15 Insurgents Killed in NATO Raid
By REUTERS [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [use psci 469] [levels of distrust continues between the Americans and Karzai govt] [another report that appears to indicate the offensive is working in Kandahar] [however, use caution as Helmand-Marja offensive indicated similar success before it went south?] [this was in Kabul] [*]
KABUL, Afghanistan (Reuters) — At least 15 insurgents were killed overnight in a NATO raid and airstrike that targeted a Taliban commander in southern Afghanistan, the NATO force said Monday.
Afghan and NATO forces killed four insurgents in an initial raid in southern Helmand Province and later called in airstrikes, which killed 11 other insurgents as they approached in vehicles, the NATO-led force said. Six insurgents were detained.
A spokesman for the provincial governor said initial reports showed that up to 25 militants may have died, including two Taliban commanders. It was not clear whether the Taliban commander who was the target of the raid was among the dead or the detainees.

[full piece may be found above the jump] [*]

U.S. operations in Kandahar push out Taliban

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/25/AR2010102505658.html
U.S. operations in Kandahar push out Taliban
By Joshua Partlow and Karin Brulliard
Washington Post Foreign Service
Monday, October 25, 2010; 9:37 PM [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [use psci 469] [levels of distrust continues between the Americans and Karzai govt] [another report that appears to indicate the offensive is working in Kandahar] [however, use caution as Helmand-Marja offensive indicated similar success before it went south?] [*]
KANDAHAR, AFGHANISTAN - With 2,000-pound bombs, 12,000 troops, and one illiterate but charismatic Afghan border police commander, the American military has forced insurgents to retreat from key parts of this strategically vital region, [*]according to U.S. and Afghan commanders.
The developments are far from decisive, but senior military leaders believe they have made progress on the western outskirts of Kandahar city and in the pomegranate orchards of the Argandab valley. The ground remains treacherous, seeded with bombs that reverberate daily through the city. [*]
The Taliban departure from some areas could be a strategic response to an operation

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2010/10/25/AR2010102505658.html
U.S. operations in Kandahar push out Taliban
By Joshua Partlow and Karin Brulliard
Washington Post Foreign Service
Monday, October 25, 2010; 9:37 PM [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [use psci 469] [levels of distrust continues between the Americans and Karzai govt] [another report that appears to indicate the offensive is working in Kandahar] [however, use caution as Helmand-Marja offensive indicated similar success before it went south?] [*]
KANDAHAR, AFGHANISTAN - With 2,000-pound bombs, 12,000 troops, and one illiterate but charismatic Afghan border police commander, the American military has forced insurgents to retreat from key parts of this strategically vital region, [*]according to U.S. and Afghan commanders.
The developments are far from decisive, but senior military leaders believe they have made progress on the western outskirts of Kandahar city and in the pomegranate orchards of the Argandab valley. The ground remains treacherous, seeded with bombs that reverberate daily through the city. [*]
The Taliban departure from some areas could be a strategic response to an operation NATO has trumpeted for months. Or insurgents could be lying low, developing new avenues of attack. NATO forces have cleared villages before, including in Kandahar province, and failed to hold them. [*]Whether insurgents can be kept away this time, or prevented from grabbing new parts of the city or its surroundings, remains to be seen.
The most unexpected, and potentially risky, aspect of NATO's resurgence is Abdul Razziq, the 32-year-old police colonel best known for allegations of pocketing millions of dollars in illegal customs dues, who has left the border to lead hundreds of his militiamen into Taliban-held villages that have bedeviled NATO troops for years. [if true quite good but apparent fact that he make be crooked still bodes poorly?] [*]
Behind Razziq's hardened fighters - who possess a local knowledge that police officers and soldiers from Afghanistan's national security forces cannot match - American soldiers have taken back territory previously out of reach. He's led clearing operations in all of the areas central to the American campaign here - Panjwayi, Zhari, Argandab and Kandahar city - and has captured hundreds of Taliban fighters.
"He's like a folk hero now," said Col. Jeffrey Martindale, who commands an American army brigade in Kandahar. "The Taliban fear him." [that’s part of formula for success but another is locals admire him and so far nothing on that?] [*]
Afghans who live in these areas, and have witnessed earlier clearing operations give way to Taliban comebacks, often do not share the U.S. military's optimism. And some believe insurgents may be moving into the city to avoid U.S. troops on the periphery. "Security in the city is now drastically worse," said Samsor Afghan, 27, a university student who runs a computer software store downtown, across the street from where a suicide bomber attacked the day before. "The Taliban are everywhere. We don't feel safe even inside the city." [if that’s true, then may be temporary or even pyrrhic victory??] [*]
American commanders have nevertheless been buoyed by changes in areas where the bulk of their forces are located. Among the shifts is what they describe as a new assertiveness from Afghan security forces, which now outnumber NATO troops in this operation.
A late-night call
Officers trace the change to one night in mid-August, when Kandahar governor Toryalai Wesa called President Hamid Karzai to report that Taliban forces were blocking a road and searching cars in Malajat, an insurgent stronghold in western Kandahar city.
"Could you, Mr. President, order NATO to come and help us?" Wesa asked, according to an Afghan official present in the palace.
"Shame on you," Karzai replied.
Karzai had recently issued a decree instructing governors to act as the commander of all Afghan security forces in their provinces. He told Wesa to assemble his own force and respond. "Go after them. Don't wait for NATO," he said.
Just hours later, Wesa had cobbled together a few hundred Afghan police, soldiers and intelligence officers, and sent them into Malajat, a move that surprised the Americans in Kandahar. The operation began with Afghan government forces capturing 11 insurgents, but the contingent was soon trapped in a minefield. Five Afghans were killed getting out.
Wesa emerged chastened from the operation, U.S. officials said. For a second run at Malajat, the solution was Razziq. On the border, he developed an outsize reputation - part Robin Hood, part warlord. He was a close ally of the Karzais with thousands of tribal warriors at his command. "If you need a mad dog on a leash, he's not a bad one to have," said a U.S. official in Kandahar.
U.S. troops hastily planned support and coordinated to have Afghan forces ring the neighborhood, while Razziq, cellphone and satellite phone in hand, roared up from the southern desert with a few hundred men. They arrested about 20 suspected insurgents and found scores of explosives. [*]
There was little violence, but U.S. troops noted Razziq's style. At one point his men spotted a stolen Afghan police truck. They fired at it with a rocket-propelled grenade, which deflected off the truck, and exploded in the trees. Suddenly a man in white robes fell from the branches, himself blowing up when his suicide vest hit the ground, which then blew up the truck - a story that Razziq chuckles in recalling, U.S. officials said.
As this partnership has developed, Razziq has been partnered with a U.S. Special Forces commander to help coordinate his moves. He's been called on elsewhere, including particularly treacherous parts of the Argandab valley, where whole villages had been rigged with explosives that had made them impenetrable to previous American units. [supposedly special forces have been especially effective] [*]
The Afghan operations have stunned U.S. troops, accustomed to years of prodding along their reluctant allies. [*]At 3 a.m. on Sept. 15, Capt. Mikel Resnick, a company commander in Argandab, learned that 1,000 Afghan forces were moving into his area. "I don't know if they're going to go burn the orchards down and leave me to clean it up," he said of his initial reaction to the plan. [what’s different?] [what has happened to account for this sea change in Afghani participation and effectivness???] [*]
The Afghans, who took 72 hours to capture 50 detainees, five large bombs and 500 pounds of explosives, required only advice and air support from the Americans, said Lt. Col. Rodger Lemons, the battalion commander at the Argandab district center.
"We basically sat in here and monitored the fight," Resnick said, referring to his outpost at the village of Sarkari Bagh. "They essentially cleared this entire place out."
U.S. military officials acknowledge that it is not ideal to have the border police leading the operation, because the goal is for the Afghan army and police to provide security in their own areas.
"We need to make sure this is not undermining the legitimacy of the Afghan government," said a senior NATO military official in southern Afghanistan.
â??The [sic.] [*]fight in Kandahar, unlike the previous U.S.-led operation in Marja, has also benefited from a more intensive campaign by U.S. Special Operations forces to hunt down Taliban commanders and bomb-making networks before the infantry push.
The local victims
During the Kandahar operation, Americans have unleashed ferocious air bombardments. In some parts of the Argandab, U.S. troops discovered the Taliban had cleared out whole villages and rigged each house with homemade explosives. In one October operation to clear the way for Razziq's troops, American aircraft dropped about 25 2,000-pound bombs and twice as many 500-pound bombs, while also firing powerful rockets over the ridge from the Kandahar Air Field miles away. [*]
"We obliterated those towns. They're not there at all," Martindale said. "These are just parking lots right now." [is that not going to piss off locals?] [perhaps they were already pissed because Talibs rigged their property?] [*]
Martindale said civilians had long ago fled the Taliban-dominated area, and that the U.S. attacks did not cause civilian casualties - a claim that could not be independently verified. [that would be nice] [*]
Faced with the NATO and Afghan push, American commanders believe that many Taliban leaders have retreated to Pakistan, leaving lower-level fighters to stage attacks in Kandahar. Part of this appears to be the normal ebb of fighting in Afghanistan, as insurgents slow their tempo in the colder months. [winter is coming fast in Hindu Kush] [*]
Afghans living in Zhari and Panjwayi cited many complaints with the current operations, including homes and orchards damaged by American troops, no government support for the people and elusive Taliban guerrillas who dodge the conventional armies.
“Who are the victims of these operations? Just the local people. If the Taliban comes, the people suffer, if the foreign forces come, the people suffer,” said Mohammad Rahim, a member of Panjwayi’s district council. “The Taliban always leave, and the Taliban always come back.” [that’s what US-NATO-coalition troops must fix so the people don’t say that or think that of coalition] [*]
partlowj@washpost.com
Staff writer Rajiv Chandrasekaran and special correspondent Javed Hamdard contributed to this report. © 2010 The Washington Post Co

Canada: Sentence for Leader of Local Terrorist Group

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/world/americas/26briefs-CANADA.html
October 25, 2010
Canada: Sentence for Leader of Local Terrorist Group
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS [Canada] [NAmerica] [followup] [Canada’s challenges around prosecuting jihadis] [rather similar to US issues] [use psci469b] [alleged to be part of other recent arrests?] [this fellow pled guilty so not so difficult] [known in Canada as Toronto 18] [*]
The ringleader of a homegrown terrorist group was sentenced Monday to 16 years in prison for leading a cell that plotted to attack Canada’s Parliament buildings, electrical grids and nuclear stations. The ringleader, Fahim Ahmad, 26, pleaded guilty during his trial in May to participating in a terrorist group, importing firearms and instructing his co-defendants to attack nuclear stations and storm Parliament, taking politicians hostage until Canada gave in to his demands to pull troops from Afghanistan. [*]The group became known as the Toronto 18. Justice Fletcher Dawson ruled that despite his leadership role, Mr. Ahmad was not very effective and he and his associates never came close to carrying out any of his threatened attacks.

[full piece may be found above the jump] [*]

October 25, 2010

Canadian Pleads Guilty in Guantánamo Trial

http://www.nytimes.com/reuters/2010/10/25/world/international-uk-guantanamo-khadr.html
October 25, 2010
Canadian Pleads Guilty in Guantánamo Trial
By REUTERS
Filed at 9:17 a.m. ET [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [residuals from previous . . . ] [gsave and counterinsurgency strategy] [Obama admin and its substantial continuity with its predecessor] [gitmo and military tribunal process] [followup] [federal judiciary] [plea apparently reached at long last] [will save US govt embarrassment] [*]
GUANTANAMO BAY U.S. NAVAL BASE, Cuba (Reuters) - Canadian captive Omar Khadr pleaded guilty on Monday to all five terrorism charges against him in the U.S. war crimes tribunal at the Guantanamo Bay naval base as part of a deal that would limit his sentence.
Khadr, who was captured in Afghanistan at age 15 and is now 24, admitted he

http://www.nytimes.com/reuters/2010/10/25/world/international-uk-guantanamo-khadr.html
October 25, 2010
Canadian Pleads Guilty in Guantánamo Trial
By REUTERS
Filed at 9:17 a.m. ET [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [residuals from previous . . . ] [gsave and counterinsurgency strategy] [Obama admin and its substantial continuity with its predecessor] [gitmo and military tribunal process] [followup] [federal judiciary] [plea apparently reached at long last] [will save US govt embarrassment] [*]
GUANTANAMO BAY U.S. NAVAL BASE, Cuba (Reuters) - Canadian captive Omar Khadr pleaded guilty on Monday to all five terrorism charges against him in the U.S. war crimes tribunal at the Guantanamo Bay naval base as part of a deal that would limit his sentence.
Khadr, who was captured in Afghanistan at age 15 and is now 24, admitted he conspired with al Qaeda and killed a U.S. soldier with a grenade in Afghanistan. Before finalizing the plea, the judge said he would question Khadr to ensure the defendant understood he was waiving his right to appeal.
Terms of the plea deal were not immediately disclosed, but lawyers had reportedly discussed an agreement that would let Khadr serve one more year at Guantanamo and then seven years in Canada.
The plea deal would end a widely criticized trial that made the United States the first nation since World War Two to prosecute someone in a war crimes tribunal for acts allegedly committed as a juvenile.
Khadr is the second man to plead guilty in the tribunal during the administration of U.S. President Barack Obama, whose efforts to close the detention camp have been blocked by Congress. He is the fifth captive convicted since the United States established the tribunals to try foreign captives on terrorism charges after the September 11 attacks in 2001.
(Editing by Philip Barbara)

An Indefensible Defense

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/25/opinion/25mon1.html
October 24, 2010
An Indefensible Defense
[editorial] [detained policy] [since Bush but Obama too has followed suit] [NYTs is appauled] [use psci 355-566] [*]
It can be hard to distinguish between the Bush administration and the Obama administration when it comes to detainee policy. A case the Supreme Court agreed last week to hear, Ashcroft v. al-Kidd, is one of those occasions.
It turns on a principle held sacrosanct since the country’s early days: the government cannot arrest you without evidence that you committed a crime. An exception is the material witness law, which allows the government to keep a witness from fleeing before testifying about an alleged crime by somebody else.
These principles were horribly twisted when John Ashcroft was President George W. Bush’s attorney general. The Justice Department held a former college football player in brutal conditions on the pretext that he was a material witness in a case in which he was never called to testify and which fell apart at trial.
The Bush administration’s behavior was disturbing, and so is the Obama

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/25/opinion/25mon1.html
October 24, 2010
An Indefensible Defense
[editorial] [detained policy] [since Bush but Obama too has followed suit] [NYTs is appauled] [use psci 355-566] [*]
It can be hard to distinguish between the Bush administration and the Obama administration when it comes to detainee policy. A case the Supreme Court agreed last week to hear, Ashcroft v. al-Kidd, is one of those occasions.
It turns on a principle held sacrosanct since the country’s early days: the government cannot arrest you without evidence that you committed a crime. An exception is the material witness law, which allows the government to keep a witness from fleeing before testifying about an alleged crime by somebody else.
These principles were horribly twisted when John Ashcroft was President George W. Bush’s attorney general. The Justice Department held a former college football player in brutal conditions on the pretext that he was a material witness in a case in which he was never called to testify and which fell apart at trial.
The Bush administration’s behavior was disturbing, and so is the Obama administration’s forceful defense of this outrageous practice of using a statute intended for one purpose for something very different. Judge Milan Smith Jr. of the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals called it “repugnant to the Constitution.”
The Justice Department arrested Abdullah al-Kidd, known as Lavoni Kidd when he was a star football player at the University of Idaho, at Dulles airport in March 2003 before he boarded a plane to Saudi Arabia, where he was going to work on his doctorate in Islamic studies. For over two weeks, he was treated like an enemy of the state — shackled, held in high-security cells lit 24 hours a day, and sometimes humiliated by strip searches. When Mr. Kidd was released, he was ordered to live with his wife and in-laws, restrict his travels and report to a probation officer. The restrictions lasted 15 months.
The government said Mr. Kidd was a material witness against Sami Omar Hussayen, who was tried for supporting an Islamic group that the government said “sought to recruit others to engage in acts of violence and terrorism.” A jury acquitted Mr. Hussayen on some charges and didn’t reach a verdict on others. Mr. Kidd was not called to testify. Nor was he ever charged with a crime.
Mr. Kidd sued Mr. Ashcroft personally, saying he unlawfully used the material witness statute as a pretext. The former attorney general asserted that he had immunity. In the ruling now being reviewed by the Supreme Court, the Ninth Circuit found that he did not.
To qualify for absolute immunity, the appeals court said, Mr. Ashcroft had to be prosecuting Mr. Kidd, not investigating him. When the purpose is “to investigate or pre-emptively detain a suspect,” at most a prosecutor is entitled to qualified immunity. Mr. Ashcroft didn’t qualify even for that because Mr. Kidd made a plausible case that it was the attorney general’s own strategy that led to misuse of the material witness statute.
The word “plausible” is key. In 2009, by a vote of 5 to 4, the Supreme Court sided with Mr. Ashcroft and others in a lawsuit, because the complaint against them was too vague and the allegations were not plausible. The government hasn’t challenged the plausibility of the core allegations in the current case.
Prosecutorial immunity is intended to let prosecutors enforce the law without fear of being held personally liable. Protecting that legitimate aim did not require the administration to defend the indefensible. In forcefully defending the material witness statute on grounds that curtailing it would severely limit its usefulness, it is defending the law as a basis for detention. That leaves the disturbing impression that the administration is trying to preserve the option of abusing the statute again.

In Haiti, Capital Braces for a Cholera Outbreak

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/25/world/americas/25haiti.html
October 24, 2010
In Haiti, Capital Braces for a Cholera Outbreak
By DEBORAH SONTAG [Haiti] [always miserable Haiti experiences even more misery] [numbers beginning to settle in: 150 k probably still wildly inaccurate but soon some sense will come of it all?] [US now air dropped supplies due to ruined infrastructure] [followup] [misery compounds misery] [cholera outbreak first warned about months ago and now?] [*]
PORT-AU-PRINCE, Haiti — In the raggedy Sinai tent camp, a 7-year-old with a distended belly and missing front teeth struggled to dump a bucket filled with watery diarrhea in a putrid outhouse.
Two women with brooms and water — but no disinfectant — frantically scrubbed

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/25/world/americas/25haiti.html
October 24, 2010
In Haiti, Capital Braces for a Cholera Outbreak
By DEBORAH SONTAG [Haiti] [always miserable Haiti experiences even more misery] [numbers beginning to settle in: 150 k probably still wildly inaccurate but soon some sense will come of it all?] [US now air dropped supplies due to ruined infrastructure] [followup] [misery compounds misery] [cholera outbreak first warned about months ago and now?] [*]
PORT-AU-PRINCE, Haiti — In the raggedy Sinai tent camp, a 7-year-old with a distended belly and missing front teeth struggled to dump a bucket filled with watery diarrhea in a putrid outhouse.
Two women with brooms and water — but no disinfectant — frantically scrubbed the hole in the ground after the boy, Abdias Hilaire, had finished. Abdias is fine, his mother said, but two other children in their tent are sick, and everybody is terrified of what that portends.
Diarrhea, while a common ailment here, is a symptom of cholera. And anxiety has been growing fiercely that the cholera epidemic, which began last week in the northwest of Haiti, will soon strike the earthquake-ravaged Port-au-Prince metropolitan area.
“It travels with the speed of lightning, I’ve heard, and it can kill a person in four hours,” said Jean Michel Maximilien, a camp leader. “So of course we are all on edge.”
For now, the cholera outbreak, with more than 250 deaths and more than 3,100 confirmed cases, has been contained to the central rural regions around the Artibonite River, 60 miles north of the capital. But Port-au-Prince is tensely preparing for its arrival in the densely populated slums and tent camps here, with treatment centers being established, soap and water purification tablets being distributed and public safety announcements stressing hygiene.
The government reported optimistically on Sunday that the epidemic might be stabilizing. Fatalities have declined — from 10.6 percent of known cases three days earlier to 8.2 percent now.
But international health authorities cautioned against premature optimism. “We cannot read too much into the slight improvement in the fatality rate,” Dr. Michel Thieren of the Pan American Health Organization said. “The epidemic has not spread yet, but it is still increasing roughly at the same rate in the Artibonite area.”
Since the January earthquake, this devastated country has been bracing for a secondary disaster — a hurricane, an eruption of violence, an outbreak of disease. But nobody anticipated that cholera would make its first appearance in 50 years. It was “the one thing we thought we were relatively safe on,” said Imogen Wall, spokeswoman for the United Nations humanitarian coordination office.
The catalyst for the outbreak is still unknown. “That’s the who-dunnit, the mystery,” Petra Becker, a social worker for Doctors Without Borders, said after washing her hands with a chlorinated solution at the entrance to a fenced-off treatment area for suspected cholera cases at her organization’s field hospital here.
Five cases of cholera have been confirmed in Port-au-Prince, but all are individuals who traveled from the Artibonite valley, Dr. Thieren said. Still, five other patients at the Doctors Without Borders hospital have exhibited symptoms — intense, precipitous diarrhea and vomiting — and are being isolated, tested and treated for the disease.
In a cordoned area with space for 20 patients, the five lie inside tents on beds with triangular holes cut in the heart of the mattress, and a bucket beneath the hole. There are two adults and three children, a few of them hooked up to intravenous drips. One chubby little girl, Neftali Firmin, 5, lay listlessly beside her very nervous mother.
The mother said they live in the capital city and have not visited the Artibonite valley. Wringing her hands, she said that her daughter grew violently sick to her stomach without warning. Neftali has been given rehydration fluids, but her mother wants the hospital to give her medicine.
“When are they going to give her the cure for cholera?” the mother asked visitors.
Cholera is an acute bacterial infection that rapidly and dangerously dehydrates the body. If left untreated, it can kill some victims within hours. But the treatment itself is straightforward. Some patients rally after getting a simple solution of clean water mixed with sugar and salt, like what Neftali received. Others require intravenous hydration, and are administered antibiotics.
In a sign of the anxiety in this city, residents of the tent camp that surrounds the Doctors Without Borders hospital displayed their discomfort on Sunday with the creation of the new clinic in their midst. For several hours, they blocked access by placing rocks and ropes on an entry road.
“We’re really concerned,” Bernard Alcinor, a camp resident, said. “The disease is marching through the country, and we don’t want it here.”
But after negotiations, camp leaders relented for now and traffic began flowing again to what is still essentially a treatment center in waiting.
At this city’s main public hospital, where no more than the usual hubbub was apparent, Dr. Alix Lassegue sat in his immaculate, air-conditioned office with his hands clasped and shrugged his shoulders. “Nothing yet,” he said, almost apologetically.
“Listen, we’re getting ready,” he continued, displaying a memorandum that he had just signed establishing a rehydration center and a cholera clinic to be partitioned off from the regular emergency area. “It’s expected that this will travel. But so far we’ve had no suspected cases. Some people have shown up with diarrhea and concerns. But they did not fit the epidemiological profile.”
In the Artibonite valley, treatment centers are being rapidly erected to supplement overwhelmed local hospitals.
The Haitian water authority has issued a “diarrhea declaration” expressing particular anxiety about the spread of cholera, a water-borne disease, to the earthquake area, where many have experienced nearly relentless misery since the quake struck.
Although all are concerned about the crowded, unhygienic living conditions in the tent and tarp camps sheltering some 1.3 million displaced people, the slums are a potentially bigger problem as they do not have even the portable, cleanable latrines that many camps do.
In the capital, Haitian authorities and international groups have been working to assure a more ample supply of chlorinated water, to clean and disinfect community latrines and to caution the public about hand washing, proper use of water and “defecation in open air.”
But at the Sinai camp, the residents say they are being left to their own devices. “We could use a little help or at least some Clorox,” Mr. Maximilien said.

Some Question Insistence on Israel as Jewish State

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/25/world/middleeast/25israel.html
October 24, 2010
Some Question Insistence on Israel as Jewish State
By ISABEL KERSHNER [Israel] [domestic politics intersects foreign policy] [Netanyahu’s coalition govt] [recently Bibi floated a proposal whereby Israel would extend the moritirioum on building in exchange for PA calling Israel a Jewish state?] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [debating the essence of what it means to be Jewish State versus democratic>] [followup] [*]
JERUSALEM — The more stridently Israel insists on Palestinian recognition of it as the nation-state of the Jewish people, the more adamantly the Palestinian leadership seems to refuse.
As a result, some senior Israeli officials are beginning to question the wisdom of the policy of their prime minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, who has made recognition of the legitimacy of the Jewish nation-state a prerequisite for any final agreement with the Palestinians.
More recently, Mr. Netanyahu offered it as a quid pro quo for a temporary extension

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/25/world/middleeast/25israel.html
October 24, 2010
Some Question Insistence on Israel as Jewish State
By ISABEL KERSHNER [Israel] [domestic politics intersects foreign policy] [Netanyahu’s coalition govt] [recently Bibi floated a proposal whereby Israel would extend the moritirioum on building in exchange for PA calling Israel a Jewish state?] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469] [debating the essence of what it means to be Jewish State versus democratic>] [followup] [*]
JERUSALEM — The more stridently Israel insists on Palestinian recognition of it as the nation-state of the Jewish people, the more adamantly the Palestinian leadership seems to refuse.
As a result, some senior Israeli officials are beginning to question the wisdom of the policy of their prime minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, who has made recognition of the legitimacy of the Jewish nation-state a prerequisite for any final agreement with the Palestinians.
More recently, Mr. Netanyahu offered it as a quid pro quo for a temporary extension of a moratorium on building in Jewish settlements in the West Bank. Nascent Israeli-Palestinian peace talks have stalled since the moratorium expired last month.
“Of course we are a Jewish state,” Israel’s defense minister, Ehud Barak, told an audience attending a conference on the Future of the Jewish People last week, organized by the Jewish People Policy Institute in Jerusalem.
“But we have to make sure we do not get on a slippery slope,” he continued, “where our justifiable demands become prohibitive obstacles” along the way to a deal, particularly so early on.
Another senior Israeli minister, who spoke on condition of anonymity because he did not want to appear in conflict with the prime minister, said that the very act of asking for confirmation of Israel’s legitimacy “may raise questions and have the opposite effect” by putting it up for debate.
Many Jews in Israel and beyond consider it essential that they are recognized not just as members of a religion but also as a people with historic rights to a sovereign state in the Holy Land. The issue, they say, goes to the core of the conflict and will serve as a litmus test for Palestinian intentions.
“Only when our peace partners are willing to recognize the legitimacy of the Jewish state,” Mr. Netanyahu said Friday at the same conference, “will they truly be prepared to end the conflict and make a lasting peace with Israel.”
But given the opposition to this demand by the Palestinians and many of Israel’s own Arab citizens, some are questioning how vital it is.
At least publicly, the Palestinians seem to have hardened their position.
In its Declaration of Independence in 1988, the Palestine Liberation Organization invoked the “historical injustice” inflicted on its people after United Nations Resolution 181 of 1947, “which partitioned Palestine into two states, one Arab, one Jewish.”
“Yet it is this resolution,” the declaration continued, “that still provides those conditions of international legitimacy that ensure the right of the Palestinian Arab people to sovereignty.”
Yasir Arafat, the late Palestinian leader, was asked in an interview with the Israeli newspaper Haaretz in 2004 whether he understood that Israel had to remain a Jewish state. “Definitely,” he replied.
Unofficial Palestinian negotiators appeared to accept the idea of Jewish nationhood in the Geneva Accord, a 2003 blueprint for a final Israeli-Palestinian agreement, by recognizing “the right of the Jewish people to statehood and the recognition of the right of the Palestinian people to statehood, without prejudice to the equal rights of the parties’ respective citizens” — and without specifying where.
The accord also stated that the “parties recognize Palestine and Israel as the homelands of their respective peoples,” without specifying who they might be.
Reflecting the current dynamic, fewer Palestinians support the mutual recognition idea now than just a few months ago. An October poll by the Harry S. Truman Institute for the Advancement of Peace at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem and the Palestinian Center for Policy and Survey Research in Ramallah indicated that 64 percent of the Israelis supported and 24 percent opposed mutual recognition of Israel as the state for the Jewish people and Palestine as the state for the Palestinian people.
Among Palestinians, 49 percent supported and 48 percent opposed this step. In June, 60 percent of the Israelis supported this mutual recognition of identity, while among the Palestinians support stood at 58 percent.
The Palestinian leadership insists that it is enough to recognize the State of Israel, as the P.L.O. did as part of the Oslo agreement in 1993.
“The issue of recognition is settled, it is done,” said Muhammad Shtayyeh, a member of the Palestinian negotiating team, in a telephone interview from Ramallah.
Mr. Shtayyeh said the Palestinian leadership believed that Mr. Netanyahu was only placing obstacles in the way of peace, and that there was certainly no relationship between freezing settlements and recognition.
Dismissing the Geneva Accord as an effort of private individuals, Mr. Shtayyeh and other Palestinians argue that recognition of Israel as the Jewish state will negate their demand for a right of return for Palestinian refugees of the 1948 war and their descendants, before any negotiation. They also say it undermines the status of the Palestinian-Arab citizens who make up 20 percent of Israel’s population, and who are afforded equal rights in Israel’s Declaration of Independence.
The recognition debate, in the meantime, has become entangled with the highly contentious issue of a loyalty oath for new immigrants to Israel. A draft amendment to the country’s citizenship law approved by the cabinet this month would require non-Jews seeking to become naturalized citizens to swear allegiance to Israel as a “Jewish and democratic” state.
The proposed amendment was a gesture to the ultranationalist Yisrael Beiteinu Party led by Israel’s foreign minister, Avigdor Lieberman, widely viewed as anti-Arab.
“When Israel is attacking my identity, I defend my identity,” Ahmed Tibi, an Israeli-Arab Parliament member, said in a telephone interview. “This is the way.”
(Mr. Netanyahu’s government said last week it would seek to alter the draft amendment so that all immigrants, not just non-Jews, take the oath.)
There is no consensus even within Israel on the meaning and nature of a “Jewish state.” For many Israelis, it describes the country as it is: with a Jewish majority that speaks Hebrew, living in a dominant Jewish culture. Some would like to see a more religious element; others worry that it denotes an ethnocracy.
In a cartoon in Haaretz, Mr. Netanyahu was depicted eating breakfast at a “Jewish”-labeled table with “Jewish” jam and cheese and a “Jewish” kettle.
“The Jewish state is what? A Lieberman state?” asked Mohammad Darawshe, the Israeli-Arab co-executive director of The Abraham Fund Initiatives, an organization that promotes coexistence and equality among Israel’s Jewish and Arab citizens.
“I think the Jews deserve a homeland of their own,” Mr. Darawshe said, “but not one that negates the rights and status of other citizens.”

Iraqi Court Issues Ruling for Parliament to Return

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/25/world/middleeast/25iraq.html
October 24, 2010
Iraqi Court Issues Ruling for Parliament to Return
By ANTHONY SHADID [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [renewed sectarian tensions and fault lines] [success of “surge”] [as well as it worked, the issue still looms regarding how the Awakening to be situated in government in future?] [now the recent Wikileaks dump of 400,000 documents is affecting Iraq!] [court orders parliament to return to session] [followup] [*]
BAGHDAD — Iraq’s highest court on Sunday ordered Parliament, elected in March and convened only once for 18 minutes, to resume its sessions, adding another wrinkle to a lengthy crisis that has tested the country’s institutions and unsettled its people.
The Federal Supreme Court called the delay unconstitutional, and the acting speaker promised to convene Parliament again within days. But the decision seemed more procedural than decisive, and perhaps set the stage for another constitutional crisis. Parliament has gone unattended as Iraq’s most powerful blocs have tried for seven months to negotiate an agreement on the government’s top posts. They still seem

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/25/world/middleeast/25iraq.html
October 24, 2010
Iraqi Court Issues Ruling for Parliament to Return
By ANTHONY SHADID [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [renewed sectarian tensions and fault lines] [success of “surge”] [as well as it worked, the issue still looms regarding how the Awakening to be situated in government in future?] [now the recent Wikileaks dump of 400,000 documents is affecting Iraq!] [court orders parliament to return to session] [followup] [*]
BAGHDAD — Iraq’s highest court on Sunday ordered Parliament, elected in March and convened only once for 18 minutes, to resume its sessions, adding another wrinkle to a lengthy crisis that has tested the country’s institutions and unsettled its people.
The Federal Supreme Court called the delay unconstitutional, and the acting speaker promised to convene Parliament again within days. But the decision seemed more procedural than decisive, and perhaps set the stage for another constitutional crisis. Parliament has gone unattended as Iraq’s most powerful blocs have tried for seven months to negotiate an agreement on the government’s top posts. They still seem weeks, even months, from a deal.
“Holding the session at this time will be the beginning of another problem,” warned Izz al-Din al-Dawla, a member of Iraqiya, one of the top vote-getters in the March 7 election.
Before and after that vote, Iraq’s political process has shown a marked tendency toward opacity, and powerful politicians have often deployed the military and quasi-official bodies to settle scores and further their ambitions. The federal court is no exception, and critics have derided some of its decisions this year as serving the agenda of Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki, who is still likely to return to power for another four years.
Sunday’s ruling came in response to a case filed by a civil society group, backed by the venerable but small Communist Party, against the acting Parliament speaker, Fouad Massoum. With the backing of most factions, Mr. Massoum convened the 325-member Council of Representatives in June, then left it open indefinitely, but unattended, to give politicians time to negotiate the makeup of a government that will preside over the American withdrawal of 50,000 troops by 2012.
The court agreed with the civil society group’s contention that Mr. Massoum’s procedural move was unconstitutional and ordered lawmakers to resume work.
Iraqi activists celebrated the decision as a step toward strengthening political life and addressing deepening popular anger with the country’s political class — not least with the newly elected lawmakers, who have not met in more than four months but continue to receive their salaries of about $11,000 a month.
“This is a historic moment for us, the civil society organizations,” a leading activist, Hanaa Edwar, said. If the lawmakers do not convene the session again soon, she said, “we will go to the court and ask them to dissolve Parliament.”
Mr. Massoum promised to act quickly, and politicians interpreted the ruling as giving Parliament two weeks to reconvene. Once Parliament convenes, the Constitution outlines a very specific timetable: members pick a speaker and two deputies, and then, within 30 days and by a two-thirds majority, a president. The president has 15 days to name the head of the largest parliamentary bloc to form a government, a task to be completed in 30 days.
But time and again, politicians here have found ways to flout an admittedly pliable Constitution. Failure to achieve a quorum would be one way to prevent Parliament from acting.
The crisis over forming a government has created deep popular anger, adding to a sense, reflected in recent polling, that the country is headed in the wrong direction. Cognizant of that, politicians from across the spectrum hailed the court’s decision publicly on Sunday, even if they acknowledged that negotiations might still have a way to go.
“The court had to give this decision,” said Hakim al-Zamili, a lawmaker with a faction loyal to Moktada al-Sadr, a populist cleric whose alliance with Mr. Maliki has buoyed the prime minister’s chances of returning to power. “The timing was good. It would have been better if it was even earlier, because this situation has so badly affected Iraqis.”
Nevertheless, no leading political bloc seemed eager to have Parliament meet again, at least not until the framework for an agreement was reached.
The broadest fault line in those negotiations remains a contest between Mr. Maliki and an alliance led by Ayad Allawi, a secular Shiite and former interim prime minister, whose group won two more seats than Mr. Maliki’s. Both coalitions are soliciting the support of the Kurds, deemed essential for gathering a majority in Parliament.
Although Mr. Maliki’s chances seem best, the Kurds have pushed for an inclusive government with Mr. Allawi’s participation, a compromise that would almost certainly require curbing the prime minister’s powers.
The eventual deal will underline the influence of foreign powers — the United States, Iran and Turkey — in Iraq. The sense of machinations and backroom dealings has added to popular resentment, and some analysts hailed Sunday’s decision, at minimum, as a step toward transparency in the negotiations.
“At the very least,” said William Warda, a political analyst, “it will create dialogue inside Parliament, where debates will be open, and not in closed rooms or outside Iraq, where you don’t know what’s going on.”
Omar al-Jawoshy, Yasir Ghazi and Duraid Adnan contributed reporting.

Afghan Leader Admits His Office Gets Cash From Iran

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/world/asia/26afghan.html
October 25, 2010
Afghan Leader Admits His Office Gets Cash From Iran
By ALISSA J. RUBIN [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [use psci 469] [levels of distrust continues between the Americans and Karzai govt] [now report over weekend of buldges of money fro Iran to Karzai] [Karzai confirms!] [*]
KABUL, Afghanistan — President Hamid Karzai acknowledged on Monday that his chief of staff had taken money from the Iranian government, confirming a report in The New York Times. He said the cash was used to pay for presidential expenses
His government will continue to receive the payments, which amount to no more than about a million dollars twice a year, he said at a news conference with President Emomali Rahmonov of Tajikistan, adding that the money is part of a relationship between neighbors.
“They have asked for good relations in return, and for lots of other things in return,” said President Karzai.
“And we have also asked for lots of things in return in this relationship. This is a

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/26/world/asia/26afghan.html
October 25, 2010
Afghan Leader Admits His Office Gets Cash From Iran
By ALISSA J. RUBIN [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [use psci 469] [levels of distrust continues between the Americans and Karzai govt] [now report over weekend of buldges of money fro Iran to Karzai] [Karzai confirms!] [*]
KABUL, Afghanistan — President Hamid Karzai acknowledged on Monday that his chief of staff had taken money from the Iranian government, confirming a report in The New York Times. He said the cash was used to pay for presidential expenses
His government will continue to receive the payments, which amount to no more than about a million dollars twice a year, he said at a news conference with President Emomali Rahmonov of Tajikistan, adding that the money is part of a relationship between neighbors.
“They have asked for good relations in return, and for lots of other things in return,” said President Karzai.
“And we have also asked for lots of things in return in this relationship. This is a relationship between neighbors and it will go on and we will continue to ask for cash help from Iran.”
The report in The New York Times said that Umar Daudzai, the president’s chief of staff, received up to $1 million to $2 million every other month from Iran and that the money, effectively a slush fund, was distributed to Afghan lawmakers, tribal elders and even Taliban commanders to secure their loyalty.
Mr. Karzai said the Iranian money was used to pay expenses in his office and that he had instructed Mr. Daudzai to accept the money. The money is given “to help the presidential office and to help dispense assistance in various ways to the employees here and to people outside,” he said.
He added that the United States, just like Iran, gave him cash.
“They do give us bags of money. Yes, yes they do. It’s all the same. So let’s not make this an issue.”
Mr. Karzai denounced The Times and called on the Afghan media to “defame The New York Times just as they have defamed us.”
He said that The Times wrote the report in an effort to tarnish Mr. Daudzai because he had taken a strong stand on terminating the use of private security companies. The security companies have become an explosive issue in the last few days because Western countries and private contractors say that they will have to halt projects in Afghanistan if they are not able to protect their employees.
While the American government has backed Mr. Karzai’s proposal to phase them out, they say that until the Afghan police and Army are better trained and well established, especially in insecure areas of the country, they cannot be relied on to protect Western and Afghan employees.
On Sunday, Mr. Karzai requested a list of national aid projects that needed protection by private security guards, signaling a possible compromise over the security companies, the Associated Press reported.

Deadly Blast Hits Shrine in Pakistan

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/25/world/asia/25pstan.html
October 25, 2010
Deadly Blast Hits Shrine in Pakistan
By REUTERS [Pakistan] [US] [Pakistan-US relations] [hub of the al Qaeda and Taliban activity in AfPak] [and of al Qaeda globally] [use psci 355-455, 469] [transnationalism] [al Qaeda’s main headquarters still Pakistan?] [more sectarianism against Sufi] [followup] [trying to cause tit for tat?] [*]
ISLAMABAD, Pakistan (Reuters) — A bomb exploded at the gate of a Sufi shrine in Pakistan’s eastern city of Pakpattan on Monday, killing at least four people, the police said.
The explosive was planted on a motorcycle, the city police chief, Mohammad Kashif, said by telephone. The attack was the latest in the heartland province of Punjab.
“According to initial reports, two men came on the motorcycle and parked it near the gate just minutes before the blast,” he said, adding that three people were also wounded.

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/25/world/asia/25pstan.html
October 25, 2010
Deadly Blast Hits Shrine in Pakistan
By REUTERS [Pakistan] [US] [Pakistan-US relations] [hub of the al Qaeda and Taliban activity in AfPak] [and of al Qaeda globally] [use psci 355-455, 469] [transnationalism] [al Qaeda’s main headquarters still Pakistan?] [more sectarianism against Sufi] [followup] [trying to cause tit for tat?] [*]
ISLAMABAD, Pakistan (Reuters) — A bomb exploded at the gate of a Sufi shrine in Pakistan’s eastern city of Pakpattan on Monday, killing at least four people, the police said.
The explosive was planted on a motorcycle, the city police chief, Mohammad Kashif, said by telephone. The attack was the latest in the heartland province of Punjab.
“According to initial reports, two men came on the motorcycle and parked it near the gate just minutes before the blast,” he said, adding that three people were also wounded.
There was no immediate claim of responsibility for the attack, but Taliban militants have in the past attacked Sufi shrines, including early this month.
Pakistan’s government faces a stubborn insurgency. Taliban militants generally abhor Sufism, the moderate blend of Islam practiced by most Pakistanis, and disapprove of visiting shrines.

October 24, 2010

India is waging a lone battle against terror

http://www.realclearworld.com/2010/10/24/india_is_waging_a_lone_war_on_terror_116605.html
The Hindustan Times
[Accessed 10/24/10 10:16:14 AM] [I don’t know for a fact but this appears to be lobbying Obama before the November trip?] [*]
Vir Sanghvi
October 23, 2010
First Published: 23:24 IST(23/10/2010)
Last Updated: 01:43 IST(24/10/2010)
India is waging a lone battle against terror
[India] [India-Pakistan relations?] [communal violence within and between that has led to the precipice of regional war multiple times] [general info] [though only 13-14%, in population of 1.1billion, the Muslim minority in India constitutes 4-5th largest Muslim population in world] [therefore, there is a lot of tension between ruling govt and Muslim minority] [Obama is heading to India-Asia next month and this may be working the referees?] [followup] [also USFP] [*]
The David Headley case gets curiouser and curiouser. As each new twist is revealed, I sometimes feel as though we are watching one of those American TV shows where every episode brings with it some increasingly far-fetched plot complication. This is not quite 24, but it certainly is 26/11.
When the story first broke (I almost feel like intoning, “Previously on 26/11” as they

http://www.realclearworld.com/2010/10/24/india_is_waging_a_lone_war_on_terror_116605.html
The Hindustan Times
[Accessed 10/24/10 10:16:14 AM] [I don’t know for a fact but this appears to be lobbying Obama before the November trip?] [*]
Vir Sanghvi
October 23, 2010
First Published: 23:24 IST(23/10/2010)
Last Updated: 01:43 IST(24/10/2010)
India is waging a lone battle against terror
[India] [India-Pakistan relations?] [communal violence within and between that has led to the precipice of regional war multiple times] [general info] [though only 13-14%, in population of 1.1billion, the Muslim minority in India constitutes 4-5th largest Muslim population in world] [therefore, there is a lot of tension between ruling govt and Muslim minority] [Obama is heading to India-Asia next month and this may be working the referees?] [followup] [also USFP] [*]
The David Headley case gets curiouser and curiouser. As each new twist is revealed, I sometimes feel as though we are watching one of those American TV shows where every episode brings with it some increasingly far-fetched plot complication. This is not quite 24, but it certainly is 26/11.
When the story first broke (I almost feel like intoning, “Previously on 26/11” as they do in the TV shows) we were told that the Americans had arrested a US citizen of Pakistani origin with links to terrorist groups. Subsequently, it was revealed that this man, identified as David Headley, had visited India and may have been part of the advance team for the 26/11 attackers. Naturally, our investigative agencies wanted to interrogate him. But for several months, the Americans refused us any access to Headley.
Then, the US media got in on the act. Their digging revealed that Headley had been arrested in America on drug charges but had been released from jail following the 9/11 attacks and had been allowed to travel freely between the US and Pakistan on a fresh US passport. American journalists concluded — on the basis of court documents — that Headley had been sent back to Pakistan as an undercover agent or at the very least, an informant, by US authorities. In return for agreeing to serve as an agent, his jail sentence had been remitted. [it’s a strange case, to be sure] [he apparently scoped out sights in Mumbai and was involved in assassination plot in Dansk] [*]
This gave rise to many suspicions. Off the record, American officials were willing to concede that Headley might have been an agent for the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) but insisted that he had no links with the CIA or any other agency that was battling terrorism.[*]
These denials did not convince Indian intelligence or sections of the US media. It was widely believed that in the scramble to find informants in the post 9/11 phase all agencies shared their assets. It was likely that the DEA had handed Headley over to anti-terrorist agencies or the CIA. [possible due to 9/11 effect but normally these parts of the IC simply do not cooperate] [*]
Once you accepted this, then much of the Headley story made sense. Why was he allowed to travel freely between America, Pakistan and India? Surely, immigration officials at US airports — always ready to closely question anyone of Pakistani origin — would have wondered why a convicted drug smuggler was travelling so frequently to the drug haven of Pakistan. [because Americans may travel where ever they wish] [it’s not a big mystery why he was able to travel—who paid for it is an interesting question, however] [*]
Indian intelligence suspected that Headley was an American agent who had infiltrated terrorist networks at the behest of the CIA or one of its sister organisations. They pointed out that the Americans had passed on general information about the possibility of a terrorist attack on Bombay. Some of this information probably came from Headley. It seemed likely that the US was caught in the traditional intelligence dilemma. [again, it’s possible] [*]Did it pass on everything it knew about the plot to India and thereby blow its agent’s cover? Or did it keep quiet to protect Headley?
In the end, it appears to have taken a middle path. It passed on enough information to say that it had provided a warning but avoided handing over anything specific enough to finger Headley as the source.
What happened next is the subject of some dispute. The semi-official Indian intelligence view is that Headley probably went rogue, began sympathising with the terrorists he had infiltrated and was then busted by the Americans. [certainly a possibility] [*]A minority view within the intelligence community is that he remained an American agent all through and that the US only pulled him in when it seemed likely that he would be exposed. And then, of course, there is the US view that he was a possible drug informant who joined terrorists of his own volition and was then trapped by American investigators.
For several months, while such speculation raged, unchecked, the US refused to allow India any access to Headley. Indian intelligence believed that there were many reasons for this delay. The Americans were tutoring Headley in what to reveal and what to hide. They were rolling up other intelligence assets that could be compromised by an interrogation of Headley and so on.
In recent weeks, two new episodes have offered interesting twists in the saga. The report of Headley’s Indian interrogators (who were finally granted access by the Americans) was leaked to Britain’s The Guardian. That report suggests that 26/11 was an ISI operation almost from start to finish.
If Headley is telling the truth, then this raises important questions. How serious is Pakistan about peace with India if its own intelligence agency plans terrorist attacks in our country?
If the Americans are aware — because of Headley — of the extent of ISI’s involvement in terrorism, then how can they continue cooperating with this agency as part of their so-called war against terror? [because the Americans balance many things at once] [*]How can Hillary Clinton call Pakistan a strong ally in the fight against terrorism as she did on Friday? And if they do know of Pakistan’s role in officially-sponsored terrorism in India, how can they urge us to push for peace? Do we ask them to kiss and make up with Osama bin Laden?
Another equally gripping episode has featured two of Headley’s ex-wives. Both of them, it now turns out, approached American authorities and warned them about Headley’s links with terrorist organisations. Given America’s paranoia on the subject, given that there were witnesses and given that immigration computers would have revealed Headley’s frequent travels to Pakistan, you would have expected the US to pick Headley up for questioning — at the very least. [sadly, sometime the bureaucracy simply screws up despite lots of warning] [not to pile on American presidents but the 9/11 warnings had been coming for years] [Bush even criticized Clinton for not doing enough in response to al Qaeda then spent the first 9 months—until 9/11—doing little about al Qaeda, despite incredible warnings] [and Clinton muffed similar warnings—Tenet declared war on al Qaeda in CIA on late 1998 but little happened] [**]
Instead, US authorities did nothing. One of the ex-wives says they told her to get lost.
Such indifference to serious allegations of terrorism can only mean one thing: they already knew.
They knew that Headley was an American agent who was consorting with terrorists at the behest of Washington or Langley. It was his job to infiltrate terrorist organisations.
Given all this evidence, I don’t think anyone can seriously dispute any longer that Headley was an American agent though we can argue about whether he went rogue or whether he continued to work for the US. [it seems evident one or more US bureacracies were running Headly and he out maneuvered them] [to say he was an American agent, in my view, wrongly attributes competency in the federal government that is often missing] [*]
This, by itself, is no big deal. Of course the Americans have placed agents within terrorist organisations. But here’s what’s important: the US probably knew much more about 26/11 than it was willing to let on. Even today, it knows how deeply the ISI is involved in sponsoring terrorism. But as long as the terrorism is directed towards India and not the West, it does not mind so much. The CIA continues to work closely with ISI and two days ago Washington gave Pakistan another $2 billion to buy weapons. [I suspect that’s true] [they, as so many other times, were frantically attempting to put pieces together and didn’t] [but even by author’s admission they warned India, which is better than sitting on it] [*]
So, finally, let’s never forget the biggest lesson from this saga. When it comes to the battle against terrorism, India has no allies. We are on our own. [that was the author’s thesis] [so India ought to be able to shoot Muslims (India has Muslim minority of some 13-14 % and it treats them even worse than US treats its Muslim minority)] [*]
The views expressed by the author are personal
http://www.hindustantimes.com/StoryPage/Print/617045.aspx
© Copyright 2009 Hindustan Times

Why is Saudi Arabia stockpiling US weapons?

http://www.globalpost.com/dispatch/saudi-arabia/101022/why-saudi-arabia-stockpiling-us-weapons
Global Post
[I really don’t know this publication?] [Accessed 10/24/10 9:31:26 AM] [I found a teaser on Real Clear Politics, RSS feed] [*]
Why is Saudi Arabia stockpiling US weapons?
By Caryle Murphy
Created October 23, 2010 08:36
Subhead:
Saudi Arabia and US cement partnership with massive arms deal.
Byline:
Caryle Murphy [oped-like piece] [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [residuals from previous . . . ] [US-Saudi relations] [arms sales as instrument of USFP] [but arms sales make other allies—read the Israelis—understandably nervous] [use psci 355, 455, 469] [this dynamic dates back to Reagan’s attempt to sale Saudis (perhaps even earlier?)] [President HW Bush (Bush41) also took on Israel lobbies, threatened to cut off loan guarantees] [followup] [see September 17 and since?] [*]
RIYADH, Saudi Arabia – The bountiful package of high-end fighter jets, helicopters, radar and missiles that Washington has agreed to sell Saudi Arabia is the strongest signal yet that the two countries have recovered from the their post-9/11 meltdown in bilateral relations. [*]
The arms deal, which President Barack Obama's administration officially unveiled this week to Congress, could potentially bring the U.S. defense industry $60 billion

http://www.globalpost.com/dispatch/saudi-arabia/101022/why-saudi-arabia-stockpiling-us-weapons
Global Post
[I really don’t know this publication?] [Accessed 10/24/10 9:31:26 AM] [I found a teaser on Real Clear Politics, RSS feed] [*]
Why is Saudi Arabia stockpiling US weapons?
By Caryle Murphy
Created October 23, 2010 08:36
Subhead:
Saudi Arabia and US cement partnership with massive arms deal.
Byline:
Caryle Murphy [oped-like piece] [Obama white house] [111th congress, 2nd session] [residuals from previous . . . ] [US-Saudi relations] [arms sales as instrument of USFP] [but arms sales make other allies—read the Israelis—understandably nervous] [use psci 355, 455, 469] [this dynamic dates back to Reagan’s attempt to sale Saudis (perhaps even earlier?)] [President HW Bush (Bush41) also took on Israel lobbies, threatened to cut off loan guarantees] [followup] [see September 17 and since?] [*]
RIYADH, Saudi Arabia – The bountiful package of high-end fighter jets, helicopters, radar and missiles that Washington has agreed to sell Saudi Arabia is the strongest signal yet that the two countries have recovered from the their post-9/11 meltdown in bilateral relations. [*]
The arms deal, which President Barack Obama's administration officially unveiled this week to Congress, could potentially bring the U.S. defense industry $60 billion over a decade or more, making it one of the single largest U.S. weapons sales ever.
If Congress does not block the sale – which administration officials said they do not expect – it will further cement the U.S.-Saudi security relationship for years to come. The kingdom will be dependent on U.S. training and maintenance for its new weapons.
The package on the table, which has been under negotiation since the Bush administration, authorizes Saudi Arabia to buy 84 new F-15 fighter jets and three types of helicopters: 70 Apaches, 72 Black Hawks and 36 Little Birds.
The deal also includes an upgrade for 70 other F-15s already in the Saudi Air Force, as well as Saudi purchases of HARM anti-radar missiles, precision-guided JDAM bombs and Hellfire missiles.
Such a deal could not have happened eight years ago, said Anwar Eshki, chairman of the Jeddah-based Middle East Center for Strategic and Legal Studies, because after the 2001 terrorist attacks on New York and Washington, “The United States suspected or believed that Saudi Arabia helped or didn’t block those events.”
However, Saudi Arabia’s subsequent stand against terrorism “enhanced the relationship again,” Eshki said. [I’m not necessarily against the package] [but the Saudi Wahhabi money and proselytizing is far more influential than the US sometimes acknowledges] [I don’t especially blame Obama since both Bush43 and Bush41 were quite close to the Saudis] [it’s become America’s “friendly royals” policy in the Arab world?] [*]
Announcing the arms package, U.S. officials stressed that it will add jobs to the ailing U.S. economy and, by signaling U.S. commitment to Saudi Arabia’s security, help deter potential Iranian aggression.
But the transfer of such state-of-the-art weaponry to Saudi Arabia is unlikely to enhance stability in the volatile Middle East or do much to keep Saudi Arabia safe from the dangers it faces, analysts said.
“The real problems in the Middle East are about domestic politics, not about international relations,” said F. Gregory Gause III, an expert in Saudi Arabia and professor of political science at the University of Vermont.
Those dangers include a paralyzed political process and potential security vacuum in Iraq, and deteriorating economic and security conditions in poverty-stricken Yemen, where a robust Al Qaeda affiliate has found safe haven.
Its long border with Yemen means that Saudi Arabia could potentially face an influx of Yemeni refugees fleeing civil strife, or a resurgence of the 2009 border conflict with Yemeni rebels that left more than 100 Saudi soldiers dead.
In addition, a continued deadlock in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict raises the eventual possibility of violent outbreaks by frustrated Palestinians in the Israeli-occupied West Bank, or another military confrontation between Israel and Lebanon-based Hezbollah.
“I just got back four days ago from the West Bank,” said Washington-based Mark Perry, an independent military and foreign policy analyst. “It’s dark and gloomy and volatile and it’s very worrisome … The potential for violence is incredible, especially in East Jerusalem and Hebron.”
All these situations degrade the security environment of Saudi Arabia, but are unlikely to be impacted by the proposed arms deal.
“I don’t think that these weapons are going to protect Saudi Arabia from the real threats it faces in the region,” said Gause.
Moreover, the arms package is “not even that useful in balancing Iran militarily” because Iran is capitalizing on its political relationships with Hezbollah, Hamas and Iraq’s leadership, Gause added. “That’s how they’re spreading their influence in the region.”
However, “if there is one strategic reason to be in favor of this arms sale, it’s our leverage in a proliferation situation,” said Gause.
“If the Iranians do obtain a nuclear capability, Saudi Arabia will face a choice: Do we get one or not?” he explained. The proposed arms deal may make the Saudis more “comfortable with the American security guarantee” and thus give the United States “some leverage, some credibility” when attempting to dissuade Riyadh from going down the same nuclear route as Iran, he added.
Amman-based Mouin Rabbani, an independent writer and analyst specializing in Palestinian affairs, said he sees the arms deal as a way of “solidifying the strategic alliance between the United States and Saudi Arabia” with the “underlying message” that “Iran won’t be able to attack Saudi Arabia without eliciting an American response.”
But Rabbani does not see the arms deal itself fulfilling Saudi defense needs. “I think with all due respect that the people who try to understand the arms purchase on the basis of Saudi military needs fundamentally misunderstand” the situation, he said. “Any military objective is entirely secondary. What this is really about is ... to buy regime security …. Military acquisitions are an important [way of] petrodollar recycling.”
Jeddah-based analyst Eshki said that Saudis are struck by the fact that, unlike in the past, Israel is not objecting to the proposed arms package.
Perhaps, he said, this is “because Israel has two enemies – a wise enemy and a lunatic enemy.”
Since the arms are being sold to Saudi Arabia and not Iran, he added, the Israelis “can accept” the deal.
Copyright 2010 GlobalPost – International News

Smoke and Mirrors in Kabul

http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2010/10/22/smoke_and_mirrors_in_kabul
Foreign Policy
[10/24/10 9:30 AM] [*]
Smoke and Mirrors in Kabul
Don't believe the hype about reconciliation talks between the Afghan government and the Taliban -- this war isn't even close to over.
BY ANDREW EXUM | OCTOBER 22, 2010 [oped-like piece] [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [use psci 469] [levels of distrust continues between the Americans and Karzai govt] [various tracks ongoing for reconciliation—rather similar to reconciliation in Iraq] [followup] [Exum’s take on COIN to date???] [*]
For the past two weeks, reputable U.S. and British newspapers have been filled with articles touting progress in negotiations between the government in Kabul and Afghanistan's major insurgent groups. On Oct. 20, for example, the New York Times reported that Afghan reconciliation talks "involve extensive, face-to-face discussions with Taliban commanders from the highest levels of the group's leadership." These articles have been accompanied by optimistic reports that the United States and its NATO allies have decimated the Taliban's leadership in southern Afghanistan. [indeed, I have begun likening the “reconciliation” feelers to what happened in Iraq in 2006-07] [*]
As someone who has fought in Afghanistan on two occasions and served briefly as a

http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2010/10/22/smoke_and_mirrors_in_kabul
Foreign Policy
[10/24/10 9:30 AM] [*]
Smoke and Mirrors in Kabul
Don't believe the hype about reconciliation talks between the Afghan government and the Taliban -- this war isn't even close to over.
BY ANDREW EXUM | OCTOBER 22, 2010 [oped-like piece] [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [use psci 469] [levels of distrust continues between the Americans and Karzai govt] [various tracks ongoing for reconciliation—rather similar to reconciliation in Iraq] [followup] [Exum’s take on COIN to date???] [*]
For the past two weeks, reputable U.S. and British newspapers have been filled with articles touting progress in negotiations between the government in Kabul and Afghanistan's major insurgent groups. On Oct. 20, for example, the New York Times reported that Afghan reconciliation talks "involve extensive, face-to-face discussions with Taliban commanders from the highest levels of the group's leadership." These articles have been accompanied by optimistic reports that the United States and its NATO allies have decimated the Taliban's leadership in southern Afghanistan. [indeed, I have begun likening the “reconciliation” feelers to what happened in Iraq in 2006-07] [*]
As someone who has fought in Afghanistan on two occasions and served briefly as a civilian advisor to the NATO command group there in 2009, I hope the reports are true. The idea that an end to the fighting in Afghanistan and the involvement of the 100,000 U.S. troops in the country might be just around the corner is seductive. However, there is good reason to be skeptical of the reporting coming out of Kabul and Washington.
Civil wars and insurgencies such as the one in Afghanistan usually end through some kind of negotiated settlement between the antagonists. The United States' war-weary public is clearly eager to bring the majority of U.S. troops home, and the NATO command in Afghanistan has prioritized reconciliation just as much as fighting the Taliban and training the Afghan national security forces. Much time has been spent determining both the red lines of NATO and its Afghan partners and those areas in which they could compromise with the insurgent groups.
But Afghans are perfectly comfortable talking while still fighting. So too, at least in practice, are the United States and its allies: In insurgencies from Vietnam to Northern Ireland, we have negotiated with insurgents while combat operations were ongoing. [*]In the American public's mind, however, wars take place sequentially: First, you fight; second, you negotiate a settlement. The word "negotiations" conjures up hopes for an end to the conflict in the minds of Americans and other Westerners -- when all that really might be occurring is another round of jockeying for position between Afghanistan's warring political forces.
U.S. President Barack Obama, who carried out an otherwise responsible review of U.S. strategy in Afghanistan in the fall of 2009, blundered when he publicly announced that the United States would begin a withdrawal from Afghanistan in July 2011. Within the ranks of Afghanistan's insurgent groups and even among our allies and the civilians in the country, this date was interpreted to mean that a total withdrawal of U.S. and allied forces was imminent. [it certainly looks that way in retrospect] [I thought he was trying to push Karzai and Afghan into serious reform at the time] [given what we know about Vietnam’s failures, it seemed a reasonable risk but is hasn’t gone well, that’s for sure] [*] No insurgent group, to paraphrase defense analyst Stephen Biddle, was about to accept a loaf of bread when the bakery was on offer. Why would the Taliban and other insurgent groups negotiate when the United States was on its way out already?
The problem of Afghanistan's varied insurgent groups also complicates reconciliation talks. Of the three principal insurgent groups, only Gulbuddin Hekmatyar's Hezb-i-Islami Gulbuddin (HIG) might be considered ripe for any kind of reconciliation with the government in Kabul. But the HIG is arguably the least significant of the major insurgent groups, [agreed] [*]and even then, Gulbuddin himself would not likely be allowed to play a role in an Afghan government.
Of the other two groups, the Haqqani network, under the leadership of Sirajuddin Siraj Haqqani, maintains strong ties to al Qaeda and is considered more or less irreconcilable, while the Quetta Shura Taliban is thought to be reconcilable only if Mullah Mohammed Omar himself approves of the reconciliation process. The insurgents in Afghanistan are no more unitary an actor than the Afghan government or the NATO coalition, further complicating negotiations.

All that, to make matters worse, assumes the insurgent groups are independent actors. The reality, though, is that negotiations between the insurgent groups and the government in Kabul will only go so far as the Pakistani security services allow. [I think Obama’s deadline was supposed to affect them too but they called his bluff] [*] Some Western analysts took heart in Pakistan's decision in February to arrest Taliban leader Mullah Abdul Ghani Baradar. At the time, however, the arrest of Mullah Baradar, who was in negotiations with the government in Kabul, was interpreted by the Taliban rank and file to be a stark warning to those who would negotiate without the permission of the Pakistani government, under whose patronage and protection the Taliban has operated east of the Durand Line since 2005. Today it is widely accepted that this was indeed the case and that Pakistan deliberately thwarted negotiations between the Quetta Shura Taliban and the government in Kabul to serve its own parochial interests. Since that event, there is no sign that Pakistan's powerful military has taken a softer line on negotiations between the Taliban and the government in Kabul.
Finally, if one surveys the history of civil wars and insurgencies, the evidence for negotiations leading to a more secure environment -- without robust security operations first setting the conditions for those negotiations -- is weak. [*]The way the U.S. military established control over the population in Baghdad in 2007, by contrast, contributed to an environment that not only led formerly malign Sunni insurgents to join local security forces, but also provided time and space for a more peaceful political process to move forward.
But here a sliver of hope remains. Although the reporting of how the United States and its allies have "routed" the Taliban in southern Afghanistan has been very thinly sourced, it is clear the U.S. military has been attempting, in Afghanistan, to replicate the success it had in Iraq in 2007 -- destroying the mid-level operational leadership of the insurgent groups, which in turn collapsed the networks and rendered them ineffective.
However, very little of what is taking place in southern Afghanistan can be known with any certainty. Journalists have been denied access to ongoing military operations and, though it is believed that the U.S. military and its allies have indeed been degrading the Taliban and its ability to reconstitute its organization once the fighting season resumes in the spring, questions remain: Did the U.S. military wait until too late in the fighting season to inflict serious damage on the Taliban before its fighters withdrew for the winter? Is the current drop in insurgent attacks any different from the normal seasonal drop in attacks that precedes the onset of winter? Is the degradation of the Taliban's organization forcing it to the negotiation table? And has the Taliban realized that the United States is not, in fact, leaving in July 2011? [I agree] [I think the euphoria in recent days might be similar to the early reports in Marja-Helmad: the Taliban has melted into the landscape] [they will come back when the timing is right for the Taliban] [*]
It might be quite some time before we know the answers to these questions. For now, though, we can be sure of one thing: The two hopeful front-page articles in the New York Times this week relied heavily, almost exclusively, on sources within the International Security Assistance Force command in Kabul. Both articles suggest that the ability of Gen. David Petraeus, the top NATO commander in Afghanistan, to deliver the message he wants via the U.S. media has followed him intact from Iraq. It is still unclear whether the United States and its allies have managed to capture momentum in Afghanistan. In Washington, however, this narrative already appears to have won the day.
Save big when you subscribe to FP.
SHAH MARAI/AFP/Getty Images
Andrew Exum led a light infantry platoon in Afghanistan in 2002 and returned leading a platoon of Army Rangers in 2004. He served as an advisor to Gen. Stanley McChrystal's Initial Assessment Team in 2009 and is a fellow at the Center for a New American Security.

Smoke and Mirrors in Kabul

http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2010/10/22/smoke_and_mirrors_in_kabul
Foreign Policy
[10/24/10 9:30 AM] [*]
Smoke and Mirrors in Kabul
Don't believe the hype about reconciliation talks between the Afghan government and the Taliban -- this war isn't even close to over.
BY ANDREW EXUM | OCTOBER 22, 2010 [oped-like piece] [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [use psci 469] [levels of distrust continues between the Americans and Karzai govt] [various tracks ongoing for reconciliation—rather similar to reconciliation in Iraq] [followup] [Exum’s take on COIN to date???] [*]
For the past two weeks, reputable U.S. and British newspapers have been filled with articles touting progress in negotiations between the government in Kabul and Afghanistan's major insurgent groups. On Oct. 20, for example, the New York Times reported that Afghan reconciliation talks "involve extensive, face-to-face discussions with Taliban commanders from the highest levels of the group's leadership." These articles have been accompanied by optimistic reports that the United States and its NATO allies have decimated the Taliban's leadership in southern Afghanistan. [indeed, I have begun likening the “reconciliation” feelers to what happened in Iraq in 2006-07] [*]
As someone who has fought in Afghanistan on two occasions and served briefly as a

http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2010/10/22/smoke_and_mirrors_in_kabul
Foreign Policy
[10/24/10 9:30 AM] [*]
Smoke and Mirrors in Kabul
Don't believe the hype about reconciliation talks between the Afghan government and the Taliban -- this war isn't even close to over.
BY ANDREW EXUM | OCTOBER 22, 2010 [oped-like piece] [Afghanistan] [AfPak] [even as US commits much money and support to Pakistan’s govt] [Obama’s “surge” continues] [followup] [use psci 469] [levels of distrust continues between the Americans and Karzai govt] [various tracks ongoing for reconciliation—rather similar to reconciliation in Iraq] [followup] [Exum’s take on COIN to date???] [*]
For the past two weeks, reputable U.S. and British newspapers have been filled with articles touting progress in negotiations between the government in Kabul and Afghanistan's major insurgent groups. On Oct. 20, for example, the New York Times reported that Afghan reconciliation talks "involve extensive, face-to-face discussions with Taliban commanders from the highest levels of the group's leadership." These articles have been accompanied by optimistic reports that the United States and its NATO allies have decimated the Taliban's leadership in southern Afghanistan. [indeed, I have begun likening the “reconciliation” feelers to what happened in Iraq in 2006-07] [*]
As someone who has fought in Afghanistan on two occasions and served briefly as a civilian advisor to the NATO command group there in 2009, I hope the reports are true. The idea that an end to the fighting in Afghanistan and the involvement of the 100,000 U.S. troops in the country might be just around the corner is seductive. However, there is good reason to be skeptical of the reporting coming out of Kabul and Washington.
Civil wars and insurgencies such as the one in Afghanistan usually end through some kind of negotiated settlement between the antagonists. The United States' war-weary public is clearly eager to bring the majority of U.S. troops home, and the NATO command in Afghanistan has prioritized reconciliation just as much as fighting the Taliban and training the Afghan national security forces. Much time has been spent determining both the red lines of NATO and its Afghan partners and those areas in which they could compromise with the insurgent groups.
But Afghans are perfectly comfortable talking while still fighting. So too, at least in practice, are the United States and its allies: In insurgencies from Vietnam to Northern Ireland, we have negotiated with insurgents while combat operations were ongoing. [*]In the American public's mind, however, wars take place sequentially: First, you fight; second, you negotiate a settlement. The word "negotiations" conjures up hopes for an end to the conflict in the minds of Americans and other Westerners -- when all that really might be occurring is another round of jockeying for position between Afghanistan's warring political forces.
U.S. President Barack Obama, who carried out an otherwise responsible review of U.S. strategy in Afghanistan in the fall of 2009, blundered when he publicly announced that the United States would begin a withdrawal from Afghanistan in July 2011. Within the ranks of Afghanistan's insurgent groups and even among our allies and the civilians in the country, this date was interpreted to mean that a total withdrawal of U.S. and allied forces was imminent. [it certainly looks that way in retrospect] [I thought he was trying to push Karzai and Afghan into serious reform at the time] [given what we know about Vietnam’s failures, it seemed a reasonable risk but is hasn’t gone well, that’s for sure] [*] No insurgent group, to paraphrase defense analyst Stephen Biddle, was about to accept a loaf of bread when the bakery was on offer. Why would the Taliban and other insurgent groups negotiate when the United States was on its way out already?
The problem of Afghanistan's varied insurgent groups also complicates reconciliation talks. Of the three principal insurgent groups, only Gulbuddin Hekmatyar's Hezb-i-Islami Gulbuddin (HIG) might be considered ripe for any kind of reconciliation with the government in Kabul. But the HIG is arguably the least significant of the major insurgent groups, [agreed] [*]and even then, Gulbuddin himself would not likely be allowed to play a role in an Afghan government.
Of the other two groups, the Haqqani network, under the leadership of Sirajuddin Siraj Haqqani, maintains strong ties to al Qaeda and is considered more or less irreconcilable, while the Quetta Shura Taliban is thought to be reconcilable only if Mullah Mohammed Omar himself approves of the reconciliation process. The insurgents in Afghanistan are no more unitary an actor than the Afghan government or the NATO coalition, further complicating negotiations.

All that, to make matters worse, assumes the insurgent groups are independent actors. The reality, though, is that negotiations between the insurgent groups and the government in Kabul will only go so far as the Pakistani security services allow. [I think Obama’s deadline was supposed to affect them too but they called his bluff] [*] Some Western analysts took heart in Pakistan's decision in February to arrest Taliban leader Mullah Abdul Ghani Baradar. At the time, however, the arrest of Mullah Baradar, who was in negotiations with the government in Kabul, was interpreted by the Taliban rank and file to be a stark warning to those who would negotiate without the permission of the Pakistani government, under whose patronage and protection the Taliban has operated east of the Durand Line since 2005. Today it is widely accepted that this was indeed the case and that Pakistan deliberately thwarted negotiations between the Quetta Shura Taliban and the government in Kabul to serve its own parochial interests. Since that event, there is no sign that Pakistan's powerful military has taken a softer line on negotiations between the Taliban and the government in Kabul.
Finally, if one surveys the history of civil wars and insurgencies, the evidence for negotiations leading to a more secure environment -- without robust security operations first setting the conditions for those negotiations -- is weak. [*]The way the U.S. military established control over the population in Baghdad in 2007, by contrast, contributed to an environment that not only led formerly malign Sunni insurgents to join local security forces, but also provided time and space for a more peaceful political process to move forward.
But here a sliver of hope remains. Although the reporting of how the United States and its allies have "routed" the Taliban in southern Afghanistan has been very thinly sourced, it is clear the U.S. military has been attempting, in Afghanistan, to replicate the success it had in Iraq in 2007 -- destroying the mid-level operational leadership of the insurgent groups, which in turn collapsed the networks and rendered them ineffective.
However, very little of what is taking place in southern Afghanistan can be known with any certainty. Journalists have been denied access to ongoing military operations and, though it is believed that the U.S. military and its allies have indeed been degrading the Taliban and its ability to reconstitute its organization once the fighting season resumes in the spring, questions remain: Did the U.S. military wait until too late in the fighting season to inflict serious damage on the Taliban before its fighters withdrew for the winter? Is the current drop in insurgent attacks any different from the normal seasonal drop in attacks that precedes the onset of winter? Is the degradation of the Taliban's organization forcing it to the negotiation table? And has the Taliban realized that the United States is not, in fact, leaving in July 2011? [I agree] [I think the euphoria in recent days might be similar to the early reports in Marja-Helmad: the Taliban has melted into the landscape] [they will come back when the timing is right for the Taliban] [*]
It might be quite some time before we know the answers to these questions. For now, though, we can be sure of one thing: The two hopeful front-page articles in the New York Times this week relied heavily, almost exclusively, on sources within the International Security Assistance Force command in Kabul. Both articles suggest that the ability of Gen. David Petraeus, the top NATO commander in Afghanistan, to deliver the message he wants via the U.S. media has followed him intact from Iraq. It is still unclear whether the United States and its allies have managed to capture momentum in Afghanistan. In Washington, however, this narrative already appears to have won the day.
Save big when you subscribe to FP.
SHAH MARAI/AFP/Getty Images
Andrew Exum led a light infantry platoon in Afghanistan in 2002 and returned leading a platoon of Army Rangers in 2004. He served as an advisor to Gen. Stanley McChrystal's Initial Assessment Team in 2009 and is a fellow at the Center for a New American Security.

The Global Poverty Paradox

http://www.commentarymagazine.com/viewarticle.cfm/the-global-poverty-paradox-15533
The Global Poverty Paradox
Nicholas N. Eberstadt From issue: October 2010 [oped-like piece from commentary magazine] [global economic meltdown occurred dramatically in 2008] [poverty] [the Global South versus the global north] [poverty paradox: why more income equality is not just around the corner] [when this sets in, consternation?] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469, etc] [*]
For a brief, glorious, and unforgettable moment 20 years ago, it seemed as if a great and terrible question that had been perennially stalking humanity had finally been answered. That profound question was as old as human hope itself: could ordinary men and women, regardless of their location on this earth or their station in this life, hope that deliberate social arrangements could provide them—and their descendants thereafter—with permanent and universal protection against the grinding poverty and material misery that had been the human lot ever since

http://www.commentarymagazine.com/viewarticle.cfm/the-global-poverty-paradox-15533
The Global Poverty Paradox
Nicholas N. Eberstadt From issue: October 2010 [oped-like piece from commentary magazine] [global economic meltdown occurred dramatically in 2008] [poverty] [the Global South versus the global north] [poverty paradox: why more income equality is not just around the corner] [when this sets in, consternation?] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469, etc] [*]
For a brief, glorious, and unforgettable moment 20 years ago, it seemed as if a great and terrible question that had been perennially stalking humanity had finally been answered. That profound question was as old as human hope itself: could ordinary men and women, regardless of their location on this earth or their station in this life, hope that deliberate social arrangements could provide them—and their descendants thereafter—with permanent and universal protection against the grinding poverty and material misery that had been the human lot ever since memory began? For those exhilarating few years back in the 1990s, it seemed to many of us that the 20th century had indeed answered this age-old question: decisively, successfully, and conclusively.
Brute facts, after all, had demonstrated beyond controversy that human beings the world over could now indeed create sustained explosions of mass prosperity—rather than temporary and transient windfalls—that would utterly transform the human material condition, relegating the traditional conception of desperate want from a daily personal concern to an almost abstract textbook curiosity.
According to estimates by the late economic historian Angus Maddison, the world’s average per capita output quadrupled between 1900 and 1989/91, with even greater income surges registered in the collectivity of Western societies where the process of modern economic growth had commenced.1 Membership in this “Western” club, though, manifestly did not require European background or heritage, for the Asian nations of Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan had come to embrace political and economic arrangements similar to those pioneered in Western Europe and its overseas offshoots, and had in fact enjoyed some of the century’s fastest rates of long-term income growth.
The formula for generating steady improvements in living standards for a diversity of human populations, in short, had been solidly established. The matter at hand was now to extend that formula to the reaches of the earth where it could not yet be exercised—most obviously at that time for political reasons, given the fact that nearly a third of the world’s peoples were still living under Communist regimes in the late 1980s. [but wait, argues the author; not so fast] [*]
By the early 1990s, with the final failure of the Soviet project and the widely heralded idea of the “End of History,” it suddenly seemed as if the liberal political ideals that promoted the spread of the Western growth formula would no longer encounter much organized global resistance. It now seemed only a matter of time until every part of the world could join in a newly possible economic race to the top. Prosperity for all—everywhere—no longer sounded like merely a prayer. Quite the contrary: the end of global poverty was increasingly taken to be something much more like a feasible long-term-action agenda.
Alas, in the years since, new brute facts have asserted themselves, while other awkward facts of somewhat older vintage have reasserted themselves, demanding renewed attention. All too many contemporary locales have managed to “achieve” records of long-term economic failure in our modern era. The plain and unavoidable truth is that countries with hundreds of millions of inhabitants today are not simply falling behind in a global march toward ever-greater prosperity: they are positively heading in the wrong direction, spiraling down on their own distinct, but commonly dismal, paths of severe, prolonged, and tragic retrogression. [a main thesis] [*]
Haiti is a particularly awful case in point.
_____________
The Case of Haiti
Conditions of life in Haiti, wretched for most Haitians even in the best of times, took a sharp turn for the worse earlier this year, when an earthquake measuring 7.0 on the Richter scale struck not far from the capital of Port-au-Prince. The resultant carnage was heartrending; the chaos, stomach-churning. At this writing, the official estimate of the death toll from the disaster has risen above 200,000—although it is a telling sign of Haiti’s sheer underdevelopment that an exact death count from the earthquake and its aftermath is regarded by foreign relief workers on the scene as an utterly unrealistic proposition.
Yet there was absolutely nothing “natural” about the human cost of this natural disaster. Massive earthquakes do not always unfold as calamities of biblical proportions, even when they are visited on major urban population centers. In October 1989, a massive earthquake suddenly struck the Bay Area of California. In sheer magnitude, that earthquake was almost as violent as Haiti’s (6.9 vs. 7.0); its epicenter was roughly as far from downtown San Jose as Haiti’s was from central Port-au-Prince. The final death toll in the Bay Area tragedy: 63 lives.
At first glance, such wildly disparate death counts in the face of arguably comparable natural calamities may seem to serve as a grim metaphor for the seemingly perennial yawning gap that separates life chances in rich and poor regions today. In reality, however, the backstory is still sadder than these raw numbers might of themselves suggest: for the awful fact of the matter is that the United States and Haiti are societies whose capabilities for meeting human needs (and protecting human beings) have been moving in fundamentally different directions for decades.
A society’s material capabilities for meeting human needs are very broadly indicated by its levels and trends in per capita output (GDP). America is not one of the modern world’s most rapidly growing economies—over the past century, in fact, per capita growth has averaged a little under 2 percent a year—but thanks to the power of compound interest, such a tempo of growth brings dramatic and salutary transformations over time, if it can be sustained. In the roughly six decades between 1950 and 2008, indeed, America’s per capita output more than tripled. But over that same half century or so, by Maddison’s reckoning, per capita output in Haiti actually declined—by more than a third.
Thanks to its prolonged economic retrogression, Haiti today is not simply immiserated; it is in fact substantially poorer than it was half a century ago. By the hardly insignificant yardstick of income levels, the country appears to be less developed now than it was two generations before. [and if nothing else, people in the US and elsewhere know the result: desperation and refugees] [**] (Appalling death tolls in the face of earthquakes, tropical storms, and other forces of nature are merely one manifestation of the more general deterioration in material capabilities for meeting human needs that are implied by such trends.)
Haiti, moreover, is only one of many countries in the modern world to have been heading down—not up—in economic terms for decades on end. Summary statistics from the World Bank and the World Trade Organization (WTO) outline the dimensions of this global problem.
By the World Bank’s calculations, nearly two dozen countries suffered negative per capita economic growth over the course of the quarter century from 1980 to 2005. [*] And the World Bank does not even attempt to estimate economic trends for a number of national problem cases—Kim Jong-il’s North Korea and Robert Mugabe’s Zimbabwe among them—where pronounced and prolonged economic decline have almost certainly taken place. When one tallies up the global totals, it would appear that close to half a billion people today live in such countries—societies beset not merely by long-term stagnation but also by a quarter century or more of absolute deterioration in income levels.
At the same time, WTO numbers point to a jarring drop in the long-term export performance of many contemporary societies. Adjusting for inflation, these WTO data suggest that more than 30 countries were actually earning in real terms less from merchandise exports in 2006 than they did in 1980, over a quarter century earlier. The picture is still worse when we take intervening population growth into account. Real per capita export revenue, measured in U.S. dollars, looks to have been lower in more than 50 countries in 2007 (the last year before the current worldwide economic crisis) than in 1980. In all, such places today account for roughly three quarters of a billion of the world’s 6.8 billion current inhabitants—about a ninth of the globe’s total population.
Thus, it is not just that an appreciable swath of humanity today lives in countries that have not yet managed to customize, and apply, the global formula for sustained growth that has been propelling the rest of the world out of poverty and into material security, or even affluence. No—hundreds of millions of people in the modern world live in places where the development process is manifestly stuck in reverse. [*]
For these hapless societies, pronounced and relentless economic failure is not an awful aberration but rather the seemingly “natural” way of things: the only way things have ever been in living memory for most locals, and most international observers. After all, the median age of the world’s present population is less than 30 years; this means that most people today can recall only long-term economic failure for these dozens of countries.
National examples of prolonged economic failure dot the modern global map: in the Caribbean (Cuba, Haiti); in Latin America (Paraguay, Venezuela); even in dynamic East Asia (North Korea). But the epicenter of prolonged economic failure is sub-Saharan Africa.
_____________
The Case of Sub-Saharan Africa
Sub-Saharan Africa comprises an extraordinary diversity of peoples, and the economic records of each of the region’s 50-plus countries is separate and distinct. Yet taken together, their overall development record in the post-colonial period has been utterly dismal. [*]
Some improvement in the region’s economic performance has been registered since the mid-1990s. Even so, according to estimates by both Angus Maddison and the World Bank, per capita income for the region as a whole was slightly lower in 2006 than it was in 1974. Much the same holds true for real per capita export earnings. According to the WTO’s numbers, Africa’s overall per capita merchandise export revenues, adjusted for inflation, showed absolutely no improvement between 1974 and 2006—and after the global economic crisis, they appear to have been around 10 percent lower in 2009 than they were in 1974.
This is very bad news for a very large number of people: as of last year, according to U.S. Census Bureau projections, sub-Saharan Africa’s population was well over 800 million people, roughly one-eighth of all human beings on earth today. [*]
The sub-Sahara is not simply an epicenter of economic failure; it is also the epicenter of a pervasive failure in what might be called human development. Poorer countries, of course, tend to suffer from poor health and education as well, and sub-Saharan Africa is by far the poorest region of the planet today. But it is not just that Africa’s health and educational profiles are much worse than for any other major region of the world; they are also markedly worse than would be predicted on the basis of the region’s woeful economic performance alone. [*]
Consider life expectancy at birth—the single best summary measure of a population’s overall health conditions. Sub-Saharan life spans today are on average roughly 10 years lower than in other countries with comparable starting points in health four decades ago and comparable income levels today. This awful result has much to do with the HIV/AIDS tragedy, which to date has been concentrated in Africa and has sent life expectancy in some sub-Saharan societies plummeting.
But analogous patterns are evident for educational attainment in the sub-Sahara—trends that cannot be traced so easily to the unpredictable outbreak of communicable pandemics. Through painstaking effort, Robert J. Barro of Harvard and Jong-Wha Lee of Korea University have compiled a database detailing changes in adult educational levels in more than 100 countries for the years 1960 to 2000.2 For the world as a whole, average years of schooling for a country’s adult population as of the year 2000 can be pretty accurately predicted by the country’s level of adult education 40 years earlier and its income level at the end of the intervening period.
Here again, sub-Saharan educational profiles in 2000 were even more modest than the region’s very low income levels would have of themselves predicted: to go by World Bank data, this “sub-Sahara effect” amounted to an average of 1.2 years of schooling forgone for each and every person 15 years of age and older. In a region where adult men and women had an average of just 3.5 years of schooling as of 2000, this would have been a far from trivial loss; on the contrary, it suggests that sub-Saharan Africans would have enjoyed fully one third more years of adult education, its low income levels notwithstanding, if only they had been living in a place more like other regions of the Third World. [*]
_____________
A Poor-Friendly Era
The problem of sustained socioeconomic retrogression is all the more dismaying, and puzzling, when one bears in mind the phenomenal explosion of prosperity that has transformed the world as a whole in the modern era—and the potentialities for material advance that are afforded even the poorest societies.
In the half century between 1955 and 2005, by Maddison’s reckoning, the planet’s per capita income levels nearly tripled, growing at an average tempo of more than 2 percent per year, despite the unprecedented pace of population increase in the Third World over those same years. The expansion of international trade—and thus by definition, of markets for export produce—was even more dramatic: on a worldwide basis, real per capita demand for international merchandise and commodities jumped almost tenfold during those same years.
Scientific and technical advances have immensely improved life prospects in the planet’s poorest and least scientifically proficient reaches. [*]Thanks largely to progress in life sciences and public-health know-how and the concomitant spread of basic education, longer lives are now possible worldwide at ever lower national-income levels. No country on earth registered a female life expectancy at birth of 65 years before the end of World War I; the first society to breach that threshold was apparently New Zealand, somewhere around 1920. Today average female life expectancy at birth for poor countries as a whole is well above 65 years. Even places like Nepal are thought to have reached this once-impossible level of life expectancy—and Nepal does this today on less than a fifth of New Zealand’s income level circa 1920.
There should be no doubt whatsoever that the health revolution facilitated by the postwar era’s knowledge explosion, and all that has accompanied it, has been fundamentally “poor-friendly.” In the early 1950s, by the estimates of the UN Population Division, life expectancy at birth was 25 years higher in the more developed regions than in the less developed regions; 50 years later—despite the AIDS catastrophe—that differential had been cut in half. By this most basic measure of all, inequality between rich and poor has by no means increased; rather, during our era of modern global economic development, it has been shrinking, progressively and dramatically.
The worldwide surge in prosperity over the past two generations has been nothing like the winner-take-all race that some insinuate it to be. The plain fact is that countries at every income level have benefited tremendously from the global economic updrafts of our modern age. World Bank estimates underscore this point. If we take high-income economies completely out of the picture, average real per capita output for the rest of the world more than tripled between 1960 and 2006. (By Maddison’s calculations, incidentally, per capita incomes in Brazil, Mexico, and Turkey are higher than they were in Scandinavia and the Netherlands in the early 1950s.)[*]
For the “low middle income economies” (countries including China, Egypt, India, and the Philippines), estimated per capita incomes rose more than fivefold. And even for the “low income economies” as a whole—the 1.3 billion people in the world’s poorest contemporary societies—per capita output is thought to have risen by almost 150 percent over those same years.
Salutary political changes—including what the late Samuel Huntington termed “waves of democratization”—have swept through the less developed regions over the past two generations. But First World levels of institutional and administrative acumen are by no means necessary for sustained economic growth in poor countries today. In fact, the political and policy prerequisites for eliciting enormous improvements in local incomes may be less exacting in our modern era than ever before. [*]
A few examples will suffice to make this point. Take Bangladesh, a country widely written off as a hopeless basket case at its independence in 1971.Political stability has not exactly been Bangladesh’s
métier: over the past four decades, the country has experienced dozens of attempted political coups, three of which overturned the seated government. Bangladesh still does not qualify as an open society or a full-fledged democracy; Freedom House, for example, rated the country as only “partly free” earlier this year. Yet despite all this, per capita output in Bangladesh has roughly doubled since the early 1970s, according to both Maddison and the World Bank’s World Development Indicators (WDI).
The case of the Dominican Republic may be even more instructive. In 1961, the country’s longtime dictator, Rafael Trujillo, was assassinated. A period of political instability ensued; in 1965, U.S. troops had to occupy that country for a year to restore order. In the decades that followed, the country’s “economic climate” might at best be described as mediocre: the country ranked 99th on the 2009 Corruption Perceptions Index, and 100th on the Fraser Institute’s 2009 Index of Economic Freedom. Yet over the four decades between 1965 and 2005, per capita income in the Dominican Republic more than tripled, increasing over these years at an average pace of almost 3 percent per annum. Between the early 1960s and the early 2000s, moreover, overall life expectancy in the Dominican Republic jumped by nearly two decades: today, according to the U.S. Census Bureau, it stands at 74 years—just four years behind that found in the United States.
The Dominican Republic’s progress in economic development is noteworthy in its own right—but it is all the more striking when juxtaposed against the gruesome and prolonged developmental failure still underway in Haiti. The two countries, of course, share the Caribbean island of Hispaniola.
So, given the pervasive scope and scale of worldwide economic advance in our age—and the apparently increasing ease of achieving sustained economic progress, even for populations at the lowest levels of material attainment—how are we to explain, and deal with, the phenomenon of persisting socioeconomic failure in Haiti and dozens of other contemporary societies? How have these places managed to avoid self-enrichment, given the apparently increasing worldwide odds against such an outcome? And what can be done to end the syndrome of developmental decline on the lands that have been subject to it?
One diagnosis, [*]insistently tendered in some parts of the academy and the international community, pegs the problem as a sheer insufficiency of foreign aid; the correlative prescription from these quarters—a lot more of it. Currently, the most vocal and articulate advocates of this point of view are Jeffrey Sachs of Columbia University and the United Nation’s Millennium Development Goals (MDG) project. [Jeffery Sachs, of “Robbin Hoods” fame] [*]The MDG project avers that the primary impediment to more rapid progress against poverty in low-income countries nowadays is the lack of funding for practical, tested programs, and policy measures that would reliably and predictably raise living standards in the world where they are lowest today. Sachs and the UN’s MDG apparatus consequently urge an immediate doubling of official Western-aid transfers to low-income areas and offer a detailed array of plans for absorbing these proposed additional flows (which are envisioned at almost $190 billion a year above “baseline” levels by the year 2015).3
The trouble with this narrative is that foreign aid is not exactly an untested remedy for global poverty in our day and age. To go by figures from the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, total flows of development assistance to recipient countries since 1960, after adjusting for inflation, by now add up to something like $3 trillion.
Now, in some places and times, international aid appears not only to have enhanced material advance but also to have promoted the transition to self-sustaining growth (i.e., growth without aid). Aid transfers seem to have been most productive in the hands of governments that supported economically productive policies and practices. But foreign aid quite clearly is neither necessary nor sufficient to elicit growth and development in our modern era—nor is it even capable of preventing long-term economic retrogression in recipient states. [which turns “rapid capital accumulation” on its head?] [*] In today’s dollars, Haiti has received more than $10 billion since 1960 in official development assistance alone (and vastly more if private aid, humanitarian assistance, and security assistance are taken into account). On a per capita basis, this works out to more than four times as much assistance per capita as Western European populations received during the Marshall Plan era. Yet Haiti’s per capita income, according to Maddison, was less than two-thirds as high in 2008 as it had been in 1960.
Similarly, since 1970, sub-Saharan African states have taken in the current equivalent of more than $600 billion of official development assistance—over three times as much aid on a per capita basis as Marshall Plan states received. As we know all too well, these subventions neither forestalled long-term economic decline for the region as a whole nor prevented the rise of poverty in many “beneficiary” states in the sub-Sahara.
How does one account for these inconvenient facts? Evidently, by ignoring them. To make their case for aid as the necessary remedy for contemporary global poverty, proponents of the Sachs-MDG plan are willing to undertake breathtaking, even patently absurd, intellectual contortions. Thus the plan’s overview document asserts, without any hint of irony, that “many well-governed countries [today] are too poor to help themselves.”4 Social-science and policy-research literature, to be sure, has committed a fair share of howlers during the past century, but this may be the single most empirically challenged sentence of the new millennium. [*]
The too-little-aid theory in essence attempts to explain—or blame—the prolonged economic failure of large portions of the modern world on external factors (in this case, the stinginess of affluent Western populations). [the dependency theory backlash, among others] [*]A much more plausible explanation, however, relates to domestic factors within the countries and societies in question. Perhaps most important, these concern the deep, complex, historically rooted, and interconnected issues of “culture” on the one hand and what is now called “governance” on the other. [in a way he’s making the same old Rostow argument: it must be internal factors] [*]
_____________
Culture andGovernance
The proposition that a local population’s viewpoints, values, and dispositions might have some bearing on local economic performance would hardly seem to be controversial. Decades ago, the great development economist Peter Bauer wrote that “economic achievement depends upon a people’s attributes, attitudes, mores and political arrangements.” The observation was offered as a simple and irrefutable statement of fact, and it would still be unobjectionable today to most readers who have not been tutored in contemporary “development theory.” But for development specialists, discussion of “culture”—much less its relationship to such things as work, thrift, savings, entrepreneurship, innovation, educational attainment, and other qualities that influence prospects for material advance—is increasingly off-limits. [*]
In the erudite reaches of development policy, indeed, discussion of such matters at all is often regarded as poor form at best—and at worst is taken to smack of condescension, paternalism, or even latent prejudice. Paul Collier’s bestselling 2007 exposition, The Bottom Billion, is a case in point.5 Remarkably, Collier manages to complete his opus without ever referring to cultural impediments to economic progress in the world’s poorest and most economically stagnant societies. In fact, he utters the world culture only once—and that once as a reference to the contending worldviews and approaches of various parties involved in international-aid negotiations. [perhaps he doesn’t think of it as culture] [this seems to be an ambush] [did he ask Collier?] [*]
To be sure, the record of historical efforts to predict and explain economic performance on the basis of cultural attributes is, let us say, checkered. Up through the 1950s and even into the early 1960s, for example, researchers and self-styled experts were offering confident and detailed explanations of why “Confucian values” constituted a serious obstacle to economic development in East Asia. A decade or so later—after the huge boom all around the East Asian rim was well underway—the profession was still united in the consensus that the Confucian ethos mattered greatly in economic performance, but they had quietly shifted their estimate of that impact from negative to positive.
This gets us to the crucial issue of governance—which is shaped by, and in turn independently shapes, local attitudes, expectations, and motivations. Throughout the reaches of the world characterized by long-term economic failure, governance has generally been abysmal. Violent political instability and predatory, arbitrary, or plainly destructive state practices have shaken, or sometimes altogether destroyed, the institutions and legal rules upon which purposeful individual and collective efforts for economic betterment depend. [*]In a few spots on the map—such as North Korea—pronounced economic failure is due to “strong states”: monster regimes that starve their subjects as a matter of principle or ideology, given their own twisted official logic. For many more of today’s failed economies, the trouble instead is that governance has been the charge of “weak” states or even “failed states”: polities with extremely fragile capabilities, sometimes lacking the ability to maintain order or guarantee their subjects’ physical security at all (think Liberia, Sierra Leone, Somalia). [doubtless internal factors are important] [but so is geography and history?] [what recourses does Haiti have? Or for that matter Sierra Leone (diamonds but that is incredibly corrupted by outsiders) and the sub-Sahara Africa countries?] [to suggest it’s all culture and governance seems as silly as the reverse] [*]
In these wretched locales, economic failure and continuing developmental decline are unlikely to be arrested absent some serious successes in state-building. But how, exactly, does one proceed with that task? As Francis Fukuyama, who was studied the history of state-building, has cautioned, even under the best of circumstances, the quest to forge sturdy, competent, and trusted state apparatuses promises to be difficult, risky, and time-consuming ventures in these places—and expensive to boot.6 Yet state-building is still hardly even on the agenda of the international-aid community, where moving Western “development” money to stricken regions assumes a much higher administrative priority. [*]Scarcely less important, the challenges of state-building today are compounded by the burdens of history. In South Korea, state-building, from today’s perspective, looks to have been a relatively undemanding mission, difficult as it was: Korea was a nation with a tradition of self-rule under a fairly sophisticated indigenous administrative system for a people with a long civilization and their own written language. In sub-Saharan Africa today, apart from South Africa, the only country that can be similarly characterized is perhaps Ethiopia. But even self-rule is no guarantee that state-building will be easy. Haiti, for example, has enjoyed more than two centuries of formal political independence.
If state-building is the precondition for any real hope of ending the prolonged economic failure and enduring poverty of the hundreds of millions of people currently condemned to this fate in the modern world, the precondition to state-building looks, quite unavoidably, to be foreign intervention—and quite possibly, sustained foreign intervention. [first, the author did not establish that state building is the precondition] [he merely discussed culture and governance and made a reasonable case that they are important as are external matters] [from that he now argues “state building”] [it’s rather like the late Huntington’s CW stuff about creating strong institutions for governance before foreign assistance] [*]
Unfortunately, in the wake of America’s unpopular and in many ways bungled intervention in Iraq, such a prospect is if anything even less palatable for the Western governments that might undertake it than it would have been before the Iraq war. Given sensitivities about their own past colonial activities, postwar voters in Japan and most of Europe have always been reluctant to send troops abroad on indefinite latter-day “civilizing missions.” For example, public support in those countries for the existing, arguably modest, state-building mission currently underway in Afghanistan is tenuous, and any broader commitment to such an international objective simply is not in the cards, now or in the foreseeable future. A number of development economists who recognize the imperative of state-building (not that they would call it by that name) have proposed intriguing schemes for promoting security in poor regions through outside interventions. [*]Collier, much to his credit, flatly states that “external military intervention has an important place in helping the societies of the bottom billion” and argues that “these countries’ military forces are more often part of the problem than a substitute for external forces.” In fact, he devotes the better part of a chapter of his tome to hypothesizing just how the European Union could be encouraged to provide “credible guarantees of external military intervention” to prevent coups in democratically elected Third World governments.7 Paul Romer, the father of modern economics’ “new growth theory,” floats the idea of “charter cities” protected by international security arrangements to which impoverished inhabitants in violent and lawless environments could migrate to enjoy the protections of person, property, and pragmatic rule. [using the West’s military might—or even more broadly the developed world’s might—creating conditions in which foreign assistance . . . might then work?] [*] Such ideas, unfortunately, are only thought experiments—with little chance of moving off the shelf of theory and into practice, barring a tremendous change in the norms by which international relations are today conducted.
So where does this leave us?
On the one hand, the formula for achieving sustained long-term economic growth on a national basis has pretty clearly been developed, if not perfected—and applying this formula looks to be easier than ever before in human history. Most people, moreover, live in countries that have accepted the arrangements to undergird this growth formula—some by deliberately and enthusiastically embracing them, others by more inadvertently stumbling upon them. Barring global catastrophe—some unforeseen worldwide conflagration or environmental debacle—these populations in general can expect their descendants to enjoy higher incomes and greater affluence than they themselves have ever known. Moreover, thanks to what the economic historian Alexander Gerschenkron described as “the advantages of backwardness,” untapped technological and economic potentialities provide the poorer populations in this group with the possibilities of even more rapid growth than those facing the richer world.
On the other hand, many hundreds of millions of people—a fraction of humanity that may rise, not fall, in the years immediately ahead—cannot avail themselves of the basic political arrangements that set the global growth formula into action. For now, and for the foreseeable future, these miserables can look forward only to relative economic decline—or even further absolute decline, difficult as that may be to imagine.
Nearly half a century ago, Peter Bauer warned presciently that “if attitudes, mores and institutions uncongenial to material progress have prevailed for long historical periods, with corresponding effects on material advance, it may be difficult to reverse their effects except after long periods.” We are living in the world Bauer prophesied. Global prosperity for all is not yet at hand—and, painful and indeed shocking as this may be to recognize, the day in which all humanity can expect to be included in the march toward ever greater affluence cannot be foreseen with any confidence.
About the Author [he’s an AEI scholar; sounds very much along the lines of neoconservatives: using power for good deeds] [but it’s interesting] [*]
Nicholas Eberstadt holds the Henry Wendt Chair in Political Economy at the American Enterprise Institute. His first article in COMMENTARY appeared in 1980.

Eastern Islam and the 'clash of civilizations'

http://www.latimes.com/news/opinion/commentary/la-oe-kaplan-20101024,0,5970733.story
Eastern Islam and the 'clash of civilizations'
[Accessed 10/24/10 9:35:12 AM] [*]
Globalization is giving a harder edge to the softer strain of Islam in East Asia. Meanwhile, China's rising economic activity in the region is importing a glitzy capitalism and fueling consumerism.
By Robert D. Kaplan
October 24, 2010 [oped] [Kaplan write for, …] [on Islam’s march and US response over past decade] [revisited the Clash of Civilizations thesis] [USFP] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469, etc.] [short, oped piece on Islam and globalization where the two meet head on: East Asia] [*]
Islam has been an American obsession for at least a decade. The 9/11 attacks and the intractable violence in Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan — however much we have been the cause of it — have left us bewildered and terrified by this seemingly austere and martial faith.
Islam was spread quickly by the sword from Arabia westward across North Africa,

http://www.latimes.com/news/opinion/commentary/la-oe-kaplan-20101024,0,5970733.story
Eastern Islam and the 'clash of civilizations'
[Accessed 10/24/10 9:35:12 AM] [*]
Globalization is giving a harder edge to the softer strain of Islam in East Asia. Meanwhile, China's rising economic activity in the region is importing a glitzy capitalism and fueling consumerism.
By Robert D. Kaplan
October 24, 2010 [oped] [Kaplan write for, …] [on Islam’s march and US response over past decade] [revisited the Clash of Civilizations thesis] [USFP] [use psci 350, 355-455, 469, etc.] [short, oped piece on Islam and globalization where the two meet head on: East Asia] [*]
Islam has been an American obsession for at least a decade. The 9/11 attacks and the intractable violence in Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan — however much we have been the cause of it — have left us bewildered and terrified by this seemingly austere and martial faith.
Islam was spread quickly by the sword from Arabia westward across North Africa, the history books tell us, and is supposedly prone to the extremities of thought to which deserts give rise. But there is a whole other side to Islamic history that has been obscured, even as it illuminates a key strategic geography of the 21st century. [*]While we in the United States have concentrated on the western half of the Islamic world in the Middle Eastern deserts, there is an eastern half in the green forests and jungles of the tropics where global energy routes and merchant sea traffic now intersect. [where Islam intersects with globalization’s turbulence is in East?] [*]
Islam is only partly a desert religion; it is just as much a seafaring faith, the harbinger not of narrow soldierly thought but of a cosmopolitanism spread by sophisticated merchants over the centuries in the Far Eastern seas. The legendary Sinbad the Sailor was an Arab from Oman based in Basra, in what is now Iraq. His Homeric voyages of the 8th through the 10th centuries encompassed East Africa, the Bay of Bengal and the South China Sea, testimony to the maritime reach of Islam across the longitudes as far as East Asia.
Whereas 20% of Muslims live in the Middle East, 60% are in Asia, according to the Pew Research Center. [*]The Arab world plus Iran, Afghanistan and Pakistan — the geographical summation of our own wars and trepidations — comprises 632 million Muslims. But in India, Bangladesh, Myanmar, Malaysia, Indonesia and the southern Philippines, there are an additional 565 million Muslims. And as the burgeoning middle-class fleshpots of East Asia require increasing amounts of oil and natural gas from the Middle East, China has been aggressively courting the eastern Islamic world, which sits astride the main sea lanes of communication to the Middle East. [*]
Throughout the seaboards of South and Southeast Asia, China provides military and economic aid and is building harbor and container facilities, and Chinese warships pay port visits. The Chinese government considers the South China Sea a "core interest" (much to the consternation of the United States and its allies) partly because it is the gateway to this tropical Muslim cosmopolis that the Chinese know well from the medieval trading networks [*]of the Tang, Song and Yuan dynasties.
When Islam, as the late anthropologist Clifford Geertz explains, swept through Arabia and North Africa, it moved into "an essentially virgin area, so far as high culture was concerned," so that it constructed from scratch an entire civilization. But as wave upon wave of Arab and Persian merchants plied the eastern seas between the Indian subcontinent and Southeast Asia in the Middle Ages — before the voyage of Vasco da Gama — bearing spices, cotton fabrics, precious stones and minerals, Islam became merely one layer of a richly intricate Hindu and Javanese cultural stew. [it’s why in Indonesia, for instance, it’s so different than elsewhere] [but also illustrates the concept of transnationalism as we understood it during the CW era] [*]
This is poignantly expressed by the Sufi Muslim saints or auliyas (protectors) who are believed to have helped found the Bangladeshi port of Chittagong, and who are often confused with Hindu deities; and by the throngs of Muslim schoolchildren, the girls' hair covered with jilbabs, who flock to the Buddhist temple of Borobudur in central Java.
Although democracy barely exists in the Arab world, it is commonplace in the Islamic societies of South and Southeast Asia. In the Arab world, Islam's determination to construct a complete, morally perfect civilization has left too little room for secular political legitimacy, with all its messy compromises, to take root. [*]The result is that outside of the traditional monarchies and sheikhdoms, there needs to be frequent recourse to extremist ideology, or, for example, to the sterile Brezhnevite dictatorship of Hosni Mubarak in Egypt.
But Islam in the eastern tropics is liberated from all that: It shares the moral space with other traditions, so that secular politics flourish. Indonesia has more Muslims than any other country in the world, yet it is not an Islamic state. [*]
But this benign version of Islam is now being challenged by modern technology, which allows for the influx of Saudi money and religious ideology. There is also the dynamic influence of Middle East-based global television networks such as Al Jazeera, which has introduced tropical Islam to both Arab and European center-left political sensibilities, making Indonesians, Bangladeshis and others, for example, intimately familiar with the struggle in the Palestinian territories thousands of miles away. [transnationalism as we understood in during CW era] [simple but potentially critical] [*]
Then there is the effect of commercial air travel, which allows 200,000 Indonesians each year to make the hajj pilgrimage to Saudi Arabia. Yemeni Airlines flies to Indonesia four times a week, strengthening the historic Indian Ocean links between the Hadhramaut region in Yemen and Java in Indonesia. Previous generations of tradesmen from the Hadhramaut and from the Hejaz in Saudi Arabia brought liberal and heterodox Sufi influences to the South Seas. But today, Wahabi money translates Hitler's "Mein Kampf" into Bahasa Indonesia, the official language of Indonesia.
This truly is globalization, in which various strains of thought are homogenized by mass media, in turn influenced by determined interest groups, into a monochrome worldview. [*]
Yet this new, postmodern Islam with a hard Middle Eastern edge is ramming up against another import: the glitzy materialism that in Malaysia and Indonesia is associated with nominally communist China. [*]This is the real "clash of civilizations" going on. Americans thought they owned the face of global capitalism after the collapse of the Berlin Wall; it turns out that in Islamic East Asia, the Chinese do. Ethnic Chinese own many of the spanking new malls packed with Louis Vuitton, Versace and other designer stores, the places to observe women in the most fashionable silk jilbabs and the most revealing, sophisticated dress. In Muslim Southeast Asia, modesty often stops at the neck.
While Americans understandably fret over the rise of an authoritarian China, it is China's dynamic capitalist model that is largely responsible for the consumerism in the Muslim Far East, which is hard to disaggregate from the free flow of ideas in the region. [that’s for sure] [and those of us who have traveled fairly widely in Asia have know this for years] [for me since the 1990s] [*]
Who will win the battle for the hearts and minds of Muslim East Asia — the extremist Saudis or the materialistic Chinese? We should be rooting for the Chinese.
Robert D. Kaplan is the author, most recently, of "Monsoon: The Indian Ocean and the Future of American Power." He is a senior fellow at the Center for a New American Security and a correspondent for the Atlantic.
Copyright © 2010, Los Angeles Times

Use of Contractors Added to War’s Chaos in Iraq

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/24/world/middleeast/24contractors.html
October 23, 2010
Use of Contractors Added to War’s Chaos in Iraq
By JAMES GLANZ and ANDREW W. LEHREN [Obama White House] [111th congress, 2nd session] [residuals from previous administrations] [externalities that result from over-privatization of foreign policy] [big names like Blackwater (now Xe) but scores of much smaller ones] [followup] [the Wikileak 400,000 is a trove into some of the problems that arise when America’s national security is privatized!] [yikes—and this was predictable so at some point one must wonder about the actual reasons for allowing it?] [use psci 355-455] [*]
The first shots sailed past Iraqi police officers at a checkpoint. They took off in three squad cars, their lights flashing.
It was early in the Iraq war, Dec. 22, 2004, and it turned out that the shots came not from insurgents or criminals. They were fired by an American private security company named Custer Battles, according [*]to an incident report in an archive of more than 300,000 classified military documents made public by WikiLeaks.
The company’s convoy sped south in Umm Qasr, a grubby port city near the Persian Gulf. It

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/24/world/middleeast/24contractors.html
October 23, 2010
Use of Contractors Added to War’s Chaos in Iraq
By JAMES GLANZ and ANDREW W. LEHREN [Obama White House] [111th congress, 2nd session] [residuals from previous administrations] [externalities that result from over-privatization of foreign policy] [big names like Blackwater (now Xe) but scores of much smaller ones] [followup] [the Wikileak 400,000 is a trove into some of the problems that arise when America’s national security is privatized!] [yikes—and this was predictable so at some point one must wonder about the actual reasons for allowing it?] [use psci 355-455] [*]
The first shots sailed past Iraqi police officers at a checkpoint. They took off in three squad cars, their lights flashing.
It was early in the Iraq war, Dec. 22, 2004, and it turned out that the shots came not from insurgents or criminals. They were fired by an American private security company named Custer Battles, according [*]to an incident report in an archive of more than 300,000 classified military documents made public by WikiLeaks.
The company’s convoy sped south in Umm Qasr, a grubby port city near the Persian Gulf. It shot out the tire of a civilian car that came close. It fired five shots into a crowded minibus. The shooting stopped only after the Iraqi police, port security and a British military unit finally caught up with the convoy. [*]
Somehow no one had been hurt, and the contractors found a quick way to prevent messy disciplinary action. They handed out cash to Iraqi civilians, and left.
The documents sketch, in vivid detail, a critical change in the way America wages war: the early days of the Iraq war, with all its Wild West chaos, ushered in the era of the private contractor, wearing no uniform but fighting and dying in battle, gathering and disseminating intelligence and killing presumed insurgents. [I imagine that is the case nearly always when war begins whether privatized or not?] [it’s why the “fog of war” exists as a concept] [*]
There have been many abuses, including civilian deaths, to the point that the Afghan government is working to ban many outside contractors entirely. [*]
The use of security contractors is expected to grow as American forces shrink. A July report by the Commission on Wartime Contracting, a panel established by Congress, estimated that the State Department alone would need more than double the number of contractors it had protecting the American Embassy and consulates in Iraq.
Contractors were necessary at the start of the Iraq war because there simply were not enough soldiers to do the job. In 2004, their presence became the symbol for Iraq’s descent into chaos, when four contractors were killed in Falluja, their bodies left mangled and charred. [*]
Even now — with many contractors discredited for unjustified shootings and a lack of accountability amply described in the documents — the military cannot do without them. There are more contractors over all than actual members of the military serving in the worsening war in Afghanistan.
The archive, which describes many episodes never made public in such detail, shows the multitude of shortcomings with this new system: how a failure to coordinate among contractors, coalition forces and Iraqi troops, as well as a failure to enforce rules of engagement that bind the military, endangered civilians as well as the contractors themselves. The military was often outright hostile to contractors, for being amateurish, overpaid and, often, trigger-happy. [contractors making more that US troops and having fewer rules by which to abide also causes morale problems in spades] [**]
Contractors often shot with little discrimination — and few if any consequences — at unarmed Iraqi civilians, Iraqi security forces, American troops and even other contractors, stirring public outrage and undermining much of what the coalition forces were sent to accomplish.
The mayhem cropped up around Iraq, notably in one episode reported in March 2005 in which a small battle erupted involving three separate security companies.
At a notoriously dangerous checkpoint on the main road to the Baghdad airport, a cement truck entered a lane reserved for Department of Defense vehicles. A guard from Global, a British company, fired a warning shot, and when a man initially identified as an Iraqi opened the door and tried to flee, guards from a tower started firing, too. The man dropped to the ground. Then members of an Iraqi private security team parked nearby also opened fire, shooting through the chest not the driver but a worker from DynCorp International, an American security company.
When the truck driver was finally questioned, he turned out to be a Filipino named José who worked with yet a third company, KBR, the American logistics and security giant.
The conclusion drawn from this chaos was, “IT IS BELIEVED THE DRIVER ENTERED THE DOD LANE BY ACCIDENT.”
For all the contractors’ bravado — Iraq was packed with beefy men with beards and flak jackets — and for all the debates about their necessity, it is clear from the documents that the contractors appeared notably ineffective at keeping themselves and the people they were paid to protect from being killed. [*]
In fact, the documents seem to confirm a common observation on the ground during those years in Iraq: far from providing insurance against sudden death, the easily identifiable, surprisingly vulnerable pickup trucks and S.U.V.’s driven by the security companies were magnets for insurgents, militias, disgruntled Iraqis and anyone else in search of a target.
Most of the documents are incident reports and match what is known of the few cases that have been made public, although even this cache is unlikely to be a complete record of incidents involving contractors. During the six years covered by the reports, at least 175 private security contractors were killed. The peak appeared to come in 2006, when 53 died. Insurgents and other malefactors kidnapped at least 70 security contractors, many of whom were later killed.
Aegis, a British security company, had the most workers reported killed, more than 30. [*]Most of those were Iraqi drivers, guards and other employees. Not only the military, but journalists and aid workers as well relied on contractors to help protect them.
The security contractors seemed overmatched, often incinerated or torn apart by explosions their vehicles had no chance of warding off. [*]In August 2004, the corpses of two men who had worked with Custer Battles were found charred and abandoned in a truck that was still burning on the road between Tikrit and Mosul, after it was struck by an improvised explosive device and fired upon from a Volkswagen, one report said.
In July 2007, another report said, two were killed when a gun truck operated by ArmorGroup, a British company, flew like a wobbling discus 54 yards through the air, flipping approximately six times, after a huge I.E.D. exploded beneath it in northern Iraq.
And in May 2009, three Americans, including a senior Navy officer, were killed outside Falluja when an I.E.D. overturned a vehicle escorted by Aegis contractors during a visit to a water treatment plant financed by the United States, according to another report and American government statements at the time.
Death came suddenly, from all sides, in all forms.
In late 2004 in Tikrit, seven men emerged from two Daewoo vehicles and mowed down Iraqi workers for Buckmaster, a company hired to destroy old munitions, as the workers got out of a bus, a report said. The gunmen did not flee until they ran out of ammunition, killing 17 and wounding 20 as two Iraqis saved themselves by hiding under seats in the bus. [*]
There were suicide bombings, desert ambushes, aviation disasters and self-inflicted wounds, as when a Ugandan guard working for EOD Technology, an American company, shot and killed his South African supervisor and then himself in 2008 after being terminated, a report said.
A spokesman for EOD confirmed the incident and said that the investigation had been unable to determine “why this particular guard decided to take the actions that he did.”
“I think the only elaboration on this incident is to note that it was a very sad and unfortunate event,” said the spokesman, Erik S. Quist.
In another case, in Baghdad in the summer of 2009, a British contractor with ArmorGroup was reported to have shot and killed two co-workers, a Briton and an Australian, then run wild through the heavily fortified Green Zone in an attempt to escape. [that’s not unique to contractors] [from time to time a military person freaks out too] [however, with military there’s a deliberate process to account and be responsible] [*] Finally, a coalition soldier tackled him, a report said, and another soldier “shot a directed-aimed warning shot into sand bags which immediately stopped resistance from suspect so that he could be brought under control.” Read the Document »
The alleged killer, Daniel Fitzsimons, is still being held in Baghdad while awaiting trial under Iraqi law.
The contractors also suffered horrific traffic accidents with multiple fatalities all over Iraq, seemingly as a side effect of driving at high speeds on bad roads where a threat can appear at any moment. [*]
The threats were not limited to insurgents, the documents show: private security contractors repeatedly came under fire from Iraqi and coalition security forces, who often seemed unnerved by unmarked vehicles approaching at high speeds and fired warning shots, or worse. Even as the war dragged on, there seemed no universal method for the military to identify these quasi soldiers on the battlefield. [*]
To cope, the contractors were reduced to waving reproductions of coalition flags from inside their vehicles, the documents show — but even that did not always work. After being shot at by an American military guard tower near Baiji in July 2005, contractors with Aegis first waved a British flag. When the shooting continued, the contractors, who said they were transporting a member of the American military at the time, held up an American flag instead. “THE TOWER KEPT SHOOTING,” a report said, although no one was injured in the episode.
But whatever the constellation of reasons — from war-zone jumpiness to outright disregard for civilian lives — the security companies are cited time after time for shootings that the documents plainly label as unjustified. This has blackened their reputation, even if it has not lessened the military’s dependence on them. “AFTER THE IED STRIKE A WITNESS REPORTS THE BLACKWATER EMPLOYEES FIRED INDISCRIMINATELY AT THE SCENE,” read one report from Aug. 22, 2006, referring to the company, now known as Xe Services, that the following year would become notorious for an apparently unprovoked killing of 17 Iraqis at Nisour Square in Baghdad.
In a written statement last week, Xe said, “While it would be inappropriate to comment on specific cases, we work closely with our government customers and cooperate fully in all investigations.”
In December 2004, just a few days after the confrontation with Iraqi security forces, another Custer Battles convoy fired into the windshield of a Humvee driven by American military police soldiers in a patrol that was approaching the convoy from behind on another road near Baghdad. The report noted laconically that the security contractors did not stop their convoy until they reached an American checkpoint, “WHERE THEY ADMITTED TO FIRING ON THE MP PTL,” the military police patrol.
Many of the companies apparently felt no sense of accountability. Contractors with a Romanian company called Danubia Global killed three Iraqis in Falluja in 2006, another report said, then refused to answer questions on the episode, citing a company policy not to provide information to investigators.
In 2007, a convoy operated by Unity Resources Group, based in Dubai, shot at an approaching vehicle near the Green Zone in Baghdad, wounded a bodyguard for President Jalal Talabani of Iraq and did not report the sho